Community sport & recreation facility study woden valley 2012 13

Community, Sport and Recreation Facilities Study for

Woden Valley, ACT 2012-13

Australian Capital Territory (ACT) Government, Environment and Sustainable

Development Directorate (ESDD)

Description The ACT Government (through the Environment and Sustainable Development

Directorate) commissioned Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants as lead

consultant, with Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group, to

prepare ‘The Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive

Corridor and Mawson Group Centre) Community Sport and Recreation

Facilities Study’ (the ‘WAM CSR Facilities Study’) in August 2012.

The Woden Town Centre and, to a lesser extent, the Mawson Group Centre

are expected to experience redevelopment in the coming years which will

largely occur through redevelopment of key sites and replacement of existing

land uses. Additional residential and retail expansion, increased population

and changing demographics are expected to place pressure on the existing

and planned community, and sport and recreation (CSR) facilities in the area.

The aim of the WAM CSR Facilities Study is to provide a background technical

report that will inform a review of the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004)

and preparation of a Master Plan for the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon

Drive to occur in 2013 (the ‘parent projects’). The Master Plans will inform the

development of ACT Government Territory Plan Precinct Codes.

Key Features » Synthesis of a broad range of information sources to identify needs and

opportunities, including - background reports and literature, demographic

data, socio-demographic and workforce projections, stakeholder

consultation, best practice case study analysis and development and

application of desired standards of service designed specifically for the

study;

» Development of a CSR facilities model specific to the provision of CSR

facilities in the ACT context;

» Close and effective working relationship with representatives of the ACT

government.

What

differentiates

us?

» Ability to apply our expertise and knowledge, and that of experts we team

with, in various jurisdictions and legislative contexts including outside of

Queensland;

» Extensive experience in community facilities planning developed through

various projects of a similar nature;

» A focus on client relationships, quality and innovation.

Buckley Vann TOWN PLANNING CONSULTANTS

Eli • 1T 'A SUSI rEV':

ECT•• ACT Gooll

A ; LE 3 ' ENT )rATE (ESDID):

V1 E I T WODEN, ATHLLON, MAWSON (WAM) COMMUNITY, SPORT AND RECREATION (CSR) STUDY P h a s e I a n d 3: Narrative Report

DECEMBER 2012

DEVELOPMENT PROCESSES

STRATEGIC PLANNING

SPECIALIST PLANNING

atlas buckIeyvann.conau www.buckleyvann col nzu

Prepared by:

Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group

Document Management Author/s: Kylie Rolley, Jessica Binch, Brenton Doyle Reviewer/s: Sharyn Briggs, Martin Lambert, Kylie Rolley, Liza Valks Date: 21.12.12

Revision History

Revision Revision Date Approved By Details of Revision

A 26.09.12 Kylie Rolley Draft for review by Briggs & Mortar

B 27,09.12 Sharyn Briggs Review of draft

C 27.09.12 Kylie Rolley 2na draft for review by Briggs & Mortar and SLG

D 01.10.12 Sharyn Briggs Review of 2nd draft

E 02,10.12 Martin Lambert Final review of SLG sections

F 02.10.12 Kylie Rolley, Brenton Doyle Final review and format for submission

G 19,12.12 Brenton Doyle, Liza Valks Final review and format

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Study 1

1.2 Study Purpose and Objectives 1

1.3 Purpose and Structure of this Report 2

2 Study Scope 3 2.1 Study Area 3

2.2 -Scope and Definition of CSR Facilities - 5

3 Background Document Review 10 3.1 ACT Strategic Planning Framework 10

3.2 Study Area Plans and Strategies 14

3.3 Centres Hierarchy 18

3.4 CSR Facility Plans and Studies 20

3.5 Transport and Accessibility 35

4 Stakeholder Engagement 38 4.1 Stakeholder Engagement Objectives 38

4.2 Phase One Engagement Activities 38

4.3 Summary of Findings — Community Facilities 43

4.4 Summary of Findings — Sport and Recreation Facilities 54

5 CSR Facilities Audit 64 5.1 Community Facilities 64

5.2 Sport and Recreation 67

6 District Comparison 73 6.1 Community Facilities 73

6.2 Sport and Recreation 78

7 Next Phases 81 References 82

Page i Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,

Strategic Leisure Group.

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development

Directorate (ESDD) CSR Facility Study

APPENDICES

Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C:

Appendix D.1:

Appendix D.2:

Appendix D.3:

Appendix 0.4:

Appendix D.5:

Appendix E:

Appendix F:

Appendix G.1:

Appendix G.2:

TABLES

Project Plan

CSR Facility Definitions by Agency

Background Documents Review Records

One-on-One Meeting Records

Workshop Consultation Records

Government Directorate Proforma Responses

Sport and Recreation Survey Responses (Schools)

Sport and Recreation Survey Responses (Sport and Recreation Organisations)

Priority Placement Areas (PPA) for Schools 2013

Woden Valley CSR Facility Audit

Community Facility Groupings for District Comparison

District Comparison of CSR Facility Rate of Provision

Table 1: CSR Facility Terminology 6 Table 2: Key Challenges and Priorities of he Canberra Plan 12 Table 3: Relationship of Centres Hierarchy and Catchments 19 Table 4: Planned Infrastructure and Facilities 21 Table 5: Community Facilities Available in Woden Valley and Weston Creek (2004) 26 Table 6: Emerging Issues, Gaps in Provision and Recommendations for Community Facilities in Woden Valley and Weston Creek (2004) 27 Table 7: Active 2020 - Summary of Strategic Initiatives 28 Table 8: Summary of Facility Plans 34 Table 9: Transport Facility and Infrastructure Objectives and Broader Strategies 37 Table 10: Stakeholder Engagement Activities 41 Table 11: Existing and Planned / Proposed Community Facilities 44 Table 12: Current/Emerging and Future Community Needs within the Study Area 52 Table 13: Consultation with Sport and Recreation Providers 54 Table 14: Summary of Draft Audit Findings 64 Table 15: Draft Sport and Recreation Facilities Audit - Parks and Public Spaces 67 Table 16: Draft Sport and Recreation Facilities Audit - Sports Fields 69 Table 17: District Comparison — Community Facilities 75 Table 18: District Comparison — Sport and Recreation Facilities 78

Page ii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



FIGURES

Figure 1: Primary and Contextual Study Areas 4 Figure 2: Key Planning Documents Hierarchy for the ACT 10 Figure 3: Districts of the ACT 15 Figure 4: Woden Valley District Bus Services 36

ACRONYMS

ACT Australian Capital Territory . ANZIC Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification

CIT Canberra Institute of Technology

CMCD Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate

COMF1S Community Facility Information System

CSD Community Services Directorate

CSR Community, Sport and Recreation

DSS Desired Standards of Service

ESA Emergency Services Agency

ESDD Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate

ETD Education and Training Directorate

HD Health Directorate

JACSD Justice and Community Safety Directorate

LUP Land Use Policy

OSA Outside Study Area (a facility or infrastructure that is outside the study area but may still impact on the demand for services).

PPA Priority Placement Area

SRS Sport and Recreation Services

TAMSD Territory and Municipal Services Directorate

WAM Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre)

WCS Woden Community Services

Page iii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WA1V1 CSR Facility Study

1 Introduction

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Study This narrative report has been prepared by Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group in fulfilment of a deliverable for The Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre) Community Sport and Recreation Study (hereafter termed the `WAM CSR Study'), for the Strategic City Planning and Design Branch of the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), of the ACT Government.

The aim of the WAM CSR Study is provide a background technical report that will inform a review of the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004) and preparation of a Master Plan for the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon Drive to occur in 2013 (the 'parent projects'). The Master Plans will inform the development of ACT Government Territory Plan Precinct Codes, guiding land use and providing development controls for these Centres.

1.2 Study Purpose and Objectives The purpose of the WAM CSR Study (reflected in the project brief and the consultant's proposal) is twofold:

• Firstly, to identify, collect and analyse background information on existing, approved and proposed stock o f CSR facilities and associated land supply/use in the study areas and identify issues. This will include stakeholder engagement and examination of area socio-economic characteristics and demands. This information will inform a consolidated parent projects 'Issues Paper' to be prepared by ESDD for the different study areas; and

• Secondly, to provide recommendations and options to enhance and/or resolve the issues identified, and suggested recommendations and priorities for any future work. This information will be used to inform the preparation and development (by ESDD) of the Woden/Mawson/Athllon Drive Master Plan parent projects.

More specifically the objectives of this study (from the project brief) are summarised as follows:

• To provide background data, material and issue identification to inform a consolidated 'Issues Paper' for the Woden/Mawson/Athllon Drive Master Plan parent projects;

• To provide evidence-based recommendations and options to inform the preparation of draft and final Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre Master Plans;

• To enable coordinated planning for a range of CSR facilities and land use by public, community and private CSR providers;

• To better understand the current and future retail, employment and residential growth and changing demographic characteristics of the area and any implications on the demand for CSR facilities in the study areas; and

Page 1 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs it3t Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIN CSR Facility Study

• To identify the existing, approved and proposed CSR facilities and associated land use/ supply of ACT Government, community based and private sector providers.

The project team has reviewed the above project objectives and has devised a project plan that has been approved by the ESDD to deliver these outcomes.

The overall project plan is provided in Appendix A.

. 1.3 Purpose and Structure of this Report This report provides a description of the process and outcomes relating to the tasks undertaken for phases 1 and 3 of the project plan (refer to Appendix A). It is intended that this report will provide the ESDD with:

• An update on the tasks undertaken to date and the approach and process used in progressing the tasks;

• A brief description of the analysis undertaken to date and an overview of preliminary key findings and outcomes; and

• A copy of the audit for review by ESDD review.

The report is structured to align with the key tasks and deliverables set out in the project plan as follows:

• Section 2: Background Document Review (refer task 1.3 of project plan);

• Section 3: Stakeholder Engagement (refer task 1.2 and 1.5 of project plan);

• Section 4: CSR Facilities Audit (refer task 1.6 of project plan); and

• Section 5: District Comparison (refer task 3.1 of project plan).

Please note that, as previously agreed with ESDD, the results of the Case Study Analysis (refer task 2.1 of project plan) will be provided in a separate paper on the 17th Oct 2012.

Page 2 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

2 Study Scope

2.1 Study Area

2.1.1 Pr imary S t u d y Area

As per the project brief and consultant proposal, the primary investigation areas for the WAM CSR Study are:

• Woden Valley District;

• Woden Town Centre; and

• Mawson Group Centre (inclusive of the Athllon Drive corridor).

The primary study areas are shown in Figure 1 below.

The Woden Valley District is located approximately 5km south/southwest of the Canberra city centre. The District was the Territory's first satellite city and was largely designed and developed in the 1960s. A key driver for the development of Woden Valley was to localise employment and retail activity in the area and disperse it away from the central area of Canberra.

The Woden Valley District was originally designed as a discrete unit of 12 suburbs but development of the eight (8) suburbs in neighbouring Weston Creek increased the population to

a level where a larger Town Centre with a broader range of facilities could be sustained. It is noted that a number of ACT Government CSR facilities are currently provided to a joint Woden Valley-Weston Creek' District catchment area, such as the community health centre, emergency services, library, swimming pool and secondary college.

The Woden Valley District comprises the established suburbs of Chifley, Curtin, Farrer, Garran, Hughes, Isaacs, Lyons, Mawson, O'Malley, Pearce, Phillip and Torrens. The area is a mixture of commercial and medium density residential activity in the Town Centre and low density residential in surrounding suburbs, with a range of community, sport and recreation facilities.

The Woden Town Centre is located in the suburb of Phillip, Woden Valley, and is largely bounded by Melrose Drive to the west and south and Yamba Drive to the east. It serves as a key employment, commercial, retail, service trades and CSR facility centre for the wider Woden Valley District, southern Canberra areas and some inner Canberra suburbs (such as Deakin and Yarralumla).

The Mawson Group Centre is located in the suburb of Mawson, Woden Valley. It includes the Southlands shopping complex, and is contained by Mawson Drive to the north, Mawson Place/Heard Street to the south, Athllon Drive to the west, and Mountevales Street to the east. Developed in the early 1970's, the Mawson Group Centre serves as a social and community hub for the southern Woden Valley community, offering a range of goods, services and employment. While it requires some updating, the Group Centre is considered very active and

Page 3 Buckley Vann Town Planning.Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAN1 CSR Facility Study

has minimal vacant space. Being adjacent to Athllon Drive, the Group Centre is highly accessible, which in part lead to the recent identification of the area as a park-and-ride location.

Athllon Drive is a key transport corridor that links Woden Valley to Tuggeranong, and the city centre beyond. An area of land running along Athllon Drive is one of the few remaining large vacant sites in close proximity to the Woden Town Centre. The site is within walking distance to both the Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre, and has been identified for residential development uses, in accordance with the ACT (Spatial) Planning Strategy key objective of a more compact city.

Figure 1: Primary and Contextual Study Areas CITArlar

slit; r

.1i

fai4E1

M f i n tt t -6att,jh

FaMti

NIt

Curtin

Group Centre

t rATIN C:2

inioderi Valley Town

CentroW ESTON C R E EIC,i,t, \

li 'A-rPi . WeSton Creek

i Group Centre

W e i ! '

311P,Uni2 WODEN VALLEY

I/UW{1

Mawson Group Centre iTtrhuntius ir Dora unslin

I illfttl

as.TIM

iwrt

2.1.2 Contextual Study Area

The contextual investigation areas are:

• Weston Creek District;

• Weston Creek Group Centre;

• Curtin Group Centre; and

• Molonglo Valley District.

The contextual study areas are shown in Figure 1 above.





The Weston Creek District lies to the immediate west of the Woden Creek District, and is comprised of eight (8) suburbs. It is located approximately 13km southwest of the Canberra city centre. Weston Creek is the smallest district in the ACT in terms of population, established as a residential district in the late 1960s as an offshoot to the adjacent Woden Valley.

The Weston Creek Group Centre serves as a key social and economic hub for Weston Creek, offering a range of goods, services and employment. .

Curtin Group Centre is the sociar and community hub for the northern Woden Valley - community, similar to the Mawson Group Centre, offering a range of goods, services and employment.

Molonglo Valley District is located immediately north of Weston Creek, south of the District of Belconnen and west of the Tuggeranong Parkway. The valley is currently being prepared for Greenfield development by the ACT Government over a 30 year timeframe in three (3) stages, with Stage 1 already under construction, Stage 2 currently being planned and Stage 3 yet to be fully investigated.

2.2 Scope and Definition of CSR Facilities Community and sport and recreation facilities can be categorised in various ways and the categorisation will differ depending on the model used in the provision and planning for CSR facilities for the relevant jurisdiction. For the purpose of this study, a CSR classification has been developed specific to the ACT, drawing primarily on the review of background material and available information on existing provision of CSR facilities (largely from ACT government directorate plans / reports and consultation with Directorate representatives).

In the case of community facilities, the terminology used has been simplified from that used in land use data base classifications such as the ESDD maintained Community Facility Information System (COMFIS). Hence the community facility terminology adopted reflects social planning models currently used in the ACT rather than land use groupings.

A level of the urban hierarchy has also been ascribed to each community facility to differentiate the role that it plays across the broader network of facilities and the catchment area it is intended to service. The basis of development of the ACT CSR hierarchy is further discussed in Section 3.3.

The classification for sporting and recreation facilities has been developed with the importance of identifying function and catchment hierarchy and has considered broad groupings that reflect an overall use rather than the ephemeral short term uses occurring when a space is configured for the current demand (for example - sports fields are a single category as they all accommodate outdoor sport and maybe used for different sports over any year so classification as a Rugby field does not truly reflect the supply that facility offers).

The classification developed for this study is grouped into the following headings:





Sport and Recreation

• Sportsgrounds and Playing Fields;

• Parks and Public Spaces;

• Aquatic Facilities;

• Outdoor Courts and Greens;

• Indoor Courts;

• Other Outdoor Facilities;

• Other indoor Facilities. "

Community Facilities

• Health;

• Education;

• Cultural;

• Emergency and Justice;

• General Community Spaces;

• Targeted Facilities:

- Children;

- Youth; and

- Aged Care;

• Cemeteries and crematoria.

The table below (Table 1) provides a more detailed breakdown of the ACT CSR classification showing:

• The level of the facility in the hierarchy (column 1);

• The terminology from attachment two (2) of the project brief (column 2); and

• The corresponding terminology developed for different types of facilities used for this study.

Appendix B provides a definition of each CSR facility type by government directorate or other provider.

Table 1: CSR Facility Terminology velbf,ACT;CSR!Factifttes

.Hierqrchy ,Facility (tOrtninprogyir9rniBSDI:>

latief). Suggested terminology,for

CSR study

SPORT AND RECREATION

rsporTs-giarnTra-AtrpTavinxFreTdf Regional Stadium Major Stadiums

District District playing field District playing field

Enclosed oval Enclosed oval

Local / Neighbourhood Government school oval Neighbourhood oval

Neighbourhood oval school-community oval

Page 6 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group,




Level.of ACT CSRIFacilities ,Hierarchy

Facility (terminology from ESOD 'brief'

Suggested terminology for CSR otudy

Proposed school-community oval Community Recreation Irrigated Park

Not-irrigated/used (decommissioned)

Parks and Public Spaces . . .

Sub Regional- Multi- District Town Parks Town Parks

District District Parks District Parks

Local/NeighbourhOod " Informal Use Ovals/ CR1Ps Neighbourhood Parks

Playgrounds Informal Use Ovals

Aquatic Facilities

SRS Currently reviewing hierarchy Major Pools and Swim Centres (at regional and multi- district level)

Program pools (District or less level)

Indoor Courts

Regional Indoor court sports (for example, basketball, volleyball, squash)

Regional Complex

District District Complex

Sub -district School or Institution

Other Indoor Faculties i . , ' 1., ,.

Regional Major Facilities

District District facilities

Outdo° Courts and Greens _., • , Regional Outdoor sports (for example,

tennis) Regional Complex

District Complex District -- Sub- District School or small club facilities

r h i t d oa....WILIJIMr. ..:.,

Regional Regional Facilites

District District Facilites Activatecr1P7rc-Sr1aces (not oo,yeteifirigia but relevant to planning for sport and recreation

No hierarchies formally used in planning but the following will generally apply:

District Neighbourhood

Youth spaces/ Skate Parks 1. District 2. Neighbourhood

Active recreation nodes 1. Neighbourhood

Outdoor event spaces 1. District

Community gardens Community gardens 1. Neighbourhood

Play spaces 1. District 2. neighbourhood

Page 7 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.




iLevel of ACT CSR*Facilities . "Hierarthy

Facility (terminOlogy from :ESC:1D brief)

Suggested terminology for CSR.study ' _ COMMUNITY FACILITIES -

General CommurirMrel ,

District Community centre (for example, community activity centre, youth centre)

Community Hub

District Community Centre

Sub-district Clubs (for example, sporting clubs, hospitality)

Licensed Club

Sub-district Religious facilities (for example, places of worship)

Religious Facility •

Sub-district Meeting halls and spaces Meeting Room

Local Neighbourhood Hall/House

COltural Facilities

Regional Convention and Exhibition Centre

Regional Creative artists, writers, musicians and performers (for example, theatres, performance space, art workshops)

Arts Hub/Arts Precinct

Regional Performing Arts Centre

Creative and Performing Arts Centre

District

Sub-district Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre

District Libraries and archives Library

Edileliienligreliiiial' ,,, . 4

Regional Higher education University

District Technical and vocational education and training

Institute of Technology (CIT) campus

District Adult, community and other education

Adult/Community Education Centre

District Special school education Special school

District Combined early childhood centre and primary education

Early Childhood School

District Secondary education Secondary College - Government

District Secondary education Secondary College - Non-Government

Sub-district Secondary education High School - Government

Sub-district Secondary education High School - Non-Government

Local Primary education Preschool - Government

Local Primary education Preschool - Non-Government

Local Primary education Primary School - Government




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAilll CSR Facility Study

, Level of ACT CSRfacilities

_ ,Hierarchy

fatility (terminology from ESDb 'brief)

Suggested terminology fOr CSR Study

Local Primary education Primary School - Non-Government

.

Regional Hospital Tertiary Hospital

Regional Hospital General Hospital (acute)

Regional Hospital General Hospital (non-acute)

Sub-regional Enhanced, Community Health Centre

District Community Health Centre

District Specialist medical services Medical Specialist Centre

District General practice medical services GP Super Clinic

Sub-district GP Medical Centre 'f Emergency, Justice'Facilities , ',

, ' Regional Youth Justice Centre

Regional Correctional Centre

Regional Courthouse

District Police services Police Station

District Fire protection and other emergency services

Ambulance Station

District Fire and Rescue Station

District Multi-Use Emergency Services Facility

7=geleTiTri l i i iMbhildren i - , District Child and Family Health

Centre

Sub-district Child care Long Day (Child Care) Centre

` '',WziaCiE ' Targeted Fandatieto—jamg F'eople tg '''''4 ‘-':

. .;:4',?:vg

District Community centre (for example, community activity centre, youth centre)

Youth Centre

Targeted Facilities — Ag d People and P ople with a Disability District Aged Day Care Centre

District Senior Citizen's Centre

Sub-district Aged care residential (for example, retirement village)

Retirement Village

Sub-district Other residential care (hostel, residential care accommodation)

Residential Aged Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination)

C e n t = i e s k . it-

. !wVagak ' ' ' ' ' "140Te

Sub-Regional Cemetery Cemetery/Crematorium





3 Background Document Review

3.1 ACT Strategic Planning Framework

Strategic urban land use planning and the regulation of development in Canberra is overseen by the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), formerly the ACT Planning and Land Authority (ACTPLA). The ESDD administers the primary planning regulatory instrument for Canberra, the Planning and Development Act 2007 (PDA). The Planning and Development Regulation 2008 (PDR) supports the interpretation and application of the PDA. Figure 2 below provides a diagrammatic representation of the key planning documents that have a role in regulating and guiding planning and development in the ACT.

Figure 2: Key Planning Documents Hierarchy for the ACT

ECOMIMMUITIIILl

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDO)

(formerly ACT Planning and Land Authority (ACT PLA))

Planning and Development Act 2007 (PDA)

Planning and Development Regulation 2008 (PDR)

Territory Plan The Canberra Plan

- Mu l t i c t ra teN 2010-20112t

- Strategic Rl@nforiP ositiv e

- rtgl'gni-...al Health Plan




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WADA CSR Facil ity Study

At the federal level, the National Capital Plan identifies the Federal Government's strategic vision, objectives and direction for planning and development in the ACT. This plan informs both The Canberra Plan and the Territory Plan, both of which have been developed by the Territory Government. The Territory Plan is the only planning scheme for the ACT and is the primary instrument regulating development assessment processes.

The strategic planning vision for the ACT is determined by the Canberra Plan 20081. The objectives of the Canberra Plan, relevant to the provision of community facilities include:

1. To ensure all Canberrans have timely access to acute and primary health care and that health care focuses on early intervention and prevention and is grounded in the principles of well-being and safe and respectful patient care;

2. To ensure that all Canberrans enjoy the benefits of living in a community that is safe, socially inclusive and respectful of human rights so that all Canberrans are able to fully participate in community life and that the most vulnerable in our community are respected and supported;

3. To ensure that all Canberrans are able to reap the benefits of a high-quality education supported by a culture of excellence in teaching, that lifelong learning opportunities are available to all, and that the economy benefits from a skilled workforce adaptable to change and able to meet the diverse needs of the community; and

4. To ensure that Canberra—its heart and its town, group and local centres—offers the best in sustainable city living; to ensure that all facilities are of high quality and meet the needs of the community; and to ensure that all Canberrans are able to participate in the diverse cultural and social life.

The Canberra Plan further identifies the key challenges of growth and development in the ACT and responds to these them by articulating goals for social and financial investment and relative priorities of the government in addressing these (see Table 2 below).

1 Despite its name, the Canberra Plan provides strategic planning direction for the whole of the ACT, not just Canberra.




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate {ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Table 2: Key Challenges and Priorities of he Canberra Plan

Focus Area Key Challenges Priorities

Health • Shortening waiting times • Implement Access Health strategic investments • Improving satisfaction in health care • Implement Health Workforce Strategy • Increase physical activity rates • Implement mental health and chronic disease strategies

• Introduce Indigenous drug and alcohol rehabilitation facility • New women and children's hospital

. • Health centre in Gungahlin • Expansion of intensive and coronary care units at Calvary Hospital

Education • Increase proportion of students finishing Year 12 • Support school renewal and infrastructure improvement programs • Improve educational outcomes for Indigenous students • Commissioning of new schools .

Cultural • Increase use of public libraries • Improve access to arts for disabled community members • Increase participation in the arts • Develop arts precincts and facilities • Increased investment in public art and festivals • Belconnen Arts Centre

Emergency and • Lower crime rates • Introduce Indigenous drug and alcohol rehabilitation facility Justice

General Community • Revitalize town centres and local shops • Gungahlin Town Centre development . Spaces • Lower costs for service delivery • Releasing land in new developments for shops

• Improve satisfaction with government services • Improve identification and planning of services for future growth areas

Targeted Facilities — • Provide appropriate facilities for older residents • Integration of primary care, early intervention and prevention children, youth, older • Increase and improve early child care services • Focus on early childhood health and vulnerable families residents, people • Integrate early childhood serviceS with disabilities • Implementation of new aged care accommodation strategy (under

development) .

• Provide appropriate facilities for ageing population

Housing • Improve poverty and homelessness rates • Improve housing affordability and the range of housing choices available • Implement Affordable Housing Strategy and Action Plan

Transport and • Improve public transport usage . • Implement Integrated Transport Strategy Accessibility




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIVI CSR Facility Study

The ACT Planning Strategy is a key document that sits below the Canberra Plan in the policy hierarchy for the ACT. The key difference between the two documents is that the strategy identifies more specific challenges facing Canberra, as well as particular actions and recommendations for specific areas. Comparatively, the Canberra Plan provides a more overarching vision and broad priorities for the entire territory.

The ACT Planning Strategy further responds to the vision of the Canberra Plan, outlining specific environmental, social and economic challenges facing Canberra, including:

• Dealing with an ageing population; • Providing affordable housing in a variety of forms; and

• Establishing appropriate levels of service in the right locations.

The ACT Planning Strategy also identifies desired outcomes and strategies to guide the future planning and development of Canberra, setting priorities for investment in social and utility infrastructure. It identifies the integration of transport and land use planning, increasing opportunities for social interaction and support and providing a greater diversity in housing as areas of particular importance for channelling resources and investment. Of particular importance to the Woden Town Centre, the planning strategy includes the following priority recommendations and actions:

1. Revising the Woden Town Centre Master Plans to include transport and community facilities;

2. Preparing a Master Plan for Mawson Group Centre, inclusive of the Athllon Drive corridor,

3. Urban intensification in key areas including exemplar projects with more affordable dwellings and public housing;

4. Preparation of a community facilities strategic plan, addressing greenfield estates and urban intensification areas;

5. Identifying mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities, during masterplanning processes; and

6. Expanding the rapid public transport system to reduce private car dependence and make bus travel more direct across urban areas.

The provisions of the Territory Plan guide land use and development in such a manner that is consistent with the strategic vision for Canberra. Although its primary role is as a tool for development assessment, the Territory Plan also identifies strategic directions relating specifically to the provision of community facilities, housing and transport and access, including:

1. Strategic Directions — Social Sustainability:

- 1.18: Provision will be made for a comprehensive range of readily accessible community, cultural, sporting and recreational facilities, distributed according to varying needs of different localities and population groups. In major centres and developing areas, sites will be safeguarded where necessary for particular community needs;




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) VVAM CSR Facility Study

- 1.20: Planning policies for community facilities and open space will encourage multiple use and flexible design to allow for changing needs;

- 1.21: Provision of affordable, adaptable and special needs housing will be promoted throughout the city, as well as modification or redevelopment of existing stock to meet emerging social needs;

- 1.23: The needs of people with disabilities will be recognised in all facets of urban planning, particularly including the design and operation of transport and access systems and the assessment of development proposals; and

- 1.24: New areas will be planned with a legible and permeable hierarchy of math; conveniently located commercial and community facilities; a network of open spaces; an off-road system for pedestrians and cyclists; and provision for accessible public transport; and

2. Strategic Directions — Urban Areas:

- 2.1: Each town will offer a diversity of housing types... and convenient, linked access to retail centres, community facilities and open space;

- 2.5: A wide range of housing types will be permitted in identified residential areas close to commercial centres and some major transport routes to increase choice; maximise opportunities for affordable housing; and secure some intensification of development consistent with maintaining residential amenity; and

- 2.6: Higher density development will be encouraged with and near major centres, and in other suitable areas well serviced by public transport.

The Territory Plan also includes provisions for the location and design of community and recreation facilities, in the form of the Community and Recreation Facilities Location Guidelines General Code. This code states that community facilities must protect and enhance social amenity, whilst ensuring access to services, and safety and equity in their distribution. The efficient use of land must also be maximised by guaranteeing accessibility and convenience to users through the clustering of related facilities and encouraging shared uses. This code includes a detailed table identifying all potential community facilities and opportunities for co-location,

as well as relationships to other facilities and necessary separation distances from different land uses.

3.2 Study Area Plans and Strategies Several plans and strategies have been developed to guide the future growth and development of the Woden Valley including Woden Town Centre, Weston Creek and Molonglo Valley areas. Although not included within the Master Plan area for the purposes of this study, proposed development in Weston Creek and Molonglo Valley will impact on the demand for facilities within Woden Valley.

For reference purposes, the districts of the ACT are shown in Figure 3 below.





Figure 3: Districts of the ACT

tx■W.

WESTON CREEK ON,

Sal:MALI/A CAPITAL

11A51170141

11,511.41V,

t4Ift

r 1:74)

trI.1

4NA

WODENVALLEY

0.0

TUGGERANONO

/ 1 " . . , v • I a ad.

•1411.,,.■

Claln

!AM

Nac..

(4.44,

STWWW

i

SOUTH WALES

LJ





3.2.1 Woden Valley District

The development of Woden Valley District began in 1963 and by June, 1968, the population of the district had reached 25,000. The first Master Plan for this area was developed in 1965, with construction officially beginning in 1967 (ACTPLA 2004, 9). The overarching concept of the Master Plan was to develop Woden Town Centre in a cruciform shape. The northern arm was to comprise commercial development, whilst the southern arm and east/west arms were to house retail and recreation and community facilities respectively.

The original Master Plan for Woden clearly divided the town into zones and although the onset of new development and subsequent revisions of the plan has resulted in some changes, the essential structural elements of the town remain the same (ACTPLA 2004, 6). That is, the arterial road network that fringes the town, the ring of car parks and retail activity in the plaza, along with the community and recreation facilities located to the north and campus style commercial precinct adjoining the pedestrian spine, comprise the primary structural outlay of the district.

The 2004 Woden Town Centre Master Plan identified an extensive range of community facilities currently available in Woden, highlighting existing opportunities for the colocation of government, community and private sector facilities, as well as improving accessibility and the range of services available to residents. With the focus on a high population growth scenario, this Master Plan identified that an ageing population would require improved accessibility measures, in the form of both private vehicle car parking and more frequent and convenient public transport options. Pedestrian connections and the refurbishment of existing facilities were also targeted areas, as was the provision of additional meeting spaces for functions and community activities.

The ACT Government is currently reviewing the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004). The Master Planning process will identify a renewed vision for the centre to accommodate projected growth and change over the next 30 years, while ensuring the current period of growth protects physical and social features that are recognised as being important.

The review of the Master Plan vision for the Town Centre will also serve to reinforce one of the key strategies identified in the Canberra Spatial Plan (2004) and it's more recent update the draft ACT Planning (Spatial) Strategy of "Strategy 1: Creating a more compact, efficient city by focusing urban intensification in town centres, around group centres and along the major public transport routes ...".

As such, the Master Plan will seek to promote the development of high density housing and employment in and around the Town and Group Centres and along the District's main transport corridors in order to place additional population close to employment (to reduce the amount of travel and car use), make better use of existing infrastructure and widen housing choice.




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIV1 CSR Facility Study

3.2.2 Weston Creek District

The Territory is currently preparing a Master Plan for the Weston Creek Group Centre, which includes the Cooleman Court Shopping Centre. The Master Planning process will identify how the urban planning, design and layout of the Group Centre can be updated and reinvigorated over the next 20-30 years.

The Weston Group Centre Preliminary Master Plan 2012 has recently been released for public comment, detailing the challenges facing growth and development in Weston Group Centre. Emerging issues identified within the plan include an ageing population, the development of MOlonglo Valley (and the impact this will have on services and facilities in Weston Group Centre) and managing public and private transport demands.

The Preliminary Master Plan also identifies proposed actions and outcomes to be included in the final Master Plan for the group centre, including:

• The maintenance of community and health services close to the existing retail core; • Improving active transport opportunities; and

• Improving the convenience of public transport services adjacent to other services.

Proposed actions detailed in the Preliminary Master Plan include:

• The development of a new community centre (including the colocation of a health centre and community meeting place);

• Increased pedestrian connectivity throughout the centre;

• Improved parking facilities;

• Supportive housing along major transport routes; and

• A rapid bus service.

These ideas were supported during community engagement undertaken in early July 2012. However, the ideas expressed for the future development of Weston Group Centre are preliminary only and will be subject to future investigation and development.

3.2.3 Molonglo Valley District

Molonglo Valley, located immediately north of Weston Creek, south of the District of Belconnen and west of the Tuggeranong Parkway, is a new district that is currently under development. The valley is being prepared for Greenfield development by the ACT Government over a 30 year timeframe in three (3) stages, with Stage 1 already under construction, Stage 2 currently being planned and Stage 3 yet to be fully investigated. The designation of a centres hierarchy within the district is not yet known.

The Molonglo Valley Stage 2 Planning and Design Framework developed in April 2012 details the strategic context and planning rationale for the future development of Molonglo Valley. This area will accommodate nearly a third of all future Molonglo Valley residents, comprising the principal commercial centre, group centre and local centre for the district. Identified issues for the growth of this area include sufficient land allocations, active transport opportunities,





affordable housing, flexible building design and the integration of a range of facilities with transport and retail land uses (colocation).

As such, a child and family centre, GP super clinic and childcare centre may feature in the design and development of Molonglo Valley (Stage 2). The following facilities may also be provided subject to further investigation:

• A multipurpose community centre (including a co-located arts centre);

• Youth centre; • Library; - • Licensed club;

• Year 11-12 college;

• Early childhood school; and

• CIT integration with retail centre and transport facility.

It is anticipated that over the short to medium term staged development of the Molonglo Valley, its new residents will make use of the CSR facilities in the Woden Town Centre, Weston Creek Group Centre and the broader Woden Valley-Weston Creek combined District area.

3.3 Centres Hierarchy

3.3.1 ACT Retail Hierarchy

The ACT is planned around a polycentric centres hierarchy, comprised of five levels: a city centre / civic, town centres, group centres, local centres and industrial and special centres (Urban Research and Analysis Unit, ESDD 2011, no page number). Retailing within the ACT operates both spatially and functionally within the same settlement hierarchy for which the urban areas have generally been organised.

The city centre is the primary centre for commercial and entertainment facilities, servicing a metropolitan catchment.

Town centres occupy the next level of service provision, offering employment, retailing, community and entertainment facilities and services for the district in which they are located. There are currently four town centres in the ACT; Woden, Belconnen, Tuggeranong and Gungahlin. Both the city and town centres meet needs for higher order goods purchased less frequently than others and for which residents will generally travel further to obtain.

Comparatively, group centres provide opportunities for weekly grocery shopping, as well as business and community services for neighbourhood suburb groups. There are currently 17 group centres in the ACT, of which Mawson Group Centre is one, with a further five planned for the future.

Local centres provide a more frequent level of service, meeting the day-to-day convenience needs of a community at the suburb level. The ACT currently comprises 71 local centres, with a further eight planned.





The ACT centres hierarchy also includes industrial and special centres, which perform a retail function outside of the standard hierarchy. More specifically, industrial centres include activities requiring low rent and extensive space, such as bulky goods retailing. Special centres accommodate land uses that require larger sites, including discount factory outlets and other commercial uses.

3.3.2 Relationship t o Catchments

In line with the planning strategy adopted for the ACT, the ACT centres hierarchy is generally related to- catchment areas of relatively standard size, which are shown in Table 3. The table shows the established ACT centre hierarchy (column 1), the corresponding catchment serviced by the centre (column 2) and the approximate population serviced by the centre. The regional level catchment, which is defined as 'ACT plus one hour', is not specifically served by any one centre.

Table 3: Relationship of Centres Hierarchy and Catchments

ESDDRetail Centre Type I

Corre sponding Catchment T 1 App-roximateCatchment

_ Type Size (population)

Non-centre Regional (ACT plus one hour') 480,000

Non-centre, or no specific centres

Sub-regional Various

Town Centre District 50-80,000

Group Centre Sub-District 20-30,000

Local Centre Suburb/ Neighbourhood 2-5,000

Source: Provided by ESDD

These levels of the hierarchy and associated catchments have been used as the basis for the community facilities hierarchy previously discussed in Section 2.2.

For parks, the adopted hierarchies and catchments align closely with the centres hierarchy as anticipated in Canberra's planning. The main difference being that Town Parks while associated with Town Centres can serve catchments greater than district level (50-100,000) and that there is no "sub-district" level.

For sport and recreation facilities there is general alignment with the town centre's hierarchy with similar catchment sizes anticipated for three levels: Regional; District; and Sub- District. It should be noted that for many constructed facilities suburb or neighbourhood levels are not viable modes of provision and therefore they fall into a "district" or multi-suburb / "sub-district" catchment typically associated with club facilities. The exception to this is the provision of neighbourhood ovals or the proposed "Community Recreation Irrigated Parks" which are planned to serve local (suburb or neighbourhood) catchments.





3.4 CSR Facility Plans and Studies

3.4.1 Community Facilities

ACT Level

A review of key planning strategies developed by the Territory Government for the purposes of CSR facility provision has been undertaken. The review of the background documents has focussed on: existing and emerging needs and issues; the key objectives; more detailed strategies (including any relating to the study area); and planned infrastructure. A summary of these findings is provided in Table 4.

The key documents reviewed as part of this process are detailed below:

a) ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021; b) Canberra Social Plan 2011;

c) ACT Women's Plan 2010-2015; d) ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014; e) The ACT Young People's Plan 2009-2014;

f) ACT Multicultural Strategy 2010-2013;

g) ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing 2010-2014;

h) ACT Mental Health Services Plan 2009-2014;

i) ACT Government - Access Health Services Strategic Framework 2007;

j) Education and Training Directorate (ETD) Operational Plan 2012;

k) Department of Education and Training (DET) Strategic Plan 2010-2013;

I) DET Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education Maters Strategic Plan 2010-2013;

m) ACT Emergency Services Agency Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy 2010;

n) ACT Government Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-207;

o) Your Health, Our Priority Stages 1 and 2 documentation; and

p) Various community consultation outcome reports pertaining to the above documents.

Page 20 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants: Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development DirectoratelESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Table 4: Planned Infrastructure and Facilities

. Existing Needs and Issues

• Life expectancy and obesity increasing in parallel

• Improving access to health services

• Emergency Department access block

• Providing appropriate care for mental health patients

• Reducing:

o average length of stay for acute rehabilitation care

o waiting times for emergency dental health services

o overnight hospital bed occupancy rates

• Improving breast screening participation rate

• Shortening waiting times

• Service fragmentation

• Changing disease profile (chronic disease, higher life expectancy)

• Emerging models of clinical service delivery

• Improving satisfaction in health care

• Increasing physical activity rates • Ageing population

• Public hospitals running at near capacity (high bed occupancy, extended elective surgery waiting times)

• Need to double treatment spaces in emergency departments, hospital beds, mental health beds, aged care and non acute beds (admissions expected to double by 2022)

• Infrastructure Plan

o People in the ACT enjoy the benefits of good health and wellbeing

o As a community we are generally very healthy, active and avoid risky behaviour

o All Canberrans have timely access to primary and acute health care

• Women's Plan

o Accessible services for women and girls to enhance health and wellbeing throughout their life

o Accessible pathways for women and girls experiencing social exclusion

• Mental Health Services Plan o Mental health needs to be met by a comprehensive

network of services that: • Are complementary and integrated; • Intervene and provide support early and for as

long as it is needed • Address mental health issues within community

setting • Easily accessible within and beyond mental

health sector • Peer support and advocacy services to support

consumers along journey to recovery o Align services to a Four Life Stages Developmental

model

o Further develop care coordination and service collaboration mechanisms

o Extend crisis assessment services

o Extend services for youth, adults and older people

o Extend rehabilitation and ongoing recovery support services

• Your Health — Our Priority Stages 1 and 2 o Priorities: timely access to care, aged care, mental

health, chronic disease management, early childhood and vulnerable families, ATSI health

o Infrastructure must be aligned with agreed future priorities, flexible so as to accommodate future models of care and expansion and affordable to enable local access to top quality care

• Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 o meet increasing demand for health services o building a sustainable health system o improving health of vulnerable people o more health care delivered in the community o building new facilities

o introducing new technologies

o better coordination of care between facilities o planning services that target priority health needs

Strategies

• Child and family centres — maternity and child health clinics, midwifery clinics

• Investigate provision of disability services in existing playgrounds

• Timely access to care: boosting bed and service capacity at hospitals and increasing access to elective surgery

• Mental health: implementation of ACT Promotion, Prevention and Early Intervention Plan and Mental Health Services Plan

• Provide maternal and child health services within centres

• Expand dental health services for Aboriginal and Ton-es Strait Islanders

• Prenatal intake service and weekly clinics

• Development of children and family and youth community services and linkages between them

• Carer support services

• Budget annually for additional beds and ongoing enhancement of chronic disease management, workforce and cardiac services efforts

• Service Development Criteria - facilities: o provide consistency of access to appropriate

services, irrespective of where a person enters the system

o be integrated across settings, with a clearly communicated role delineation for each service at each facility

o be planned and delivered based on need and equity of access to health care

o be provided in community settings away from hospital campus were possible

o actively involve service providers in planning services

o ACT Hospitals continue to provide tertiary referral service for surrounding NSW region

o planning will consider planning directions and service plans in Southern NSW and Murrumbidgee

• Single point of entry for hospital services

• Clarification of the role of health services • More services delivered in ambulatory care

setting and community

• Canberra Hospital ACT Walk-In Centre: nurses and reception staff provide publicly funded advice and treatment for people with minor injuries/illness (this was constructed in 2010)

• 2 year timeframe:

o Women and Children's Hospital — collocation at Canberra Hospital (paediatric unit, maternity services, neonatal intensive care unit, gynaecology, fetal medicine and specialized outpatient services)

o Adult acute mental health inpatient unit (additional to existing Mental Health Assessment Unit established in 2010) —40 beds

o Tuggeranong Community Health Centre — OSA

o Capital Region Cancer Centre at Canberra Hospital o Engineering infrastructure, refurbishment of clinical services

expansion and decanting at Canberra Hospital

• 10 year timeframe:

o Acute clinical buildings for Canberra Hospital o Expand bed capacity at Calvary Hospital - OSA

• Youth inpatient mental health unit commissioned in 2011 and operating 2012 at Canberra Hospital (20 beds)

• Construction of a Mental Health Assessment Unit with the Canberra Hospital Emergency Department (operating 2010)

• Options for a.Mental Health Assessment Service within Emergency Department of Calvary Hospital — OSA

• Acute day hospital (8 adult places and 6 senior places) — undisclosed location

• Mental Health sector organisations to offer 6 step up, step down services - to be provided as an alternative to hospital admission for youth and to aid in the transition from hospital back into the community

• Establish a new secure adult mental health unit (short to medium term care in a secure environment) with 15 beds commissioned and operating by 2012 at Canberra Hospital

• Home care supported accommodation in residential facilities —450 places to be established by 2020

• ICU/HDU/CCU Facility at Calvary Hospital — OSA

• Neurosurgery suite at Canberra Hospital

• Redevelopment of Phillip Community Health Centre

o Community health centre and wellness centre o Polycl inic (expanded clinical, diagnostic, acute and post acute

services): existing site may not be large enough, so investigating Yamba Drive site (include parking, child care centre, elder care facility, conference centre and medi-hotel)

o Communicate with Medicare Locals

• Additional beds (24) at Canberra Hospital

• Skills Development Centre at Canberra Hospital (adjacent ANU Medical School)

• Multi-storey car park at Canberra Hospital

• Medi-hotel and ambulatory care precinct at Canberra Hospital (alternative accommodation for patients and families, include conference centre and child care facilities

• Canberra Hospital Diagnostic and Interventional Precinct, Acute Inpatient Care Precinct (include emergency, ICU/HDU, CCU, medical imaging, operating theatres)

Please note, any reference to a two, five or ten year fimeframe commences in 2011.

Page 21 Sucklay Vann Toym ?fanning Consul:ants. Briggs Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisme Group.

ACT Government. Environment and Stmtainoble Developrnent

Directorate (ESDD; CSF1 Facility Stody

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facil i ty Study

Focus Area Eidating Needs Ind Issues Objectives . ; Strategies ' filanbect,Infrastructure

• Queen Elizabeth II Family Centre (Curtin) continue to provide residential program for families with young children experiencing difficulties in postnatal and early childhood periods

• Canberra Hospital continue to provide tertiary services to Act and SE NSW

• Sexual health clinics at Canberra Hospital

• Existing private facilities to continue providing necessary services: O National Capital Private (medical and surgical, with cardiac

angiography suite and chemotherapy day unit — Garran); O Calvary John James (obstetric, medical, surgical, pathology,

radiology, plastic and reconstructive surgery clinic, preventative medicine and rehabilitation centre, orthopaedic fracture clinic) (Curtin)

o Canberra Eye Hospital (Symonston) — OSA o Canberra Specialist Surgical Centre (Deakin) o Lidia Perin Memorial Hospital (Deakin)

Education • Decommiss ion ing o f schools and • Infrastructure Plan • Flexible use of schools, libraries and civic places • 2 year timeframe: the potential use of these sites/buildings for other uses

o All Canberrans benefit from a quality education

o Lifelong learning opportunities are avai lable to all through the colocation and provision of common facilities, i.e. schools that are community use

o New design school in Coombs o Improve Red Hill School

• Increase proportion of students finishing Year 12

• Educat ion and Training Directorate Operational Plan

o Promoting innovative, inspiring and safe learning ,facilities and incorporate child/family services, creative and performing arts centres and sport

o Refurbishment of Torrens and Hughes Primary Schools o Performing arts theatre at Canberra College

• Improve educational outcomes for environments facilities o Hydrotherapy pool upgrade at Malkara School Indigenous students o Building excellence in disability education

o Closing the learning achievement gap for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students

o Supporting successful transitions for students

•

•

Upgrade lighting and fire safety at all schools (2 year time frame) Installation and upgrade of lifts at multi-storey schools (5 year time frame)

o New facility to support Canberra College Cares Program o Installation of artificial grass at Calwell, Torrens and Weetangera

Primary Schools and Telopea Park School o Master plan for CIT Fyshwick Trade Skills Centre - OSA

• Department of Education and Training Strategic Plan • Specialist language centres at public schools (5 • 5 year timeframe: o To ensure students succeed through quality

teaching that engages and supports them • year time frame) Upgrade school car parks (10 year time frame)

o New school in Kenny, Coombs

o Design school in Molonglo o Meet student's academic, social, emotional and • Establishment of Trade Training Centres at high • 10 year timeframe:

physical needs by ensuring all ACT public schools provide positive and success-oriented learning environments

o Provide learning pathways for students that result in a skilled and educated workforce

•

schools and colleges (2 year time frame) Support from community for decommissioned schools to be used for public open space, recreation areas or public facilities •

o Potential expansion of Molonglo schools o Opportunities for C r Learning Campus at Molonglo

Melrose Primary School Site currently part tenanted by the YMCA and other community groups and may become a health and well-being hub

• Increase proportion of young people completing or vocational tional studies

.

• 44 schools delivering 15 hours of preschool education • Mt Neighbour Pre-school lobe retained and an aged care facility

constructed on the remaining vacant land

•

•

Increase proportion of adults with post-school qualifications Provide flexible and responsive vocationally-based

• Schools designed, constructed and upgraded to meet 2101 century learning and teaching needs with environmentally sustainable design

•

•

Rivett School is tenanted by child care facilities (to be retained) and to include a community park and aged care centre on vacant land Village Creek school to become a new neighbourhood hall

training options •

•

Continue improving school facilities to support contemporary teaching and learning Embed information communication technology

• Weston Primary and former health clinic is part tenanted by community services (to be retained) and may become a community services hub and regional, health clinic, as well as a neighbourhood hall

(ICT) effectively in all learning environments • Extensions and improvements at Red Hill Primary School are completed

• Four additional public schools have artificial grass surfaces

• Canberra College performing arts theatre (music, drama and dance)

• Program for Tuggeranong Sustainable Living Trade Training Centre

Cultural • Equitable access to services and facilities and fair treatment for all


o All Canberrans can participate in the city's cultural • Libraries to be used for adult literacy and

language programs • Construction of the Molonglo Arts Centre (10 year time frame) - OSA

• Children with multicultural backgrounds face issues relating to health (particularly mental health), consumer protection, legal awareness, homelessness, education, intergenerational

• and social life

Multicultural Strategy

o To ensure that services and programs are accessible to all Canberrans who do not speak the English language well or at all

o Provide children and young people of multicultural

•

•

•

Improve library services tailored to changing community needs Funding to strengthen capacity of ACT Ethnic Schools Association, to build the quality of community language schools in the ACT Improve access to childcare services for those

Page 22 Bureloy Vann Town Plannirv Conoultonts, Briggs A Mortar Pry Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group,

ACT Govomment, Em4ronment ond Stmtainable Development

Directorate, ( M D ) COG Facility Study


Focus Area. Existing Needs and Issues

conflict and cultural understanding

Objectives

backgrounds with access to age appropriate

Strategies. Planned infrastructure

studying English at CIT

•

•

Older people of multicultural backgrounds often experience social isolation, difficulty accessing government services and have problems with the cultural appropriateness of these services Women of multicultural backgrounds often experience heightened discrimination and racism, barriers to social connectedness (mental health and wellbeing), domestic violence, intercultural difficulties and limited leadership opportunities

support services

o Improve access to services which support the mental health of children and young people of a multicultural background

o To optimize the positive ageing of older people from multicultural backgrounds by increasing recreational activities and opportunities for participating in community life including the provision of appropriate resources

o Address the health needs of women from multicultural backgrounds

o Provide and promote resources which meet the needs of women from multicultural backgrounds

•

• •

Support youth centres to meet the needs of young people with multicultural backgrounds, through the provision of drop in centres Provide places to learn driving skills Provide office and meeting spaces for multicultural community groups, particularly in Theo Notaras Multicultural Centre

• Increase use of public libraries

• Increase participation in the arts

• Increased investment in public art and festivals

Emergency • Lower crime rates • Infrastructure Plan • Police station upgrades (5 year time frame) • Rev iew of future accommodation requirements at the Alexander and Justice • Increasing population growth with o The ACT is a fair and safe place to live • Upgrades and maintenance of police facilities (10 Maconochie Centre (2 year timeframe)

an increasingly urban form (inherently increases risks and

o Canberrans benefit from living in a community that is safe, inclusive and respectful •

year time frame) • Assess need for additional facilities at the Alexander Maconochie Centre (5 year time frame)

hazards) o All can participate in community life • Protection and support for women and children • Major upgrade of Philip Fire Station and Woden Ambulance Station

•

•

Climate change (less stable environment more prone to hazards) Prescribed performance standards, including response times

• ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy

o Flexibility in facility design

o Development of design guidelines for best practice results and colocation of facilities where appropriate

suffering from violence

• (2015-2017 — Phase 4) Minor upgrade of Woden SES

• Existing fire, ambulance and SES service facility locations do not take into account future needs

• Relocation of one facility affects the coverage performance of other facilities

• Existing sites become constrained by surrounding development (built in with no room for expansion, relationship to road network)

• Ageing population (increase in health related hazards and risks)

General • Small pockets of locational • Infrastructure Plan • Better coordination and planning of infrastructure • Assist existing Woden, Weston Creek and Belconnen Community Community disadvantage o Canberra offers the best in sustainable city living and services Centres to respond to location pressures and changing demands (5 year Spaces and • Preservation of existing facilities o Facilities are of a high-quality and meet community • Investment in community infrastructure that time frame) . Services

•

•

Revitalize town centres and local shops Lower costs for service delivery

needs promotes connection and diverse activities, e.g. Regional Community Centres providing long term tenancies for over 40 community organisations

• •

Neighbourhood Hall in Molonglo (10 year time frame) Refurbishment and redesign (2012-2014) of existing community centre in Woden to become a Regional Community Centre: it will include the

• Improve satisfaction with government services

• •

New neighbourhood halls Finalise Community Facilities Asset Management

Woden Community Services association, Lollipop Children's Centre and Woden Senior's Club

Strategy (2 year time frame) • Maintain program of community facility audits (2

year time frame)

• Upgrade accommodation for community service

Page 23 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs a Mortar Pry Ltd, Strategic LCiStee Group.


04volt-wale CESOD) CSR Facility Study


122212111111111111116111111111111111111 _ _

Existing:Need.s R i d Issues Objectives

providers (5 year time frame) • Pathways for women experiencing disadvantage,

social exclusion and isolation

',Targeted Facilities ',fox Children • Increase and improve early child

care services

• Increase:

o Life expectancy at birth

o Numeracy and literacy

o Parent health and wellbeing o Child oriented facilities and

activities o Community safety

• Reduce risk of harm to vulnerable children

• Reduce proportion of families with low incomes in housing stress situations

• Improve child physical, social and emotional development

• Children's Plan O Services, programs and environments that support

children's optimal development and enhance parental, family and community capacity

o Opportunities for children to influence decisions about their lives and their community, and to actively participate in their communities

• Investment in early childhood infrastructure • Child and family centres offer publicly funded

services and programs for prevention and early intervention (parent education sessions, programs for vulnerable families)

• Needs assessment for Child and Family Centre in WodenNVeston Creek district (5 year time frame)

• Activities and support in existing regional community facilities (5 year time frame)

• Child care facility extensions (2 year time frame)

• UNICEF Child Friendly Cities Initiative

• Affordable and accessible gender and culturally sensitive services, primarily childcare and other parental support services that accept and support the multiple roles of women

• Child and Family Centres provided through Women's Information and Referral Centre

• Improved drop in services for children (speech and motor skills) — additional hours and locations

• Access to early childhood development programs (foster transition between home to school and care facilities)

• Blue Star Clinic (linking families with drug issues to community supports)

• Release 5 sites for child care centres (including Weston Creek) (2 and 10 year time frame)

• New facilities for CC Cares Program at Canberra College (young mothers program) (5 year time frame)

• Lollipop Children's Centre to be redeveloped as part of Regional Community Centre in Woden

• Child and Family Centre at Tuggeranong - OSA

Youth • Mental health issues • Obesity rates • Risk behavior

• Specific groups prone to vulnerability that need focused support (disabled, diverse sexual orientation, etc.)

• Require more focused and accessible medical and dental services

• Desire a sense of belonging, feeling safer and knowing about local culture

• Awareness of services and facilities and how to access them

• Opportunities to participate in training, education and employment

• Young People's Plan O Guide policy development and service delivery for • young people in the ACT by government and non-government

agencies

o Young people are encouraged to contribute and participate in family, community and social life

o Young people are provided with equitable access to information and services to meet their needs and achieve their potential

o Proactively support vulnerable young people

o Ensure that policies and services for young people are evidence based, regularly evaluated and responsive to emerging needs and trends

o Provide information and access to support services (assist young people to access them)

o Support youth to foster relationships with family

O Increased community participation rates

o Assist participation in education, training and employment

o Promote youth rights and access to information and services

o Assist with life transitions (access to support and information)

• Increased number of young people utilizing services

• Improved rates of early identification of vulnerable young people

Page 24 Buckley Vann Toyer Plannev, Consultants, Brigga P. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.


Directorate (5500) CSR Facility Study


Focus .Are ' Existing Needa -and Issues . _ .

, — Objectives ----- - -

Strategies • ' 2 ,Plappec-Hhfcastructure

• • •

_-----......-- Improved health outcomes Increased proportion attaining year 12 education Increase information available to youth about rights

. _

Older Residents

• •

.

Ageing population Improved access and connection to services and facilities Increase range of services and facilities available to older residents

• Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing

o People in the ACT maintain their health and wellbeing across their lifespan to allow them to age positively and to actively participate in their

older t they oer community as ey ge 0 Seniors use appropriate and accessible support

services to assist them to maintain active and relatively independent lives

o People plan for their retirement and, once retired, ty continue to actively participate in our community

through paid and unpaid work, and through educational and recreational activities

•

•

•

•

• • • •

•

Public housing for elderly residents (5 year time frame) Broader range of accommodation types and price points for elderly residents, as well as accommodation supports (5 year time frame) Support for senior clubs under pressure (5 year time frame) Explore additional public housing stock options and support broader range of price points (10 year time frame) Access to acute and sub-acute beds Home and Community Care Services Outreach healthcare to nursing homes Land sites for future residential aged care facilities Improve access to health care and encourage healthier lifestyles, with senior citizens actively participating in socially inclusive events

•

•

Woden Senior's Club to be redeveloped as part of Regional Community Centre in Woden Permanent seniors club at Tuggeranong - OSA

Page 25 Buckley Vann Town Planning Goneullants, etAGT Government. Environment and Brigge it Mortar Ply Ltd, Suntninable Development Strategic Leisure Group. Oiteclevele (50000 0 0 5 Facility Slitkly


Study Area Level

A community facility needs assessment was undertaken in 2004 for the areas of Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong. At the time the study was undertaken, Woden Valley had 20 vacant sites designated under the Community Facility Land Use Policy (LUP) of the Territory Plan (comprising 12.9 hectares of land). Essentially, this policy identifies and allocates sites that are available and suitable for meeting community needs, including the establishment of facilities and services in accessible locations. The study also showed that Weston Creek had 22 unleased, vacant sites, already identified as Community Facility LUP areas, comprising 11.06 hectares. " " -

An important issue raised in this previous assessment was the development pressures placed on existing community facility sites not designated within a Community Facility LUP. The study identified that there were no provisions in place to prevent these sites from changing LUPs and therefore changing the uses allowable on the site.

At the time of the study, the ACT Government was leasing numerous properties within the study area, including schools, depots, health centres and nursing homes to community organisations. The total gross floor area being leased in 2004 was approximately 30,000m2, with 90 applications for additional space having been placed on a waiting list. The table below (Table 5) identifies the number of key community facilities located in Woden Valley and Weston Creek in 2004.

Table 5: Community Facilities Available in Woden Valley and Weston Creek (2004)

Community Facility , Number of Facilities

Woden Valley; Weston;Cteek

Pre-school and Primary School 39 23

Secondary School 2

Secondary College 2 0

Tertiary Education 1 2

Childcare 18

Community Group Accommodation 11 12

Centre/Hall 11 4

Library 1

Health Centre 1 0

Residential Aged Care 20 12

The following table (Table 6) summarises the emerging issues, gaps in facility and service provision and recommendations to meet community needs as identified in the 2004 study.

Page 26 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs E. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group,


Directorate (ESDD) CSR Fadlity Study


Table 6: Emerging Issues, Gaps in Provision and Recommendations for Community Facilities in Woden Valley and Weston Creek (2004)

tEmerging , Issues Gaps in S_ervice andTacility Provision °

' Recommendations

• Facilities lack flexibility to adapt to changing demographics and needs (upgrades and redevelopment required)

• Access issues for older facilities

• Reducing household size and increasing number of households (range improvement required)

• Meeting the needs of a dual population — ageing population and increase in those under 24 years of age

• Lack of activities and services for diverse needs of young people and families

• Affordability of facilities and public indemnity fees are a significant barrier to community sector in undertaking the provision of services and facilities

• Weston Creek Community Centre — acCessibility issues (elderly and disabled)

• Woden Community Centre — outreach programs held elsewhere because of financial pressures from high rental of premises, access issues and general upgrades required

• Pathways and linkages require improvements to encourage use

• Housing for ageing population

• Low cost meeting spaces, including halls and community centres

• Office space for community groups

• Recreation facilities • Health facilitiee, particularly

referral centres for young people

• Child care facilities and placements

• VVoden Valley:

o Library lacks capacity for meeting rooms (currently undergoing improvements)

o Community feel as though there aren't sufficient entertainment facilities located within 3-5 kilometres of Woden

o Lack of short term and disabled parking

o Access and mobility issues in design of public realm

o Restricted hours for facilities near public transport limits usability

o Perceived need for a hall

o Lack of arts/cultural facilities

• Weston Creek:

o Approximately one third of community facilities located in other LUP areas

o 12 residential care accommodation facilities (community feel this is not sufficient)

o Youth Drop-In Centre is not sufficient to accommodate the needs of different groups of young people

o Weston Community Hub offers meeting rooms only for current tenants

o Hall is available for public hire (high cost of security)

• Surplus schools currently being used by community organisations — this should continue

• Periodic audit/assessment required for capacity, gap and adequacy identification

• Land use policy framework development to avoid depletion of Community Facility Land, including a precautionary principles for proposed LUP changes

• Co-location of compatible facilities

• Advertisement of facilities • Redesign of facilities to

improve safety and access • Woden Town Centre

Master Plan — promote better access and safety

• Use of residential LUP areas to provide supportive housing for aged care accommodation, affordable housing strategies and various levels of care required

• Consider role of potential arts facility in Woden

• Mix of formal and informal public and community based facilities for young people

Page 27 Buckley Vain Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.




3.4.2 Sport and Recreation

A number of planning documents have been developed to provide guidance at a range of levels for the provision of sport and recreation facilities across the Australian Capital Territory, including the Woden Valley.

Active 2020

Active 2020: A Strategic Plan for Sport and Active Recreation in the ACT & Region is a long term strategic plan for sport and recreation which envisions enrichment of the health and wellbeing of the community through sport and recreation. A series of fundamental priorities are provided to underpin a framework for sport and recreation in the ACT and Region:

1. Maximise community engagement (participation) in sport and active recreation; 2. Greater acknowledgement and promotion of the health, education and social benefits of

sport and active recreation; 3. Increase capacity and capability of sport and active recreation to provide quality

opportunities in the ACT; 4. Maximise opportunities for outstanding individual successes; 5. Maximise opportunities for sustainable outstanding team performances; 6. Create Canberra's image as the "National Sporting Capital"; 7. Maximise supporting infrastructure and resources.

Active 2020 outlines three main goals:

• To increase participation in competitive, non-competitive and social sport and active recreation activities at all levels;

• To provide opportunities for achieving excellence in sporting performance;

• To ensure access to quality and sustainable infrastructure for the delivery of these activities.

A series of strategic initiatives are provided to achieve these goals. Table 7 contains those initiatives of particular note to planning for sport and recreation in the Woden Valley.

Table 7: Active 2020 - Summary of Strategic Initiatives

Strategic Priority iObjective 'StrategicOtitiativ.e -

1: Maximise community engagement

Maximise community engagement (participation in sport and active recreation.

1.3 Maximise availability for facilities and inclusive

programs for people to get physically active.

1.5 Ensure programs support population groups including disability, youth, indigenous, women, ageing and cultural groups.

1.7 Improve access to sport and recreation programs and facilities for spectators, supporters and people with disabilities.



Directorate (ESOD) CSR Facility Study

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDO) WAIVI CSR Facility Study

Strategic'Priorl y ' . i rObjUive .

• le 16initiative, ,

2: Promote the benefits

Greater promotion of the health, education and social benefits of sport and active recreation.

, 2.5 Promote workplace sporting and active recreation activities to develop health and wellbeing/ physical activity in the workplace.

5: Sustainable

team performances

Maximise opportunities for sustainable outstanding team performances.

5.7 Leverage the investment in infrastructure in and by major national league teams for use by local organisations.

6: Promote a national spoiling capital .

. . Create Canberra's image as the "National Sporting Capital".

6.1 Develop and promote the Canberra Sport and Recreation Brand and raise the profile of the sport and active recreation industry in the ACT and region.

6.4 Enhance established ACT sporting precincts including Lyneharn, Bruce, Stromlo and Manuka.

7: Maximise supporting infrastructure

Provide sport and recreation facilities and supporting infrastructure that accommodate the demands of participants needs.

7.4 Promote greater creation and use of multi sport and recreation community facilities (both indoor and outdoor) - sharing resources, management and accessibility.

7.6 Promote multi use of school facilities and allow access for clubs.

7.9 Ensure better integration and coordination of non-government provided sport and recreation assets and

infrastructure with government provided assets.

Design Standards

The ACT Government has developed a set of Design Standards for Urban Infrastructure, with two areas providing guidance for sport and recreation provision - '14 Urban Open Space' and DS24 Sportsground Design'.

The objectives for urban open space include:

• Integration of buildings and engineering infrastructure with the natural landscape to create a unified and visually appealing design;

• Creation of aesthetically pleasing landscape environments, increased community enjoyment of everyday life and a greater sense of meaningful connection between people and the environment;

• Development of desirable community living environments through microclimate modification, air quality improvement and noise attenuation;

• Fulfilment of the recreational and social needs of the wider and evolving community that reflect the values of the surrounding regional community;

• Minimisation of energy consumption and carbon dioxide production;

• Contribution to cost efficient urban stormwater systems and improved stormwater quality through the protection of stream flow and environments;




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIII1 CSR Facility Study

• Maximisation of ecological benefits through acknowledging wildlife habitat, soil conservation and enhanced biodiversity;

• Incorporation of heritage values through the protection of landscapes with recognised special significance;

• Contribution to the economic vitality of urban Canberra and its environs and its attraction of ecologically sound economic development, particularly tourism;

• Contribution to a stronger sense of community commitment to improvement.

The provision standards outlined for urban open space across the ACT is as follows:

Town Parks:

• 1/50,000- 100,000 residents; • High landscape quality required; • Minimum size is 1 Ha; • Supply at 0.05 Ha/ 1000.

District Parks:

• 1 per 25,000- 50,000 residents; • 4-10 Ha in size; • Supply at 0.45 Ha/ 1000; • Extensive informal facilities and range of activity.

Neighbourhood Parks:

• Generally provided within 400m of houses; • 0.25- 2 Ha size; • Should reflect local character; • Are primarily for informal recreation and play; • "Local" neighbourhood parks of around 0.25 Ha may be provided within 300 m- offering a

site for safe play for children with a minimum catchment of 150 dwellings; • "Central" neighbourhood parks of 0.5-2 ha may be provided adjacent to or around

Neighbourhood sports fields or informal ovals. Provided within 500 m of dwellings with a minimum catchment of 250 dwellings.

Pedestrian Parks:

• Provided as open space corridors for pathways and to connect other open space elements;

• May contain playgrounds and seats.

Playgrounds:

• A provision rate of 1 playground per 1000 residents is recommended.

Informal Use Ovals:

• Provided as flat or gently sloping ground for active recreation adjacent to schools and shopping centres.

Page 30 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,





Conservation areas, heritage areas and natural open spaces:

• Provided in a more opportunistic way where remnant forest or vegetation exists or where there are special features such as water bodies or heritage items;

• Detail is provided on habitat assessment and provision of wildlife corridors.

The core objective for sportsground design is to provide sports fields which deliver "acceptable levels of access, safety amenity and convenience for all users". The following performance criteria for sports fields seek to achieve this:

• Align with ACTPLA planning hierarchy; - - • Provide north/south orientation; • Provide appropriately sized sports fields; • Provide buffer distances to adjacent development; • Provide an adequate level of safety relative to risk assessment; • Allow for runoff and rainfall events within acceptable time limits; • Provide acceptable and durable grass cover; • Provide acceptable surface hardness with the ability to be decompacted; • Comply with WSUD guidelines; • Provide field lighting in accordance with Australian Design Standard; • Provide irrigation to maintain appropriate playing conditions; • Provide ancillary facilities appropriate to the standard of playing field; • Provide car parking appropriate to the demand generation; • Provide convenient and safe access for vehicles, cyclists, pedestrians and disabled

persons; • Provide appropriate access for emergency and service vehicles; • Provide for shade, shelter and amenity landscaping that is appropriate to the use areas;

and • Provide access for maintenance vehicles and legitimate users, whilst preventing access to

unauthorised people who may cause vandalism.

The provision standards outlined for sportsground design across the ACT are as follows:

Neighbourhood Oval:

• Generally located adjacent to local school and shopping centre; • Usually I basic sport unit in size (this means 2 rectangular fields with an oval field

overlaid); • Toilet block and lights suitable for training; • Note: a recent review (see Forward Strategy— Future Provision o f ACT Government

Sportsgrounds in Gun gahlin and Molonglo) has recommended that neighbourhood ovals

no longer be provided and that the focus should be on larger district fields and shared use school fields.

Community Recreation Irrigated Park (CRIP):

• Provided where there is no district playing field, District Park or School Oval; • Generally 0.75-1Ha; • Provide irrigated low maintenance space to support informal physical activity and

recreation;



Directorate (ESDO) CSR Facility Study


• Includes toilets, BBQ, shelter, play or active recreation (e.g. 1/2 court) structures; • The Forward Strategy— Future Provision of ACT Government Sportsgrounds in Gungahlin

and Molonglo has recommended that CRIPs be increased in size to around 1.5 Ha to offset the shift in strategy for provision of Neighbourhood Ovals.

District Playing Fields;

• Large sporting precincts serving several suburbs and offering a number of fields with at least 1 pavilion;

• Often associated with a high school; • -Minimum size of 8 Ha; . . • The Forward Strategy— Future Provision of ACT Government Sportsgrounds in Gungahlin

and Molonglo has recommended that the minimum size should be increased to 10 Ha with a preference for -15 Ha;

• Toilets, change and game lighting are provided.

The Forward Strategy: Future Provision of ACT Government Sportsgrounds in Gun gahlin and Molonglo (July 2011) recommends a new approach to the provision of sporting fields. Although not included in the parameters of this study's master plan area, plans for Gungahlin and Molonglo are important to consider for the future provision of sport and recreation for Woden Valley.

This strategy states that the current supply of sportsgrounds across ACT is 427 Ha with 260 Ha of this supply irrigated and maintained to a level that meets formal requirements of sport. This equates to approximately 1.2 Ha / 1000 for overall supply and about 0.72 ha/ 1000 for supply of fields meeting minimum requirements for formal sport use (based on 2011 population of 363,150).

The strategy highlights that many neighbourhood ovals have become "stranded assets" in that they do not provide sufficient space and field numbers to support formal sport and with a lack of irrigation or maintenance are not suitable for use. The provision of isolated single fields is not seen as a successful strategy.

The strategy recommends that a new sports ground provision model be adopted which focuses on:

• Providing District Playing Fields of 15 ha size which allows 6 basic sport units (1 unit = 2x rectangular and 1 x oval overlaid);

• Neighbourhood ovals be replaced with school ovals available for school and community use (area between 1- 1.5 Ha);

• Where a school oval or district playing fields or district park are not provided a Community Recreation Irrigated Park (CRIP) of a minimum 1.5 Ha should be provided;

• Enclosed ovals of around 4 Ha to provide competition venues- located so as to provide sufficient parking around the oval on weekends and evenings.






Other relevant recommendations contained within the strategy include:

• Casey and Franklin Neighbourhood ovals be converted to CRIPs;

• ESDD update the relevant planning codes and guidelines to reflect the new approach;

• That the planned district fields in Taylor be expanded to 15 Ha;

• That school ovals of 1- 1.5 Ha be provided- subject to negotiation with ETD;

• That co-location of schools and district playing fields be encouraged provided schools

are provided with enough space to accommodate informal play and recreation.

Aquatic Facilities

The planning, development and management of aquatic facilities in the ACT is guided by the draft Aquatic and Related Facilities: ACT Strategic Plan document. As an incomplete draft document, the recommendations are not confirmed and should be treated as such.

The supply of aquatic facilities in the ACT is comprised of 5 learn to swim centres, 5 multi-purpose leisure centres, 3 standard swimming pools and 1 water play pool. Only four of these

pools are owned by the ACT government, being Canberra Olympic Pool, Dickson Pool, Manuka Pool, and Tuggeranong Lakeside Leisure Centre.

The study provides a number of conclusions from an analysis of this supply:

• The Canberra Olympic Pool no longer meets the wider needs of the community in its current configuration;

• No aquatic facility in the ACT is capable of hosting national and international swim meets due to seating, marshalling, access and other limitations;

• There is a shortfall of all year aquatic facilities for the social, leisure and recreation markets;

• There is a lack of facilities catering for rehabilitation and older adult health markets;

• There are adequate venues currently to cater for the learn-to-swim markets. However, anecdotal evidence suggests that most, if not all, swim schools are at or near capacity and will continue to grow strongly, and as such demand for facilities will expand;

• The provision for learn to swim (and in the wider leisure provision of health clubs)

venues has developed on a commercial basis where entrepreneurs have seen the opportunities, and There is a continuing need for more comprehensive and integrated

program of provision focused on meeting wider community needs (such as has been pursued with the current Gungahlin and Canberra Olympic Pool studies), so that a more effective, equitable and balanced mix of provision is achieved.

A draft hierarchy is proposed for aquatic facilities, however as a draft document, this hierarchy has not been confirmed:

• Multi-suburb facilities catering to catchments of 25-30,000 and up to 50,000 (25m heated pool + program water and fitness space);

• District/ Sub ACT facilities with a catchment of 80-100,000 or 50,000 (25 and or 50 m heated + outdoor lap pool 25 or 50m+ water play+ fitness and specialty etc.);





• ACT Wide with a 300,000-500,000 people catchment (major facility with 2 50 m pools, diving, competition ready etc.);

• National-elite sport facility.

Planning for specific facilities

Detailed planning for individual facilities has taken place for the Molonglo Aquatic Sports and Recreation Facility and Eddison Park. A summary of these studies is provided below in Table 8.

Table 8: Summary of Facility Plans

Study ' key findings

Molonglo Aquatic This facility will primarily service the catchments of Weston and Molonglo. Sports and Molonglo Valley will have a population of 59,000. As Weston has no Recreation aquatic centre and the combined population of Weston and Molonglo will Facility Feasibility be around 81,000 it is recommended a district facility be developed at Study Phase 1 Molonglo to service this catchment and that a multi-suburb facility remain/ Report be provided to service the Woden catchment of 32,000

Potential for an Ice Rink was discussed but it was not viewed as viable due to lack of colocation with a major retail centre and the market competition from the existing rink. The need for upgrading or replacement of the Phillip rink was highlighted.

The preliminary facility mix recommended includes:

• Gym and fitness space of around 1000m2;

• Medical/ allied consulting rooms; • Child care; • Community spaces for meetings;

• Theatrette for around 100-150 people;

• Restaurant/ café and retail space; • 3 indoor courts with space for 3 more in the future;

• Indoor running track (300-400 m);

• 50m pool;

• 25 m pool;

• Play pool;

• "Standing wave" pool.

Eddison Park This Master Plan was developed to guide the future develop of Eddison Master Plan Park, located in Phillip. Eddison Park is a District Park servicing the

Woden catchment. Many of the recommendations from the plan have been implemented and have reinforced the importance of the park to the town centre and the surrounding community.

Key recommendations from the plan included:

• Additional BBQ and picnic facilities;





• Expansion of the play facilities and diversifying range of ages serviced;

• Establishing a fitness trail;

• Developing a skate plaza and youth space; • Providing space for community events and an outdoor stage; • Place making features such as public art

3.5 Transport and Accessibility The ACT transport network is comprised of a system of ring road and arterial options available to motorcycles, cars and freight vehicles. Corridors such as Northbourne Avenue connect centres and facilitate direct and rapid bus travel along central spines. This is largely through the red rapid, blue rapid and in the city centre, parliamentary zone frequent network. The blue rapid bus service travels through Woden regularly. Figure 4 below identifies the major bus routes traversing Woden Valley District and parts of Weston Creek District during the week. Please note, the Xpresso Peak Hour services also service the Woden area.





Figure 4: Woden Valley District Bus Services

-Si

Duffy '

• Helder

E 3 1 1 1 1 1 C i a l \ * . : 0

' , IIENEFE

, Z J frrN1/

3A z.1 Curtin '

! ark S' Disks

' ' " `-----7-7 0 . . . , 4 , . .

---z/ .,..„,2.k.,c,,,,,, . , , ,..c, Forrest •'''-' 1 /". , • 1" ---r 1.• •,•77.'; D e a k i n

S

4

M i n I n 9 E T D E 1 1 7 ' - ? 1 . 5 - i r f ' )i..4 ' 1 3 K U E : 1 1 : 3 E 1 F a i p a i l =.1

A ) , . . i

1 i E E I I E i l ' '

' a 7 ' E M E M E S I C E M E D CM

/ 1 i N E E 1 1 0 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 : 3 0 1 1 :.16

I O f i E i l l t I M S E E O ' ''

D

1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 , 7 1 3 KIIIMEMECO

les ..... e g , 0 L o d a t i o r , ..,,,. r 73;k6,..--4.: 1 . " ' d 4 j ..'r vw

i l - • • r'2`.."

'''''' Red Hill ' X ' '

- \ \ Garran —

A,.ffV

0 , I, , Ata.,:v C.,,-., - • i '''''''''''''

2 3 • s

Gairan

r Riyett,/'

- O'Malley — Yu— „ ,?!er Ei 4 ..Q.,&., .i , .

Chapman `....,,..j,.1 k I `.......-

zat a „7 "q11V'e"

Fisher I/ Pearce

t

Torrens

0513 Mawson

„ Isaacs

• /1 -111

0 E.-e3

Kambah

00. clr:j Wanmassa . ci r--

t171;4z,'

\

IC:11

EIEEMEECI M E M ELC1

Source: ACT Government 2012a

Fadden

Private vehicle use in Canberra is causing significant environmental and social issues, including congestion, emissions, air and noise pollution and an increase in sedentary lifestyle diseases. According to the Transport Plan 2012-2031, the ACT has the second lowest public transport

use rates of any state/territory in the country, with approximately 81% of individuals living in Canberra travelling by private vehicle to work. This is significantly higher than the Australian

average of 69.7%. This is particularly surprising, as 40% of residents travel less than 10 kilometres to work each day. Comparatively, the ACT also has the highest level of cycling and second highest rate of walking to work. This is largely due to easy access for pedestrians and cyclists to centres, although arterial roads and large open space areas between centres do impede active transport to a certain degree.




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) 1NAM CSR Facility Study

Transport and accessibility are extremely important for enabling access to community facilities and services. Public parking and vehicular access for residents with mobility issues is essential, whilst public and active transport opportunities are imperative for those without access to a private vehicle. Significant issues concerning existing transport networks and accessibility to current facilities within the study area have been explored in the previous sections.

Several key government policy documents and plans provide objectives and broader strategies and concepts for the future provision/expansion of public, private and active transport networks throughout the ACT. These are explored in Table 5 below, with particular focus on those concepts applicable to the study area. At present, the only plans for the improvement of these existing facilities is the establishment of rapid corridors identified in the Territory Plan. Although the Woden Town Centre Master Plan identifies some key infrastructure to be provided throughout the centre, this document was published in 2004 and will be superseded by the new master plan to be developed for the area, using the outcomes of this study.

Table 9: Transport Facility and Infrastructure Objectives and Broader Strategies

Objectives ,

‘1.3roader Strategies and 'Concepts

• Transport Plan • Increase bus fleet

o Integrated land use and transport system • - Park and ride facilities planning • Bike and ride facilities

o Frequent network of rapid corridors and local • Provide bike racks on buses lines

o Active communities • Work with schools to provide effective,

accessible and convenient options

o Urban form that encourages active travel

o Implement minimum coverage standards • Shared paths in town centres and major

employment areas (access across city within reasonable walking • Commuter cycle network distance from households)

o Community transport (for those than can't • Wheelchair accessible public transport,

including mobility aids walk to a regular route) and including • Additional bus shelters and seats community buses, taxis and other demand responsive transport modes


o Expand network of park and ride • Social Plan

o Linking cycling, walking and sustainable transport with land uses, focus on walkability

facilities within public transport corridors and provide new bus stations (2 year time frame)

• Consultation

o Affordable public transport

o Expand community bus service and other public transport

o Masterplanning focus on connectivity and inter-town public transport connections

o Recognise and work with pedestrian network

o Expand bus fleet and upgrade depots, whilst expanding park and ride network further (5 year time frame)

o Modernize parking infrastructure, providing additional bus shelters andstops,

increasing the bus fleet, expanding the network of high frequency public transport corridors and

• Women's Plan

o Safe, secure and accessible facilities in public places

providing a new public transport station at Molonglo (10 year time frame)





4 Stakeholder Engagement

4.1 Stakeholder Engagement Objectives

A key deliverable of the project methodology (refer to task 1.5 of the project plan) and the subsequent Stakeholder Engagement Plan prepared (Phase 1 of the project) was to prepare a narrative summary of the stakeholder engagement outcomes arising from consultation with Territory government directorates, internal ESDD stakeholders, CSR facility service providers and other stakeholders.

The overarching objectives to be achieved through the delivery of the consultation program, as outlined in the Stakeholder Engagement Plan, are as follows:

1. To gather information about the current provision and utilisation of CSR facilities and to determine existing capacities and gaps in provision (i.e. where there is unmet need) across functional categories of CSR facilities and land requirements, specific to predetermined catchment areas for the primary study area and across the wider Woden Valley/ Weston Creek joint district;

2. To identify potential future need for CSR facilities and land take requirements across functional categories, specific to predetermined catchment areas (where possible);

3. To gain an understanding of future plans for CSR facilities and land requirements provided through ACT Government directorates and community and private sector stakeholders;

4. To seek feedback from ESDD on preliminary findings to incorporate into the final issues and options/recommendations reports.

The Stakeholder Engagement Plan separately submitted to ESDD provides additional detail relating to the strategy adopted for stakeholder engagement.

4.2 Phase One Engagement Activities

The sections below provide an overview of the types of consultation activities that were undertaken during Phase 1 of the project, the groups and organisations targeted for consultation and the timing of these activities.

4.2.1 Engagement Techniques

The consultation undertaken as part of Phase 1 of the project comprised four main elements:

1. One-on-one meetings; 2. Workshops; 3. Surveys; and 4. Phone Interviews.





4.2.1.1 One-on-one meetings

One-on-one meetings were used to elicit standard information from each interviewee, directorate or organisation. A set of standard questions were discussed with the interviewees during the one-on-one interview. Contact details for the relevant members of each project team (from ESDD, Buckley Vann and Strategic Leisure Group) were also provided to participants.

Please see Appendix D.1 for record of the discussions held during the one-on-one meetings.

4.2.1.2 Workshops

Both the ACT government directorate workshop and the CSR facility service provider workshops were jointly held on both community facilities and sporting and recreation facilities. Formal invitations were issued for the events, providing an explanation of the purpose of the study and the information being sought.

It was initially envisaged that the responses to the proformas would be submitted to the project team at the relevant workshops. However, this did not occur and four proformas have subsequently been returned and their findings have been included in this report.

The two workshops involved the presentation of information to participants regarding the project, including background, purpose and study area information, so that participants could make informed contributions. The primary focus of these sessions was to obtain information from participants regarding current, emerging and future needs for CSR facilities in the study area.

This information was collected through small group work, facilitated by a consultant or project team member. Findings from these sessions were recorded and reported back to the whole group at the end of the session.

Please see Appendix D.2 for a summary of the workshop outcomes.

4.2.1.3 Proformas

Prior to the one-on-one meetings and workshops, Government directorate representatives were issued with a 'proforma' (a standard set of questions in a form to be filled in by the government representatives). The proformas were considered necessary in order to obtain the detailed level of information being requested by the consultant team, which could not be easily conveyed through a meeting or workshop format.

Please see Appendix D.3 for a summary of the responses received from the government directorates.

4.2.1.4 Surveys

Strategic Leisure Group conducted two separate surveys (of sporting and recreation providers and schools) to elicit information about schools use of community sport and recreation facilities and community use of sport and recreation facilities located within schools. The survey was distributed and collated via Survey Monkey.

Page 39 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAN] CSR Facility Study

Please see Appendix D.4 and D.5 for a summary of the survey responses.

4.2.1.5 Phone interviews

A number of phone interviews have been completed by the consultant team with the remaining phone interviews to occur throughout later project phases. The intent is for the phone interviews to occur on an 'as needs' so that the consultant team can seek information from stakeholder at various stages throughout the project.

i t is understbod.that ESN) it to sot up and participate in ail future phone interviews..

A summary of the phone interviews undertaken to date is provided in Appendix D.1.

4.2.2 S t akeho lde r s Consulted

The following table (see overleaf) identifies stakeholders involved in both the one-on-one meetings, as well as the workshop sessions. The relevant interests, engagement method and date of engagement for each stakeholder are also provided in this table.

Page 40 'Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WARR CSR Facility Study

Table 10: Stakeholder Engagement Activities ,

,

_ '-'

, _ _ _ ___,..k.__,_-*

-cro-----e-lr 4' ,

Health Directorate (HD) One-on-one meeting Representatives:

_.

Thursday August 9, 2012 • Government health policy, funding for non-government healthcare organisations

Education and Training Directorate (ETD)

One-on-one meeting Representative:

Thursday August 9, 2012 • Education services, including government and non-government schools and vocational education and training Government Directorate Workshop

Representative: Thursday August 16, 2012

Woden Community Services (VVCS)

One-on-one meeting Representatives:

Thursday August 9, 2012 • Organisation, management and provision of CSR facilities and services throughout the study area

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD)


Friday August 10, 2012 • Development assessment, land use, utilities regulation, surveying, land information, heritage and transport planning .

• Project manager and project steering group member

,

Government Directorate Workshop Representatives:

Thursday August 16, 2012

Libraries ACT, Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD)

One-on-one meeting Representative:

Friday August 10, 2012 .

• Plans and delivers libraries and library services for the entire ACT

Government Directorate Workshop Representative:


Community Services Directorate (CSD)


Friday August 10, 2012 • Human service functions • Project steering group member

Page 41 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 3, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.

.ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAPJI CSR Facility Study

_ 4* -,;-- *•'' elkoldere. - - 4-. if: _ ,rt .,:,

' - , "' 1, I r ia:**06-49e,Ing-i- l t .

. ' ,FtelP:CkliTtie e - FE',0--gxqrA IMIe4rirf-- , „„.

Government Directorate Workshop Representatives:


Economic Development Directorate (EDD)

Government Directorate Workshop Representatives —

Thursday August 16, 2012 ' Sport and recreation facilities and provision

• Land release and major projects • Project steering group member

Emergency Services Agency (ESA), Justice and Community Safety Directorate (JACSD)


.

Thursday August 16, 2012 • Justice, law, commercial practices and emergency.servicesCanberra

Institute of Technology (CIT)


Thursday August 16,2012 • Provision of tertiary level education services

, Property Group, Territory and Municipal Services Directorate ( T A M S D ) O n e - o n - o n e meeting

Representatives: • '

Friday August 17, 2012 • Plans, develops and delivers a range of municipal'services through specialised business groups

Community Facility Providers

•

•

Service Provider Workshop Representatives:

0 Communities at Work •

Woden Valley Community Set:Nilo-es-Inc.

g - The Smith Family • - Council on the Ageing • - St Georges Anglican

Church • - Woden Valley Football

Club • _ _ - Gymnastics ACT

_ • - Trials Club of Canberra

Friday August 17, 2012 • Organisation, management and "provision of CSR facilities and services throughout' the study area

•





ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) \NAM CSR Facility Study

4.3 Summary of Findings — Community Facilities

4.3.1 Exist ing a n d P l a n n e d / P r o p o s e d Communi ty Facilities

Using a similar approach to that adopted for the background document review, the summary of consultation outcomes is based around the following categories:

• Health; a Education; • Cultulal fabilities;

• Emergency and justice; a General community spaces; • Targeted facilities, including children, youth and aged care; and

• Cemeteries.

Table 11 below identifies existing community facilities identified by directorates and service providers, and plans and proposals for community facilities according to these categories.

Page 43 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd,





( A r a 0 0 r i t i r

_ , ! rA-7: IM—p..

General Community Spaces

• CSD currently own and manage 120 community facilities in total

• Some CSD sites are large and multi-tenanted, with the CSD acting as a commercial landlord. Rent is paid to CSD at a rate per square metre, with all operational costs, capital works and maintenance paid for by the CSD. In these situations, the rent covers basic utilities and is often at a lower than average market rate.

• These centres are known as community hubs, with separate not for profit organisations operating out of the space and having a different leasing structure to normal commercial premises

• The smallest hub operated by CSD contains 5 tenants, whilst the largest houses 20 tenants • CSD also runs a number of neighbourhood houses (a smaller version of a community hall that can be

used by various organisations but is more of a single use space), neighbourhood halls and community halls (more regional type centres)

•

.

.. , Targeted Facilities

Children • CSD currently own and manage 44 childcare centres • WCS 60 place child care centre • Space in Weston Creek community hub, used by a family care community playgroup and an office that

is used weekly for programs and meetings

• WCS provide life cycle services — children's services, family day care scheme, 7 school aged programs (run out of 6 schools — Torrens, Farrah, Curtain, Lions, Red Hill and Garran), Lyons has an early childhood school

N/A

Youth • Youth centre near police station, out of which WCS run programs • Garran, Torrens, Farrah and Red Hill also run before school programs • 25 home based childcare educators

• Child, youth and family services program across Weston Creek and Oaks Estate (Southside Community Services) - family case management and youth engagement

N/A

Aged Care • WCS Community access problem for elderly, through which they can be taken around the community

• Home care service for aged (over 60 years) N/A

Page 45 Bectiley Vann Totem Planning Consullonts, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.


Directorate (ESDO; CSR Facility Siudy


Table 11: Existing and Planned! Proposed Community Facilities

[7.07MMI2511 ilia4t4141firOzW: Health • The Canberra Hospital includes a new mental health unit and is currently undergoing the opening of the

first stage of a women and children's unit

• Phillip community health centre • Private health services are well provided for — close proximity to major hospital • Cancer accommodation house in Duffy • Chifley Health and Wellbeing centre (just outside the boundaries of the Woden Creek Group Centre)

. • Mental health programs (outreach and recovery focussed) — whole of Canberra and Southside

• Disability services, including flexible youth respite services) • Community bus (ACTION) — those who can't access public transport • Home and Community Care program (Community transport, home assistance, social support, domestic

assistance)

Education • Pre-schools in Lyons, Chifley, Pearce and Torrens, Farrer, Mawson, Garran and Hughes • 2 pre-schools in Curtin

• Primary schools in Curtin (P-6), Hughes (P-6), Lyons (P-8), Torrens (P-6), Fan-er (P-6), Mawson (P-6), Garran (P-6) and Hughes (P-6)

• High schools — Melrose High (7-10) and Alfred Deakin High (7-10)

• Canberra College Woden Campus (11-12)

•

Pre-election commitment to move the CC Cares program (for young mums going to school) from Sterling to Canberra College Melrose High School looking at installing artificial grass to improve the image of the school Private school registration applications: no applications for schools in Woden and only one application in Molonglo

. Weston Creek does not currently have its own College, but instead feeds into Woden No plans for new schools in Woden and the focus is mainly on managing enrolment, out of area students and providing improved infrastructure where the demand calls for it. Expanding the capacity of schools using transportable buildings, i.e. demountables. One example of this is Duffy

Cultural • 9 individual libraries across the whole of Canberra and one heritage library (located in Woden and collocated with a standard library service). Includes local history information and other services, such as the digitisation of information about heritage groups and family histories

• Both Dickson and Woden libraries are located in heritage buildings (challenges for expansion of these facilities)

• 2 mobile library buses, servicing the southern part of the ACT extensively (there is a great demand for them in this region)

• Home library service for elderly, disabled, housebound and chronically ill residents. Also helpful for those that cannot access parking and feel intimidated by the presence of the library

• Dickson is one of the busiest and most popular libraries (located in a shopping centre and receives a lot of complementary foot traffic)

• Woden is the busiest library (accessible via an arterial road network, situated near a bus terminal) and includes larger spaces for recreation and one meeting room.

• One meeting room, with bookable facilities for community groups such as AA

• Dickson and Woden each accept 1,000 people through their doors every day and are open 7 days a week

• ACTION community buses routes have been modified to service main corridors and become more economical in their service provision

Emergency and Justice • Woden Community Services (WCS) - Bushfire response program —rural pilot program for those affected in 2003, maintain a social support team for individuals

• Police Station (Callum Street)

• Forensic Medical Centre (morgue)

• Fire Station (Hindmarsh Drive)

• Ambulance Station (Hindmarsh Drive)

• State Emergency Services (SES) Base (Parramatta Street, Phillip) • • • Phillip Forensic Medical Centre (morgue) has been completed recently

• Minor upgrade of Woden SES

•

Page 44 Suchley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Biggs L Mortar Pry ue., Strategic Leiroma Group.

ACT Government, EnWrortment and Sustainable Development

DireMorale (ESDD) CSR Faciltty Study

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) INAM CSR Facility Study

4.3.2 ACT Community Facilities Planning

This section of the report provides a summary of information arising from the consultation3 in relation to responsibilities for provision of community facilities, standards of provision or other planning methodologies, service areas (catchments) and design requirements for new facilities.

4.3.2.1 Responsibilit ies fo r Provision

A range of community facilities are planned by, and in some cases operated and managed by, the stakeholders interviewed for the purpose of this study. They also play a range of other functions in funding services, developing policy and regulating various community facilities.

Responsibilities in terms of community facility provision identified for the various ACT government directorates include:

• Health Directorate: tertiary hospitals, acute hospitals and sub-acute hospitals, enhanced community health centres, generalist community health centers and aged day care/respite centres;

• Community Services Directorate: child and family health centres, community hubs, neighbourhood halls, neighbourhood houses, some child care centres, a seniors club (Tuggeranong), evacuation centres and youth justice centres;

• Education and Training Directorate: public schools, including early childhood schools, preschools, primary schools (P-6), high schools (7-10), secondary colleges (11-12) and special schools, associated education and training facilities, registration of non-government

schools and home education;

• ACT Libraries, Territory and Municipal Services Directorate: public libraries and mobile library (book bus);

• Territory and Municipal Services Directorate: cemeteries and crematoria;

• Emergency Services Agency, Justice and Community Safety Directorate: police stations, forensic medical centres, fire stations, SES bases, ambulance stations and multi-use emergency services facilities;

• Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT): institute of technology campuses; • Arts ACT: arts hubs/arts precincts, performing arts centres, creative and performing arts

centres, community arts centres/community theatres;

• ACT Law Courts and Tribunals: courthouses; and

• ACT Corrective Services (ACT Department of Justice and Community Safety): correctional centres.

A range of other providers (including the commonwealth government, community and private sectors) are responsible for a large number of other community facilities (see Section 2.2 and the definitions for ACT Government and other community facilities are provided in Appendix B).

3 Supplemented where necessary by internet and literature searches.





4.3.2.2 Planning Methodologies

The consultation indicates that ACT government directorates adopt a range of planning methodologies for providing these facilities. Not all utilise a standard level of provision in the planning for new community facilities. Where a standard is adopted, it is identified under the relevant directorate below.

Health Directorate

The Health Directorate (HD) undertake current planning projects and needs analysis through a review Of current activities and demographics, including age, sex, place of residence and disease/condition rates, as well as population projections from the Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate (CMCD).

As an additional layer to this information, projections are overlaid with clinical trends. This includes cures, stays in hospitals and benchmarks against other jurisdictions, as well as likely changes due to health promotion. These figures assist in modelling assumptions about what is changing in the ACT and where reductions in services are occurring.

These projections are used primarily for more sophisticated and higher level services that cater for the populations' health needs, such as hospitals and other tertiary level services. The range covers not just the ACT, but parts of NSW as well.

Education and Training Directorate

The Education and Training Directorate (ETD) primarily use enrolment projection modelling, comprised of two major models:

1. Pupil generation model (on a suburb basis); and 2. Retention model (transition points).

Generally a threshold of additional students is set over a five year projection period for a single suburb (i.e. 400 students for a primary school, 250 students for a high school and 300 students for a college) at which point planning for new facilities is triggered. This includes trends for land release, housing, occupations, births and enrolment rates. Maximum desired facility enrolments are capped at:

• 700 for primary schools;

• 1,000 for high schools; and

• 1,000 for colleges.

The role of the 5 year projections is to ensure that when a school gets close to capacity, an analysis of the area can be conducted. in this situation, principals can be told that they need to cap the number of 'out of area' students being taken in and to prioritise students in their Priority Placement Area (PPA). The role of the 1 year projection is to monitor progress and ensure that demands are being met.




Directorate CESDD) CSR Facility Study


Planning is also considered on a lifecycle scenario. Weston Creek is currently regenerating and experiencing enrolment pressure. Woden is also under some pressure.

In relation to non-government schools, the ETD does not have 30 year plans for land allocation and does not regulate the provision of these schools. Although they issue approvals, licences and conduct viability studies for these facilities, if they comply with the relevant legislation, they are not extensively monitored or overseen by the ETD.

Catholic and independent schools also do independent monitoring and programming.

ACT Libraries, Territory and Municipal Services Directorate

ACT Libraries, as a branch within the Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD), aims to provide a limited number of quality services in limited centres, rather than a lot of small services in numerous locations. This is largely due to the geography of the city and how it has developed. It was reported that Canberra has the lowest number of library sites per capita throughout the whole of Australia.

Generally, library provision is not planned by the ACT Libraries business unit. At present, the current model for service provision is responsive to community demand, with each library being unique in its location, level of service and capacity, depending on the demands and needs of the community. Although demographic analysis is not a key demand modelling tool utilised by TAMSD, they do currently use accountability indicators to determine trends in growth and movement and these are used to warrant the provision of additional services within existing libraries.

Planning and provision is driven by political pressure, customers and demand, with colocation being a significant consideration. Demand is also based on planning and growth of the surrounding area, with housing developments bringing customers and a 'population pull.' These are often a stimulus for the provision of new library facilities. Consultation is undertaken before designs are made for new facilities. Various industry benchmarks are sometimes used as a guide, including service levels per capita.





ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESOD) IMAM CSR Facility Study

Emergency Services Agency

The Emergency Services Agency (ESA), a branch of the Justice and Community Safety Directorate (JACSD), has not provided detailed information regarding demand modelling processes. However in the information provided it was identified that standards of fire cover and emergency response performance times largely inform the current level of service being provided and areas of demand for additional emergence service and facilities throughout Canberra.

4.3.2.3 Service Areas

Each of the organisations interviewed as part of this consultation strategy service varying catchment areas, which are described below.

Health Directorate

The HD has a distinct hierarchy for the provision of facilities. Tertiary level hospitals, such as The Canberra Hospital in Woden Valley provide the highest level of services for the whole of the ACT. These facilities are supported by smaller hospitals and enhanced community health centres, which provide for north and south Canberra catchments. These centres include services such as breast screening and other community health services. Generalist community health centres provide services for a more local catchment (group centres), including clinical and outreach programs (such as wellness clinics).

Emergency Services Agency, Justice and Community Safety Directorate

The JACSD did not provide information regarding specific service districts, however, reference was made to Standards of Fire Cover and Emergency Response performance targets that must be met by jurisdictions.

Education and Training Directorate

The ETD currently has 4 networks for administration purposes:

1. Woden-Weston; 2. Gungahlin;





3. Tuggeranong; and 4. North of Canberra.

Generally, there is approximately one early childhood school and college per region while primary and secondary schools are provided based on enrolment demand. Specialist education schools service multiple regions and there are currently three such schools throughout the ACT.

Demand in certain areas and for certain schools depends not only on availability, but the types of programs, staff and facilities on offer. Priority Placement Area (PPA) boundaries ensure that

• children have automatic enrolment in schools in their suburb (see Appendix E for a map of these boundaries).

It was reported that when children cross boundaries to attend certain schools, this puts pressure on the capacity of schools. In some schools, 50% of students are out of area students. Although schools have the discretion to refuse students, this is often difficult. Canberra College is one such example, which is currently looking at expansion as it exceeds existing capacity.

4.3.2.4 Design and Other Standards

Few of the organisations contacted for the purposes of this consultation were able to provide information regarding any particular design guidelines or standards applicable to community facilities, in addition to those mandated by various statutory regulations and Australian Standards. However, several examples of good design and best practice were identified.

Representatives of the HD noted that outpatient and clinical health services are soon to be relocated from the Canberra Hospital. They mentioned that these activities should already be provided out in the community and the relocation of these facilities is seen as a natural progression/development of the hospital. The future design of both hospitals and facilities should take these ideas into consideration.

The ETD stated that each school is designed and approved on a case by case scenario, although there have been Commonwealth guidelines (including design standards) that must be achieved to be eligible for some funding opportunities. Recent projects have required schools to incorporate multiple storey buildings, in response to site constraints. Although this is a valid option for some schools, the ETD notes it shouldn't become common design practice for facilities such as early learning centres.

The flexible use of schools is another important consideration. The ETD believes that schools should be viewed as community facilities that are being used as schools because of the current level of demand. However, when they are past their enrolment peak, these facilities should also be able to be used for other community purposes, such as an aged care facility. The colocation of other facilities with schools and the use of school facilities by community members outside school hours for other activities is considered part of a flexible outcome. Community hubs are one facility type which has utilised surplus school buildings.





With regard to best practice in design, the TAMSD provided the Gungahlin library as an example of a well designed and functional space. This facility is colocated with a campus of Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT), and has 2 meeting rooms, 2 training rooms and 2 conference rooms. It was indicated as an example for the design of future library facilities.

4.3.3 Reported Needs

An important output of each consultation activity was determining existing/emerging and future needs of the community that is or will be living, working and using facilities within the study area. The following table details the existing/emerging and future community facility needs of the study area as identified during the one-on-one consultation activities, government directorate workshop and service provider workshop.




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIVI CSR Facil i ty Study

Table 12: Current/Emerging and Future Community Needs within the Study Area

...-0, , - -- . ---,, ......,.. , , ,. 1.4.,,mr • - . . ,,..'"44.14„;.- 4 Health • Social and recreational opportunities for those with mental health issues • • Health issues are increasing

• Social isolation for disabled (huge driver of demand for facilities and services, including community bus)

Education • No schools for dual community use in Woden and study area • • Specialized learning centres at Canberra Institute of Technology, service at Woden campus is currently adequate • Education support needed in Weston Creek •

Cultural • Possible refurbishment of ACT heritage library site, due to demographic changes • _ -

• Affordable access to facilities including art spaces, cultural centres and performance spaces • •

Performance spaces for youth (performance space at Canberra College has just been constructed) Arts centre with a dance space

, .

• Manageable library spaces • Access to Woden Library

• Customer profile can be challenging for staff at Woden library, i.e. methadone clinic patients, homeless, mental health issues, substance abusers. Staff are trained to manage situations but this is a key issue for library facilities

• Book loans are currently increasing, as is the use of the virtual library system and the number of people visiting libraries within the ACT

• Use of children library services has grown and the number of families in Woden would support a dedicated children's library

• Location of libraries along bus routes - poor public transport during the weekends causes accessibility issues

• Church facilities in Woden used on the weekend but left idle during the week - opportunity for greater use of these facilities, i.e. Anglican Church on Petheridge Street had a major redevelopment 3 or 4 years ago and has a large kitchen space

Emergency and • Woden is quite isolated and it would be good to 'have more people around' to improve the feeling of safety' • , Fire station to include education/training facilities

Justice • Emerging services and reviewing strategic locations of fire, police and access and response times • Several sites require refurbishment

General • Current facilities may be replaced with residential development • Community service hub in Woden (feasibility study currently underway) to Community • Community land resources and facilities are diminishing and housing and population is increasing house Woden Community Services, seniors centre and a child care centre. Spaces and • Issues surrounding private development-versus government development - government secure more funds if developers by the sites This facility would include meeting rooms for general hire as well Facilities

• • •

Community meeting rooms and facilities that are multipurpose, cost effective and offer inexpensive activities Need some built for purpose spaces - although multi-purpose is good, some groups have specific needs (adaptation can be difficult) Need more storage space at most facilities

• Woden has a 'fair' amount of office space available, however in other areas, this has been turned into residential developments (a possibility in the study area) . .

•

•

Management of multi-use spaces is a problem - renting spaces for certain periods and removing cost effectiveness and efficient use of the space (managing to maximum usage) Perhaps the solution is to group common activities, services or groups together in one facility and design for this purpose, rather than trying to design for all purposes

• Provision of services for msidents throughout ACT, not just those living in the area (working, being education, passing through) - unknown how this will continue and change relationship, capacity and range of facilities provided, as more people,do move into areas and require these facilities

• Need for a care and share facility (food distribution, donation of goods) - emerging issue with emerging working class poor • . Access to information about facilities and services is not freely and readily available

• Costs for facility and service provision are a concern • Appears to be a cycle of 'keeping up,' providing facilities for a society that is comprised of large groups at either end of the age spectrum • Woden Community Services outgrown current space (increasing level of service provision) .

• Community hubs have been established previously, however, demand has not decreased - gap between supply and demand still evident

• Demand for community facility land is very high, with CSD waiting list occupied by 120-170 organisations (range of land size demands) (TAMS has a similar list, with groups that have been waiting for more than a decade) - spaces are awarded based on community need and the overarching objectives of the relevant directorate

• High demand for community room/facility - to be located in town centre, close to public transport, attractive as a functional and flexible space for use by the broader community (kitchen, breakout space, offices, etc.)

• Communities are not as actively engaged in Woden

Page 52 Duchlay Vann l o o n Planning Consuneras, Sumo a. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leiauro Group.

ACT Government, 'Environment and Suatainabla Development

Directorate (ESDCF, Ca l l Facility &tardy

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (6500) WAM CSR Facility Study

, ...- , . Targeted Facilities

, . ,..i‘

Children • Child care placements for workers in Phillip • Increased need from a deniographic shift for both child and family centres • Improved access to child care . Child care centre and possible learning centre at CIT

• Relocation of child care centre in Cooleman Street to Stifling is possible • Development of Molonglo will place pressure on childcare centres and youth • Demand for child care centre, family and child centre in Woden facilities in Woden (geographically more accessible than areas to the north)

• Dual age groups becoming more prominent throughout ACT — facilities to service both groups • Location of child care centres on third and fourth floors of buildings — looking for innovative solutions

Youth • Youth support in the form of outreach, rather than centres N/A • Low cost activities for youth

Aged Care • Ageing population (20% of individuals will be over 60 years of age soon) • Housing for older people needs to be accessible and affordable, can be in • •

Virtual village project run previously but lack of funding has resulted in a failure to continue Aged care higher needs facilities in Woden - no aged cay care centres in VVoden, aged care is also available in Weston and Curtin though •

higher rise buildings , Independent living units are'very expensive — how to provide this less

• Importance of senior centres to be integrated rather than isolated expensively?

• High density housing not appropriate for elderly residents, i.e. Woden Green difficulty selling apartments • Movement of empty nesters centre areas — as they age, they will require

• Facilities should have flat surfaces for elderly residents .into

additional and different facilities • Need for men's shed similar to Dickson and Tuggeranong

• Woden Senior Citizens Centre requires additional space • Social isolation for elderly (huge driver of demand for facilities and services, including community bus)

• Dual age groups becoming more prominent throughout ACT— facilities to service both groups

Transport • Public transport facilities not great out in the suburbs • Affordable aged accommodation where people can walk in safety with other

• Rapid transport planning for Wocien, relocation of interchange and lay overs to be created forms of transport, i.e. cyclists.

• Cycle facilities are quite good in Woden • Scooters require their own lane (mobility corridor)

• Require better links from Woden Centre to Eddison Park • Wider walking paths, favouring bikes, pedestrians, school trips.

• Multi-storey car parks inappropriate for elderly residents - adequate undercover parking for senior citizens requirecrat facilities • Transport needs to be integrated with town centre • Footpaths conditions and clarity of walking paths needs improvement - sharing pathways with cyclists can be dangerous • Community transport • . • Road crossings required for cyclists and additional pedestrian crossings • Planning needs tofocus on accessibility

• Accessible public transport close to facilities

• Parking is a significant issue in Woden. This creates significant issues for accessing libraries, health centres, especially for senior citizens (public transport is difficult to use therefore parking is required)

• Major developments driving transport plans

• Bus interchange needs an upgrade

• Transport for those with a disability and the elderly is difficult — community transport needed

• Accessibility is a big issue — getting across Melrose Drive is difficult particularly for those with prams and scooters

Housing • Tower block accommodation • Potential demand for housing from employment growth • CHC Affordable Housing is the main provider of social housing in ACT (through affordable housing) and there are 4 other providers • Need to step away from concentrating public housing and accommodation in

• Affordable housing being sold and used for new developments, with reduced social housing components (if they are to be sold, appropriate replacements should be developed and integrated into projects)

pockets of disadvantage and they instead need to be 'salt and peppered' throughout communities and developments

• High density residential development should be established near facilities and vice versa • Infill development will bring great changes to future needs of population

Page 53 Buckley Vann Teem Pianniiv Consultants, % v v . t. Mortar Ply lid, Strategic Leisure Group.

ACT Government Environment and Sustainable Development

Directorate (ESOD) CSR roomy EitruiY

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) INA1111 CSR Facility Study

4.4 Summary of Findings — Sport and Recreation Facilities

4,4.1 Interviews

Interviews via phone or face to face were undertaken with a number of agencies, sports and operators to gain an understanding of the current facility issues, the participation and other trends apparent in sport and any plans or proposals which will impact on planning for WAM. The notes from these are contained in Appendix D.1.

The following table (Table 13) liSts the consultation with sport and reereatiOn provider-groUps to - date.

Table 13: Consultation with Sport and Recreation Providers W a l MA ELSIMMILMISM ° Face to Face Interview

23/08/2012 CEO

Aquatic Swimming ACT

21/08/2012 Centre Manager Aquatic/ Ice Phillip Ice Skating Rink

21/08/2012 . ,, Centre Manager

Aquatic/ Ice Phillip Swimming Pool

22/08/2012 Centre Manager

Court Woden Squash Centre

22/08/2012 CEO

Court ACT Netball

22/08/2012 CEO Court Tennis ACT

22/08/2012 CEO

Field Capital Football

23/08/2012 RTC Manager

Field NSW/ACT AFL

22/08/2012 Field ACT Touch

22/08/2012 President

Field Woden Valley Junior Soccer

23/08/2012 Manager

Indoor/ court Mpowerdome

21/08/2012 Sport ACT Sport

Phone 30/08/2012 Wendy Pinkerton, CEO

Athletics ACT Athletics Association

04/09/2012 PreSident

Athletics Little Athletics ACT


Athletics ACT Veterans Athletics Club

05/09/2012 CEO

Club/ indoor Southern Cross Club

24/08/2012 Manager Court VVoden Basketball Centre

29/08/2012 Court Basketball ACT





f t r i Ilgo

at . 1 -,,, „irainu @rff 1J6f, I

, CEO

10/09/2012 Gym Fitness Fitness Australia (ACT)

24/08/2012 Court SCClub- Indoor courts Manager

Workshop 29/0812012 President

Court Squash ACT

Field Softball ACT

LM x 2 Gymnastics Gymnastics act


Field Woden Valley Soccer club

Survey Sir/Madam Ice Skating ACT Ice Hockey Association

, Ice Skating ACT Ice Skating Association

Pending Emailed General Manager

Court Volleyball ACT

LM x2 Field Cricket ACT

LM Field Brumbies Rugby Union

LM x3 Field Rugby league

Meeting cancelled

LM x 2 Sir/Madam Green Bowls ACT

4.4.1.1 Planning for Growth

The following section summarises key points of relevance to planning for growth in WAM.

Pool and Ice skating centre

The Phillip Pool is an important facility for aquatic sports serving a large catchment and offering

a good venue for school competitions. Similarly the Ice skating rink is the only ice facility in ACT and is highly valued by user groups. The main issues with this facility are:

1. The facility is privately owned and there is no indication the owner is interested in upgrading or enhancing the facility. The planning scheme requires that any use on the site (although it is zoned commercial purposes) must include an Olympic pool and competition standard ice rink.

2. The facility is aging and is most probably reaching the end of its useful life unless it is refurbished

3. The pool is an outdoor pool and without heating and roofing will not serve winter demand.

4. If residential growth, particularly higher density growth, proceeds in the town centre then it is highly desirable to have an all year swimming facility.






5. Demand for swimming pools in the south is high and provision levels are low- the future provision of a facility in Molonglo is several years away and the only other increased provision / upgrading is proposed for north of the lake.

Southern Cross Club Facilities

The Southern Cross Club currently leases the old Yamba Club, basketball facilities and other buildings in the town centre. They provide extensive gym and fitness opportunities as well as operating the aging three (3) court indoor sports centre. This lease will expire in 2015 and there is no guarantee any of these.uses will continue.

The club does own the Pitch and Putt land and has plans to redevelop that site. The provision of ongoing sport and fitness facilities is important both for the existing community and any future growth. Unfortunately the Southern Cross Club is unlikely to want to invest capital in sporting facilities- they may develop a mixed use facility which continues gym and fitness offers but there is uncertainty regarding any opportunity for indoor sports courts.

Observations surrounding this and the pool/ ice skating issue are:

1. From an overall provision perspective, an integrated indoor sport fitness, aquatic and ice skate complex would be more viable than individually managed facilities. Consideration of inclusion of the squash courts may add to this viability.

2. It is unlikely that any of the current players in the town centre would consider developing such a facility.

3. There is limited land available and the Pitch and Putt represents a sensible location for such a facility when considering planning for growth overall.

4. The loss of the indoor courts would have a significant impact as there are several sports that indicated they already are unable to secure sufficient court hours for current demand.

5. High density residential growth would be expected to increase demand for these facilities particularly social sport, fitness and swim.

Proposal for Synthetic Athletics Track at Philip Ground three

Advice from Sport and Recreation Services (SRS) was that this facility was being considered for development of a synthetic athletics track. It is suggested that this proposal be reviewed as it is not supported by any of the Athletics associations or the field sport users of the grounds. Advice from Athletics is that additional tracks are needed and that provision of a new synthetic track at Stromlo would be a better investment allowing the sport to grow and also placing a facility where demand will be increasing. This notion was supported by the Little Athletics.

Use Pressure and Demand at Mawson Fields

Mawson Fields are heavily used and the resident sports indicate that there is little capacity to accommodate growth in these fields. Population growth in the WAM area will increase demand and improvements to the Mawson fields are recommended to assist with accommodating demand and allowing increased efficiency of use. The main suggestions were:





1. Convert the currently vacant land (old driving range) into a new enclosed oval/ synthetic field for rectangular format sports. The space available would probably allow for a small half field for training use as well.

2. Increased the amount of fields with lighting to allow increased evening use

Squash Courts

The squash courts in Phillip are an important part of the sports infrastructure and there is a need for squash to plan for the development of a national standard competitions facility. The courts are currently well used and with population growth in the area it would be expected demand for the courts would increase. Court provision across ACT is low and squash believes there is considerable unmet demand for casual play and social competition.

It is possible that the existing centre could be expanded to accommodate more courts and the overall plan for the town centre should consider the desirability of this.

An alternative suggested by squash was that ACT government offer them an alternative site to lease and the development of a new facility could be funded by sale of the existing site for residential development. A disincentive to this strategy is the likely cost of the rezoning of the land.

Tennis Courts at Mawson and loss of Courts at Phillip

Tennis ACT recognises that demand for casual play and social modes of tennis will increase and currently is not well provided for. While tennis has specific strategies for more facilities and increased participation there are access issues which inhibit this growth in participation. Increased access to the Mawson courts for casual play may be part of a response but a local provision as part of the Woden Town Centre would also be desirable.

Encouraging the addition of two (2) or three (3) courts for social/ casual and program use as part of an integrated sports and fitness facility would be reasonable given the likely demographic of residents in higher density areas.

4.4.1.2 Demographic Indications and Participation Trends

A number of likely participation trends and demographic indications have emerged from the discussions with the providers and agencies. These are summarised below:

1. With higher density residential growth the age of residents may be higher and the need for provision of junior sporting facilities may be less than urban growth areas such as Molonglo and Gungahlin;

2. The trend for increased participation in social sport is well documented and was reinforced in discussions. The indications are that there is greater acceptance of "pay play and away" modes of participation in sport and increased preference for casual access (e.g. 24 hour gyms) in fitness programs. This means that more commercial models of provision are needed as the traditional club based model is unlikely to be





sustainable. Increasing competiveness in this area also means that facilities offering multiple programs and a mix of indoor, wet and outdoor facilities are likely to be more successful; and

3. The trend for self-directed physical activity, fitness and exercise was also noted. This means that demand for bikeways, pathways, links to parks and outdoor exercise sites is likely to increase as is the need for design for public space that accommodates these uses. Issues such as lighting, safety, parking, amenities and signage will all be relevant.

4.4.1.3 Sporting Bodies Planned Growth and Facility Access s s

Many of the sports interviewed indicated they had current plans and strategies driving participation growth. While many of the strategies included modified modes to target social participation or offer fitness related activity- there was also a strong expectation that formal competition growth will occur. Many of the sports related current facility shortages and latent demand for access to facilities or even for participation in the sport.

There was acknowledgement of the likely growth "hot spots" being associated with urban growth suburbs in Gungahlin and Molonglo and the need for new facilities to accommodate this was reinforced. However, the need to retain all the existing facilities and fields in Woden was also strongly affirmed. This raises the issue discussed earlier in regard to the facilities in Woden Town Centre and what strategies may be available to ensure provision is not lost in the locale.

4.4.2 Summary of survey results

4.4.2.1 Sports Groups / Providers

Overview: Invitations to complete the survey were emailed to clubs and organisations on SRS' mailing list. A total of 15 responses were received. These were:

• Weston Creek Cricket Club;

• Southlands Tennis Club;

• Tennis ACT;

• Touch Football ACT;

• Canberra Region Rugby League;

• ACT Badminton;

• ACT Veterans Athletics Club;

• Phillip Swimming and Ice Skating Centre;

• ACT Ice Skating Association;

• Volleyball ACT;

• Mpowerdome;

• Softball ACT;

• Two (2) individual submissions from people "generally" involved in sport.




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WANI CSR Facility Study

Membership Trends:

Of the thirteen (13) sports that responded, eleven (11) reported an increase in participation. The two that didn't, Softball ACT and Southlands Tennis, reported a decline in membership and attributed that to a range of factors with cost of junior participation mentioned by tennis and softball unsure if any single factor contributed more than others.

Of the sports reporting growth - Badminton show the greatest change with members going from 189 to 450. This was attributed to extensive advertising and promotion of the sport.

_ Interestingly they also noted that growth would have been even higher if they could haVe accessed additional court hours for their sport.

Participation Trends:

A range of trends were reported. Key themes are summarised below with the bullet points quoting observations from individual surveys:

Increased demand for social sport or modified competition:

• Grade cricket formats have recently seen the common inclusion of the T20 (20 over per side) format which has increased playing interest levels.

• Trends towards more mixed sport rather than gender based

• There is an increased demand for social games. • Increased demand for social 'pay to play' volleyball rather than in a traditional club

structure. Increased need for a quality beach volleyball facility and an additional indoor facility for training and competition use.

• Consumers are much less likely to commit to a membership or long term arrangement preferring the flexibility of play/pay as you go.

Increasing importance of facility quality:

• Across the competition, all three grounds (pitches) and associated facilities (change rooms etc.) are rated very highly by Weston Creek paying members as well as opposition club's visiting or utilising the same facilities.

Inequity in facility access and cost of access:

• The biggest barrier to increasing membership is the high cost of club membership. This results largely from the iniquitous terms of the Club's lease from the ACT Government. The Club pays over $8,000 to the ACT Government annually in fixed charges whereas a soccer or softball club in the same area pays none of these charges. Under the lease the club is required to maintain and improve the premises, which costs approx. $5,000 per year. A soccer or softball club in the same vicinity does not have to pay to maintain or improve the facility being used.





Growth barriers due to facility shortage or access shortage:

• Barriers are lack of referees and available grounds in ACT due to competition with other sports.

• The biggest barrier to increasing membership at the moment is the lack of suitable training and playing grounds to enable expansion.

• Larger periods of wet weather have been detrimental to fee paying members missing large portions of the scheduled season.

• The National club (plays at basketball courts managed by Southern Cross Club) has only eleven (11) members and can only play on Monday nights - not suitable for some players. There is demand for junior training/club but difficult to find a suitable venue for training.

• Has been difficult to develop significant day time participation with the vast majority of activities occurring between 4pm-10.30pm. It is very clear that territory sporting groups desire court/space availability at the same time as each other allowing us to service some but not all of those who wish to utilise the facility.

Facility Priorities:

Facility priorities reflected the following themes:

• Upgrading player facilities such as toilets and change rooms • Upgrading playing surface or replacing courts which have reached end of life

• Improving lighting

• Adding additional facilities to expand social programs or accommodate unmet demand

Planning:

Five of the sporting groups indicated they had a formal business or development plan. The expressed priorities from those plans (top three) were:

• Re-assessment and alignment is in progress. Priorities include but are not limited to; player/member retention plans (including junior to senior transitions), incorporation of Molonglo development region into Weston Creek CC catchment zone and club facility development i.e. formalised Weston Creek Club Rooms and picket fence around Stirling Oval etc.

• Increase membership Increase fund raising Increase sponsorship;

• See Touch Football Australia plan at www.austouch.com.au;

• Raise the awareness of ACT Badminton within badminton and wider community; to promote player development; to increase interaction between clubs & increase the number of participation at activities;

• Roll out of new company vision; secure much greater market share for specific brands (programs) that the company has developed. Branch into recreational entertainment market.





Other Comments about Planning for WAM:

• Weston Creek CC 5th grade is our most frequent user of Mawson off Athllon Drive. As too is the 4th grade however to somewhat lesser extent. The pitch at Mawson is rated as one of the best (for lower grade use) in Canberra in terms of its playability and recoverability after rain and the Weston Creek CC believe its retention for cricket use should be a high priority. Overall the Weston Creek CC would rate the Mawson complex as very good. The change room and toilet facilities as well as parking are of high quality with the only thing preventing an 'excellent' rating being the diesel burn line marks in the grass from soccer season which does not recover during the summer and is a very real injury hazard for cricketers.

• There is a gross inequity in the cost of participation in the various sports in the Woden Valley. If the participation costs for tennis were similar for other clubs such as softball and football, we would have a flourishing club. The ACT lease arrangements for tennis clubs need a major overhaul. The Club is in the position of bearing the cost of maintaining and improving the landlord's property. Such costs are normally borne by the landlord.

• Lighting at Deakin 2 would enable us to schedule breaks on our high use fields and get them back to a better condition.

• Would be happy if there are suitable facilities available for the community.

4.4.2.2 Schools

Surveys were sent to all primary and high schools in the Woden District - initial distribution was via email with a link to the on-line survey. Respondents were offered the option to complete a hard copy, a pdf document or for Strategic Leisure Group to phone and talk through the survey.

Fifteen (15) schools in total were targeted and responded. Follow up calls and follow up emails were made after the closing date and this achieved another two (2) completions. For schools very close to the WAM area subsequent discussion will be held if further information is required.

Respondents are listed below and the full results can be found at Appendix D.5.

• Marist College;

• Canberra College;

• Holy Trinity;

• Torrens Primary;

• Garran Primary;

• Curtin Primary.

Use of ACTG facilities:

All schools indicated they used ACT government facilities. The main mentions were:

Pearce ovals; a variety of facilities indoor and outdoor mainly in South Canberra; Curtin oval; Phillip Oval for athletics carnival 1/yr; Garran Oval; and Curtin Oval.





Respondents indicated that the facilities used were either adequate or most adequate for their use.

Community Use of School Facilities:

All of the schools indicated they allowed community use of their facilities. For some this involved allowing certain groups to use the facilities for training and for others it was a more commercial arrangement with a weekly lease fee for use. The average rate for the use of indoor facilities was around $ 20-25/ hour. None of the schools allowed informal community access to facilities..

.

Only one of the schools indicated any future plans for new or upgraded facilities. This was Garran Primary which is planning to upgrade the playing surface of the soccer field when funding can be sourced. The school was unsure if community access to the upgraded field would be provided.

Comments on Sport and Recreation Needs in WAM:

The following comments were received:

• Bring Torrens ovals back on line as a neighbourhood oval. • The college has been in existence for 36 years with no playing fields! A small synthetic

field would be a major improvement. • Torrens oval would be useful to us if it had toilets and was maintained.

4.4.3 Summary of Key Points of Relevance from Agency Meetings

Notes from these meetings are contained in Appendix D.4.

4.4.3.1 Aquatic Facilities

Sport and Recreation Services are currently undertaking an ACT wide strategy for aquatic facilities. As part of this strategy they are reviewing facility hierarchies and provision models. While the planning is incomplete there is already a strong sense of the strategic provision needs over the next decade. These are (in likely order of priority):

• Redevelopment and upgrade of Canberra Olympic as major competition venue for the ACT

• Development of a new facility at Gungahlin

• Development of an integrated aquatic, indoor sport and fitness facility in Molonglo

The importance of the privately owned and operated Swimming and Ice Skating complex at Phillip is already recognised in the planning scheme which has constrained the commercially zoned land where the pool is located to retain those uses in any redevelopment. The Phillip facility is important to Weston and Woden catchments.





4.4.3.2 Sports Fields

Sport and Recreation Services undertook a review of provision of sporting fields in 2011(Forward Planning Strategy) and have recommended a new approach which sees designation of school and community ovals to service neighbourhood level demand. The importance of large multi-field and multi-user district facilities was highlighted in this review and an increase to minimum spatial standards recommended.

A second major implication of the strategy was the identification of "stranded assets" being .small neighbourhood sports fields of limited functionality. With previous years droughts leading to termination of irrigation programs for some of these fields the playing surface and quality was inadequate for anything but informal uses. The recommended strategy was to stop providing small isolated fields in favour of large district precincts which can be more efficiently operated and maintained.

4.4.3.3 Parks and Open Space

The study area has a good supply of neighbourhood and district level parkland. Particularly the recently improved Eddison Park which now offers a major skate park and youth space along with Frisbee golf, exercise stations, playgrounds and an outdoor community events area.

It was felt that there was still room for further enhancement of the parklands to accommodate an increased population in the town centre.

Key issues identified for consideration in planning for the WAM area were:

• A planned stormwater improvement project, which will impact the Athlon drive open space and the Mawson District Fields.

• Need for continued development and enhancement of bikeways and pedestrian links to ensure residents can access the parklands.

• Emerging community demands for Community Gardens and Off-leash areas

4.4.3.4 Education Facilities and Community Access

This is an ongoing negotiation between Sport and Recreation Services and Education Directorate. It is generally acknowledged by all players that it is desirable for the community to have access to school facilities for sport and recreation. However there are concerns surrounding how this access can best be provided. Inconsistent approaches between schools have also made this a difficult issue in the past with the discretion sitting at the local school in the absence of any consistent policy direction and framework for implementation form the directorate.

Sport and Recreation Services are hopeful of progress on a joint policy approach in 2012.





5 CSR Facilities Audit

5.1 Community Facilities

An audit of existing community facilities in Woden Valley District was developed using a format consistent with the COMFIS database provided by the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate. Starting with the ANZIC classification in the COMFIS database, individual facilities have been reclassified based on the CSR classification developed for the purpose of this study, and presented in Section 2.2 (Table 1). The associated definitions used for the audit, and which will be used throughout the study, are included in Appendix B.

In addition, the consultation outcomes, various background documents provided during the consultation phase and general internet searches have been used to cross-check, update and reclassify facilities for the audit. A draft version of the audit is included in Appendix F and a summary is included in Table 14 below. Facilities in this table are grouped into facilities located in Woden Valley Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre (including the Athllon Drive corridor), and those located elsewhere in the Woden Valley district.

Table 14: Summary of Draft Audit Findings

[ Facility Type '

____

'Hierarchy

Located.in Woden

Valley Town Centre /

,Mawson .Group.Centre

'Located .Elsewhere

Total

ialEMEGtauluijaV Spaces Meeting Room Local 7 5 12

Religious Facility Sub-district 5 19 24

Licensed Club Sub-district 6 1 7 Neighbourhood Hall/House

Local 2 1 3

Community Centre District 1 0 1

Community Hub District 0 2 2 Catural Facilitirs'a '''''' '''''.1.7 ' " ' 2 , . ' . , , • t4'

Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre

Sub-district 0 0 0

Creative and Performing Arts Centre

District 0 0 0

Library District 1 0 1

Performing Arts Centre Regional 0 0 0 Arts Hub/Arts Precinct Regional 0 0 0 Convention and Exhibition Centre

Regional 0 0 0






Facility Type ,

Hierarchy -

Locatedlin Woden

Valley Town 'Centre / IVlawson,

Group_Centre

Located Elsewhere

Total

Educational fIflD Preschool Local 1 8 9 Primary School - Government

Local 1 5 6

Primary School - Non- Government

Local 1 4 5

High School - Government

Sub-district 0 2 2

High School - Non- Government

Sub-district 0 1 1

Secondary College - Government

District 1 0

Secondary College - Non-Government

District 0 1 1

Early Childhood School District 0 1 1


District 2 0 2

Special school District 0 1 1

Institute of Technology (CIT) campus

District 1 0 1

University Regional 0 0 0 abilibRIOMB

GP Medical Centre Sub-district 3 8 11

GP Super Clinic District 0 0 0

Medical Specialist Centre

District 0 1 1

Community Health Centre

District 1 0 1

Enhanced Community Health Centre

Sub-regional 0 0 0

Hospital Regional 0 1 1

Emergency (1rThi

Police Station District 1 0 1

Ambulance Station District 1 0 1

Fire and Rescue Station District 1 0 1

Multi-Use Emergency Services Facility

District 0 0 0





___........____

Facility Type Hierarchy

,Located in 'Woden

Valley Town Centre /

.1illawson Group Centre

______ 'Located - Elsewhere Total

Youth Justice Centre Regional 0 0 0 Correctional Centre Regional 0 0 0 Courthouse Regional 0 0 0 Targeted Facilities Children' - ,:t.:110* • - . ,. .,,-. • Long Day (Child Care) Centre

Sub-district 5 7 12

Child and Family Health Centre

District 0 0 0

Targeted youngLeople # , - • " ... , Youth Centre District 0

Targeted Facili es — Aged People and People With a Disability - .,,, Retirement Village Sub-district Facilities not included in audit - benchmarking based on places. Residential Aged Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination)

Sub-district

Aged Day Care Centre District 0 0 0 Senior Citizen's Centre District 1 0 1

- Cemetery/Crematorium Sub-Regional 1 0 1

Notes:

• Alfred Deakin High is included in the figures above as they are located just outside the Woden Valley district boundary;

Some initial comments on the audit include:

• The COMFIS spreadsheet included a number of services — the study will focus on facilities, however information on service providers has been retained and added as additional information in the audit (refer to the `comments' column heading);

• The COMFIS spreadsheet did not include meeting rooms available for hire, which are often the most difficult facility type to capture. In order to identify meeting rooms, consultation notes and general information available online has been used;

• A small number of facilities have been included in multiple categories — these mainly relate to facilities which provide meeting space for hire as part of a larger facility, for example, a community centre; and

• A small number of facilities have been retained in the audit appendix, but will not be benchmarked — these facilities will be considered in the needs assessment. An





example of this type of facility is mobile library buses, which do not have an established benchmark.

Feedback from ESDD on the classification of facilities in the audit will be incorporated before it is finalised for use in the benchmarking and needs analysis.

5.2 Sport and Recreation The following tables are a summary of the sport and recreation facilities audit.

Table 15: Draft Sport and Recreation Facilities Audit - Parks and Public Spaces

- ------ Facility . Tyne

---- Facility/ . ;Hierarchy

.

- Number of " fields/ courts! other

Area Ha

t'xiating Provision ' ratios

-Adopted!

proposed standards

- Comments

Parks and Public Spaces

District 1 large district park

13.63 1/ 34,300 1/25- 50,000

Neighbourhood 34 neighbourhood parks

54.2 1/1,009 400 m of any dwelling 1 ha/ 1000

Town Parks 2 town parks associated with Woden IC

1.3 1/17,150 (1/34,300)

1/50- 100,000

The 2 parks could really be considered as one park

Playgrounds unknown 1/1000 Currently reviewing and developing a new strategy

Youth spaces/ Skate Parks

1 District level Youth precinct with skate park and bouldering facility

1/34300 (Woden)

Current provision Across ACT: 1 district /52,736 1 n'hood/33,559 1 district 117,443 0-24 y.o

Active rec Nodes

Exercise stations around park assoc with pathway

1 in Eddison Park

No provision data

Outdoor event spaces

1 in Eddison Park

No provision data

Unfenced Dog off-leash areas

Numerous locations in parkland and linear park

ACT rough average of max 1km to nearest area- many houses within 500m





----, = Facility Type

facilityr Mierarchy

NOmber of fiekisPcourts/

4 other

Area Ha,

,Ekisting , . , ,Pro4ision ratios

Adopted/ . _ .peopoSecl

standards

ComniTehts

-

areas allowed in catchment

Fenced Off Leash areas

None provided in catchment-

5 provided across ACT 1/78,830

Community Gardens

None provided in catchment- but 6 possible sites identified if community demand arises

Supply of CGs in 2011 was 15 facilities which equated to 1: 24,257 -





ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAPfl CSR Facility Study

Table 16: Draft Sport and Recreation Facilities Audit - Sports Fields

iF ac ility 'Type

Hierarchy

.

Location Number Of flail:IS/ _ courts/ other

NM Provision ratios

Actopteribproposed standards

.

Comments

Sports Fields

Overall _ 53.95 1.6 Ha/ 1000 Catchment standards revised with a focus on district level sport field precincts at 15 ha complemented by school/ community fields and CRIPs.

Field data provided does not account for some overlay use of various fields- the areas provided are correct for the fields but does not include some peripheral unused areas, carparking areas and possibly other supporting amenities.

District Phillip 2 2 x RU/L 1 X AFL/ cricket

2.1

Deakin 1 2 x RU/L 1 X AFU Cricket

3.6

Deakin 2 2 x AFUCricket (turf) 9 x touch (4.5 RU/L)

9.3

Curtin 1 4,5 x RU/L l x AFL/Cricket 5 x Baseball

6.7

Mawson 1,2 l x cricket (turf) l x RU/L 10 x soccer (mix Jun/sen) 14 softball

10.3

Enclosed Phillip 1 l x AFL/cricket (turf) 2 x RU/L

2.55

Phillip 3 1 x soccer 1 x athletics

2.6 Government proposal for synthetic track here- not support by any of the Athletics assns..

Page 69 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants. Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WANT CSR Facility Study

Facility Type'

—

-Hierarchy Location Number of fieliis/ courts/

o t h e r A r e a Ha ,

,

Provision Adopted/ proposed standards , —

Comments

-- Phillip 4 l x AFU Cricket (turf) 3.4

N'hood Curtin 2 1x Afl/ cricket 2x RU/L

2.1

Garren 1 1x Afl/ cricket 2x RU/L

2.6

Hughes 1 1 x AFL 1 x Cricket 1 x RU/L

3.6

Mawson 3 2x AFL 1 x Cricket

2.5

Pearce 1 1 x RU/L l x Cricket 1 x AFL

2.6

Proposed School- community Oval

Melrose High School

2 x synthetic Soccer

.

Informal Ovals-Not Irrigated or used

Farrer, Chifely, Lyons, Torrens

12 Closure of some previous neighbourhood fields which aren't replaced with school fields. Field sports expressed desire for some fields to be reopened

Outdoor courts and Greens

District Deakin- Netball 4 grass netball (use more if needed) 8 hard netball

Club Hughes- Nth Woden Tennis Club

8 courts

Mawson - 4 courts




ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDO) WAIVI CSR Facility Study

Facility Type

Hierarchy Location Number of fields/ courts/ other

Area Ha ._ Provision ratios

Adopted/ proposed standards

Comments

— Southlands Tennis

__ --

Torrens Tennis Club

2 courts

West Deakin- Hellenic Bowls Club

3 greens Old Southern cross closed in 2010 (3 greens). No local provision on southside

Indoor Courts

District Phillip- Southern Cross Indoor

3 multi marked GFA about 1650 m2

Privately owned by developer. Leased to SCClub until 2015

Phillip- Woden Squash centre

8 squash courts 34 courts 1: 10,857 across ACT

Owned by ACT Squash

Aquatic Facilities

Major Facility

Phillip Swim and Skate

Outdoor: 1 x 50 m pool 20 m program pool Splash pool

Part of whole site 1.2 Ha

Private facility- owned by developer- Planning scheme requires this site to always have 50 m pool and Ice rink. Need expressed in Draft Aquatic Strategy for facility to be retained in Phillip (Multi-suburb

level)

Of the range of pools in ACT only 4 are government owned and many of the provate facilities are reducing to smaller water footprint and focusing on program use

. only. (i.e. no club or comp use)

School Malkara Special School- Hydro therapy pool

Small hydrotherapy pool which is available for community groups out of school hours





.. Fiaility.

-Type Hierarchy ' 'Location Nurfiber of fields/

courts/ other Area Ha Provision

ratios Adopted!, proposed standards

Cornrnents

Other Indoor

Phillip Swim and Skate- Ice Skating Rink

1 rink GFA about 2145m2

1 facility in ACT

Privately owned- but planning scheme requires provision on this site. Ice sports would like to see a redeveloped/ larger facility as there is insufficient capacity to grow the sport and evidence of latent demand.

Other Outdoor

Phillip- Pitch and Putt

P&P golf course 18 holes

3.5 Ha Owned by Southern Cross Club- already have approval for redevelopment

Hughes- Federal Golf Club

18 hole championship course

Approx. 63 Ha

Membership club with cheapest individual option $1000 joining and abt $2000 per year





6 District Comparison

6.1 Community Facilities

6.1.1 Approach

The purpose of the district comparison was to compare the existing rates of provision in the Woden Valley with the rates of provision in the other ACT districts of Belconnen, Gungahlin and Tuggeranong. This analysis will inform the forthcoming analysis of needs and desired standards of service for subsequent study phases.

As described in Section 5, in preparing the audit, individual facilities were researched and reclassified according to the revised facility classification prepared by the consultant team. This approach was not possible for the case study analysis due to the number of community facilities included in the district comparison (around 1,000 facilities) and the lack of sufficient information in the COMFIS database on which to make the reclassification. Therefore, the approach used involves adopting a simplified version of the revised facility classification for the purpose of the district comparison.

This simplified version of the classifications involved grouping a number of facility types together and excluding other facilities. Appendix G.1 provides a comparison of the facility groupings used for the district comparison and the categories used in the COMFIS spreadsheet. A consequence of this approach will be that the number of facilities will differ between the audit and the district comparison because of the different methodology used to classify and count facilities. Given the different purposes of these elements of the project, the size of the analysis, and the limitations of the data, an alternative approach was not considered to be available.

It is therefore important to note that, when considering the number of community facilities in Woden Valley, the audit figures will be the most appropriate, as they have included a systematic categorisation and have been confirmed by consultation findings and other data. The figures used for the town centre analysis are, however, still considered to be useful for the purposes of comparing the provision of facilities and the role of facilities and centres in the broader hierarchy.

The following facility types were not included in the district comparison analysis due to the lack of adequate information in the COMFIS spreadsheet:

• Meeting Room;

• Community Centre;

• Community Hub;

• Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre; • Creative and Performing Arts Centre; • Performing Arts Centre; • Convention and Exhibition Centre; • Arts Hub/Arts Precinct;





• GP Super Clinic;

• Medical Specialist Centre;

• Multi-Use Emergency Services Facility;

• Youth Justice Centre;

• Correctional Centre;

• Courthouse;

• Aged Day Care Centre;

• Senior Citizen's Centre;

• Retirement Village; and • Cemetery/Crematorium.

Data for Woden Valley, Belconnen, Gungahlin and Tuggeranong has been included in the analysis. In addition, given that some facilities are accessed by the population of Weston Creek, a combined Weston Creek / Woden Valley joint district has also been included in the analysis.

6.1.2 Findings

The findings of the district comparison have been expressed in terms of the number of people in the district per facility. Expressed in this way, the findings will be comparable with the Desired Standards of Service (DSS) to be used for benchmarking during later phases on the project.

Findings of the district comparison are included in Table 17 below.





Table 17: District Comparison - Community Facilities

facilityt ype Woden Valley ,Belconnen ,Geingahlin rugOranong Population

per Facility

1 Population per

,Facility

Population Population per per

Facility Facility General Comm paces

Religious Facility figISD 36 2,600 14 3,600 28 3,200

Licensed Club 0 4,300 13 7,100 2 25,500 10 8,900

Community Space gli 11,400 3 30,900 0 0 0.

Library g 34,300 2 46,300 1 51,000 2 1 44,700

Educational

Preschool CI 3,800 18 5,100 7 7,300 16 5,600

Government primary school

V' 4,900 17 5,500 7 7,300 16 5,600

Non-government primary school

V 4,900 5 18,500 3 17,000 4 22,300

Government high school

g 34,300 5 18,500 3 17,000 5 17,900

Non-government high school

4 34,300 2 46,300 0 0 0 0

Government secondary colleges

g 34,300 3 30,900 1 51,000 2 44,700

Non-government secondary colleges

g 34,300 0 0 0 0 1 89,300

Early Childhood School

0 0 1 92,700 1 51,000 1 89,300


g 34,300 1 92,700 1 51,000 6 14,900

Special School il 34,300 1 92,700 0 0 0 0

CIT campuses g 34,300 1 92,700 1 51,000 1 89,300

University 0 0 1 92,700 0 0 0 0

r.'"w"1-lealth Facilities, •

GP Medical Centre 20 a t i r p 8 11,600 3 17,000 6 14,900

Community Health Centre

ci 34,300 3 30,900 1 51,000 1 89,300

Enhanced community health centre

0 0 1 92,700 0 0 0 0

Hospital gl p p a p 1 92,700 0 0 0 0


ACT Government, environment and Sustainable Development



F - c — i l i t - y - - - - --Type r------1 Woden Valley' — .

#

........,.[- Gungahlin Tuggeratini

# Population per

L J Facility

# ; Population per

Facility

Population per

Facility

_ . # Population _ per

L Facility

Emergency and Justice Facilities

Police Station 34,300 1 92,700 0 0 1 89,300

Ambulance il 34,300 1 92,700 0 0 1 89,300

Fire and Rescue Station

ci 34,300 2 46,300 0 0 4 22,300

Targeted Facilities Children

Long Day (Child Care) Centre

ijci ia)' 22 4,200 11 4,600 27 3,300

Child and Family Centre

il 34,300 0 0 0 0 1 89,300

r a r g e t t , : l tml i t ie_s - Youngaeople IrrEr ::,.;,5*."-,),C5. q.

Youth Centre ci 34,300 1 92,700 1 51,000 2 44,700

T a r g e t e c g e c 9 ' 1 4 1 - 1 . - 4 1 7 3 r i d , P e o le V I Dis b"11 '

Residential aged care - High Care

i) 34,300 4 23,200 0 0 1 89,300

Residential aged care - Low Care

8,600 4 23,200 0 0 1 89,300

The full results of the district comparison are included in Appendix G.2. The district comparison results suggest overall that:

• The level of provision of community facilities appears generally similar in Belconnen and Tuggeranong across many facility types;

• The level of provision appears currently lower in Gungahlin, which is no doubt related to its more recent development;

• The level of provision in Woden Valley appears generally higher than either Belconnen or Tuggeranong (or therefore Gungahlin);

• Inclusion of the population and facilities located in Weston Creek with the Woden Valley district decreases the overall level of provision slightly relative to Belconnen or Tuggeranong; however the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek is still better served with most facilities in terms of population per facility than either of the former two areas (or any of the comparatives).

In regard to more specific facility groupings, the analysis shows that:

• Woden Valley/Weston Creek has a relatively broad variety of facilities - at least one facility of each facility type except for early childhood school, university and enhanced community health centre . Belconnen and Tuggeranong also had a variety of facilities, while Gungahlin had less variety, with no facilities in 13 separate categories;

• The level of provision is higher in Woden Valley/Weston Creek than all three comparatives for:





- community spaces; - licensed clubs;

- religious facilities;

- libraries;

- pre-schools;

- primary schools;

- non-government high schools;

- CIT campuses; - special schools;

. . - health facilities, including hospitals, child and family centres and general

medical centres;

- police and fire stations; and

- youth centres. • The level of provision is similar in Woden Valley/Weston Creek to the other

comparatives in:

- long day child care centres; • The level of provision of adult and community education centres is higher in Woden

Valley than Belconnen or Gungahlin, but lower than Tuggeranong, which appears very well supplied;

• The level of provision for emergency services facilities in Woden Valley/Weston Creek is high compared to Belconnen and Tuggeranong for police stations and ambulance stations; however a little lower for fire and rescue facilities when Weston Creek is combined with Woden Valley; and

• There are no facility groupings in which the level of provision in Woden Valley/Weston Creek could be considered low in relation to all comparatives, apart from early childhood schools. There were no early childhood schools in the Woden Valley/Weston Creek area recorded in the district comparison, however in the audit, the Lyons Early Childhood School has been recorded in this category.

In relation to the role in the hierarchy of facilities to neighbouring districts, the district comparison suggests that Woden Valley, with a relatively high level of provision, may be playing a larger/wider role in community facility provision than might be usually be considered for a town centre. This was confirmed in the consultation outcomes, and may be related to its position as a key centre serving the southern sub-region of Canberra, and/or its location at the geographic centre of Canberra.

A more detailed analysis of community facility provision in Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre, including their role in the community facilities hierarchy, will be undertaken in the benchmarking component of the study, however, the above comparison provides an indication of the relative level of provision of community facilities in the Woden Valley district, with additional detail, including for the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts, available in Appendix G.2.

Page 77 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants. Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,





6.2 Sport and Recreation

6.2.1 Approach

The table in Appendix G.2 summarises the comparison of sport and recreation facility supply across the districts. It is based on data within the COMFIS data base provided by ESSD and the Parks Asset data provided by TAMS. There are some issues between the data sets, however, the parks data is the most up to date and provides a current snapshot of provision between the centres. Please note that the data set for sporting facilities has come from ESSD and has not yet been updated with the changed status of neighbourhood ovals that have been converted to informal use ovals. For comparison across the Town Centres this is not considered an issue. Similarly school facilities are not included due to the complexity of verifying if community use is allowed at individual schools.

6.2.2 Findings

A detailed comparative analysis of sport and recreation facilities is provided in Appendix G.2. Table 18 below is a summary of the results.

Table 18: District Comparison - Sport and Recreation Facilities Facility T y p e W o d e n Valley Bekonnen Gungahlin

Poioulaiion per

Facility

Tuggeranong

'Pepulatio n per

Facility

# 1

,

Population per

Facility

Population ' per Facility

Sports Fields Major Stadiums 2 46,300 3 17,000 0 0

District Playing Fields ,600 12 7,700 1 51,000 12 7,400

Enclosed Ovals 11,4004 6 15,400 7 7,300 2 44,700

Neighbourhood Ovals . ' . .4;SC5F 13 7,100 0 0 10 8,900

Institutional Ovals (unis) . 2 46,300 0 0 1 89,300

Community Recreation Irrigated Park (CRIP)

0 U 0 0 0 0

Informal Use Ovals 2 17200 „.

10 9,300 0 0

Total l i 2,000 , ,

45 2,100 11 4,600 25 3,600

Outdoor Courts and Greens iTennis, Netb;lirECOWIS?'atcrUTT

Regional 134v300 0 0 0 0 0 0

District Complex 34 300: 4 23,200 0 1 89,300

Small Club FacilitiesV2 17;200, 2 46,300 1 51,000 6 14,900 Total'Z-01-0: 15,400 51,000 12,800

„ Squash, Indoor Courts - Basketball Volleyball, Futsal, Indoor tennis, Indoor Cricket Regional complex

_ 46,300 0 0 1 89,300

District complex 1 z• •,,,,,k,...-

34,300 - _

23,200 44,700






Facility Type - W o d e n Valle; . ,

‘B e 1 c on r i e ,n- _ _

G. wig' ahlin _ Tuggeranong _ - # Populatio

n per Facility

# Population per

Facility

Population per

Facility

Population per

Facility

institution 0 1 92,700 0 0 0 0

Total S 34;300 7 13,200 0 0 3 29,800

Aquatic

Major pools and Swim Centres

34,300 2 46,300 0 0 1 89,300

Program Pools 46,300 0 0 2 44,700

Total 34;300•4 23,200 0 0 3 29,800

Other Iriddor -1212131alth Ice skating.

Major Facilities 34,300 0 1 51,000 0

District Facilities 34300 8 11,600 1 51,000 2 44,700

Total 17;200 8 11,600 2 25,500 2 44,700

Other Outdoor - Golf, Equestrian, Archery etc.

Major Facilities ..; 0 0 0

District Facilities 2 1 M =2001 1 92,700 2 25,500 5 17,900

Total 17200 1 92,700 2 25,500 5 17,900

Gmerili Public Spaces [2] (not inc. Regional Parks IND

Town Parks 17,200 1 92,700 1 51,000 1 89,300

District Parks 34,300 4 23,200 1 51,000 4 22,300

Neighbourhood Parks 90 1,000 42 1,200 84 1,100

Community Gardens 3 30,900 2 25,500 4 22,300

Showgrounds in , 0 1 51,000 0

Playgrounds 0 0 0

Total 6 ..JI 98 900 47 1,100 93 1,000

ActivatedMark,Spaces

Destination Youth spaces/ Skate Parks [4]

; , 34 300

,.

1 92,700 1 51,000 2 44,700

Local/ minor -.J i 2 46,300 0 0 5 17,900

Outdoor Exercise and Fitness Sites

0 , .* .4-

0 0 0

Outdoor event spaces MEC 0 0 0

Dog off leash areas (Fenced)

0 1 92,700 2 25,500 1 89,300

Total 4 23,200 3 17,000 8 11,200

Notes: [1] Refer to DS 24 - Sports ground Design, and "Forward Strategy- Future Provision o f ACT government Sportsgrounds in Gungahlin and Molonglo" (July 2011). [2] Refer to DS 14 Urban Open Space (Edl Rev 0).





I T Not mentioned recorded in Parks and City Services provided data- due to whole of region catchment has limited applicability for a comparison across centres. [4] Data sourced from ACTG website http://www.act.gov.au/browse/topics/sport-and-recreationiskateparks 2012 population figures used.

The following points summarise this analysis:

• Sports fields: Woden has a slightly higher rate of provision of field sport facilities than Belconnen with 5 facilities per 10,000 people (Belconnen 4.9/10,000), equivalent to 1

• facility. per 2000 people. Gungahlin has lowest provision with 2.2 facilities per 10,000 people or one facility per 4.600 people. However, three of the facilities in Gungahlin are 'major stadiums';

• Outdoor courts and greens: Woden has the highest rate of provision of 'outdoor courts and greens' (e.g. tennis, netball, bowls, croquet) with 1.2 facilities per 10,000 people, equivalent to 1 facility per 8,600 people. Gungahlin has the lowest with 0.2 facilities per 10,000 people or 1 facility per 51,000 people.

• Indoor courts: Belconnen has the highest rate of provision of indoor courts (e.g. basketball, squash, volleyball, Futsal, indoor tennis, indoor cricket) per head of population with 0.8 facilities per 10,000 people, equivalent to one facility for every 13,200 people. Both Woden and Tuggeranong have 0.3 facilities per 10,000 persons and Gungahlin has the lowest rate of provision with no indoor courts.

• Aquatic facilities: Belconnen has the highest rate of provision of aquatic facilities with 0.4 facilities per 10,000 people, equivalent to one aquatic facility per 23,200 people. Both Woden and Tuggeranong have 0.3 facilities per 10,000 and Gungahlin has the lowest rate of provision with no aquatic facilities.

• Other indoor facilities: Belconnen has the highest rate of provision of 'other indoor facilities' (e.g. martial arts, ice skating) with 0.9 facilities per 10,000 people, equivalent to 1 facility for every 11,600 people. Woden has the second highest with 0.6 facilities per 10,000 and Tuggeranong has the lowest rate of provision with 0.2 facilities per 10,000 people or 1 facility for every 44,700 people.

• Other outdoor facilities: Woden has the highest rates of provision of 'other outdoor facilities' (e.g. golf, equestrian, archery) with 0.6 facilities per 10,000 people, equivalent to 1 facility for every 17,200 people, followed closely by Tuggeranong with 0.6 facilities per 10,000 people and 1 facility for every 17,900 people. Belconnen has the lowest rate of facility with 0.1 facilities per 10,000 people or 1 facility per 92,700 people.

• Parks and Public Spaces: Woden has the highest rate of provision of number of parks and public spaces (not including Regional Parks) with 19.5 parks per 10,000 people, equivalent to 1 park per 500 people. Gungahlin has the lowest rate of provision with 9.2 parks per 10,000 people, or 1 park per 1,100 people. However when comparing total area of park provided the picture changes with Tuggeranong have the highest rate of provision at 22 Ha/ 10,000 ( or 2.2 Ha/ 1000), Belconnen is second highest (2.1 Ha/1000) and Woden third (2.01 Ha/1000). Gungahlin is significantly lacking with only 0.7 Ha/ 1000.


Strategic Leisure Group,




7 Next Phases

As stated in Section 1, the primary purpose of this narrative report is to provide an update on the tasks undertaken to date; a description of the preliminary findings from the analysis; and a copy of the CSR facility audit for ESDD review.

As per the project plan provided in Appendix A, the next phase of the project (Phase 4: Socio-Economic and Projected Demand Scenarios) involves: .

• An historical and current demographic profile for the primary study areas; • Forecasts of future demographic characteristics for the primary study areas; • Confirmation of the Desired Standards of Service to be applied in the WAM CSR Study;

and

• Application of the DSS to the primary study areas.

Through previous discussions with ESDD, the consultant team has confirmed that the following documentation will be provided for ESDD consideration prior to issuing the above deliverables in mid October:

• The methodology to be used for forecasting future demographic characteristics (refer to email dated 30.09.12); and

• Draft Desired Standards of Services.

In addition to the above, the case study analysis (Phase 2 of the project plan) will be provided to ESDD on 8 October 2012 for the case study analysis.





References

ACT Emergency Services Agency (ESA), Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD), ACT Government. 2010. Emergency Services Agency Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy: A Consolidated Summary of ORH and SGS Analyses. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://esa.act.qov.au/wp-content/uploads/ESA-Station-Upqrade-and-Relocation-Strategy-October-2010-Version-1.pdf

ACT Government. 2008. Canb6rra Plan Towards our SecOnd CenturY. Adtessed July 17, 2012: http://www.cmd.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0013/120217/canberra plan text V5.p df

ACT Government. 2011a. ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021. Accessed July 17, 2012. http://www.cmd.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0013/220306/infrastructureplan2011.pd

ACT Government. 2011b. Canberra Social Plan 2011. Accessed July 7, 2012. http://www.cmd.act.clov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0010/216559/2011CanberraSocialPlan Print Version.pdf

ACT Government. 2011c. Draft Aquatic and Related Facilities: ACT Strategic Plan 2011-2030.

ACT Government. 2012a. "Maps of Bus Routes and Stations —Weekday Bus Services." Accessed September 25, 2012. https://www.action.act.qov.au/routes/pdf/ACTION BusMap2012 weekday.Pdf

ACT Government. 2012b. "Territory Plan." Accessed July 7,2012. http://www.legislation.act.qov.au/ni/2008-27/current/default.asP

ACT Government. nd. Active 2020: A Strategic Plan for Sport and Active Recreation in the ACT & Region 2011-2020.

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2007. Access Health Healthcare for all in the ACT. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://health.act.gov.au/c/health?a=d1pubpoldoc&docurnent=864

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2008. Your Health — Our Priority Ready for the Future Stage 1. Accessed September 13, 2012. http://health.act.gov.au/about-us/your-health-our-priority/your-health-our-priority-stage-one/

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2009. ACT Mental Health Services Plan 2009-2014. July 30, 2012. http://www.health.act.qov.au/c/health?a=d1pubpoldoc&document=1636

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2012a. Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 Draft for Consultation. Accessed September 13, 2012. http://www.health.act.qov.au/consumer-information/comm

unity-consultation/clinical-services-plan-20 12-2017-draft

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2012b. Your Health — Our Priority Ready for the Future Stage 2. Accessed September 13, 2012. http://health.act.qov.au/about-us/your-health-our-priority/your-health-our-priority-staqe-one/





ACT Planning and Land Authority (ACTPLA), ACT Government. 2004a. Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2— Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden. Accessed July 17, 2012. http://www.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0005/3758/CFNA - Southside.pdf

ACT Planning and Land Authority (ACTPLA), ACT Government. 2004b. Woden Town Centre Master Plan. Accessed July 17, 2012. http://wvvw.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0016/2581/wtc-masterplan2004.pdf

Affordable Housing Steering Group, Economic Development Directorate (EDD), ACT

. Government. 2009. ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase II — Homelessness and Affordable Accommodation Options for Older Canberrans. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.economicdevelopment.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0010/139906/Phasel 1 Affordable Housing Action Plan.pdf

Daley, Paul. 2012. "A Century of Capital Appreciation." Qantas The Australian Way September: 87-92.

Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services (DHCS), ACT Government. 2010a. ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.children.act.gov.au/documents/PDF/CP web.pdf

Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services (DHCS), ACT Government. 2010b. ACT Multicultural Strategy 2010-2013. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.dhcs.act. cloy. au/ data/assets/pdf file/0010/104689/Final ACT Multicultural Strategy 2010 -2013 25 Nov.pdf

Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services (DHCS), ACT Government. 2010c. ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing 2010-2014. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0003/104889/Strategic Plan for Positi

ye Ageing.pdf

Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services (DHCS), ACT Government. 2010d. ACT Women's Plan 2010-2015. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0016/122506/ACT Womens Plan 201 0 -15.pdf

Department of Education and Training (DET), ACT Government. 2010a. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Education Matters Strategic Plan 2010-2013. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://www.det.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0020/153236/ATSI Strategic Plan. pdf

Department of Education and Training (DET), ACT Government. 2010b. ACT Department of Education and Training Strategic Plan 2010-2013. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://www.det.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0011/109955/DET Strategic Plan 2010 -2013.pdf

Department of Land and Property Services, ACT Government. 2010. ACT Government Supermarket Competition Policy Implementation Plan. Accessed September 24, 2012. http://www.economicdevelopmentact.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0003/138594/ACT S UPERMARKET COMPETITION POLICY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN from web site.p df





Department of Territory and Municipal Services, ACT Government. 2009. Eddison Park Master Plan.

Department of Territory and Municipal Services, ACT Government. nd. Design Standards for Urban Infrastructure: DS 14 Urban Open Space Ed 1, rev 0.

Department of Territory and Municipal Services, ACT Government. nd. Design Standards for Urban Infrastructure: DS 24 Sportsground Design Ed 1 rev 2.

Economic Development Directorate (EDD), ACT Government. 2007. Affordable Housing Action Plan 2007. Accessed July 30, 2012. hitp://www.econOrnicdevekibnnent.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0008/139904/action Plan progress report.pdf

Economic Development Directorate (EDD), ACT Government. 2011a. ACT Government Economic Development ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase III. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.economicdevelopment.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0006/316968/2012A HAP Ill - Action Plan.pdf

Economic Development Directorate (EDD), ACT Government. 2011b. Forward Strategy—Future Provision of ACT Government Sportsgrounds in Gun gahlin and Molonglo

Economic Development Directorate, ACT Sport and Recreation Services. 2012. Molonglo Aquatic Sports and Recreation Facility Feasibility Study Phase 1 Report.

Education and Training Directorate (ETD), ACT Government. 2012a. FAQ's on Priority Placement Areas. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://mvw.det.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0009/298989/Freguently Asked Questi ons PPA.pdf

Education and Training Directorate (ETD), ACT Government. 2012b. Operational Plan 2012. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://www.det.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0006/288654/Operational Plan 2012.pd

Elton Consulting. 2012. Consultation Outcomes Report ACT Planning Strategy. Accessed July 26, 2012. http://www.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0008/31130/Elton Consultation Outc omes Report final May 2012.pdf

Emergency Services Agency (ESA), Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD), ACT Government. 2011. ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy. Accessed August 31, 2012. http://esa.act.gov.au/wp-content/uploads/esa-station-upgrade-and-relocation-strategy.pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government. 2012a. ACT Planning Strategy— Planning for a sustainable city. Accessed July 26, 2012. http://www.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0011/31061/2012 Planning Strategy reduced colour.pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government. 2012b. Molonglo Valley Stage 2 Planning and Design Framework April 2012. Accessed July 26,





2012. http://wvvw.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0004/29371/Molonglo Valley Stage 2 - Framework-web.pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government. 2012c. Transport for Canberra 2012-2031. Accessed August 7, 2012. http://www.transport.act.gov.au/pdf/Pages from EDS ACT Transport Policy FA final web. pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government. 2012d. Weston Group Centre Master Plan Community Engagement Outcomes 1 July 2012. • Accessed August 2, 2012. http://www.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0012/30711/VVeston Group Centre Outcomes report -6Jul.pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government. 2012e. Weston Group Centre Preliminary Master Plan Posters. Accessed August 2, 2012. http://www.actpla.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0005/30767NVeston group centre A 0 posters 26 July web.pdf

Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD). nd. "Molonglo Valley Stage 2 Brief: Social Infrastructure." Information brief. Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD).

GHD. 2008a. Redeveloping the Melrose Community Site. Accessed August 2, 2012. http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0004/31648/49880 Melrose. pdf

GHD. 2008b. Redeveloping the Weston Community Site. Accessed August 2, 2012. http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0020/31655/50093 Weston Report. Pd

Land Development Agency, Economic Development, ACT Government. 2012. Woden 9 Development Plan. Accessed July 11, 2012. http://www.Ida.act.gov.au/?/community/woden section 9

Martin Stone Pty Ltd. 2009. Review of ACT Supermarket Competition Policy. Accessed September 24, 2012. http://www.economicdevelopment.act.gov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0011/138593/Martin review. pdf

Office for Children, Youth and Family Support, Department of Disability, Housing and Community Services (DCHS), ACT Government. 2009. The ACT Young People's Plan 2009-2014. Accessed July 30, 2012. http://www.youth.act.gov.au/index.php/publications

Sawa, Mark. 2012. "Support for Woden Community Hub to Provide Services." The Chronicle, June 5.

"Social Infrastructure Issues." 2011a. Community Services Directorate —Meeting to Discuss Weston Creek Group Centre Master Plan, November 24.

"Social Infrastructure Issues." 2011b. Health Directorate —Meeting to Discuss Weston Creek Group Centre Master Plan, November 25.





Stewart, Jenny. 2012. "Submission to ACTPLA for Woden 9 (Block 8, Section 9, Phillip): Development Applications: 201221056, 201221062 and 201221052." Submission. Woden Valley Community Council.

Urban Research and Analysis Unit, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), ACT Government 2011. Hierarchy of ACT Centres.




atialoW

`v,,1

—K'"\c4 — LEISURE GROup

Buckley Vann TOWN PLANNING CONSULTANTS

VII- 0 E rl° AN S JSTA[NA; LE EVELO MENT DIRECTORATE (ESDD): ACT GOVE' N ,Ei

WODEN, ATHLLON, MAWSON (WA M) COMMUNITY, SPORT AND RECREATION (CSR) STUDY

P h a s e 2: Nar ra t ive Report

DECEMBER 2012


STRATEGIC PUNNING

SPECIALIST PLANNING

atlas@buckleyvann,com.au vombuckleyvann.comaLF

Prepared by:


Document Management

Author/s: Kylie Rolley, Amanda Jordan

Reviewer/s: Sharyn Briggs, Martin Lambert, Kylie Rolley, Liza Valks

Date: 21.12.12

Revision History

Revision Revision Date Approved By Details of Revision

A 11.10.12 Amanda Jordan Draft for review by Briggs & Mortar

B 16.10.12 Sharyn Briggs Review of draft report

C 17.10.12 Kim Amos Additions from SLG and formatting of draft report

D 18.10.12 Amanda Jordan Final changes to draft report

E 19.10.12 Liza Valks Review of draft report

F 19.11.12 Amanda Jordan Amendments based on client feedback


TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction 1

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Study 1 1.2 Purpose of this Report 1

2.0 Context 2

2.1 Aim 2 2.2 Key Considerations for CSR facility provision 3 2.3 Selection of Case Studies 5

3.0 Green Square Case Study 7

3.1 Case Study Overview and Background 7 3.2 Population and workforce 9

3.2.1 Resident Population 9 3.2.2 Employment and Workforce 9

3.3 Past and Present Development and Density 10 3.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR Facility Use

and Supply 11

3.5 Provision of Community Sport and Recreation Facilities 16 3.5.1 Existing CSR Facility Provision 16 3.5.2 Proposed CSR Facility Provision 18

3.6 Key Learnings from Green Square Town Centre 25 4.0 False Creek North Case Study 30

4.1 Case Study Overview and Background 30 4.2 Population and Workforce 31 4.3 Past and Present Development and Density 32

4.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR Facility Use and Supply 32

4.4.1 Residential Development 32 4.4.2 Retail and Commercial Development 35

4.5 Provision of Community Sport and Recreation Facilities 36 4.5.1 Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre 39 4.5.2 Turntable Plaza 42 4.5.3 False Creek Community Centre 43 4.5.4 David Lam Park 44 4.5.5 Andy Livingstone Park 44 4.5.6 George Wainbome Park 44 4.5.7 Coopers' Park 44 4.5.6 BC Place Stadium 45

4.6 Key Learnings from False Creek North 45 5.0 Pen rith City Centre Case Study 51

5.1 Case Study Overview and Background 51 5.2 Population and Workforce 54

5.2.1 Resident Population 54

Page i Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


5.2.2 Employment and Workforce 56

5.3 Past and Present Development and Density Commercial and Retail Development 56

5.3.1 Residential Development 57

5.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR Facility Use

and Supply 57 5.4.1 Overall Strategy 57 5.4.2 City Centre 59 5.4.3 Future Development Expectations 60

5.5 Provision of Community, Sport and Recreation Facilities 64 . . . . . . . . 5.5.1. Existing CSR Facility Provision 64

5.5.2 Proposed CSR Facility Provision 68

5.6 Key Learnings from Penrith City Centre 69

6.0 Summary of Findings 75

TABLES Table 1: Key Lessons from Elton Case Study Research 3 Table 2: Case Study Matrix 5 Table 3: Key Elements and Learnings 25 Table 4: Overview of CSR Facility Requirements and Provision 36 Table 5: Approximate gross floor area of Roundhouse and specific components 41 Table 6: Key Elements and Learnings 47 Table ] : Key Elements and Learnings 69 Table 8: Case Study Comparison Table 75

FIGURES Figure 1: Location Map 8 Figure 2: Aerial Plan showing Green Square Town Centre Area 8 Figure 3: Aerial Image of Green Square Town Centre and former South Sydney Hospital 10 Figure 4: Green Square Town Centre Structure Plan 12 Figure 5: Development Precincts 13 Figure 6: Maximum Building Heights 14 Figure 7: Anticipated Development Form 15 Figure 8: Current Facility Provision 18 Figure 9: Location of future Library and Cultural Facility 20 Figure 10: Reuse of Heritage Buildings on South Sydney Hospital Site 22 Figure 11: Existing and proposed open space in Green Square (City of Sydney, 2008, p.27) 24 Figure 12: Location Map 30 Figure 13: Maximum allowable heights in False Creek North as per City of Vancouver's Official Development Plan for False Creek North 33 Figure 14: False Creek North residential unit development as at 2004 34 Figure 15: Development styles in False Creek North as viewed from the seawall 34 Figure 16: Office and Mixed Use development locations and densities 35 Figure 17: Location of Key CSR Facilities in False Creek North 38

Page ii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) INA1111 CSR Facility Study

Figure 18: Proposed phasing of Parks and Community Facilities (Official Development Plan) 38 Figure 19: Lower and Upper Floor Plans of the Roundhouse 40 Figure 20: Views of the Roundhouse facility 42 Figure 21: Photograph of Turntable Plaza and False Creek North 43 Figure 22: Location Map 52 Figure 23: Aerial image of the Penrith city centre 53 Figure 24: Penrith City Centre Precincts (DP 2007, p.45) 54 Figure 25: Penrith Community Profile Catchment 55 Figure 26: Penrith City Centre Urban Design Study — 2006 59 Figure 27: Proposed City Park at Allen Place — Penrith City Centre Vision 61 Figure 2-8: Riverlinkr Precinct and proximity to .Penrith CRY Centre * " • • 63

Figure 29: Penrith City Centre and.current CSR facility provision 65 Figure 30: DCP Character Areas 67

ACRONYMS

CSR Community, Sport and Recreation

DCP Development Control Plan

DP NSW Department of Planning


FCN False Creek North

GFA Gross Floor Area

FCCA False Creek Community Association

LEP Local Environmental Plan

ODP Official Development Plan (for FCN)

RCARS Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Society

WAM Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre)

DEFINITIONS

Urban Intensification An increase in density o f dwellings, activity/employment areas and population over an existing density, within a defined area.

Page iii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) !NAM CSR Facility Study

1.0 Introduction

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Study This narrative report has been prepared by Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group in fulfilment of a deliverable for The Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athlion Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre) Community Sport and Recreation Study (hereafter termed the `WAM CSR Study'), for the Strategic City Planning and Design Branch of the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), of the ACT Government • • • • •

The aim of the WAM CSR Study is provide a background technical report that will inform a review of the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004) and preparation of a Master Plan for the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon Drive to occur in 2013 (the 'parent projects'). The Master Plans will inform the development of ACT Government Territory Plan Precinct Codes, guiding land use and providing development controls for these Centres.

1.2 Purpose of this Report This report provides a narrative documentation of the findings of Phase 2 of the project in accordance with the overall project plan prepared by the project team and approved by ESDD in

response to the study brief.

The following provides an excerpt from the methodology section of the consultant team proposal report outlining the best practice comparative analysis task:

Phase 2, item 2.1

Undertake a high level comparative analysis of two (2) or three (3)1 best practice examples of Town Centre urban intensification, particularly in relation to demand and supply of CSR facilities and land and potentially also considering socio-economic

characteristics, employment and residential trends, urban intensification management techniques, and techniques to promote a 'social city' environment. The assessment will draw

on the social city framework as described in the Grattan Institute report, supplemented with other relevant literature as required.

Phase 7, item 7.2 (d)

How comparative urban intensification 'best practice' in CSR facility and land provision (site size and GFA) can be applied to the study area.

I Noted three preferred by the client

A narrative description of comparative examples and accompanying visual representations (this narrative will form a chapter Of the final issues paper)

A sub-section of the draft and final Options and Recommendations Report

Page 1 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


2.0 Context

2.1 Aim

The aim of the best practice case study comparative analysis is to understand current approaches and !earnings with respect to the provision of CSR facilities and associated land within areas experiencing urban intensification that may be applied to, and assist in the master planning of the WAM study area.

When urban intensification occurs and there are an -increased "number o f residents, 'workers a-hd visitors to an area, the requirement for CSR facilities and associated land increases and changes. Given that urban intensification also alters the built form and physical dimension of an area, the approach to providing CSR facilities and associated land also needs to respond to this in order to facilitate community integration, diversity and sense of place.

Analysing current approaches to CSR facility and associated land provision in urban intensification areas aims to generate understanding and insight into the types, location, size and nature of facilities provided and how these are implemented and managed.

The approach for the comparative analysis study involved the selection of three (3) case studies of areas that have experienced/are experiencing urban intensification, where adequate documentation exists with respect to CSR facility and associated land provision. Attempts were made to select case studies which most closely reflected the likely physical, demographic and functional characteristics of Woden Town Centre; however this proved difficult in some cases, particularly in relation to the availability of adequate published information. Further information on the case study selection process is provided in Section 2.3.

The analysis aimed to initially identify and understand the following elements of each case study:

• development and density (past, present and proposed); • range and nature of CSR facilities and associated land provided, land supply provision

levels and catchment populations (past, present and proposed); and • range and nature of urban intensification (economic, employment, and residential) that

occurred (or is occurring), and its effect, trends and patterns of demand on CSR facilities and associated land provision;

in order to identify key learn ings with respect to:

• innovations in provision of facilities; • opportunities for staging/delivery and re-use/upgrading of facilities; • political and financial considerations; and • approaches to governance and management of facilities.



Further to the specific case study reviews, additional documentation considered to provide best practice for CSR facility provision in urban intensification areas has also been reviewed. Information that was drawn upon in the analysis included:

(i) Planning Social Infrastructure and Community Services for Urban Growth Areas project prepared by Brian Elton and Associates, 2011;

(ii) Case Studies — Social Infrastructure in Urban Growth Areas is prepared by Elton Consulting

on behalf of the City of Charles Sturt and others dated 27 May 2011; (iii) Service Planning Model prepared by Elton Consulting on behalf of the City of Charles Sturt

and others 10 November 2011; and - • • - (iv) Grattan Institute "Social City" report prepared by Jane-Frances Kelly in 2012.

2.2 Key considerations for CSR facility provision The 'Social City' report produced by the Grattan Institute in 2012 considers how cities are built and organised can impact on social connection, which establishes a useful context for CSR facility provision in urban areas (Kelly, 2012). Three key guiding principles can be drawn out of this research and these are:

• changing the urban landscape through making better use of and increasing activities within under-utilised spaces and providing active street frontages with mixed uses;

• bringing people together in key areas and through concepts like community gardens; and

• enhancing access (and mobility levels) to facilities to increase levels of participation

Undertaken in late 2011, the 'Planning Social Infrastructure and Community Services for Urban Growth Areas project' (City of Charles Sturt et al, 2011) for a number of local governments in South Australia presents the outcomes of a review of best practice research on social infrastructure provision in urban growth areas.

This research involved an extensive case study analysis of 15 areas and has provided detailed documentation on the overall findings. Based on this research a number of key lessons have been identified, which bear relevance to the WAM study. These lessons have been summarised and adapted in the Table 1.

Table 1: Key Lessons from Elton Case Study Research

'key Trends

Number Size and Scale

ldentifiediBest'Peactice Rtquirements

• a more urban, compact form of social infrastructure

• fewer, better appointed, more centrally located, multi-purpose facilities

• larger facilities that provide a higher quality and wider range of spaces • development that is sensitive to and integrated with the local setting



.1;

Location

CO-location

Multipurpose and multifunction

Place making and community identity

Community building and social gathering

Sustainability

Resourcing

•

IdentifiecatostoPiadticeRequiremOhts

effective links with the transport system clustering of community facilities in centres to enhance accessibility and connectivity location within town/village centre of urban infill projects important for users to combine visits to community facilities with other activities consideration of options such as community space within mixed use buildings or leasing spaces for community.use

_

co location joint use and integration of community facilities within mixed use development can address challenges associated with high land values in urban intensification areas move away from building stand alone facilities pooling resources to provide better facilities important for urban infill projects where land is scarce and expensive

flexible and able to respond to changing needs provide for multiple uses and serve a range of population groups capable of adapting as needs change over time

design can enhance the physical quality and appearance of public places and reinforce a place's identity when located in or within retail and commercial uses, community facilities can help reinforce the role of these areas for public gathering, meeting and information sharing

• more places for social gathering and meeting as a result of smaller household sizes and higher densities

• income-generating activities to ensure the long term sustainability of facilities (examples include commercial cafes, fitness activities, monthly markets or including retail outlets)

• capacity for commercial operations should be built into the design of facilities

• well-used, active and vibrant facilities tend to be the most well-resourced

• income generating space (outlined above) assists with long term: resourcing

• fewer, larger facilities increases levels of activity and utilisation • joint bidding for funds, cross-agency collaboration

Page 4 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bnggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


.0Y IllFef10...

Management

Technology

.eritiftediaeaPradtic0 Rettairenlents

• coordination of infrastructure delivery through an overall coordination •unit or body

• cross-agency collaboration and a partnership approach • a multi-agency approach allows for integrated planning for joint-use

models and efficiencies • strategic asset management using asset management plans —

provides benefits for long term management of facilities

. , • increasing role of technology which may influence the floor space requirements for facilities like libraries

• in some cases less floor space is required for some functions but the same or more for other functions or meeting/gathering spaces

2.3 Selection of Case Studies The following criteria were identified and used to select the case studies:

(i) established town centre area and with a similar public transport function and possibly a transport corridor area that links to a centre/links two centres;

(ii) area that has undergone (or is undergoing) urban intensification; (iii) is relatively comparable in projected population size for the district and town centre; (iv) involves/will involve mixed use and medium to high density housing development; (v) involves/will involve comparable levels of employment if possible; (vi) availability of documentation, particularly post-occupancy evaluation.

Based on these criteria, research was undertaken to identify a number of areas that may have been appropriate for undertaking a case study analysis. Table 2 below identifies the short list of case study areas and the matrix that was used to determine the final three case study selections.

Table 2: Case Study Matrix

1 Town 1 Urban i Similar i ! Involves I, centre ( 1 intensification , i public ! mixed ,

and II I transport I use I

, transport 1 i function. " Medium ' I I corridor , 1 i i.: 1' 1 fo tii-h- " I : •::: il

.. : )1 I : ' .' '',"d

. :. I r

: t ' tiot!silld :

!MI ete:016Welitetiao

Comparable Comparable Available i population employment documentation

size levels2

Green Square, Sydney NSW

2 This column has been left blank as employment levels for the WAM study area are still to be confirmed.



False Creek North, Vancouver, Canada

Bowen Hills, Brisbane OLD

Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, OLD

Claisebrook Village, East Perth, WA

Chermside, Brisbane, OLD

Penrith City, NSW

Town centre

and transport corridOr

Urban intensification

Similar public

transport function

Involves mixed use /

medium to high density housing

Comparable 1 Comparable I population employment

size i levels2

Available '! documentation

unknown

Yr

Following discussion with the client, the case studies that were selected for a more detailed review included:

• Green Square Town Centre, Sydney;

• Penrith City, Sydney; and

• False Creek North, Vancouver.

The case study investigations are presented in sections 3-5. See section 6 for a summary table of the selected case studies.



3.0 Green Square Case Study GREEN SQUARE

Why it was selected? * Similar locational and population characteristics to Woden Town Centre

• Ability to understand how the use of existing facilities vs new facilities has played out

e Significant workforce as well as residential population Available post-occupancy evaluation

• Available information with respect to social infrastructure provision in an established area undergoing urban intensification/revitalisation

• Similar size and development nature to WAM study area • Similar distance to Sydney CBD as WAM is to Canberra

3.1 Case Study Overview and Background The Green Square redevelopment area encompasses 278 hectares in South Sydney, located 4.5 kilometres south of the Sydney CBD, and is 'considered to be the largest urban renewal project in Australia' (Harrison, 2008). The overall Green Square redevelopment area is intended to accommodate approximately 40,000 residents by 2031. Green Square is part of the 'global arc' corridor of Sydney which encompasses industries and businesses that are 'important drivers in the global competitiveness and prosperity o f Sydney' (Architectus, 2012).

The 13.74 hectare Green Square Town Centre is the redevelopment area's emerging commercial, retail and cultural hub and is expected to accommodate 5,500 residents and 7,000 workers by 2031. The town centre is located in the existing suburb of Zetland at the intersection of Botany Road, Bourke Street and O'Riordan Street and focused around the Green Square Station and Airport Link Railway. Figure 1 shows the location of the Green Square redevelopment area and town centre within the context of the greater Sydney region.

Green Square is currently served by a network of bus routes and the passenger rail line that connects directly with Central station (in the CBD) and Redfern, as well as being on the rail line that connects Central station with the domestic and international airports. The Eastern Distributor passes by the eastern edge of Green Square giving Green Square providing access to Sydney's motorway route that serves the metropolitan area (Architectus, 2012). Green Square is in close proximity (and accessible by public transport) to three major universities, regional attractions such as Moore Park and the Entertainment Quarter, hospitals, and schools.

The Sydney Metropolitan Strategy 2006 (regional level plan) identified the Green Square Town Centre as a 'Planned Major Centre' (of a typology comparable to Bondi Junction and Chatswood) and which is intended to play a key role in achieving housing targets for the overall City of Sydney (City of Sydney, 2008). This is echoed in the current Metropolitan Plan for Sydney 2036 which retains the Green Square Town Centre's status as a 'Planned Major Centre' (NSW Planning and Infrastructure, 2012).

Figure 2 shows the Green Square town centre in the context of the surrounding Green Square redevelopment/urban renewal area.



Figure 1: Location Map

P Gentra - —EASTERN

DISTRIBUTOR

/0111 Creek e.

M5

AIRPORT LINK RAIL —

Green Squire

•

tiMascot

-GREEN SQUARE REDEVELOPMENT AREA

GREEN SQUARE TOWN CENTRE

—CITY TO AIRPORT CORRIDOR

PORT BOTANY N.

Figure 2: Aerial Plan showing Green Square Town Centre Area



The Green Square Town Centre is intended to be a place 'where people can live, work, and go out either during the day o r at night for entertainment, cultural and community activities'. The vision for the town centre is for it to become a 'vibrant residential, commercial, retail and cultural centre for the Green Square urban renewal area' and suggests that 'high quality public

spaces, including civic plazas totaling 4,200sgm, a centrally located park and new community facilities, will provide a new community hub for this emerging urban place' (City of Sydney, 2008).

The majority of landholdings in the town centre are in public ownership (with some private ownership),

3.2 Population and workforce 3.2.1 Resident Population

In 2011 the population of the Green Square redevelopment area was 18,839. In 2016 the population is expected to increase to 26,798, 35,449 by 2021 and ultimately 48,852 people by 2031 with a working population of 26,987 workers (forecast.id, 2010). Notably this growth is the highest proportionally and absolutely than in any other part of the City of Sydney (City of Sydney, 2012).

When compared with the other areas within the City of Sydney, Green Square is also the fastest growing area in the City with an average annual growth rate of 4.9% and has the highest proportion of home owners (forecast.id, 2010 and City of Sydney, 2012).

The Green Square area currently has a large proportion of 25-34 year olds (more than double the Sydney average) and also has the highest proportion of children in the City (City of Sydney, 2012). In addition, there are a range of cultural and ethnic groups including a high proportion of Asian immigrants in the South Sydney area and part of the Green Square redevelopment area (Green Square and City South — Sydney 2030).

Projected changes in age distribution to 2021 include:

• largest proportional increase will be in 10-14 year olds;

• similar number of people aged 0-9 years and 20-29 years as the existing situation;

• significant increase in people aged 30-39 years; and

• reasonable increase in people aged over 65 (forecast.id, 2012).

The dominant household type has been couples without dependents and the main changes are expected to be in one parent families. A high proportion of households are projected to be small, with 55% expected to be single person or couple households with no dependents (forecast.id, 2012).

3.2.2 Employment and Workforce

Currently, Green Square residents are highly educated, with high employment levels (City of Sydney, 2012). Increasing numbers of young professionals have moved into the area, given the area's proximity to the CBD and access to public transport.



In 2006, the key employment industries within Green Square (entire redevelopment area, not just the town centre) included manufacturing, retail, wholesale trade, business, storage and transport (Architectus, 2012).

The vision for Green Square Town Centre envisages that young singles, couples and empty nesters will be the demographic focus for the development (Landcom undated).

3.3 Past and Present Development and Density

The South Sydney region, including the Green Square redevelopment area, has a history of diverse socio-economic and cultural groups, and an industrial past: Of recent time§ there have been many changes in the area south of the Sydney CBD where industry began to move out, and new commercial and government premises moved in.

3.3.1 Commercial and Retail Development

The Green Square redevelopment area is currently characterised by a mix of uses including 1-2 storey commercial and warehouse buildings, office buildings of up to 10 storeys, commercial heritage buildings, traditional terrace housing and more recent/newer styles of multiple unit development along with lower density housing. Overall the area would be considered to have a medium density development form.

The Green Square town centre currently has a similar medium density form and currently includes the former South Sydney Hospital site. An aerial image of the town centre (including the former hospital) and its immediate surrounds is provided in Figure 3.

Figure 3: Aerial Image of Green Square Town Centre and former South Sydney Hospital



3.3.2 Residential Development

The area has a higher proportion of non-residential properties than most of the City of Sydney, other than the CBD (City of Sydney, 2012). Notwithstanding this, there has been significant development within the Green Square area since 2001 in the housing sector (Architectus, 2012) and currently more than three-quarters of homes are in multi-storey apartments (City of Sydney, 2012).

Furthermore, it is understood that approximately 5,700 new dwellings have been built since the

year 2000, bringing in close to 11,000 new residents (City of Sydney, 2011).

The established neighbourhoods of Zetland, Rosebery and Beaconsfield (which form part of the broader Green Square redevelopment area) are characterised by tree-lined streets and historic terrace and cottage homes. In the suburbs of Alexandria and St Peters the development form involves heritage homes and new apartments along with existing industrial warehouses, factory outlets and car yards (City of Sydney, 2012).

In the northern portion of the redevelopment area, a food and arts precinct has been established on Danks Street, referred to as the Danks Street Depot' and has emerged as a new food and arts precinct.

3.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR

Facility Use and Supply The 2012 Development Control Plan for Green Square intends for the Green Square redevelopment area to become 'an attractive, vibrant and sustainable urban place' (City of Sydney, 2012).

The planning for the Green Square redevelopment area commenced in the 1990s as the local and state governments sought to create growth and economic development within an established community, to provide new facilities and improve connections between this community and the Sydney CBD. The City of Sydney sought to have social sustainability principles as a key focus for the redevelopment including the protection of heritage, delivery of quality community facilities, good transport connections, parks and open spaces and infrastructure to current and future residents and workers.

Through the community facility planning a 'green kids wonderland' vision emerged along with other key concepts of:

• 'forward-looking,

• learning,

• sustainable,

• generous, • quality,

• welcoming and safe,

• community strength and

• productive' (City of Sydney, 2008)

Page 11 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Diggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


The anticipated floorspace has been identified at 410,00sqm of floorspace within the town centre (Landcom, 2012) and (Architectus, 2012).

An analysis by Architectus of potential yields for the Green Square town centre identifies:

• 2,867 dwellings at 100sqm per dwelling; • 5,447 residents (within the core3);

• 4,931 jobs (within the core).

The anticipated 410,000sqnn of expected GFA will be comprised of4:

.• 106,822sqm commercial use; _ . • 16,464sqm retail use; • 286,714sqm residential use.

Figures 4 to 7 outline the way in which the Green Square town centre is proposed to be redeveloped to accommodate the redevelopment expectations.

Figure 4: Green Square Town Centre Structure Plan

r:L.... 1 - 1 , , •,-,t.i.:0

_. _ _ _ . f

r .

1 1

, i ! . , ) ,1!:-._:-Firr'll

. 1 ... -

1

ir-----1,...„7-1,1,! ,-, •---, ,-,,,,L,„.1 4.44 ; - t r ,

1 - - - - ' ' - -BAcONS 1 _I • II I 1 - ,,,i , , f i f ,

- - - - 1 ) LI-Source:http://www.landcom.nsw.qov.au/for-home-buversicreen-scluare-town-centre/downloads.aspx

3 The core area is that identified as The Green Square Town Centre' on Figure 2. 4 GFA breakdowns for community, sport and/or recreation uses were not available.



Figure 5: Development Precincts

'V

\ >

s s •

_

/

/

_ / w. „.1 —7 --,

_ 1 1

_ - - - - - - - - _ _ I 1E401 mum -- -; f------, • ,---- 1 I-----_. 1 r------e ' -----) 7 :.---,--4 ' I -r —7----1 17=-.,_---4

i I 1 4.- 7 4--- ' ,---="---, - - , - ----; I, 4--_-:".:---i .._ 1 :-.7 . i 4-.--_--:-.-_—1:7 i ----/ 17-11.771/[ Tirriff-Tr

(_____ Itehr rip lip 11:

7 -

/

( HiVersfrft

r -7 6-7,R, • I-07 J1111 III

• ,I)1.11., 1 • E

/

KEY I N Retail

dmCommercial

11 ,1 1111/ I rzi-r?--7 j J_J4_4 / M I /Mir

r-e— - 17-7 n7 / /

- _La

MIRetail Of c o n b w r c i a l ( o r a n g e s h i p e - r r -14Lm[ is i peorille)

C o r n r o w * B i a l u . d i r i g g a m ; infrmfruE1:Eire) o r o p e n s p a r e ( B - I : d o n n a e i t f g r e e n in f ra. . . f rustum hub)

ResKerillal, retail or commerrlai

! M I L " I r P 2 t h i n g [ A - 2E-M3410 L o p B • m w e r wets).

Page 13 B u c k l e y V a n n T o w n P l a n n i n g Consultants,

B r i g g s & M o r t a r P t y Ltd,

S t r a t e g i c L e i s u r e Group


Figure 6: Maximum Building Heights

\ - S \Vv.-:," \ -- ___--- 4,2\ A, ,

7 r--- f 14"

/ 1 7

-

-

11 -7L ; 7 j 1

_ r

I 1

x J

0)*,

7 klitillifir=z771-7rilliiiii77 j - - / / 4

/ —7 (

F17--:// llifilliffillm _

sTREE7 /

1 L - 1 r-rrri-1-1-711/1111111-81-1111111 I I ' n i l I

/ 3 / z

I /

KEY nia talon; Oiling neldhl w %clew UutlidlIng additional reor efonte avelablE-thmugh oropetitye deeign ptitic,,s5 intehe apptonhisi

I iy% I hiMienArn huldln9 hog-4 e stmers exceeding ads:honni floor *nee available Lvough cyripstit/ve design process - shone in bracksts

• * W e g f l I s Lasted In demiopmenI meang minimum 3116 omens rammomoom

33i3[361 prwate open gpdtE 33 o u r G S M EIC.P 3131136 6 10 2

Refor to bu:AMo emeehipe shaurarn.



Figure 7: Anticipated Development Form

http://www.cityofsydney.nsw.qov.au/development/cityimprovements/GreenSquare/documents/2012Remai ninqsitesofTownCentrePlanninqProposal.pdf

The vision identified through the structure plan envisages a new community, at its heart:

"a stunning new public domain that creates the foundation for an abundance o f life. A civic plaza for community gatherings, markets and public events is complemented by a more intimate neighbourhood plaza for taking a break and watching the passing scene. A new park provides stimulating areas to play or simply relax in the sun. And an urban stream forms a playful watercourse that dances with light, a reminder o f the creek that once ran through this place.

Planning will create streets that make for easy cycling and walking, accessible parking for business and trouble free access to transport. A focus and commitment to design excellence will also provide the right environment for inspiring architecture to flourish.5

Progressive environmental initiatives to conserve water and reduce greenhouse gas emissions will underpin all facets o f the community, ensuring the Town Centre becomes a flagship for sustainable development".

5 See: http://www.landcom.nsw.qov.au/downloads/uploaded/GS Vision broc 6602.pdf

Page 15 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Diggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WA1111 CSR Facility Study

Overall the vision is that:

"Green Square Town Centre is the ultimate destination for lifestyle and business. A place where commercial and cultural worlds converge. Residential, office and retail space will combine with entertainment and community facilities, while dynamic piazzas and parks come alive with restaurants, concerts, markets and street festivals. A place to delight, inspire and reconnect with others, it is both the designated town centre and a major new regional destination for the people of the Inner South."

Socially the vision includes:6

A Portrait of Intimacy

"Things will be different here. This will be a village style community. Intimate, not empty. A place of European-style piazzas buzzing with life. Bars and restaurants that spill onto the street, as well as quieter spaces. Here, space is crafted and sculpted into a series of rooms for you to discover, one by one. It's a place to stop and enjoy life's journey."

A Melting Pot of Culture

"...an environment that stimulates all five senses at once. The colour and movement of Chinese New Year. The sound of live jazz. The aroma of bread from an artisan bakery. It's a cultural mosaic that taps into Green Square's working class roots to create a unique sense of place. Authentic, unmistakable soul. The perfect platform for creativity and commerce to flourish."

Here, People Talk To Each Other

"This is a new way of living: a unique urban village built to bring people together, not drive them apart. Where public spaces encourage you to stop and simply say hello. Where people know and trust their neighbours, just as in the past, when workers in local factories shared a strong camaraderie. A values-laden community based on inclusiveness, concern for others and respect for different cultures. A collective spirit that adds joy to life. So go on... Break down the barriers. Seek a better world."

3.5 Provision of Community Sport and Recreation Facilities 3.5.1 Existing CSR Facility Provision

As a result of its history as an employment/industry area and lack of an established town centre heart, existing community facilities appear to be spread throughout the Green Square redevelopment area within the established residential areas, rather than focused in any key location.

6 As above



The current facilities include:

• 4 schools, 3 public schools and 1 private school;

• 2 community centres — at Beaconsfield and Roseberry;

• 1 library and customer service centre — Green Square;

• 1 community hall — Green Square;

• 1 child care centre — Roseberry;

• various community facilities supporting services such as Meals on Wheels, Youth Services etc;

• several local parks;

• tennis and basketball facilities (at Separate lotations);

• current provision of open space across the city of Sydney LGA is estimated at 2.36ha per 1000 people which is below the standard benchmark of 2.43ha of open space per 1000 people (City of Sydney, 2008, p. 31). The Green Square area is included in three Planning Districts within the LGA which have varying rates of open space provision based on Council-owned space: Inner South 0.69ha per 1000 people, South East 0.86ha per 1000 people, and South West 7.8ha per 1000 people (high ratio due to low residential population in a predominantly employment area) (City of Sydney, 2008, p.31);

• Sydney Park which contains 44 hectares of parkland in St Peters and includes a sports oval and playground. It is located approximately 1,200m from the Green Square Town Centre and approximately 500m from the edge of the Green Square Development Area. The site

was converted from former industrial usage into the city's largest park in 1991 (City of Sydney, 2010);

• Moore Park is located directly adjacent to the north east corner of the Green Square Development Area and approximately 1km from the Town Centre. The site was dedicated in 1866 for recreation purposes by Sydney City Council. It comprises of 115 hectares of parkland providing a range of leisure opportunities including an 18-hole golf course, tennis courts and netball courts, athletics track, equestrian facilities as well as the Sydney Football Stadium and Sydney Cricket Ground. Moore Park also connects with the 189 hectare Centennial Park comprising gardens, ponds, grand avenues, status, historic buildings and sporting fields.

Figure 8 shows the location and spread of the existing community facilities within the Green Square redevelopment area.



Figure 8: Current Facility Provision

I com,urtrIznov rfil-7::; P‘AK

N A R A ):74.41

nosFrr,..s STAT1',V I

'r=

RAILWAY .4?-cr,q ST7F5 E l

\

ri s

734elialcctLinarn

3.5.2 Proposed CSR Facility Provision

A comprehensive community facility needs assessment was undertaken in 2002 to establish community facility requirements for the projected Green Square resident and workforce populations. Based on a report prepared by Michael Harrison, Director City Strategy and Design for the City of Sydney 'Cultural and Community Services Committee' on 5 May 2008, the identified 'needs' as at 2002 included:

• 'a library, cultural and community centre (including space for older people); • a multipurpose recreation and community centre; • a child care centre (capable of providing long day care for approximately 65 children); and; • a local neighbourhood centre'.

'Community Centre'

The Green Square Town Centre Community Facilities Planning Report undertaken by Environmetrics in 2008 'confirmed the following community facilities components, with an approximate gross floor area o f 6,000m2' for the community centre with preliminary costs at $35 million to include:

• a library component of 2,190sqm; • arts and cultural space of 1,418sqm, including:

o community gallery; o performance space (theatrette); O art workshops;



• general community spaces of 1,250sqm, including:

O community hall and meeting spaces; o older peoples' space (for healthy ageing programs and a frail aged day centre);

o community office/service delivery space; o one stop shop counter;

• coffee shop and complimentary retail (income generating component).

Principles underpinning the location and design of the library, cultural and community centre include:

• consultation and -collaboration;

• identity and presence; • equity and diversity;

• access; • safety;

• flexibility and innovation;

• amenity and compatibility;

• integration.

The provision of the library and cultural centre is 'considered integral to the renewal of the Green Square area' and its recommended location was within the town centre plaza (western end) to 'provide a focus and identity for the Green Square town centre and a catalyst for its development' and for the centre to 'operate as a vehicle for cultural tourism and economic development'.

Funding is anticipated to be via a combination of developer contributions (approximately $3 million), general funds, and possibly State and Federal government grant funding (such as through the NSW Department of Ageing Disability and Home Care).

It is understood that the City of Sydney has allocated $25 million for the library works, and a further $15 million for the public domain and plaza works for the Green Square Town Centre.

The design of the community centre has been through a competition approach. A significant number of entries have been received and are in the process of being judged by a panel. This approach engenders creativity and community ownership.

The location of the future library and cultural centre is shown in the aerial image below (Figure 9):



Figure 9: Location of future Library and Cultural Facility

Examples of two of the (five) final designs being judged in the competition are shown below:



Community facilities within the Former South Sydney Hospital Site

Four heritage buildings retained as part of the former South Sydney Hospital site (on Joynton Avenue) will be restored and used as a community hall, theatrette, artists' studios, exhibition spaces, a "community shed" and meeting rooms. The City has allocated a budget of $12 million in its Corporate Plan and Long Term Financial Plan to provide these'. These are shown on Figure 10.

• The former South Sydney Hospital site is to include public open space in the new Matron Ruby Grant Park. The park is identified as essential infrastructure under the Infrastructure Strategy (referred to as Hospital/Heritage Park) and will be funded through the essential infrastructure contributions, including that required by the un-deferral of the site.

7 See http://www.cityofsvdnev.nsw.goy.au/Council/documents/meetinqs/2011/Committee/Planninq/281111/111128 PDTCTEM04.odf (meeting report for Planning Policy Sub committee 28 Nov 2011 and

http://www.smh.com.au/nsw/demolition-marks-the-start-of-cireen-square-redeyelopment-20111031- 1msc5.html#ixzz28xuMB7D3



Figure 10: Reuse of Heritage Buildings on South Sydney Hospital Site

COMMUNITY BUILDINGS SOUTH SYDNEY HOSPITAL SITE

; •

DEVELOPMENT .ITE ,.fSLITPATIEUTS '* •

. . „ . CASUALTY tist Studios

• Theatsette, Purpose ipace

GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE ADMINISTRATION

CITY WEST'

AFFORDABLE HOUSING'

•••., t p PATHOLOGY BUILDING

tConTintiily,Shed)

ESME CAHILL 7 r .

tCoralnanity & BUILDING

Artist? Woriiskops)

Other Community Facilities Identified

Community facilities as part of the broader Green Square redevelopment area include:

• a $2.4 million refurbishment of the Waterloo Oval Youth Facility, now modernised and including a 'green roof', next to the 'Fernside' Waterloo Skate Park, Sydney's first skate park to copy an urban streetscape; and

• the iconic Tote building in Zetland providing a temporary library and neighbourhood service centre.

Sport and Recreation Facilities

City o f Sydney Green Square Urban Renewal Area Background Paper outlines the identified requirements for provision of open space for Green Square based on the controls of the Green Square Development Control Plan (DCP) and the provisions of the Section 94 Plan.

Green Square is contained within the Section 94 Plan's 'Southern Precinct' for which the plan designates 143,004sqm of open space for the whole precinct, to be provided by 2021. Nine 'open space catchment areas' are identified within Green Square in the Open Space and Recreation Needs Study 2007, under which a quantity of open space is designated, including a minimum size for the main park within each catchment area. 73,000sqm of open space is required across these catchment areas, as well as 24,340sqm in the Town Centre to be provided in two civic plazas and two local parks. Although some areas do not currently comply, Green Square DCP and Section 94 Plan seek to ensure the standard of 500m distance to open



space is rectified in areas within Green Square that it are not compliant with this standard. Further, the Section 94 Plan highlighted a need to achieve funding to upgrade 'Beaconsfield Park' and 'Waterloo Oval and Skate Park' to meet new needs within Green Square. (City of Sydney, 2008; Stratcorp and Clouston, 2007)

Redevelopment of two major sites within Green Square, Victoria Park and Crown Square, has provided new parks and detention basins. Provision of additional public open space and stormwater detention basins is to be achieved at new development sites throughout Green Square.

. . Green Square design connects public spaces to each other in an "accessible, safe and convenient manner", including:

• Transport Place;

• Green Square Plaza;

• Neilson Square;

• The Drying Green.

The Drying Green is a proposed central 5,500sqm (minimum) public open space charactised by soft landscaping and deep soil planting, seating areas, public amenities, BBQs, shade structures, playground and integrated play elements and will also double as a stormwater retention basin. A sunlight measure of 50% of the park receiving direct sunlight between 11am and 2pm is identified.

Neilson Square is a 1,559sqm (minimum) neighbourhood plaza intended to act as an entry to the Town Centre core which is proposed to be fronted by retail and cafe/restaurant uses, support small public gatherings, enable small temporary markets

, incorporate integrated play

elements, and have landscaping providing shade. A measure of sunlight is sought that sees 50% of a 4m wide strip along the southern edge receive sunlight between 12 midday and 2pm.

Green Square Plaza is proposed to be a minimum 6,257sqm public open space which acts as a principal gathering space for the Town Centre. Green Square Plaza is intended to include a range of outdoor spaces, integrated play elements, be fronted by retail and café/ restaurant

uses and support community events and large temporary markets. A sunlight measure of 'consolidated areas of direct sunlight between 12 midday and 2pm on 21 June' is sought.

Matron Ruby Grant Park is proposed to be a small park (750sqm) providing local passive recreation opportunities. Matron Ruby Grant Park will include deep soil planting providing shade, seating, skateable elements and will enable small scale events.

The 2007 Open Space and Recreation Needs Study for City of Sydney highlighted the need for

a 'recreation precinct' in Green Square which provides for a range of structured and unstructured recreation opportunities and incorporates an integrated aquatic (with hydroptherapy pool/ program pool), indoor multipurpose space and health and fitness facility, and outdoor family recreation areas (playground, skate and BBQ/picnic areas) and sports field(s), as well as a possible youth centre. In addition, the study recommends investigation of

Page 23 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Beggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


the feasibility of developing a key open space connection from Sydney Park to Alexandria and Green Square. (City of Sydney, 2008; Stratcorp and Clouston, 2007).

Both Moore Park and Sydney Park are located in close proximity to the Green Square Development Area, providing accessibility by walking or cycling. It is estimated it would take approximately 15 minutes to walk from Green Square Town Centre to Sydney Park and approximately 10 minutes to walk from the Town Centre to Moore Park, acceptable distances for these park types (Stratcorp and Clouston, 2007, p. 23). Public transport to these parks from Green Square Development Area is limited however a bus route connects the Town Centre to Sydney Park.

. .

Figure 11: Existing and proposed open space in Green Square (City of Sydney, 2008, p.27)

Map A. Green Square 11/IGIFI . 1 . . . . . I . G . 1 1 . 6 7 9 U.1

ea Open Space

Legend c..-..

I M I Existing 1„..ti Open Space Catchment areas 'M C Z ] Proposed • - ,,,- Refer to South Sydney OOP 1997-Pee i t Green Square Town Centm

„ 6

Landscape setbacks = I Green Square Boundary o en 103203 33o ‘oo

- - - Canal Open Space Link ICIIIIMICII■Meter


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) VVAIVI CSR Facility Study

3.6 Key Learnings from Green Square Town Centre Although much of the development of community facilities has not yet occurred in Green Square, there are several findings that could potentially be applied to the redevelopment of 3.4 Town Centre. Table 3 summarises the key elements and learnings from the case study for the

provision of CSR facilities in a redeveloping town centre.

Table 3: Key Elements and Learnings

Area Of ‘denSidraticm

Greebo`tquare_Tbwri Centre berience.-

General provision of • The aim has been to provide centrally-located and consolidated facilities multi-purpose facilities to provide better levels of service to more

community members — urban renewal is seen as an opportunity to create this;

• The proposed location of the library and cultural centres in the central plaza of the town centre were 'considered integral to the renewal of the Green Square area' to 'provide a focus and identity for the Green Square town centre and a catalyst for its development' and for the centre to 'operate as a vehicle for cultural tourism and economic development';

• There has been a focus on providing facilities that are 'main street', highly useable and accessible, flexible and adaptable to changing community needs over time.

Innovations in Provision of CSR

• The town centre itself has been seen as a place where people can interact either during the day or at night for entertainment, cultural and community activities;

• High quality public spaces, including civic plazas totaling 4,200sqm,

a centrally located park and new community, sport and recreation facilities, have been considered integral in establishing a new community hub for this emerging urban place;

• Public plazas were designed to create interaction, including:

o a new public park featuring a landscaped lawn and a children's play room; and

o public art that creates a dialogue with the area's past;

• Social sustainability principles identified as a key focus for the redevelopment have included the protection of heritage, delivery of quality community, sport and recreation facilities, good transport connections, parks and open spaces and infrastructure to current and future residents and workers;

• A planning and development approach focused on engaging the local community members and encouraging civic participation has

8 Original Council reporting and needs assessment identified the need for a 'community centre' to include various components. This is now referred to as the library/cultural centre.


reentS' cliia re pTow,riCentre EXperience


--,7Are;o1

Consideration

Staging/Delivery

been supported — example of this is in the 'competition for design of a the library and cultural centre;

• Extensive consultation with services and local communities has been• seen as a more effective way of determining the requirements for facilities rather than relying primarily on benchmarks and standards;

• Re-use of four heritage buildings as part of the former South Sydney _Hospital site has provided an opportunity to accommodate a range of community uses and community managed spaces which has linkages to other key facilities and directly into the town centre. a

• Combining open space and retention basins maximizes space but introduces some risk in provision. Design to ensure functional recreation use is possible the majority of time and that recovery from rain events is rapid and low cost is essential.

• Providing a range of open spaces of varying scales, themes and• serving varying purposes creates diverse opportunities for recreation , and adds to the sense residents have of a richness in provision. To some extent the use of diverse themes, design styles and treatments " compensates for a lower quantum of space.

• Proximal location to major community sport and recreation facilities (Sydney Park & Moore Park) outside of the Town Centre supports the sport and recreation requirements of those that live and work in Green Square. Without these significant precincts, provision for community sport and active recreation would be regarded as poor in this development.

• Social infrastructure was considered early on in the planning for the redevelopment area to ensure a strategic focus and to encourage human service agencies to plan ahead;

• There has been a focus on the timely provision of social infrastructure (though no information is available to determine if this was successful or not, and indications are that the process has been seen by Council to be a long and arduous one);

• There has been a focus on utilising existing spaces, such as the Zetland Tote building, to provide temporary community services (prior to the establishment of the larger purpose-built community centre).

Political and • Overall the project has had strong local government commitment and Governance a whole of government approach has been facilitated by the City of Arrangements Sydney;

• Cross-agency collaboration (and a multi-agency approach) in planning and delivery of community, sport and recreation facilities has been considered essential;

• A Social Infrastructure Working Group was established in 2009


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WA11/1 CSR Facility Study

rea'of •Consicleration• Green Square Town;;Centie,Experience

1■1•M2

Financial

Management

Implications for patterns of demand

on CSR facilities /land in the area

through the Department of Premier and Cabinet, to specifically work

on the strategic provision of social infrastructure including opportunities for partnerships and co-located services. The Group included:

o City of Sydney;

o NSW Department of Education;

o NSW Health; . . „

o NSW Ageing, Disability and Home Care;

o NSW Police;

o NSW Department of Planning;

o Federal Department of Health and Ageing;

• The City of Sydney employed a social planner to provide specific social planning advice and input on all of the City's urban renewal projects including Green Square;

• A significant amount of land in the Green Square Town Centre is within public ownership and in large landholdings which makes the• coordination of the redevelopment more straightforward than if smaller parcels in private ownership.

• Current funding practices as facilitated by NSW legislation allow local government to utilise rates, usage charges, developer contributions, grants and State infrastructure contributions for CSR;

• It is understood that community, sport and recreation facilities will be funded through a combination of these mechanisms.

• The overall project is managed through Landcom, a NSW State-owned corporation to deliver the major projects as part of the Green

Square redevelopment;

• Public programming in the plaza is recommended to be actively managed with the involvement of local community groups from the outset;

• The design of facilities for efficient staffing is recommended.

• Urban intensification within a town centre requires a centrally-located multi-purpose community facility, typically including a library and other cultural elemetns

• Such a facility is best supported by public plazas and park spaces to provide gathering spaces

• Typically these facilities should be provided ùp-front' however temporary measures can be used whilst larger/more complex style developments are designed and constructed.



References

Architectus. 2012. Green Square Redevelopment Area Built Form Review— Final Report, Architectus: Sydney.

Casey, S. (2005) Establishing Standards for Social Infrastructure, The University of Queensland: Brisbane.

Centennial Parklands, NSW Government. 2012. Centennial Parklands— Centennial Park and Moore Park. Accessed October 12 2012. http://www.centennialparklands.com.au/our places/moore park

City of Charles Sturt et al. 2011. Case Studies — Social Infrastructure in Urban Growth Areas, prepared for the City of Charles Sturt: Adelaide.

City of Charles Sturt et al. 2011. Service Planning Model — Planning for Social Infrastructure and Community Services for Urban Growth Areas, prepared for the City of Charles Sturt: Adelaide.

City of Sydney. 2008. Green Square — Urban Renewal Background Paper— Final Report, City of Sydney: Sydney.

City of Sydney. 2008. City of Sydney Green Square Urban Renewal Area Background Paper Final Report, City of Sydney, Sydney.

City of Sydney — Cultural and Community Services Committee. 2008. Green Square Town Centre Community Facilities — Library, Cultural and Community Centre, City of Sydney: Sydney.

City of Sydney. 2010. Sydney Park, Alexandria. Accessed October 11, 2012. http://www.citvofsydnev.nsw.gov.au/aboutsvdnev/historvandarchives/SvdnevHistorv/ParksHi storv/SvdnevPark.asp

City of Sydney. 2011. Public Exhibition of Planning Proposal— Green Square Town Centre, City of Sydney: Sydney.

City of Sydney. 2012. Green Square Town Centre DCP 2012, City of Sydney: Sydney.

City of Sydney. 2012. Planning Proposal — Sydney Local Environmental Plan 2010— Green Square Town Centre, City of Sydney, Sydney.

City of Sydney. 2012. Green Square and City South — Sydney 2030. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.svdnev2030.com.au/in-vour-villaqe/green-square-villaqe

City of Sydney. 2012. Green Square Development. Accessed October 5, 2012, http://www.cityofsvdnev.nsw.gov.au/Development/Citylmprovements/GreenSquare/Default.a

s_g

Department of Infrastructure and Planning. 2010. Transit oriented development: guide to community diversity case studies. The State of Queensland: Brisbane.

Forecast.id. 2012. Community Profile — Green Square, City of Sydney. Accessed September 27, 2012. http://profile.id.com.au/svdnev/about?WebID=340



Id.consulting. 2010 City of Sydney Population and Household Forecasts — Green Square — report (forecasts based on 2006 data). Accessed September 27, 2012. http://forecast2.id.conn.au/templates/forecast2/Clients/148Sydn/PDF/10.pdf

Kelly, J. 2012. Social Cities. Grattan Institute: Carlton.

Landcom. Undated. Green Square Town Centre Sydney, a unique urban village that's built to bring people together (undated). Available at http://www.landcom.nsw.pov.au/downloads/uploaded/GS Vision broc 6602.pdf. Accessed 15 10 12

Moore, M. 2011. Demolition marks the start o f Green Square redevelopment — The Sydney Morning Herald, 1 November 2011.

NSW Government Planning and Infrastructure. 2012. Metropolitan Plan for Sydney 2036. Accessed on October 11,2012, http://metroplansvdnev.nsw.pov.au/Subrepions/SvdnevCitySubrepion.aspx

Stratcorp and Clouston. 2007. Open Space and Recreation Needs Study City of Sydney: Volume 1 - The Strategy Amended Draft March 2007. City of Sydney: Sydney.



4.0 False Creek North Case Study Why it was selected?

4 An area o f redevelopment for high density living with affordable housing specifically targeted, although a brown field site rather than an existing town centre per se

• Reasonably similar locational characteristics (i.e. close to a major city) though a different population structure

• Significant amount of development occurred and post-evaluation research' conducted which wil l allow an understanding o f the implications o f making certain

-- decisions/taking certain approaches fo r facility provision- • - - - - - • A family-focus may provide useful insights into a possible population target group

4.1 Case Study Overview and Background False Creek is a 67 hectare precinct located south of, and in close proximity to, the Vancouver CBD (British Columbia, Canada), on the southern portion of the 'downtown peninsular'.

The planned urban intensification for False Creek North (FCN) is mostly complete, and in 2007 had a resident population of 10,570 people accommodated in high rise and medium density development forms at an approximate density of 390 dwellings/hectare. A key focus of the redevelopment project was on affordable housing and creating a diverse and inclusive community.

Figure 12: Location Map

' - -7 l'4..••'S "" • - ' • .."").;;t7

• ......' .,P-i" 4 •-..

'''. .1%;,' I t -4:t; ;7:--7-17:77. - - - " , — 1 ',71, ' /6.1, • .4 • '' '' / > ' I A qy 9 q- — - 1 , 1 i

I 4,6 • .1.> ,,,,.. . .,.. Wo4t End ' ----cs ' ; -:. '. ' ./.„,...,,, „ '4'.11•. "fla,,:',0_, • . Por!sidn' ,• OV; ., -• : ,‘ ■• a•,,s . -,,,1•0- . - ... Ar'. ,..a. 4:3•• , -1, •,, .;-- • - ' , I : , 1 p .k e'• 041,-- st V " A t .

. 'NIP 0'4 " "•;114•P'' '41 ' • • ,,,;.",..„ ,N.S.;'? ' t,..a,,,,,Hir • i••':' •/•• ca', R." An. ' , 1!,'s. . ';;,, coto...6.1 4 , ' . • - • , . - • tv -...., ...,,, .-,,,,, - , , , I n , . i i . „

, . :. . Aioxisrider St V " / '• -'4,2+1' . ' --• - - '74 . 't.s; ." •• %'''' • - _ t • 0)- <.;• 4p • %.* •22. ''A c.', "k m ' -.4 ‘...., ' " - ,.., Ao - ' • - i Pews,/ St- , •i, , • , _,, 4, • co. k. .9.„ • ••-, N, - t,,,,tm 4.,' 4 ' • , ' • ,..; .".,0 „0-ii,,., . zoo ,,,,,,,..,....- ,,,,, . , . .4,

:-...-.. GA IllOy.al. A, ...* C. Cadqva Sr ; ,.4...ts,----,,,......,,:- 44 - - 3 •.'---•-.' - •••• L• .-,- •..... ->•• ' ' • ' : : ' ' Ao, 'C': l i b , ;,:c2;b

.. l i k , "(7

, \ I t : \ •!4r,;•.. c"?'-' ' P0,,,, ,.• tA —3 — cronatown ...1:1-2.72m-p„

• .1% 91.;... g:4 6 ' • °;" ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' .1 4 1 4 )

.) t 'il. '.4.1 • .

Pefl in; St.- 6 .--.• •

i . .:•19 1 ?_9...I '

. 4; 47dig.'-.T.'S. 4 ' '''••,''S,' ,.. . F...„' , • ' 0 . , .

- i ' i 7' l'i2 ' - e, -4 z i t % •

4 ' c . 3 . \ \ k „ , ; " . ' ' 9 2 ; t ' . .-720 ' -* 't -- ".' •• Aenist st - a -s, , ; • ..P.4 -""...1. ' . r X• ' .4

4 ;,,,,,,,,•-1,.., I 1 1 a I ca 'lls/V* .r.k'tP-'.,4•,..,tt ',s, '''-i>,,..-.:'''"•% Ocy.i: o l p v,..,.;•= ,,,,_ , ,

:,,,,, (4-- k•-, 1E,, "4-.„ .7 - 4 ".g, t.- --tic!: ur:44 St Lralgri St. ' V.- -'•/ t'13Ciari. a .., I !, -, - '

..... ,.„, •-,". 4 v , - ', > - ; 1

7 - - - - _ L. At'• VaiPtOsMO '•-•'4' k .1-!--”4............ i - -- 4'

. .

- ••• •I''' ' , I t'. ,, , Z : •

' . '''"'• . ..1' ' .. • ' '• 4, 2,,,'• . ,,-,. , %.,, . crAc' 4 , - r ..._ 4c20,1•01-, ;VI, .'•'''t_ij ailii

d a '

VV

Vanier 4 .1, Avof'.4P4rk • ,7)'

• •tc'M

jlvis cc,

G47 I i A C r-,•••:• Ave,

N t71 /Vat

- W2ad Avril ; 41;

F c.:- . -• 7 :-, . “ • • ' 11A [ C '

. 7'67,k-.1-,

: ? • ' ), '-'17 . . , • i -, . 11 • .C.-,..71,4 r‘a avl i • ,,? , 1

! , ' ' 'a - • • • • '••.. •' E - i , ; • . 1

_ . . tw,,I,,,e ' - • .

S'''; .et:ver • k 5 3rd A-ie I - • • ' .. • , • ° . , •,: • ,,, - , IN 41?) A.,v, • 5 : i t Atm .aq ci•

, (3..reot,o,",,71„0, • •- • 14! fah At..6 •• i p 52") 'Rye l ' 4 - . E f..0.11 'we • : •'.'-. IN Eth ANie ....• .. J • E (,44 A4 4$ ' -C-6. , ••.. i E • . • •

i - w pr1"A,,, , -• .;

• L- ;th A•11' - 1

',.. 4 • i -- ' : :- ..3 ...4L ±---• . . -7-: .0 - 9 '. I 4 7 , - - - - - .... e gt$ A',

. ; . 3 — .% VS' arCiaie,;;;;si

• 3. g!. t. . 'A

6,iset•44:k• ;.■;:

)

, f l y "i• ; \ Chaeleson

w AvoC 144 a - tith Aye

- - 'Ave '74

• 3 • I - [-Tr. — It

Source: http://www.waynepasco.comTheighbourhood-false-creek.ohp


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAllil CSR Facility Study

4.2 Population and Workforce 4.2.1 Resident Population

The population figures based on the time of the post-occupancy evaluations are most relevant to this case study analysis. In 2007, False Creek North had a population of 10,570 people located within 5,450 households. The majority of households are accommodated in apartments within buildings of 5 or more storeys and 40% of households are rentals (Hofer, 2008).

Based on the 2006 census data results, it is understood that: .

• median age of residents at False Creek North was 38 years which is consistent with the overall Vancouver area;

• 13% of the population was under 19 years of age; • although only 8% were 10 years and younger, it is noted that False Creek North had a much

higher proportion of children aged 4 years or younger than the remaining Vancouver area; • close to 1/3 of residents, approximately 30%, were aged between 20 and 34 years; • only 4% of the False Creek North residents were aged 70 or older. (Beasley et al, 2008) (Hofer, 2008)

False Creek North also accommodated (and still accommodates) people from a range of cultural and linguistic groups and a variety of household incomes. The ethnic origins of residents as per the 2006 census included English, East/South-east Asian (primarily Chinese), European and Canadian with only 50% of residents speaking English as a first language (Hofer, 2008).

The post occupancy evaluation provides useful information on the length of living in False Creek North. One-third of respondents to the survey had been at the same address for one to three

years and slightly fewer for more than five years. About 20 percent have lived at their current dwelling for 3-5 years, while 17 percent indicated that they moved less than one year ago (Hofer, 2008). Further, about one-third of residents planned to stay in the area for 5 years; those who were 39 and younger were the most likely to move within 5 years. Families with children under the age of 12 were much more likely to move earlier than those without children; fewer than 27 percent of families with children intend to stay at their current address for more than 5

years, compared for 48 percent of those without young children. The overwhelming reason was the need for more space/lack of affordability of False Creek North.

False Creek North is also projected to support a significant component of mixed use — particularly office and street level/pedestrian-oriented retail and service uses. The redevelopment has been recognised for bringing families into the downtown core and for bringing people closer to their place of work, which has greatly reduced their commuting times and need for a private vehicle.


No information could be sourced on the current or projected workforce of False Creek North.

Page 31 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


4.3 Past and Present Development and Density

The False Creek North site was originally used by Canadian Pacific Rail until 1969 for the purposes of a terminal and railyards. In 1978 the land was sold to the British Columbia province and was used for the 1986 World Expo. The site was then on-sold to a developer and a company, Concord Pacific, prepared development plans through a collaborative planning process for the redevelopment of False Creek North as an area of high density living.

As envisaged by the Official Development Plan for False Creek North in 1990, the master plan 'called for a comprehensive, mixed use, high-density development planned as a series of neighbourhoods along the north side of False Creek, each situated on a bay and separated by a large public park.. and integration of the development into the existing downtown street grid' (Hofer, 2008) (City of Vancouver, 1990).

False Creek North has since been subject to a significant urban intensification and redevelopment project such that it has become one of the largest urban redevelopment projects in North America and has been recognised for bringing families into the downtown core and for bringing people closer to their place of work.

False Creek North now contains a very dense residential population housed within a mix of high-rise and medium density style residential development, with some mixed use elements and other commercial/retail development. In 2006, the population density for FCN was approximately 18,857 people per sq kilometre and it is reported that it has most certainly increased since then9. False Creek North is almost 25 times denser than the rest of the Vancouver Census Metropolitan Area (CMA) which has a population density of only 736 persons per sq km.

It is also a rapidly growing neighbourhood, compared to the rest of the City of Vancouver19. With a 2006 population of 10 570, False Creek North experienced a population growth rate of 47% between 2001 and 2006. This is also notably higher than the 6.5% average growth rate for Vancouver CMA and the 5.3% growth rate for British Columbia and reflects the high rate of residential development in the area.

4.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR Facility Use and Supply


Section 3.3.1 of the Official Development Plan for False Creek North states that 'it is intended that False Creek North be developed as a predominantly residential area to achieve regional and City objectives and recognize the special amenity of the area as a place to live... Up to a maximum of 10,154 dwelling units, having a total floor area up to a maximum of 946,417 square metres, are permitted'.

9 See http://111.118.165.194/—kiss/kts/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/FCN-P0E-Compilation-Report-FINALiodf 1° As above

Page 32 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group

ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIV1 CSR Facility Study

The Official Development Plan intended for this residential density to be achieved over 46 high-rise towers between 15-32 storeys and for 15% of dwelling units to be 'affordable housing'.

Based on post-occupancy research it is understood that 'a demand for housing by young professionals and families and cultural acceptance o f high-rise living has contributed to the popularity o f FCN' (Hofer, 2008).

Figure 13 contain the height limitation maps for residential towers in False Creek North as per the Official Development Plan 1990 requirements.

Figure 13: Maximum allowable heights in False Creek North as per City of Vancouver's Official Development Plan for False Creek North



Figure 14 shows the extent of unit development at 2004 at approximately 6,227 units (approximately 60% of the anticipated unit development yield).

Figure 14: False Creek North residential unit development as at 2004

• ',/,'/Va

.44,1

R3'

At 4/2

Yaletown Edge 1994-2001 706 tasks> <

\ \ W A , / 2 , 4 .•

Yr\>14?)W/*/\Q

The Sector 1,7#

Marina Pointe u its / • /

construction / ) '21bN7415,99308units

:0•111 in

4 . *44W-' lee

sUts> , . . . . . _ °P.

•PM xx<ctr,..

ky,"

>>" EC F St ad

Beach \t, 584 OARS completed., 901 under construction. Approx. 700 more to follow.

cit

:•■•• U.

Granville I stand

[;>

ir""11111111,

Marinaside 1999-2002 1,334 units

Roundhouse 1996 = 2002 946 units

Figure 15 shows a photograph of the residential development styles in False Creek North.

Figure 15: Development styles in False Creek North as viewed from the seawall



4.4.2 Retail and Commercial Development

The Official Development Plan for False Creek North 1990 permitted a maximum of 145,872

square metres of office and street level/pedestrian-oriented retail and service uses.

The Plan stated that 'the maximum amount o f retail and service uses permitted outside of the

areas designated as office is 55,948 square metres. Of this total, the maximum amount of retail

uses permitted is 36,420 square metres'.

The following figure (Figure 16) from the Official Development Plan for False Creek North identifies the areas for office and mixed use development and their anticipated yield.

Figure 16: Office and Mixed Use development locations and densities

KEY-. S e 3.4

:624:

‘ , / , 2 4 ,

for BC Place

(229,3/1 n

•JA.'\V/g\ 5pHancem4X

as 'u- 2i3cerrF Cam U.

Pzsi /SaniosUsa

5(b) Nest Office NW( >

_ 3.352tre

See Sect= 3.4 for BC Race

J

3.352tri Eu

RPIETLEi F-=-1 a)

O f r

fice =

<dop/,/x/71 Y/44.

■/4,

411111140

esf'' lih

gicK14)--J2,75ertr

-(.1=65 sq-11,)

It is understood however that Vancouver City Council has been asked for a large number of amendments to the False Creek North Official Development Plan. One of those amendments included a proposal from the BC Pavilion Corp. (PavCo) for the largest casino in Western Canada and two hotel towers; a new district energy utility similar to one built in the Olympic Village neighbourhood; and social-inclusion agreements that would require area businesses to hire a certain number of low-income local residents and to buy locally.11 These changes have

over time created the potential for additional jobs.

11See:http://www.century21.ca/CA/BCNancouyer East/Blog/Here we grow again Maybe Four new highrises propo sed for False Creek, 11 January 2011



4.5 Provision of Community Sport and Recreation Facilities The Official Development Plan for False Creek North (FCN ODP) approved in 1990 involved very specific design guidelines and policies. The organising principles for False Creek North were: • integrate with the city; • build on the setting; • maintain the sense of a substantial water basin; • use streets as an organising device; • create lively places having strong imageability; • create neighbourhoods; and • plan for all age groups with a particular emphasis on children.

Section 2.2.5 of the Official Development Plan for False Creek North includes a section titled 'Create Lively Places Having Strong Imageability' This section states that 'open spaces, including streets, parks, plazas, and walkways, should be planned and designed to be identifiable, memorable, and lively'.

Section 2.2.7 of the Plan is titled 'Plan For All Age Groups With A Particular Emphasis on Children' and states:

'To achieve robust neighbourhoods which have flexibility to accommodate all residents and to achieve the City objective of accommodating families with children, planning and designing for the needs of children should be emphasized. The following should be considered: • ...parks, school, day care and other facilities needs; and • public settings for socializing.'

Further to this the CityPlan 1995 (whole of Vancouver City) called for a 'City of Neighbourhoods' and stated that `community services such as health and recreation programs, social programs and libraries will draw on the ideas of the people who use them, making those services widely accessible and responsive to different needs. Services will be located in the neighbourhood centres where they are easy to get to.'

The Official Development Plan for False Creek North made provision for a number of community facilities as part of the area's redevelopment. Table 4 shows the required facilities along with commentary about what has been provided in response to this.

Table 4: Overview of CSR Facility Requirements and Provision

tcla.1:90yelopmer,d$Plan REactIlty Requirement

2 x primary schools, one with a 370sqrn community space and 560sqm school and community gymnasium facility

Existing Elsie Roy Elementary School — is considered a very good facility but not large enough to accommodate the population and it is understood there is a long waiting list. School care was considered 'a challenge' within the post occupancy evaluation results..

Page 36 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


Off ic ia l Davelopritent Nap CSRFacThtyRequireriierkt arrant Provi$Ion.of +facilities

1 x community centre of 4,180sqm GFA to include a gymnasium facility

8 x childcare facilities with a combined indoor area of 3,000- 3,5000sqm and combined outdoor

area between 2,700-4,400sqm

1 x multi-purpose room accommodate after school care 190sqnn

1 x branch library facility of 460sqm

Roundhouse Community Centre fulfils this role.

Existing known childcare centres include:

• Quayside Children's Centre (24 spaces);

• Dorothy Lam Children's Centre;

• Library Square Children's Centre (close to, but not within False Creek North)-;

• Sea Star Children's Centre (opened in 2009 after the post-occupancy evaluation was undertaken) providing 93 spaces.

Significantly less provision of childcare facilities than required/anticipated by the Official Development Plan. Post-occupancy evaluation has found a significant gap in the provision of childcare facilities. In 2009 it was documented that there were 2,200 families on the waiting list for childcare spaces.

to Understood that the Roundhouse, Elsie Roy Elementary of School and the False Creek Community Centre (located

on the opposite side of the Granville Bridge) all provide out of school care.

17.05 hectares of neighbourhood park in identified locations, 1 x waterfront park and 2 x major parks

Plaza of Nations complex - a family sports and entertainment centre may be permitted in Plaza of Nations Complex

Vancouver Public Library, located just north of the False Creek North development area appears to fulfill this role however a library has been documented in the post-occupancy

evaluation research as a community need.

1.0 hectare per 1000 residents (25% of total site area).

This land is commercially owned and plans to redevelop the Plaza of Nations incorporate residential, commercial, retail, office space along with a sports science centre and ice rink as well as a waterfront public space and walkway/ bike paths.

Existing stadium and arena - No change other than upgrades and improvements. functions as a city and regional facility for major sporting and other public events

References: (City of Vancouver, 1990) (Hofer, 2008) (Department of Infrastructure & Planning 2010) (Vancouver Sun, 2012).


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAII/1 CSR Facility Study

Figure 17 identifies the location of the Roundhouse Community Centre, Elsie Roy Elementary School and Dorothy Lam Children's Centre along with the park facilities which are provided at False Creek North. There was a phasing of the provision of CSR facilities in the initial development of False Creek North, as required by the Official Development Plan, and as shown on the Figure 18. Further to the above, the following provides a more specific analysis of some of the key community and sport and recreation facilities located at False Creek North.

Figure 17: Location of Key CSR Facilities in False Creek North

Figure 18: Proposed phasing of Parks and Community Facilities (Official Development Plan)

149.1g: Minor shortfalls to park requirements during development process of west end of she to be balanced with excess park developed with International Village.

Figure #7 Phasina of Parks and Community Facilities

Park, School and Community Centre with parcel 2 which Is next residential parcel to proceed after parcel 3

././

) 3 ,I : : : y 3 / Park with parcel

,,, , 6A or 6C

l - , '',. whichever / l

' „,... ,..-. proceeds last i .

:



4.5.1 Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre

The Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre is a multi-purpose facility of 4,580sqm in area, built at a cost of $9 million, which aims to provide a focal point for the community involving community cultural development and recreation facilities for all ages (City of Charles Sturt et al, 2011. Roundhouse Community Arts & Recreation Centre, 2012).

The Roundhouse is managed jointly by the Vancouver Park Board and the Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Society (RCARS) and it is understood that this centre was intended to serve all residents of Vancouver City, not only the immediate False Creek North residents (City of Charles Sturt et af, 2011. Roundhouse Community Arts & Recreation Centre, 2012).

The Roundhouse utilises heritage buildings associated with the former Canadian Pacific rail usage over the site and features a Performance Centre, Exhibition Hall, woodworking, pottery, art and dance studios, a full size gymnasium (indoor sports court), café area, and various multi-purpose

spaces.

It is understood from post-occupancy research that residents highly value the Roundhouse facility as a 'well loved community hub' however note that it cannot adequately meet demand (Hofer, 2008).

The following figures (Figure 19) and table (Table 5) provide an overview of the layout of uses at the Roundhouse and the breakdown of gross floor area across each room/area where this has been available.


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAllil CSR Facility Study

Figure 19: Lower and Upper Floor Plans of the Roundhouse



Table 5 sets out the approximate gross floor area of the specific facilities provided at the Roundhouse:

Table 5: Approximate gross floor area of Roundhouse and specific components

Eacility;tbmpOneht

Lower Level Uses

Exhibition Hall. 5,800sqft / 539sqm

Performance Centre lobby 2,000sqft / 186sqm

Performance Centre (used for 5,000sqft + / 464sqm + diverse events, from meetings and lectures to weddings, receptions and full-scale theatre, dance and music performances)

Gymnasium (with full sized

sprung hardwood floor)

Arts and Craft Room

Dance Studio (sprung hardwood floor and sound system)

Room A

Room B (concrete floor)

8,280sqft / 770 sqm

464sqft / 43sqm

1,500sqft / 139sqm

315sqft / 30sqm

1,230sqft / 114sqm

Room C (carpet, white board) 700sqft / 65sqm

-apaci

300 people theatre style. 400 people standing

• 100 people theatre style

• 200 people standing

• 170 people Default seating

• 193 people with additional front row

• 250 people Smaller stage or thrust-style seating (seats on 3 sides of stage)

• 200 people Collapsed Seats (no theatre seating) with food

• 250 people Collapsed seats, no food

• 300 people Seats completely removed


• 20 people meeting style

• 30 people standing or theatre style



• 20 people standing/theatre


• 100 people standing/theatre


• 30 people standing/theatre style



FacilitrCcirripOneq:

Kitchen and servery 540 sqft / (commercial scale)

Woodworking Studio, Pottery Unknown studio, Train Pavilion

Upper level uses

540 sqft / 50sqrn

Mezzanine ._1008sqft / 94sqm i •

ity

No information available

Mezzanine . 1008sqft / 94sqm ' • 35 people meeting style - - - — - - - ' ' - - : • .'50 peOple theatre stile

' • 60 people standing , !_ Music Room (piano, carpet) 380sqft / 35sqm • 20 people

Multimedia Room 770sqft / 72sqm

Board Room (window, carpet, 266sqft / 25sqrn whiteboard)

•

, •

30 people meeting style 40 people theatre/standing

15 people meeting style 20 people theatre/standing

Figure 20 shows a view of the Roundhouse (taken from Turntable Plaza).

Figure 20: Views of the Roundhouse facility

4.5.2 Turntable Plaza

An outdoor urban plaza, 'Turntable Plaza' was officially opened in May 2012 and is located adjacent to the Roundhouse (as shown at Figure 21).



At a cost of $1.8 million, the project has involved the revitalisation of the existing Turntable (associated with the former use of the site by Canadian Pacific Rail) into an outdoor public plaza that can be used for visual arts/performance space with a capacity of 500-750 people. Anticipated uses include markets, outdoor theatre, concerts and festivals.

It is considered that 'the plaza will be a key gathering place for residents, tourists and the arts community for years to come' (Government of Canada, 2012).

Figure 21: Photograph of Turntable Plaza and False Creek North

4.5.3 False Creek Community Centre

Accessible to False Creek North residents over the Granville Street bridge (located on Granville Island with access to the waterfront), False Creek Community Centre offers unique programming opportunities and events for all ages. While this facility is not located in False Creek North itself, it serves the wider community including False Creek North.

Specialty programs and services include canoeing, kayaking, tennis, performing arts, licensed preschool and out of school care, and a well-equipped fitness centre. Proximity to Vancouver's seaside bicycle route makes it a starting point for cycling excursions.

The False Creek Community Centre also includes the following facilities: • childcare; • dance studio; • sauna; • playground (Sutcliffe Park); • water park;



• 2 x tennis courts; • 1 x outdoor sport court; • boating programs including dragonboating and kayaking; • free public WiFi.

The False Creek Community Centre is jointly operated by the Vancouver Park Board and the False Creek Community Association (FCCA).

The FCCA deals with all matters of concern to the Community Centre and is responsible for arranging recreation programs to suit the needs of the False Creek Community.

4.5.4 David Lam Park

A 4.34 hectare park located on the waterfront, David Lam Park offers a mix of passive and active recreation opportunities. Key elements include:

• 1 x rectangular field; • 2 x outdoor basketball courts; • 2 x tennis courts; • 1 x playground. Source: City of Vancouver (c)

4.5.5 Andy Livingstone Park

4.21 hectares in size, Andy Livingstone Park is an important active sport and recreation park for False Creek. Key features of the park include: • 2 x hockey fields; • 2 x soccer fields; • 2 x ultimate fields; • 1 x football field; • 1 x field lighting; • 1 x softball field; • 2 x tennis courts; • 3 x playgrounds; • 1 x basketball court; • 1 x skateboard park; • 1 x clubhouse; • 1 x amenities. Source: City of Vancouver (a)

4.5.6 George Wain borne Park

This 2.5 hectare park is characterised by expansive lawns and a picturesque outlook to the waterfront, providing predominantly passive recreation opportunities. Source: City of Vancouver (d)

4.5.7 Coopers' Park

1.71 hectares in size, Coopers Park is located on the waterfront and provides the following elements:



• 1 x dog off-leash area; • 1 x playground; • 1 x basketball court; • 1 x skateboard park; Source: City of Vancouver (b)

4.5.6 BC Place Stadium

Commercial Stadium with multi-purpose playing field and retractable roof. Used for sporting events, concerts and other major events. Source: BC Place

4.6 Key Learn ings from False Creek North Overall, post-occupancy evaluation research has identified that there is a high level of satisfaction amongst False Creek North residents with respect to their living environment and was considered to have a 'suburban feel' not typically found in the inner city based on the quality of provision of open spaces and other facilities (City of Charles Sturt et al, 2011). The overall satisfaction rating of False Creek North by respondents to the post occupancy questionnaire found that 96% would recommend living in False Creek North.

Interestingly, the very specific policies directed towards accommodating families with children in the development and bringing families, as well as non-families, into the downtown core, appear to have been quite successful12. The post occupancy evaluation of False Creek North showed that it was considered to cater well to the needs and preferences of children; and the children in the study were very positive towards social interaction, learning and satisfaction with the public spaces and built environment. They enjoyed having a mix of uses in their neighbourhood so they do not need to go outside of the neighbourhood; they like places where they can play freely, play sports, shop, hang out with friends and entertain themselves.

Nevertheless, residents with children were more likely to move earlier than other residents; and a lack of sufficient space and programming for youth and problems experienced by many residents, not only with their units but also with local facilities and services present challenges to residents as children get older.

A summary of the post-evaluation research states that, with respect to the specific provision of CSR facilities in False Creek North:

• the shops, services and facilities in FCN meet the needs of some respondents, but not a majority. Just over half of respondents reported walking beyond their neighbourhood to meet day-to-day needs. Reasons for doing so varied from affordability (a consequence of the project's own success), to availability, to personal preference. The primary outstanding needs are for a greater diversity of shops and services that are affordable and reflect the range of incomes in the neighbourhood. The greatest retail need identified in the community is a mid-sized grocery store. Other retail gaps frequently cited include a bakery, a hardware store, clothing shops, a dollar store and family and child oriented stores and restaurants.

'2E g. One thing for sure: high-density housing does not discourage people from raising families, so long as they're

planned for'. See http://www.planetizen.com/node/33793



More entertainment for adults is also desired, such as closer and more diverse theatres and lectures with forums for discussion in the Roundhouse;

• the Roundhouse Community Centre is a well-loved community hub of False Creek North that provides valuable services to the community, although there are considered to be too few activities catering to some age ranges at the Roundhouse, especially seniors and youth;

• most residents are overwhelmingly satisfied with local parks. Appreciated for their size, quantity and wide-open spaces, the parks are well used and are considered one of the neighbourhood's strongest attributes. The Seawall and open parks are reasons cited for choosing False Creek North over other neighbourhoods. Residents" complimented the overall aesthetic of the neighbourhood parks focusing particular praise on the quality landscaping and the design of the parks. Many residents note that the large size of the parks allows for flexibility and diversity of activities;

• a relatively low percentage of families reported that access to public amenities (16%) and local facilities and services (15%) presented a challenge to raising a family in False Creek North. However, (access to) "School/daycare" was perceived as a challenge by more than half (53%) of respondents with children, and received a number of negative comments;

• as the downtown residential community continues to grow and if families do remain downtown as their children age in place, there will be a need for more schools, including high schools;

• residents value the public art because of its symbolic value and ability to instill 'community';

• residents are overwhelmingly satisfied with open spaces provided;

• areas of concern for open spaces and recreation included:

o a need for more age-specific play and recreation spaces for youth and a need to consider recreation facilities in future developments e.g. swimming pool, skating rink, water park;

o a need for more off-leash areas for dogs;

o a need for more amenities for leisure activity (e.g. weather protection, barbecues, seating);

• there is a correlation between the distance people live from a park in False Creek and the frequency of visits to a park, with those residents living in neighbourhoods closest to major parks (David Lam and George Wainborn Parks) reporting more regular visits to parks than those living further away;

• there is a relationship between unit type and frequency of use of parks, with those residents living in two or three bedroom units more likely to visit a park compared to those living in one bedroom units.

(Hofer, 2008)

It is noted that despite some issues associated with the provision of community facilities and school and childcare facilities not meeting demand, residents, including children, appear to be satisfied with the proximity of community facilities and the fact that everything is accessible on foot (Hofer, 2008) (City of Charles Sturt et al, 2011). There is also reported to be a 'sense of a complete community' within False Creek North (Beasley et al, 2008), and concerns about


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAN] CSR Facility Study

community safety were not reported to be a major problem. Respondents generally felt very safe in both indoor and outdoor space in False Creek North, and only slightly less safe at nighttime. Women felt no less safe than men, and families generally did not indicate that safety

was a challenge.

Table 6 summarises the key elements and !earnings from False Creek North drawing on the post-occupancy findings and other key experiences as expressed in the literature:


Area of Consideration

General provision of facilities

- FalseCreekNortheigjettence

• Provision of schools and childcare has emerged as a key challenge in the False Creek North situation. Given the pressure on childcare facilities currently experienced at False Creek North, a key lesson is for urban redevelopment areas to ensure the allocation of space for childcare facilities is guided with a clear sense of demand and projected growth and implemented at appropriate times to meet demand;

• Ensure implementation of key social infrastructure such as schools

are facilitated through policy and are available for the 'first' residents and progress as concentration and ageing of families increases;

• The provision of an active community centre has been considered a critical element for future similar developments however a recommendation would be to broaden its approach to make it more youth-friendly and/or include designated youth spaces;

• A greater diversity of shops and services appears to be required that

are affordable and reflect the range of incomes in the neighbourhood. The greatest retail need identified in the community is a mid-sized grocery store. Other retail gaps frequently cited include child oriented stores and restaurants. More entertainment for adults is also desired;

• Residents value public art because of its symbolic value and ability to instill 'community;

• Parks of extensive size, quantity and wide-open spaces are considered one of the neighbourhood's strongest attributes;

• The plaza will be a key gathering place for residents, tourists and the arts community for years to come;

• The need has been identified to design more diverse public spaces that cater for the recreation and play needs of both younger and older children rather than a homogenous approach;

• The need to consider pets in the public domain is important for high density development;

• Although the ratio of 1 hectare of open space per 1000 people would be considered low elsewhere, it works well in False Creek because

Page 47 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Ply Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


ea;(if. Consideration

,alse'Creek,North.Experience

open space represents 25% of the total site area and the open space is of high quality, located desirably, and is a key feature of the development; Proximity of residences to quality parkland is likely to influence the frequency of visits and therefore, standard distances to parkland of high quality should be sought; Use of smaller parks should be used to improve connections between larger green spaces and to break up density of tall buildings.

Innovation in • From the outset, the City of Vancouver have set out to ensure that Provision the community, with a significant number of families and children,

can have their needs met in a high density living environment; • Heritage structure (old Canadian Pacific rail building) has been

utilised to create the Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre which provides a true multi-purpose and flexible use of space which is adaptable for a range of uses and experiences. Key issue with this space is that it is not just a facility for False Creek North;

, residents, it attracts the broader Vancouver population and therefore• experiences pressure on capacity;

• The Turntable Plaza with direct linkage to the Roundhouse provides a positive outdoor flexible space and a focal point for the community;

• Providing a true pedestrian-friendly approach to community facility provision and building a community around established facilities to encourage and support walkability has resulted in a community that can access the available community facilities, where the facilities are well-used and frequented and where there is a clear sense of place, community identity and safety.

Staging/Delivery

Political and Governance Arrangements

Whilst policies toward urban intensification and attracting families to the redevelopment area have been successful, the provision of social infrastructure has not been provided at an appropriate time to meet demand and is currently not addressing all community needs, particularly for youth (schools, childcare, youth focused activities).

• Development company, Concord Pacific was created to develop a significant part of the redevelopment area. Concord Pacific and City of Vancouver committed to a collaborative and cooperative planning process, which also meaningfully involved the general public — community was widely consulted about their vision for the area which contributed to its 'acceptance as it was considered that False ' Creek North was being designed and developed to meet the community needs;

, • There is a recognised need for political drivers to articulate more



Area of onSideratiori

Financial

Management

;False Creek-North Experience

strongly policy guidelines for the implementation of social infrastructure and to be accountable for the implementation of facilities.

• In the case of the Turntable Plaza, the Government of Canada committed $600,000 toward the project through the Infrastructure Stimulus Fund. The City of Vancouver and Vancouver Board of Parks and Recreation invested $950,000 in the project and BC Hydro invested $250,000

• The City of Vancouver heavily invested in the Roundhouse facility as a City-wide facility.

Retention of the Roundhouse centre in public ownership with a joint management approach by Vancouver Park Board and the Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Society (RCARS)

appears to be a successful model for management that could successfully apply in other locations.

Implications for • Where urban intensification is intended to result in increased pattern of demand numbers of families there will be significant levels of demand placed

on CSR on school and day care facilities facilities/land in the • Multi-purpose community facility with associated public plaza is well-area

used and also a necessity for meeting community needs

• CSR facilities need to be provided up-front in the urban intensification process

References

Administration Yaletown. 2012.) Sea Star Children's Centre Ready to Open. Accessed on October 10, 2012. http://valetown.ca/sea-star-childrens-centre-ready-to-open/

BC Place. 2012. BC Place, October 12, 2012. http://www.bcplacestadium.com/

Beasley, L. Hofer, N. Lancaster, J. Sarkissian, W. Wenman,C. 2008 Living in Fa/se Creek North: From the Resident's Perspective, College of Interdisciplinary Studies — School of Community and Regional Planning Vancouver.

City of Vancouver. 2008. Official Development Plan for False Creek North, City of Vancouver: Vancouver accessed on October 10, 2012 at http://former.vancouver.ca/commsvcs/BYLAWS/odp/fcn.pdf

City of Vancouver. 2012.(a) Andy Livingstone Park, Accessed on October 12, 2012 http://cfapp.vancouver.ca/parkfinder wa/index.cfm?fuseaction=FAC.ParkDetails&park id=10

City of Vancouver. 2012(b). Cooper's Park, Accessed on October 12, 2012 http://cfapp.vancouver.ca/parkfinder wa/index.cfm?fuseactiorFFAC.ParkDetails&park id=14



City of Vancouver. 2012 (c) David Lam Park, City of Vancouver, Accessed on October 12, 2012 http://cfapp.vancouver.ca/parkfinder wa/index.cfm?fuseaction=FAC.ParkDetails&park id=16

City of Vancouver. 2012 (d). George Wainbom Park, Accessed on October 12, 2012, http://cfapp.vancouver.ca/parkfinder watindex.cfm?fuseaction=FAC.ParkDetails&park id=22 5

City of Vancouver. 2012. Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre, Accessed on October 10 2012. http://vancouver.calloarks-recreation-culturellroundhouse-community-arts-recreation-centre.aspx

-- City of Vancouver. 2012. False Creek Community Centre http://vancouvercalparks-recreation-_ culture/false-creek-communitv-centre.aspx

Department of Infrastructure and Planning. 2010. Transit oriented development: guide to community design, The State of Queensland, Brisbane.

Department of Infrastructure and Planning. 2010. Transit oriented development: guide to community diversity— case studies. The State of Queensland: Brisbane.

Government of Canada. 2012. 'Partnership Brings Roundhouse Turntable Plaza Back to Life' Accessed on 11/10/12 at http://news.gc.ca/web/article-eng.do?nid=675409

Hofer, N. (Editor). 2008. Compilation Report of the Process Findings and Recommendations from the False Creek North Post-Occupancy Evaluation, School of Community and Regional Planning, University of British Columbia: Vancouver.

Lancaster, J. 2006. False Creek North Post-Occupancy Evaluation: Questionnaire Analysis and Findings, The University of British Columbia: Vancouver.

Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre. 2012. Accessed on October 8, 2012 at http://www.roundhouse.ca/index.php?module=pagemaster&PAGE user op=view page&PA GE id=60

Vancouver Sun. 2012. The Turntable: Vancouver's newest public plaza. Accessed on October 11,2012 at http://www.vancouversun.com/sports/organization/nhl%20atlantic/Turntable+Vancouver+ne west+public+plaza/6652897/story.html

Vancouver Sun. 2012. 'Vancouver's Expo 86 grounds and Plaza of Nations to get a facelift', The Vancouver Sun, Accessed on October 12, 2012. http://www.vancouversun.com/business/commercial-real-estateNancouver+Expo+grounds+Plaza+Nations+facelift/6888055/storv.html



5.0 Pen rith City Centre Case Study Why it was selected?

a An existing town centre in decline, wi th future urban intensification goals 0 Contains a community and education facility, as well as co-location with an arts

centre and local government offices

a Significant research although limited implementation An ageing demographic

5.1 Case Study OverVievir and Backgrouhd Penrith is a regional centre located 54 kilometres west of Sydney on the Nepean River. Figure 22 below shows the location of Penrith city in context with the Sydney CBD and other key centres. The draft Metropolitan Plan 2036 Subregional Strategies remain a key planning tool for councils. Penrith is contained in the draft North West Subregional Strategy (DP, 2007) — covering the Hills, Blacktown, Blue Mountains, Hawkesbury and Penrith local government areas13.

`Penrith Regional City' is seen as an education & employment hub for the north west subregion. Major (district') centres in the subregion are Blacktown and Castle Hill, with a further planned Major Centre at Rouse Hill, a potential Major Centre at Mt Druitt and a Specialised Centre at the Norwest Business Park.

A regional city is seen as providing a full range of business, government, retail, cultural, entertainment and recreational activities. They are intended to be a focal point where large, growing regions can access good jobs, shopping, health, education, recreation and other services and not have to travel more than one hour per day.

The Penrith city centre is approximately 2.5 kilometres long and 1 kilometre wide, therefore approximately 250 hectares in area with the main thoroughfare being High Street, a continuation of the Great Western Highway (formerly the main road from Parramatta and Sydney to the Blue Mountains) (DP, 2007). The main city centre is bound by the Western Railway line to the north, the Nepean River to the west and several major arterial routes to both the east and south (DP 2007).

The Penrith city centre's reliance on transport links for its development is evident in its elongated, east-west pattern with activity precincts dispersed across this large area (see Figure 23). The city centre is considered to have a clear grid pattern and a commercial/retail heart in High Street.

13 htto://www.metroplansydney.nsw.gov.au/Subreciions/NorthWestSubregion.aspx



Figure 22: Location Map http://www.metrostratecw.nsw.qov.au/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=oU2UDOv0parad&tabi d=78

Source: http://www.metrostratecw.nsw.qov.aulLinkClick.aspx?fileticket=oU2UDOOpaY%3d&tabid=78



Figure 23: Aerial image of the Penrith city centre

Source: http://www.mca.com.au/artists-and-works/external-proiects/c3west/campement-urbain-future-penrith-penrith-futurel

The relationship of the Penrith city centre to key precincts including the Nepean Hospital, University of Western Sydney, mixed business and industry areas and the Riverlink (recreational) precinct are shown on Figure 24.

The Penrith City Centre is serviced by a number of public and active transport options. The Western Rail Line provides rail access to and from central Sydney, a high frequency service available during peak periods (PCC 2006). Private bus operators also provide services in the form of local trips and a feeder service for the rail network.

The pedestrian network is reasonably well defined, although pedestrian and vehicular conflict is

common at the bus and rail interchange. Cycle paths are limited and perform a minor role in the transport network.

Penrith has experienced increasing employment and facility investment in retail, business, cultural, education and health. The city centre is projected to experience growth of 10,000 new residents and 10,000 new workers by 2031 (DP, 2007).



Figure 24: Penrith City Centre Precincts (DP 2007, p.45)

Penrith Lakes Penrith City Centre North Penrith Business Development and Mixed Use

Nepean Hospital Recreational Precinct Mulgoa Road Enterprise Corridor

University of Western Sydney

At the time of its preparation in 2007, the Penrith City Centre Plan Vision document identified Penrith as being a regional city in need of redevelopment due to:

• its status as the largest centre in outer and north western Sydney; • its large and growing regional catchment area; • its location in relation to natural assets including the Nepean River and Blue Mountains; • high forecast employment growth; • its potential to attract further additional economic, cultural and social activity because of

existing and new assets in and around the centre; and • its focus for rail and other transport links (DP, 2007).

5.2 Population and Workforce 5.2.1 Resident Population

The population of the entire Penrith Local Government Area (LGA) doubled from 58,000 to 109,000 people between 1971 and 1981 and the LGA experienced consistent growth through to 2000 as urban areas became more established.

Growth rates significantly reduced between 2001 and 2006, with the population remaining fairly steady at approximately 171,000 people during this time. Based on recently released 2011 census data it is understood the current population for the Penrith LGA is 184,681 residents.



Overall trends for the Penrith LGA suggest that residents aged over 50 will continue to increase and more families may move to the region, thereby increasing the proportion of children and those aged under 24 (profile. id, 2012).

Recent population analysis undertaken by 'profile.id' for the Penrith Local Government Area (LGA) identifies specific catchments and one referred to as `Penrith' comprises an area of 1,248 hectares which contains the CBD along with immediately surrounding areas as shown on the Figure 25 below.

Figure 25: Penrith Community Profile Catchment

. 10166 World 7

t Entertainment; • t §how

P itier$ World 7

, .giound

11

J fcia'n Greyouhlsi /pring .',Oval

r

Neeari

9 Penrith Sewage,, 0,- derj5_

p Rugby. Par*

ea • rth' k.6e f

01,•

Cambridge Perk

ii7syougion

Approximate location of the Penrith CBD

The current (2011) population for the Penrith catchment has been estimated at 11,803 residents within 5,690 dwellings.

The age structure when compared with the overall Penrith LGA indicates that the Penrith city centre (and associated inner-city residential areas) have lower numbers of children (0-17 years), similar levels of 18-24 year olds, more 25-34 year olds and more residents aged 60+ than located within the rest of the Penrith LGA.

In the Penrith CBD and immediate surrounds, the most common household type was lone

person households which comprised 37% of household types. Only 19% of households were made up of couples with children compared with 39% in the Penrith LGA. There was a similar proportion of one-parent families to the LGA and a slightly lower proportion of couples without children than the LGA.



In 2011, approximately 20% of the Penrith CBD catchment population was born overseas which is consistent with the overall LGA. This figure is also consistent with the 2006 figures. Approximately 13% of residents are from non-English speaking backgrounds.


The North West Subregion14 has relatively large numbers of people employed in manufacturing, retail and wholesaling. When compared with Sydney as a whole, the North West also has a concentration in agriculture and forestry related industries, general construction and trade services. Additionally, defence, education and community services emerge as relatively strong industries in the subregion: - • - - -

Between 1996 and 2001, the North West experienced an increase in employment in all industry sectors with an overall increase of around 16 per cent. Increases were recorded for higher skilled occupations, such as managers and administrators, and professionals. A gain was also experienced in -clerical and service workers and trade and labourers. While there are reasonably strong gains in all occupations, the relative shift to higher skilled occupations is not as apparent in this subregion as in the Greater Metropolitan Region as a whole. The subregion has a higher overall 'blue collar' component compared with Sydney as a whole.

There is a relatively high level of employment self—containment (the number of people living and working in the same subregion) in the North West compared to other subregions. Notwithstanding, between 1996 and 2001, employment grew faster than the population, highlighting the changing balance and increased self—containment for the subregion.

Approximately 19,000 jobs were identified as existing in the Penrith city centre in 2001. Based on 2006 census figures (2011), it is identified that 44,187 (52.9%) of Penrith LGA's working residents travel outside of the area to work. Although exact figures for the Penrith CBD are not provided, it is understood that close to 14,000 people worked in the Penrith CBD and immediate surrounding area in 2006 (forecast.id, 2012).

5.3 Past and Present Development and Density Commercial and Retail Development

As of 2006, retail floor space in the Penrith LGA occupied 156,000m2, comprised five indoor retail centres (mainly department stores and supermarkets) and a major retail shopping strip located along the main thoroughfare. There are two major shopping complexes located within the CBD — Westfield Penrith with a gross lettable area of over 90,000 square metres and Centro Nepean with 20,861 square metres, along with a number of arcades (in the order of 17) and street-based retail along High Street and part of Henry Street of approximately 50,000 square metres.

Dedicated retail floor space in the Penrith LGA is expected to increase by 100,000 square metres from 2006-2016, with the majority of this growth expected in the city centre (DP 2007).

"The North West sub-region includes the Penrith LGA along with a broader area.



The Penrith City Centre is the seventh largest commercial centre in Greater Sydney (DP 2007). The City Centre contains the bulk of commercial office space within the Penrith LGA, a total of 111,000 square metres floor space. The ratio of commercial to retail space in 2006 was 2:3, which is considered to be quite high for a centre (DP 2007), This is mainly a result of the isolated nature of Penrith, the critical population mass it services and the fostering of Government roles within the employment sector. The majority of commercial offices are located in low rise office buildings or low rise retail and office buildings.


The majority of housing stObk in the overall Penrith LGA in 2011 was comprised.of one and two storey separate detached dwellings, representing 80% of all dwellings (DP 2007; PCC 2006).

The Community Profile for the Penrith CBD and immediate surrounds indicates that in 2011 there were a total of 5,661 private dwellings which included 1,004 high density dwellings and 1,930 medium density dwellings. This reflects an increase of 328 high density dwellings since 2006 yet a decrease in medium density dwellings (loss of 170 units) which is likely due to urban intensification occurring within the centre.

Of particular note the Penrith City Centre Vision document states that 'the Penrith city centre has very few dwellings and a range of under-developed sites where there is potential for mixed use and residential development. At 50 dwellings per hectare it is estimated that these areas when developed will yield around 5,300 dwellings and around 10,000 people'.

It is interesting that the Sydney North West Subregional Strategy (DP, 2007) states that over recent years, financial returns on residential development have generally outstripped those for office development in many parts of Sydney, and there is often significant pressure for conversion of existing commercial sites for residential development. The strategy notes that this can lead to office space being marginalised to out—of—centre locations such as industrial areas which are less accessible by public transport, leading to a dispersal of employment. It is considered important in the strategy for sufficient commercial floor space potential to exist within Strategic Centres to ensure that they remain a trip destination and a place of employment, rather than simply a cluster of high density residential development.

5.4 Range and Nature of Urban Intensification and Impact on CSR

Facility Use and Supply 5.4.1 Overall Strategy

In February 2006, the New South Wales (NSW) Premier announced plans to establish a network of six key regional cities throughout the state, to drive economic growth, and Penrith was one of those selected. Regional cities are considered those that 'act as a focal point for regional transport and jobs that also have a full range of business, government, retail, cultural, entertainment and regional activities`(DP 2007). This was particularly driven by the population of Penrith LGA being projected to increase from 180,000 people in 2006 to 230,000 by 2031.


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WA1111 CSR Facility Study

The draft Subregional Strategy sets a capacity target to allow jobs in the centre to increase from approximately 19,000 (2001) to 30,000 by 2031. Penrith will also be a major focus for new housing.

The Regional City designation is not only aimed at attracting more jobs and housing to the city centre. It will be planned so that development can occur for a full range of activities which attract people, including retail, government, educational, health, cultural, entertainment and recreational functions.

In 2007 the NSW Government established a Cities Taskforce to work with relevant councils to plan for growth in the Regional Cities, including Penrith. The Cities Taskforce prepared i draft Penrith City Centre Plan15. Under the plan the Penrith Regional City was identified as having significant potential for further development as it matures as a vibrant, liveable and cosmopolitan city in its own right.

The Cities Taskforce then worked with Penrith Council to prepare the Penrith City Centre Plan comprising a suite of four documents. The City Centre Vision document describes a vision for the city centre, provides information on the history and development context, and includes an action plan to facilitate the city centre's growth. It sets a strategic framework for Penrith.

A subsequent Local Environmental Plan (LEP) is the statutory planning framework for the centre and sets the main provisions for development. The key features of the draft LEP are:

• increases in allowable development to provide for anticipated job and housing growth (increased 'Floor Space Ratios' and building heights); and

• development incentive provisions to encourage office development and high quality design, with all buildings above six storeys and development in special precincts to be subject to architectural competitions.

A Development Control Plan (DCP) outlines the more detailed planning provisions for the built form such as pedestrian amenity, access and environmental management for future development in the city centre. Key features of the DCP are:

• creation of attractive and well formed public domain and city centre scale; • protection of views to the mountains; • enhancement of the pedestrian environment and improvement of the city centre's

pedestrian access by provision of new midblock connections; and • provisions which guarantee solar access to key public spaces.

A Civic Improvement Plan will help ensure that a high quality public realm will be created. Beyond the economic benefits, revitalisation of the centre is anticipated to bring social and environmental benefits. It is considered important for the future design and development of the central area to capitalise on Penrith's sense of place and natural setting. The Civic Improvement Plan establishes the importance of the public domain in terms of design principles for paving, parks, signage, lighting and the improvement of key public places. The document also lists the

15 See: htto://www.metrostrategv.nsw.gov.au/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=oU2UDOv0paY%3d&tabid=78



projects that Council would like to undertake based on funds levied from individual developments.

5.4.2 City Centre

The Penrith City Centre Urban Design Study was undertaken in 2006 and found that:

The Penrith City Centre is spread across a large geographical area. There is no sense of 'a centre' but a collection of many centres. The purpose of the study was to identify and define the city centre, focusing on improvements to the public domain; location of additional building height within the town centre; and outlining a clear definition for the city centre'.

Figure 26 shows the findings of this study, and with respect to CSR facility provision are highlighted by:

• creation of the Allen Place inner city park and plaza; • creation of additional plaza/squares including those at the railway station and legal precinct; • a proposed Masterplan for the former Council chambers (which is currently used for existing

community facilities).

Figure 26: Penrith City Centre Urban Design Study — 2006

Develop mosterplan for the former Council Chambers site

Create a new square at Penrith Station.

Create a improve pedestrian

Consider (wore of TAFE site

C o n d o r creating Sopa R a e ( ) I o n Placo into a iligh quality public o:ieri SVOces

Ii Creett,‘ art urban square in the Legal Precinct

• Reinforce and

, Maintain existing • structure of lanes

Cons:eor a and swap with Judges Park and Cunt-sail's land to create a new park

Reinforce gateway to city centre with higher built form

New urban squares 'Pedestrian liriKs m e New green p a r K S E M I !rt.tinw higher built form in these locations to (Jaime Penrith City Centre creole a sense nt enclosure.


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAIVI CSR Facil ity Study

There have been a number of Council and Government owned sites close to the city centre and the railway station which have been identified as offering significant redevelopment potential. The 50 hectare North Penrith defence site, adjacent to the rail station, is pre—eminent amongst these potential redevelopment sites. Its future use and development will be carefully planned to attract new forms of development to the city centre, while complementing and reinforcing the existing city centre.

Opportunities also exist to capitalise on existing assets in areas which are peripheral to Penrith's central area, and which can support and complement it. Such assets include the Nepean River, Penrith Panthers entertainment complex, Penrith Lakes residential development and recreation area and the Mulgoa Road bulky goods precinct.

The Nepean Hospital is planned to be upgraded and expanded under the State Infrastructure Strategy. Penrith's association with the nearby Werrington Enterprise, Living & Learning (WELL) Precinct, including the University of Western Sydney and the Western Sydney Institute of TAFE, will also be important to the development of the centre.

5.4.3 Future Development Expectations

The Penrith City Centre Plan Vision undertaken in 2006 seeks to capture the key expectations for the redevelopment of the Penrith city centre in light of the anticipated 10,000 additional jobs and 10,000 additional residents by 2031 and supports Penrith in being 'a vibrant forward looking centre that provides quality urban living, within easy access to natural surrounds'.

Community engagement as part of the visioning process identified the following issues/needs:

• lack of identity and clear future direction; • lack of quality public spaces and greening; • lack of leisure options beyond shopping; • lack of arts/culture presence; • under-representation of marginalised groups — addressing their needs and creating

opportunities for cultural visibility, e.g. indigenous community, young people; • the natural environment is not reflected well in the city centre.

Key elements of the vision include: developing a vibrant regional business and commercial centre, achieving a sustainable centre, creating a safe and attractive centre, creating a socially and culturally vibrant centre, creating a liveable city, re-connecting the city to the river, establishing the new city square and park, and celebrating the special character of Penrith.

The vision intends that the Penrith city centre become 'the hub of cultural and arts activities including performing and visual arts' and suggests that Council will 'use its assets and resources to stimulate opportunities for both audiences and artists'.

A new City Park at Allen Place seeks to provide 6,500m2 of public space for passive recreation in the heart of the Penrith City Centre (Penrith City Council, 2006). The City Park will fill a need for greater public space in the city centre, providing recreation space for both residents and workers, offering relief from the surrounding built form and providing an attractive outlook from surrounding residential and commercial buildings (NSW Department of Planning, 2006; Penrith City Council, 2006).



Figure 27: Proposed City Park at Allen Place — Penrith City Centre Vision

The planning and design principles for City Park include:

• a central civic open space in the heart of the city centre framed by active streets and building frontages;

• an active place for recreation, outdoor eating, celebration, civic and cultural events;

• sunlight and daylight access with shading in summer and capturing cool breezes for the city centre;

• a park with combination of soft green landscaping with tree planting and permeable paved

areas; • tree plantings that reflect the character and identity of the locality;

• a civic square for more formal civic events;

• a permeable frame of buildings with clear access points/laneways/arcades through to surrounding streets;



• public art and cultural facilities; • safety and security incorporating crime prevention design measures; and • incorporation of sustainability measures.

The Metropolitan Strategy 2036 (DP 2012) outlines some key aspects of successful centres as:

• accessible and pedestrian friendly; • providing good public transport options; • containing good jobs, learning opportunities and cultural activities; and • have good, safe public domain spaces.

It also states that subregional planning will identify projects that can act as catalyst or magnet infrastructure to achieve desired development outcomes in centres.

A designated recreation/tourist precinct is intended to create a link between the city centre and the Nepean River, providing passive and active recreation and sporting opportunities (NSW Department of Planning, 2007). Key developments for this precinct will include extending landscaping and civic improvement in High Street towards the river, and improvements to open spaces for cultural and entertainment related uses (Penrith City Council, 2006).

This precinct within the city centre area connects with the proposed Riverlink, a more extensive recreational, leisure and entertainment destination focused on the Nepean River (Penrith City Council, 2007). In addition to a focus on recreation, leisure, community and cultural needs, the precinct will also encompass residential and employment uses and incorporates key sport and recreation infrastructure including the showgrounds/paceway, Penrith Stadium and the cable ski park (Penrith City Council, 2007).

Objectives of the Riverlink Precinct include:

Connectivity and links • Create strong synergies with the Penrith City Centre by optimising the proximity to the

centre and complementing its land uses and character areas. • Create the Riverlink by strengthening the relationship to and connection with the Nepean

River. • Reinforce transport links and pedestrian connections to the Penrith City Centre and public

transport hubs. • Improve links and connectivity across the Precinct and between the various landholdings.

Co-operation • Address precinct issues such as flooding and access through collaboration with key

stakeholders within the Riverlink Precinct.

Local character, regional appeal • Reinforce and enhance local identity and sense of place through public domain and building

design. • Create a highly desirable visitor destination. • Create an exciting new entertainment, leisure and lifestyle hub.


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAY' CSR Facility Study

Design excellence

• Meet and exceed sustainability benchmarks, including water quality.

• Achieve public domain and architectural design excellence.

Figure 28: Riverlink Precinct and proximity to Penrith City Centre

•. .....

, z •

• • •

•

•

* • • • • •

• '. •

• • •

• .7 •

l'•*•S

r • . . . . . , • , ,. IN Ar„..._ „.,....iltr.;

. .,. -....4,5„,• .... . , ) ..• ---_•..... _ ... .---- r,.. . i Hobvity,„ — I ,liesTclensial

, ,•,„

c.

•

# •

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . • •

SEM ■ • MO •

imp0•11,0,•.1,■•••,, MIN

Judges Park, contained within the City Centre is planned for redevelopment to provide 'improved green space with community facilities that provide a high level o f amenity, functionality and accessibility' and is intended to service residents, workers and visitors (Penrith City Council, 2006).

At the present time no significant urban intensification and associated revitalisation of the Penrith city centre has occurred. However it is understood that new governance models are being prepared in order to action the revitalisation of the CBD.

The Penrith CBD revitalisation has a focus on partnership and collaboration and will benefit from a Management Corporation operating under 'a 3 year funding arrangement to deliver a triennial business plan' and a clearly defined annual budget to assist in the business plan's implementation (People Places and Partnership, 2012).

Local government, in this case the Penrith City Council, will need to contribute 'to the look and feel o f the town centre through quality o f public spaces, and improving community services' (People Places and Partnership, 2012).



5.5 Provision of Community, Sport and Recreation Facilities 5.5.1 Existing CSR Facility Provision

Based on findings of the Penrith Regional City Infrastructure Strategy (SGS, 2008), Penrith City is well provided with a range of regional social public infrastructure' and is 'home to major regional and state funded facilities'.

There are a number of community and sport and recreation facilities located within the Penrith City Centre, including:

■ Dame joarl Sutherland Performing Arts Centre, centrally located next to Penrith Plaza and the Penrith City library which opened in 1990 and was subject to a significant $14 million upgrade in 2006 which was jointly funded by the NSW Government and Penrith City Council. This has resulted in the current facility which includes a 660 seat concert hall, 380 seat Q Theatre (drama theatre), 100 seat multi-purpose hall and approximately 27 music rooms associated with the Conservatorium of Music.

• Penrith Civic Centre, located on a key site with three main road frontages - Castlereagh Road, Great Western Highway and Jane Street - and adjoins the Penrith Plaza shopping complex. The complete precinct is unique as it links the key functions of administration, culture and recreation on the one site. A key feature of the design of the building is that it is 'most inviting and accessible to the public'.

• Penrith City Library (regional library) which forms part of the Council's Civic Centre and has a gross floor area within the centre of approximately 3,000 square metres.

• Penrith PCYC, Penrith Senior Citizens Centre, and Penrith RSL Club.

• Penrith Bowling and Recreation Club is a community bowling club with 3 x bowling greens and a clubhouse with amenities, function space, restaurant, bar and gaming.

• Penrith PCYC offers a range of programs and facilities which target young people, including boxing & martial arts classes, archery and music classes.

• Judges Park is located in a central location within the city centre and contains a small playground. The park adjoins The Penrith Bowling and Recreation Club and a multi-storey car park.

• Woodriff Gardens parkland providing predominantly passive recreation opportunities, linking city centre to Nepean River.

• Nepean District Tennis Association club facility provides 14 x hard-surface tennis courts and clubhouse facilities.

Within the city centre, a number of non-government community facilities are also accommodated in Community Connections, a State government administered co-location facility that houses a number of services (PCC 2006). The former Penrith Council Chambers also house a small number of community services that require a CBD location for effective service delivery.



State and federal government facilities and services offered within the City Centre include Centrelink, Child Support Agency, NSW Department of Housing, Department of Community Service and Penrith Community Health Centre.

A number of community and sport and recreation facilities are also located adjacent and within close proximity to the Penrith City Centre.

Figure 29 shows the location of the above CSR facilities.

Figure-29: Penrith City Centre and current CSR facility provision

,

z - Q - ' ' ' Penrith:LAke5-- -.. . ,,,,,,,.._-.,..4, -...,,........,.. --...,,.

..„) 4....._ ''''........ i

. ...._-..

444

< Blue Mountains

Nepean River

Museum of fire

Civic Centre

Poniith Centre -in Railway station and

bus interchange

Panthers World of Entertainment

Football Stadium\r":

Penrith Plaza

Aquatic Centre

Showground

Shopping street

Bowls club

RSL Club

Nepean Square Shopping centre • at.

1 r C:71

Within the scope of the Recreational and Cultural Strategy 2004 and Facilities and Services Strategy 2004, it was identified that the overall Penrith LGA had a sufficient supply of community centres, community halls, youth centres and regional performing arts centres. It was recommended that the area could support 2-3 additional art galleries and 3-4 smaller performing arts centres. The studies also noted increasing levels of participation in art and craft activities and attendance at exhibitions.

The City Centre Strategy 2006 offers a contrasting view to the studies undertaken in 2004. This report states that cultural infrastructure in Penrith is "fragile, under-developed, unrecognised and isolated" (PCC 2006, p.17). In a survey undertaken to inform this report however, participants noted that they were generally happy with the quality of community centres, libraries, museums and art/craft galleries available in Penrith.

Page 65 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bdggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


Participants also made observations that there was a need for a greater number of youth facilities and for childcare facilities to be reviewed. There was no mention of particular facilities experiencing particular pressure at the present time.

As an outcome of the Penrith City Centre Vision, the Penrith City Centre Development Control Plan (DCP) was prepared which identified nine precincts to guide future development within the Penrith city centre, including precincts for CSR facilities as represented on Figure 30 below.

With respect to CSR facility provision, descriptions of the Civic and Cultural Precinct, the Community Hub Precinct and the Recreationfrourist Precinct, taken from the Penrith City Centre DCP, 2007 are provided below:

"Civic and Cultural Precinct

Penrith's Civic Centre, comprising the council's offices and library, as well as the Joan Sutherland Performing Arts Centre comprise the civic and cultural precinct. ... contains green public spaces which can be redeveloped to enliven this precinct, making it attractive and vibrant after hours.

Community Hub

A number of community facilities are already sited in the city centre and there is an opportunity to amalgamate these facilities in a central precinct at the heart of the city ...There is opportunity to enhance the existing public space with landscaped and shaded spaces for community groups to meet and gather.

Its central location is ideal in ensuring that the precinct is easily accessible from adjoining residential areas, and greatly enhances the precinct's focus for community functions.

Recreation / Tourist

The precinct ... is critical to creating Penrith as a true river city. The sports facilities at Woodruff Gardens and the rowing club along the river provide recreation opportunities for the local residents and workers. The area has low scale development, with some tourist facilities already located along the river (such as a hotel and function centre). Creating a recreational link between the city centre and the river is a priority in this area. The landscape extension of High Street to the riverfront will be the priority to reconnect the city with the river and to create attractive and legible pedestrian links."



Figure 30: DCP Character Areas

Page 67 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants,

Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


5.5.2 Proposed CSR Facility Provision

Some of the key needs associated with community and sport and recreation facilities that are expected to arise as a result of the projected urban intensification of Penrith city centre, as identified in the relevant reports and strategies detailed above, include:

• likely need for new regional community and sport and recreation facilities to cater for expanding population base and cultural needs increasing/changing;

• equitable and affordable access to community, sport and recreation facilities and activities for all sectors and target groups;

• improved promotion of those community, sport and recreation facilities currently available; • matching/adapting facility provision with changing recreational and cultural participation

patterns and aspirations as the population changes; • impact on facilities provision from new or emerging activities and/or increased levels of

participation in existing activities, particularly if the provision of new facilities does not occur in accordance with the urban intensification/growth.

• improved provision and access to community, sport and recreation facilities for young people; and

• providing greater access to cultural and arts facilities.

Facilities which are planned at the present time include the following:

Regional City Community Services Facility

The Penrith Regional City Delivery Program 2009-2013 aims for Penrith to have 'equitable access to services and facilities', basing the provision of services and facilities on the principles of social justice and equity. A key action identified is to 'advance the planning of the Regional City Community Services Facility in Penrith City Centre'.

With respect to the proposed Regional City Community Services Facility, the Delivery Program states:

'A workshop was convened with community and government partner agencies in September 2010 to gain a better understanding of the broader design requirements of service providers that might deliver programs and services from the proposed facility. This was followed up with a survey of community partners to more accurately establish the number of staff, space requirements, and related matters that need to be taken into account in further planning for this facility. The request for a capital contribution from the State Government towards the facility was included in Council's advocacy program in the lead up to the State election in March 2011. The proposed facility has also been the subject of discussion between Council's Property Development Department and prospective government tenants. Property Development has also undertaken some financial modelling to establish the feasibility of the project and the capital funding required through government arants_'.



Possible Open Air Concert Facility

Immediately north of the community and entertainment facilities associated with the Penrith Panthers entertainment facility and the Showground is a large expanse of Council-owned land, known as the Carpenter Precinct and Woodriff Gardens which have the potential to build upon the existing cultural and entertainment precinct.

Creation of an open air concert facility, similar to the Myer Music Bowl in Melbourne or the Domain in Sydney, in conjunction with public parklands, botanical gardens and a pedestrian parkway linking to the Nepean River would provide a regional space that would attract concerts, festivals and other public events to Penrith.

It is understood that Council has been and will continue to work with stakeholders on this project.

5.6 Key Learnings from Penrith City Centre Based on the case study analysis it is evident that there is great potential ahead for the redevelopment and revitalisation of the Penrith city centre and that the opportunity exists for it to become a more dynamic place with potential as a 'mixed use cultural and entertainment hub' (People Places and Partnership, 2012).

A number of learnings can be drawn from the experience of the Penrith city centre which could potentially be applied to the redevelopment of Woden Town Centre. Table 7 summarises the key elements and learnings from the case study for the provision of CSR facilities in a redeveloping town centre.


Atea of Considetation

General provision of facilities

Penritb City Centre Experience

• Key aspects of successful centres include: o accessible and pedestrian friendly; o providing good public transport options; o containing good jobs, learning opportunities and cultural

activities; and o have good, safe public domain spaces;

• CSR facilities should be physically accessible, by both active and public transport and well located adjacent to other neighbourhood and district services such as shops, etc. as well as being co-located with similar facilities;

• There will be a likely need in city centre revitalisation for new regional community, sport and recreation facilities to cater for the expanding population base and cultural needs increasing/changing;

• Improved promotion of those community, sport and recreation facilities currently available is required;


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESE:10) WAM CSR Facility Study

salmi r

aenrith City Centre Experience

• There will be a need to match/adapt facility provision with changing recreational and cultural participation patterns and aspirations as the population changes;

, • There will be an impact on facilities provision from new or emerging

activities and/or increased levels of participation in existing activities, particularly if the provision of new facilities does not occur in accordance with the ,urban intensification/growth;

• There will be a need for improved provision and access to community facilities for young people;

• Greeter access to cultural and arts facilities is seen as desirable; • The character_ of desired meeting and gathering places varies

significantly between_ age and cultural groups and includes public and private infrastructure. It is important to be flexible and cater for all groups when Providing shared community meeting spaces;

• An ongoing demand of community organisations is the need for increased space within city centres. Many organisations have clients that depend upon centrally located and accessible Services, but have limited resources, which makes funding commercial rents in the city Centre difficult. It is important that services offered by community organisations be maintained within the city centre These

. works and demands for additional space need to be prioritised and adequate government funding ensured.

• The provision of high quality and Usable open space is essential, particularly in the city centre where public open space is limited.

• Strong linkages between the city centre and valuable open space, recreation and sport assets surrounding the city centre area is important to create connections between residents and workers and spaces for recreation.

• Centrally and co-located community and cultural facilities, along with the co-location of these with other key activity areas such as the Penrith Plaza shopping centre has established a clear

, community/cultural hub within the Penrith city centre that can be built upon as the area undergoes further urban intensification in light of projected future growth;

• Landmark facilities such as the Joan Sutherland performing arts . complex and the Council's well-designed civic centre provide important key community facilities within the heart of the city centre;

• A key feature of the design of community buildings is that they should be 'most inviting and accessible to the public';

• A community hub needs to be easily accessible from adjoining; residential areas, and if well located, greatly enhances the precinct's . focus for community functions;

Innovation in Provision



Arealof Consideration Penrith City Centre Experience

• Any new multipurpose community facilities should be provided with the flexibility to meet a broad range of needs;

• Facilities must have adequate storage space for individual community groups and be adaptable for changing needs/increased growth, particularly an increased residential and working population, within the city centre;

• Areas for gathering/meeting spaces- and areas for - additional and - improved art and cultural facilities are considered an essential part of the future CSR facility provision within the Penrith city centre;

• Possible provision of an open air concert facility and the further consolidation of a cultural and entertainment precinct within the city centre is being considered further as a key initiative to enliven the community centre, particularly at night;

• Opportunities should be taken to capitalise on existing assets in

areas which are peripheral to the 'city centre area, and which can support and complement it;

• Major projects can act as catalyst or magnet infrastructure to achieve desired development outcomes in centres;

• Council and Government owned sites can provide a positive opportunity for a reasonably straight-forward redevelopment project.

• Connecting the Nepean River with the city centre and development of the river corridor as a focal point for the broader Penrith area provides respite from and complements the dense city centre.

Staging/Delivery • Consultation with local stakeholders identified that there is need for

a 'major catalyst development' in order to 'power growth' and see the push for the CBD revitalisation (People Places and Partnership, 2012);

• Projects can act as catalyst or magnet infrastructure to achieve desired development outcomes in centres;

• It is important to ensure that provision of additional CSR facilities or augmentation of existing CSR facilities occurs in line with new growth.

Political and • Penrith city centre revitalisation has a focus on partnership and Governance collaboration with a new centre management initiative with the Arrangements creation of a 'partnership between local government, private sector

and key community groups' (People Places and Partnership, 2012);

• Council 'taking a proactive approach' for the revitalisation of the Penrith city centre includes introducing a new governance arrangement with a Management Corporation to operate under 'a 3

year funding arrangement to deliver a triennial business plan' and a clearly defined annual budget to assist in the business plan's

• implementation (People Places and Partnership, 2012);



Area -of

. Consideration,

Financial

Management

Implications for patterns of demand on CSR facilities/land in the

TeririttyCity Centre 'Experience

• Triennial business plans will be the 'blueprint' for the new governance body and will focus on the necessary strategies and actions necessary to 'sustain, enhance and improve' the Penrith• CBD (People Places and Partnership, 2012);

• Strong local leadership is also seen to be required and a professional Centre Manager will be engaged by the Management .

, Corporation to nurture stakeholder relationships (People Places and Partnership, 2012);

• Local government, in this case the Penrith City Council, is still seen to be the provider of the framework' of the centre and 'contributing to the look and feel o f the town centre through quality o f public;

spaces, a n d improving community services' (People Places and , Partnership, 2012).

• Under Council's proposed new governance structure there will be a 3 year funding plan to carry forward city centre revitalisation works;

• A local business group, the Penrith Business Alliance, will seek to work with the NSW Treasury to explore new models of funding infrastructure in efforts to expedite the revitalisation process;

• The Penrith Business Alliance is appointing a lead Implementation Advisor to take forward the revitalisation initiatives;

• With respect to specific facility provision it is noted that the cost of use to individuals and groups should not be prohibitive;

• Other levels of government have a responsibility to contribute to the funding of these facilities as some are funded by particular government agencies;

• It is understood that funding for the proposed Regional ,

City Community Services Facility will be via a combination of capital contribution from the NSW State government, government grants and Council funding.

• Maintaining the identity of Penrith is seen as imperative to ensuring community ownership and acceptance of the City Centre Strategy and subsequent plans implementing the Strategy;

• Although there is an articulated vision under the Penrith City Centre Plan 2007 the community do not seem 'connected' with it and seem to be unclear about what it means to become a 'regional city'. The vision therefore appears not to have been truly embraced by local stakeholders.

Demand for CSR facility provision is linked to the catchment that the urban intensification area serves. In the case of Penrith, given its regional role there is a demand for regional level facilities The increased intensification within the Penrith CBD area will result



Area of. Consideration

area

References

Penrith City Cetitrexperience WPM MEE

in a demand for increased public open spaces and plazas to be provided throughout the centre

• Demand for CSR facilities is for these to be co located with other key facilities such as shopping centres to create a community 'hub'

• Creation of a community hub by co-location a number of community facilities already sited in the city centre provides an opportunity to

. create a central precinct at the heart of the city centre

Department of Planning, NSW Government (DP). 2007. Penrith City Centre Plan - Vision. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcitv.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/VVebsite/Planning & Development/Our Cit

v Centres/PenCitvCntrVisionOct07Parts1-4.pdf

Department of Planning, NSW Government (DP). 2007. Penrith City Centre Plan — Development Control Plan. Accessed October 10, 2012, http://www.penrithcitv.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/VVebsite/Planning and Development/Plann ing & Zoning Information/DCP/Pen DCP08CityCentre.pdf

Museum of Contemporary Art Australia. 2012. Campement Urbain: The Future of Penrith/ Penrith of the Future. Accessed October 10, 2012, http://www.mca.com.au/artists-and-works/external-proiects/c3west/campement-urbain-future-penrith-penrith-future/

NSW Business Chamber. 2010. 10 Big Ideas to Grow Penrith. Accessed on October 12, 2012 at http://vvww.nswbusinesschamber.com.au/NSWBC/media/Misc/Lobbying/10Biq Ideas/10 big ideas Penrith.pdf

NSW Government Planning and Infrastructure (2012) Sydney North West Subregional Strategy Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://www.metroplansvdnev.nsw.gov.au/Subregions/NorthWestSubregion.aspx

NSW Department of Planning. 2006. Penrith City Centre Vision 2006, NSW Government.

NSW Department of Planning. 2007. Penrith City Centre Plan: Development Control Plan. NSW Government.

People, Place and Partnership Pty Ltd (June 2012) Revitalising St Marys Town Centre and Penrith City Centre — Summary Document, Penrith.

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2010. Penrith Local Environmental Plan 2010. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://vvww.legislation.nsw.gov.au/maintop/view/inforce/epi+540+2010+cd+0+N

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2009(a). Penrith Regional City Delivery Program 2009-2031. Accessed September 27, 2012,



http://wwvv. pen rithcity. nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/VVebsite/Your Council/Delivery%20Progra m%20V13%20Web.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2009(b). Penrith Regional City Resource Strategy 2011-2021. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www. pen rithcitv. nsw. gov.au/uploadedFilesANebsite/Your Council/Resource%20Strate 0%202011-2021.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2009(c). Penrith Urban Study Managing Growth to 2031. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcity.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/Website/Planninq & Development/Urban & Rural Planning/Penrith%2OUrban%20Studv.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2008. Penrith Regional City Infrastructure Strategy. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcity.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/VVebsite/Planning & Development/Plannin

q Studies & Strategies/Penrith%20Reclional%20City%20Infrastructure%20Strategy%20%2 8Reduced%20File%20Size%29.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2006. Penrith City Centre Strategy. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www. pen rithcity. nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/Website/Planning & Development/Our Cit

v Centres/PenrithCitvCentreStrateq"20July06.pdf

Penrith City Council. 2006. Penrith City Centre Precinct Plan Draft: Urban Structure.

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2004a. Established Residential Areas Infrastructure, Facilities and Services Strategy. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcity.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/PLANSEstablishedResidentialAreasInfrastr uctureAndServiceStrategies%281%29.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). 2004b. Recreational and Cultural Strategy - People's Lifestyle, Aspirations and Needs Study. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcitv.nsw.qov.au/uploadedFiles/Website/Your Council/Freedom of Inform ation/SP013RecreationalandCulturalStrategy.pdf

Penrith City Council (PCC). Undated. Penrith Regional City Community Strategic Plan 2031. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcity.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/Website/Your Council/Strategic%20Plan% 20Web%20V3.pdf

profile.id. 2012. Penrith Community Profile Accessed on October 10, 2012. http://profile.id.com.au/penrith/about/?WebID=310

Schiller, E (8 September 2012) Penrith on fast track to the future, Penrith Press: Penrith accessed on October 10, 2012 at http://penrith-press.whereilive.com.au/news/story/penrith-on-fast-track-to-the-future/

Urbis, Keys Young and StratCorp Consulting. 2002. Penrith PLANS for our future — People's Lifestyle, Aspirations and Needs Study Community Attitudes and Aspirations Survey Report. Accessed September 27, 2012, http://www.penrithcity.nsw.gov.au/uploadedFiles/Report.pdf



6.0 Summary of Findings

6.1 Compar is • n of C a s e S tudies ' Key Findings

A comparison of the three case studies including their context, circumstances and outcomes, leads to a number of conclusions which can be drawn relation to possible CSR facility and associated land provision in a redeveloping Woden Town Centre. These are summarised in Table 8 below.

Table 8: Case Study Comparison Table

Key Elements

Location

Hierarchy / Role

Centre/Area Purpose

Green Square Town Centre

4.5km south of Sydney CBD

District role with some regional elements (such as Sydney Park)

A future town centre and redevelopment area that will provide a key employment and residential living node within close proximity and with good connectivity to the Sydney CBD.

False Creek North

Approximately 500m-lkm south of Vancouver CBD in 'downtown' area — walkable

District role (with some elements such as the Roundhouse community centre being utilised by the whole of Vancouver City)

, Area that has undergone significant redevelopment and urban intensification in order to provide a high density residential living environment in close proximity to the Vancouver CBD but provide a range of facilities and services

_ Penrith City Centre

54km west of Sydney CBD

Regional role

A long-established city centre, with regional city status (as of 2006) intended to provide a full range of business, government, cultural, entertainment and recreational activities to

, service the western corridor of

in

1Noden Town Centre'

5km south/south-west of Canberra CBD

District role, with some regional elements (such as

• the Canberra Hospital and Ice Skating Rink)

An established town centre that is a key employment, commercial, retail, service trades and CSR facility centre for the wider Woden Valley District, southern Canberra

. areas and some inner Canberra suburbs (such as



ey Elements _

Land area

reen Siivare Town-Centre

Town centre = 13.74 hectares Entire redevelopment area = 278 hectares

Resident Population

5,500 residents anticipated to be accommodated in the future town centre

false Creek North

to promote social sustainability principles.

Entire redevelopment area = 67 hectares

10,570 residents (at time of analysis and when development was mostly complete)

Pehrith city Centre

greater Sydney. Will be experiencing residential and employment growth which requires/is stimulating revitalisation of the city centre area and urban intensification.

Woden Town.Ceritre

Deakin and Yarralumla). Currently undergoing a review of the current Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004) and preparing the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon Drive Master Plans to accommodate projected

- growth and change over the

. next 30 years.

Town centre =250 hectares based on an estimate given that the town centre is known to be approximately 2.5km long and 1km wide (no specific figure for the CBD site area has been provided)

Entire redevelopment area = 210 hectares

Currently a low residential population in the city centre. By 2031 the Penrith CBD is projected to accommodate 15,000 persons in 7,500 dwellings (approximately 5,300 new dwellings)

In 2011 the population of the suburb of Phillip was 2,082 people, 6.4 per cent of the Woden Valley district and the population of the whole WAM study area was 5,100 residents (Mawson and Phillip)



Key Elements Green Squere Town Centre

Worker Population 7,000 workers anticipated to be located in the town centre

Level of residential density achieved/ anticipated

Amount of commercial and retail floorspace achieved/ anticipated

Demographic Characteristics

Anticipated to achieve a total of 2,867 dwellings at 100 sqm per dwelling I.e. approximately 100 dwellings per hectare

Expected to have 16,464 sqm floor area for retail use and 106,822 sqm floor area for commercial use

Currently a large proportion of 25-34 year olds which will continue with projected increases in youth (10-14 years) and 30-39 year olds.

False Creek North _

N.A.

Currently achieving 390 dwellings per hectare.

Maximum of 145,872 sqm floor space of office and street level/pedestrian-oriented retail and service uses

Redeveloped False Creek North area accommodates a range of cultural groups, a median age group of 38 years and a high proportion of

Pentith City Centre . Woden Town.,Ce titre

Currently planning for an Currently approximately additional 10,000 workers by 13,000 workers in Phillip and 2031 14,000 in WAM study area.

Future workforce TBD

Anticipated to accommodate Anticipated to accommodate an additional 10,000 residents

, up to an additional 10,000 in the CBD at an expected residents in the Town Centre. density of 50 dwellings per hectare Density TBD

Current provision of 156,000sqm retail floor space and 111,000sqm commercial office space.

By 2031 expected to have up to 250,000 sqm of retail floor space and up to 250,000 sqm of commercial office space

Limited projections available for the future resident and workforce within the Penrith CBD.

Density TBD

TBD

It is anticipated that urban intensification of the WAM study area and the associated increase in population will attract new residents into the


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WANI CSR Facil ity Study

Grean,Square TowrrCentre alse CreekNotth

Principles and focus for redevelopment

Green Square is also home to a range of cultural and ethnic groups. The vision for the town centre envisages young singles, couples and empty nesters.

Social diversity, access to services, provision of community facilities accessibility to CBD and other centres, ecologically sustainable development

enri =MEM °den TOcAlu, Centre

young children. Approximately 1/3 of residents were aged between 20-34 years. Many residents work in Vancouver city and enjoy the proximity of FCN to their workplaces.

, Housing affordability, social diversity, walkable and connected community

_ A vibrant regional business and commercial centre, achieving a sustainable centre, creating a safe and attractive centre, creating a socially and culturally vibrant

study area (up to 10,000 additional people under ESDD's highest projections) and that the demographic characteristics of the new residents may differ to the existing population such as: • large increasejn the

number and proportion of

; people in the 20-39 year age group in the incoming

‘, population (i.e. the new residents)

• a significant change in household structure to include a higher proportion of couple families without children and lone person households

TBD



Key Elements Green Square Town Centre

Provision of CSR Facilities in Case Study Areas

Current: community facilities provided

Existing and established community facilities within the overall redevelopment area include: • 4 schools, three public • 4 schools, three public

schools and one private school

• 2 community centres — Beaconsfield and Roseberry

• 1 library and customer service centre — Green Square

• 1 community hall — Green Square

• 1 child care centre — Roseberry

• Various community

False- Creek North -----

Refer below to 'new community facilities'. Most have been provided as part of the redevelopment project.

Penrithi dity Centre•

centre, creating a liveable 'city, re-connecting the city to the river, establishing the new city square and park, and celebrating the special character of Penrith

Community facilities provided in the immediate city centre core include: • Dame Joan Sutherland

Performing Arts Centre • Penrith Civic Centre • Penrith City Library

(regional library) of 3,000sqm

Wodeil Town; Cntre

• Existing community facilities provided in the town centre or immediate environs include: • Woden Library • Woden Community

Services • Woden Senior Citizen's

Club • The Canberra Hospital • Woden Cemetery • Phillip Community Health

Centre • Canberra Institute of

Technology • Woden District Youth

Centre • Govt secondary college • 3 licensed clubs



'etriefitS Sorygre TOwn Centre

Current sport and recreation facilities provided

facilities supporting services such as Meals on Wheels, Youth Services etc

• Several local parks • Several sports fields -

Alexandria Park (multi-purpose oval, 3 x netball

courts); Waterloo Oval (multi-purpose sports field)

• Tennis and basketball facilities (at separate locations)

• Sydney Park • Moore Park

fa lse CreekNo

• 17.05 hectares of neighbourhood park in identified locations (4 parks in total, one serving as a major sport destination).

• Commercial sports stadium providing major sporting and other public events

• Indoor sports court (in Roundhouse Community Arts and Recreation Centre)

Centre Woden Town Centre

1 x Lawn Bowls Club Existing sport and recreation 1 x PCYC facilities in the WAM study 2 x parks area include: 1 x multi-court tennis • 1 x 3 court Indoor sports facility stadium- privately owned

and operated under lease (may cease in 2015)

• 1 district Park 13.6 ha

, • : l x district level youth space with skating and

- climbing. - • 1 destination play space • 1 exercise trail with

equipment • 3.x enclosed ovals • 2 x town parks 1.26 Ha • 1 aquatic facility and

Indoor Ice skating rink—• privately owned on commercial land --but required by planning

, scheme to be part of any



'Key Elements _ Green Square Town Centre

New Community 6,000sqm community centre Facilities Proposed to include: /Provided • 2,190sqm library

• 1,418sqm arts and cultural centre

• 1,250sqm of general community space

to be located within the town centre's central plaza. Not yet developed — design competition currently being judged.

Multi-purpose community facilities to be provided within the former hospital site.

False Creek North _

4,580sqm Roundhouse community centre providing a multi-purpose space for a range of arts, cultural and general community needs at a cost of $9million (which involved site remediation/ revitalisation of heritage structures) was established in 1993.

Turntable Plaza, a large outdoor multi-purpose public plaza was established in 2012 at a cost of $1.8million.

Facilities that were also

111122=012111

Proposed Regional City Community Services Facility — no details on site requirements have been provided. Understood that initial stages of feasibility planning are underway.

Other suggested facilities include: • Heritage Museum and

Exhibition Centre • Open Air Concert facility

in conjunction with public parklands and appropriate linkages

however these have not been . - . • .

Woden Town, Centre

future use of the site • l x 8 court Squash centre • 1 x "Pitch and Putt"- mini

golf- privately owned. • District sports fields

totaling 19.1 Ha (includes Mawson Fields)

• 1 x 4 court tennis club facility

Feasibility study being undertaken for relocation of Woden Community Services and /or Woden Senior Citizen's Club and a child care centre.

Enhancement of Community Health Centre, possibly on a site near hospital (confidential).

Feasibility undertaken for an Arts Centre/space by WCS.

Consideration of relocation of library to a larger site and


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAftll CSR Facility Study

ertieri reenSqUareTownnCentre , False CreekNorth

SMINISMEELM= IMMO oden town Centre

Likely to be 1 additional child care centre provided.

New sport and • Identification of recreation facilities requirements for proposed 73,000sqm of open space

Green Square Development Area, plus 24,340sqm in the Town Centre

required as part of the redevelopment but have not all been provided include 8 x child care centres, 2 x primary schools, 1 x branch library and 1 x multi-purpose room for after school care.

_ identified as firm proposals and require further consultation and feasibility assessments.

Noted that Vancouver library (just north of redevelopment area) and the False Creek Community Centre appear to provide the roles for the latter two required components. Understood that in the order

' of 4 child care centres are available but only 1 primary school which operates at capacity.

Plaza of Nations Complex is proposed for-major development incorporating residential, commercial, retail, office space along-with a sports science centre and ice rink and waterfront public

Likely that additional child care centres will be required in the centre based on the projected increase in inner-city

resident and worker populations.

retention of ACT Heritage• Library on site (confidential)

• 2 x park upgrades • 1 x new central 'City Park'

in City Centre • 1 x Riverlink -

recreational, leisure and entertainment destination along the Nepean River

2.x synthetic sports fields at Melrose High School



Key Elements Green Square Town,Centre _

• 5 x new public open spaces

• 1 x new recreation precinct - aquatic, indoor multi-purpose, healthy & fitness, outdoor recreation & youth centre

Key Approaches (from Learnings Tables)


Provision of a multi-purpose community facility/hub is seen as a critical component of the redevelopment and can be .a focal point for the town centre redevelopment.

Landmark community facilities based on a unique and cutting edge design can provide a unique identity and character to the community.

Heritage buildings and other heritage elements can be utilized in the provision of

False Creek North.

space and walkway/ bike paths.

The provision of an active community centre is considered a critical element for future similar developments however a recommendation would be to broaden its approach to make it more youth-friendly and/or include designated youth spaces.

The allocation of space for childcare facilities needs to be closely related to demand and projected growth and implemented at appropriate

,Penrith city Centre

Successful centres are: • accessible and pedestrian

friendly; • provide good public

transport options; • contain good jobs,

learning opportunities and cultural activities; and

• have good, safe public domain spaces.

Community facilities should be physically accessible, by both active and public transport and well located adjacent to other

Woden TOwni Centre

Possible application to WAM

• Potential to create a community hub through collocation of key community

• facilities and service providers.

Potential for a landmark community facility to act as a

• catalyst to achieve desired development outcomes and a focal point for the town centre

• redevelopment.

• Consideration of the reuse of heritage buildings, particularly the library.



Key Element's tdreeh'Squai.e Tinrin'Ceii re c Fare Creek North ,Peniltheity Centre !Moder) Town Centre

community facilities.

Facilities highly useable and accessible, flexible and adaptable to changing community needs over time. A more compact form of social infrastructure — as part of mixed use buildings — may need to be considered with increased densities.

The town centre should be a place where people can interact either during the day or at night for entertainment, cultural and community activities.

Engagement of the local community members and encouragement of civic participation is seen as important.

Social infrastructure should be considered early on in the

times to meet demand.

The provision of schools needs to be available for the 'first' residents and progress as concentration and maturing of families occurs.

Careful consideration needs to be given to establishing a diversity of shops and services that are affordable and reflect the range of incomes in the neighbourhood. This should include a mid-sized grocery store.

Public art is important to provide because of its symbolic value and ability to instill 'community'.

Heritage structures can be reutilized for community facilities.

neighbourhood and-district services such as shops, etc. as well as being co-located with similar facilities.

New community facilities will be required to cater for the expanding population base and cultural needs increasing/changing, as well •as improved promotion of those community facilities currently available.

There is likely to be a need for improved provision and access to community facilities for young people.

Greater access to cultural and arts facilities is desirable.

The character of desired meeting and gathering places will need to be flexible and cater for all groups when providing shared community

Need to provide gathering/ meeting spaces and areas for additional and improved art and cultural facilities.

Consideration of a cultural and entertainment precinct within the city centre to enliven the community centre, particularly at night.

Public art should be an integral element of public spaces and community facility provision.

Opportunities should be taken to capitalise on existing assets in areas which are peripheral to the city centre area, and which can support and complement it, particularly the hospital, Canberra College and CIT.

Provision of additional CSR


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAR/I CSR Facility Study

11=22211 Green Square Town Centre

planning for the redevelopment area to ensure a strategic focus and to encourage human service agencies to plan ahead.

Existing spaces can be utilised to provide temporary community services (prior to the establishment of larger purpose-built buildings).

Cross-agency collaboration (and a multi-agency approach) is considered essential in planning and delivery of community facilities.

False Creek North -

A pedestrian-friendly approach to community facility provision and building a community around established facilities to encourage and support walkability can result in a community that can access the available community facilities, where the facilities are well-used and frequented and where there is a clear sense of place, ,community identity and safety.

Penrith City-meeting

spaces.

•There will be an ongoing demand by community organisations for increased space if the services offered by community organisations are to be maintained within the city centre (seen as highly desirable).

Centrally and co-located community and cultural facilities are seen as desirable, along with the co-location

of these with other key activity areas to establish a clear community/cultural hub.

Community buildings should be inviting and accessible to the public.

Creation of a community hub by co-location a number of community facilities already

Viloden Town Centre

facilities or augmentation of existing CSR facilities needs

• to occur in line with new growth.

Facilities need to be highly useable and accessible, flexible and adaptable to changing community needs

• over time.

The needs of children and youth must be adequately catered for in terms of community facilities.

New innovative models of • community facility provision

(e.g. GFA rather than land area) should be considered.

• Processes should be implemented to ensure the local community is engaged and active in civic participation.

Cross-agency collaboration



Key ',Elements preen,Square ToAnm Centre . - False Creek North 'Petirith.!CitY Centre

sited in the city centre provides an opportunity to create a central precinct at the heart of the city centre.

oden Tovin Centre

(and a multi-agency approach) should be implemented in planning and delivering community. facilities.

A community hub needs to be easily accessible from adjoining residential areas, and if well located, greatly enhances the precinct's focus for community functions.

Areas for gathering/meeting spaces and areas for additional and improved art and cultural facilities are considered an essential part of future CSR facility provision.

Consolidation of a cultural and entertainment precinct within the city centre to enliven the community centre, particularly at night, is seen as desirable.

Community service agencies should be engaged early to plan ahead.

The adequacy and diversity of shopping facilities for an increased resident population need to be considered.

Community facilities should be physically accessible, by both active and public transport and well located adjacent to other neighbourhood and district services such as shops, etc.

, Ongoing consultation with community service providers and local communities is

/required to determine the



Key. Elernents

Sport and Recreation Facilities

1 Green, Square Town Centre

Combining open space and retention basins maximizes space but introduces some risk in provision. Design to ensure functional recreation use is possible the majority of the time and that recovery from rain events is rapid and low cost is essential.

Providing a range of open spaces of varying scales, themes and serving varying purposes creates diverse

False Creek NorthThe

need to consider pets in the public domain is important for high density development.

Although the ratio of 1 hectare of open space per 1000 people would be considered low elsewhere, it works well in False Creek because open space represents 25% of the total site area and the open space is of high quality, located desirably, and is a key feature of the development.

Peñ•rith City Centre Opportunities should be taken to capitalise on existing assets in areas which are peripheral to the city centre area, and which can support and complement it.

Major projects can act as catalyst or magnet infrastructure to achieve desired development outcomes in centres.

_ The provision of high quality and usable open space is essential, particularly in the city centre where public open space is limited.

Strong linkages between the city centre and valuable open space, recreation and sport assets surrounding the city centre area is important to create connections between residents and workers and spaces for recreation.

Woden TOWn%Centre

requirements for facilities.

WAM is well suited for • intensification as there is a good supply of existing district scale open space to serve

, needs of additional residents.

• Design needs to consider walkability/ rideability and the development of public space

• and green space linkages between parks and residential

' areas.

Central public space/


ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAN! CSR Facility Study

- I Key Elemen ,Gieen Scitafe TowerCentre ' algb CreekNo,it 6'11.6 City 0e0tfe,, en own Centre

— - opportunities for recreation and adds to the sense residents have of a richness in provision. To some extent the use of diverse themes, design styles and treatments compensates for a lower quantum of space.

Proximal location to major community sport and recreation facilities (Sydney Park & Moore Park) outside of the Town Centre supports the sport and recreation requirements of those that live and work in Green Square. Without these significant precincts, provision for community sport and active recreation would be regarded as poor in this development.

Proximity of residences to quality parkland is likely to influence the frequency of visits and therefore, standard distances to parkland of high quality should be sought.

Use of smaller parks should be used to improve connections between larger green spaces and to break up density of tall buildings.

The provision of high quality and usable open space is essential, particularly in the city centre where public open space is limited.

Strong linkages between the city centre and valuable open space, recreation and sport assets surrounding the city centre area are important to create connections between residents and workers and spaces for recreation.

_ ,

parkland as a "heart" to the development should be integral to design.

Consideration of a range of design themes for creating a "diversity of public spaces" is recommended.

Provision of facilities for pets (dog off leash areas and walking routes) should be included in planning.

Park usage is likely to increase with higher densities and increasing the diversity of spaces within the district park is recommended.

Providing a range of play destinations and specific youth focused spaces is recommended.

Provision of sporting,facilities/ exercise and active recreation



,Key Elements Green Square Town Centre. False Creek North enrith City Centre,. Woden Town Centre

_ opportunities will be

• important. Provision of opportunities could be

• through a range of private/ commerciakoffers as well as public facilities.



6.2 Key learnings applicable to CSR Provision

From the summary above and the information derived through the case study review, the following points highlight some of the key considerations or learnings as they may relate to the provision of CSR facilities in an urban intensification environment such as the WAM study area.

Sport and Recreation

• A centrally located park is integral to new community hubs. • Providing a range of open spaces of varying scales, themes and serving varying -purposes -

creates diverse opportunities for recreation and adds to the sense residents have of a richness in provision.

• Consider pets when designing public domains for high density development. • Parks of extensive size, quantity and wide-open spaces are considered a strong attribute

of successful neighbourhoods. • Use of smaller parks should be used to improve connections between larger green spaces

and to break up density of tall buildings. • The provision of high quality and usable open space is essential, particularly in the city

centre where public open space is limited. • Strong linkages between the city centre and valuable open space, recreation and sport

assets is important to create connections between residents and workers and spaces for recreation.


• A multi-purpose community facility/hub can be a focal point for town centre redevelopment. • The potential for a landmark community facility to act as a catalyst to achieve desired

development outcomes (a magnet infrastructure'). • Reuse of heritage buildings can provide character and identity. • A cultural and entertainment precinct can enliven the town centre, particularly at night. • Facilities need to be highly useable and accessible, flexible and adaptable to changing

community needs over time. • Cultural facilities, public art and meeting spaces will be important to a new community. • New innovative models of community facility provision (e.g. GFA rather than land area)

should be considered.

Other Observations

• Utilising existing spaces, particularly government owned buildings/facilities, even on a temporary basis prior to larger/purpose built facilities being built.

• Capitalise on assets peripheral to the centre as they can complement and support a range of uses. Balance this with the need to locate facilities accessible to the catchment they serve.

• Connectivity is important in creating synergies and linkages particularly: 0 To reinforce or cater for transport, especially public transport and pedestrian/cycle

connections

Page 90 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bnggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group


o Reinforce or create local character o Link important or valuable open space areas

• Demand for CSR facility provision is linked to the catchment that the urban intensification area serves and needs to be delivered to meet demand otherwise it will not address community need and work against the broader revitalization objective.

Governance and Leadership

• Strong Government commitment is essential including — . o Clear leadership (taskforce or agency) driving the redevelopment/revitalisation strategy;

plus o Collaboration and shared funding and delivery across all relevant agencies/levels of

government. • A funding or business plan to outline how the strategy will be delivered. • Government leadership — government owned spaces should be easier or more

straightforward to redevelop or activate and may act as catalyst projects. • Underlying principals of collaboration and partnership — with the community, across

government and the private sector.


Buckley Vann TOWN PLANNING CONSULTANTS•E,

VIRO ENT A ,D & M A I / 'A LE DEVELO,D ME iT DIRECT' RATE (ESDD): ACT G •VE N ZNT WODEN, ATHLLON, MAWSON (WAM) COMMUNITY, SPORT AND RECREATION (CSR) FACILITY STUDY Phase 4: Narrative Report

DECEMBER 2012


STRATEGIC PLANNING

SPECIAUST PLANNING

atlasgibuckleyvann.com.au ienw.buckleyvann.com.ou

Prepared by:


Document Management Author/s: Consultant Team Reviewer/s: Consultant Team Date: 21 December 2012

Version History

Version Version Date Approved By Details of Version

A 16.11.12 Consultant Team Final report for ESDD

B 21.12.12 Consultant Team Amended Final Report

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1

1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Facility Study 1 1.2 Purpose and Structure of this Report 1

2 Socio-Economic Profiles 2

2.1 Study Areas 2 2.2 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) 4 2.3 Woden Valley District 8 2.4 Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District 16 2.5 Woden Town Centre 23 2.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment 31

2.7 Summary of Findings 38 2.7.1 ACT 38 2.7.2 Woden Valley District 38 2.7.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek Districts 39 2.7.4 Woden Town Centre 39 2.7.5 Mawson Group Centre Catchment 40

3 Projected Socio-Economic Profiles 41

3.1 Growth Scenarios 41 3.2 Study Areas 41 3.3 Woden Town Centre and Woden Valley District 42

3.3.1 Approach 42 3.3.2 Projected Age and Sex Profile 43 3.3.3 Projected Dwellings / Households 46 3.3.4 Projected Income, Workforce and Unemployment 50

3.4 Weston Creek District 53 3.5 Molonglo Valley District 54

4 Demand Analysis - Community Facilities 55

4.1 Projecting Future Needs 55 4.1.1 Overview of Demand Methodology 55 4.1.2 Development of Desired Standards of Service (DSS) 56 4.1.3 Applying the DSS to Population Projections 58

4.2 Factors Likely to Influence Demand 58 4.3 Demand Analysis 60

5 Demand Analysis — Sport and Recreation Facilities 184

5.1 Projecting Future Needs 184 5.1.1 Overview of Demand Methodology 184 5.1.2 DSS and the Adequacy of Current Supply 184

5.2 Factors Likely to Influence the Demand 188 5.2.1 Trends Influencing Demand for Sport and Recreation Facilities 188 5.2.2 Trends influencing participation in sport 190 5.2.3 Participation in exercise, recreation and sport 191

Page i Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,



Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

5.2.4 Implications of Adult Participation Trends for Woden and Mawson Planning 199 5.2.5 Children's participation in Leisure and sport 200 5.2.6 Trends Emerging in Children's Participation (Australia) 204

5.3 Demand Analysis 206

5.3.3 Demand Analysis Model Output for Woden District 209 5.3.4 Demand generated from the Workforce 213 5.3.5 Demand Indicated by the Proposed DSS Application to Growth Projections 215

6 Next Phases 218 References 219

APPENDICES Appendix A: Appendix B: Appendix C:

TABLES

Key Demographic Indicators Detailed Desired Standards of Services (DSS) Table (CSR facilities) Demand Analysis Model (Community Facilities)

Table 1: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Table 2: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Table 3: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, ACT, 1996-2011 6 Table 4: Household and Family Summary, ACT, 2011 6 Table 5: Household and Family Types, ACT, 1996-2011 7 Table 6: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 9 Table 7: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 10 Table 8: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley District, 1996- 2011 11 Table 9: Household Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 11 Table 10: Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 11 Table 11: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 12 Table 12: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 13 Table 13: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley, 1996-2011 14 Table 14: Labour Force, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 15 Table 15: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 16 Table 16: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 17 Table 17: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996- 2011 18 Table 18: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 18 Table 19: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 19 Table 20: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 20 Table 21: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 21 Table 22: Labour Force, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 22 Table 23: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 22 Table 24: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 24

Page ii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 25: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Phillip, 1996-2011 25 Table 26: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Phillip, 1996-2011 26 Table 27: Household and Family Summary, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 26 Table 28: Household and Family Types, Phillip, 1996-2011 27 Table 29: Industry of Employment, Phillip, 1996-2011 29 Table 30: Labour Force, Phillip and ACT, 2011 29 Table 31: Non-school qualification, Phillip and ACT, 2011 30 Table 32: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 32 Table 33: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 33 Table 34: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 34 Table 35: Household and Family Summary, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

34 Table 36: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 35 Table 37: Labour Force, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 37 Table 38: Non-school qualification, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 37 Table 39: Dwelling types, Belconnen (suburb), 1996-2011 42 Table 40: Projected Age profile, 'incoming' population compared to current population in Phillip (suburb) 43 Table 41: Projected Age profile, Phillip including 'incoming' population 44 Table 42: Projected Age profile, Woden Valley district 44 Table 43: Projected Age profile, Younger age groups, Woden Valley district 44 Table 44: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, Low development demand 47 Table 45: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, Low development demand 47 Table 46: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, High development demand 47 Table 47: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 48 Table 48: Household profile, Phillip, High development demand 49 Table 49: Household profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 49 Table 50: Projected Income profile, Woden Valley District 50 Table 51: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021

52 Table 52: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley or Weston Creek district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021 52 Table 53: Projected income profile, Woden Valley District 53 Table 54: Desired Standards of Service (DSS) — Community Facilities 56 Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand 185 Table 56: Top 20 Exercise, recreation & sport activities of Australians aged 15 years and older (by Age Cohorts) for 2010 192 Table 57: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over (2001-2010) 193 Table 58: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over (2001-2010) 195

Page iii Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 59: Top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities for Australian Capital Territory Men and Women aged 15 yrs and over (2010) 196 Table 60: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Males aged 15 yrs and over (2001- 2010) 197 Table 61: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Females aged 15 yrs and over (2001- 2010) 198 Table 62: Adult Participation trends- ACT 2001-2010 (top 20) 200 Table 63: Participation in Organised Sport or Dancing for Children (aged 5-14) in 2009 202 Table 64: Participation rate (%) in Australia for the top selected organised cultural activities and organised sports most frequently participated in by children aged 5 to 14 years (2000, 2003, 2006, 2009) 203 Table 65: Gender breakdown of participation rates in the top 10 organised sports most frequently participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 204 Table 66: Gender breakdown of participation rates in organised cultural activities participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 205 Table 67: Gender breakdown of attendance rates at cultural venues and events by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009) 205 Table 68 Broad Demand Projections for population growth scenarios- annual participants (using ACT ERASS participation data 2011 and National Children's participation data 2012) 209 Table 69 Possible participation rates in daytime sport and recreation activities among the Woden Valley workforce who are not residents of the Woden Valley 214 Table 70; Sport and Recreation Facilities Needs Identified by Applying the Proposed DSS to Growth Scenarios 215

FIGURES Figure 1: Areas for the Demographic Analysis 2 Figure 2: Age Structure, ACT (blue), Australia (outline), 2011 4 Figure 3: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011 5 Figure 4: Household and Family Types, ACT, 2011 7 Figure 5: Median income, ACT and Australia Figure 6: Age structure, Woden Valley District (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 9 Figure 7: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 10 Figure 8: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 12 Figure 9: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 13 Figure 10: Median Income, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011 14 Figure 11: Age structure, Woden Valley and Weston Creek (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 17 Figure 12: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 18 Figure 13: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, and ACT, 2011 19 Figure 14: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011 20 Figure 15: Woden Town Centre and Phillip 23 Figure 16: Age structure, Phillip (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011 24 Figure 17: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 25 Figure 18: Household and Family Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 26

Page iv Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Figure 19: Dwelling Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 27 Figure 20: Median Income, Phillip, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011 28 Figure 21: Mawson Group Centre and Catchment 31 Figure 22: Age structure, Mawson Group Centre Catchment (blue) and Woden Valley District (outline), 2011 32 Figure 23: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 33 Figure 24: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 35 Figure 25: Dwelling Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 36 Figure 26: Age and Sex profile projected (blue) and existing (outline), 2021, Woden Valley district 45

ACRONYMS

ABS Australian Bureau of Statistics

ACT Australian Capital Territory

AMC Alexander Maconochie Centre

ASGS Australian Statistical Geography Standard

BAF Building Area Factor

CAF Central Area Factor

CIT Canberra Institute of Technology

CMCD Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate

CSD Community Services Directorate

DEEWR Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations

DSS Desired Standards of Service

ERP Estimated Resident Population

ESA Emergency Services Agency


ETD Education and Training Directorate

EWE Full-time Workload Equivalent

GP General Practice

HD Health Directorate

JACSD Justice and Community Safety Directorate

LAF Local Area Factor

Page v Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd,




NTE Night-time economy'

PPA Priority Placement Area

SA Statistical Area

SEIFA Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas

SLA Statistical Local Area

TAMSD Territory and Municipal Services Directorate

WAM Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre

WCS Woden Community Services

Page vi Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



I Introduction 1.1 Introduction to the WAM CSR Facility Study

This narrative report has been prepared by Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd and Strategic Leisure Group in fulfilment of a deliverable for The Woden, Athllon, Mawson (Woden Town Centre, Athllon Drive Corridor and Mawson Group Centre) Community Sport and Recreation Facility Study (hereafter termed the WAM CSR Facility Study'), for the Strategic City Planning and Design Branch of the Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD), of the ACT Government.

The aim of the WAM CSR Facility Study is to provide a background technical report that will inform a review of the Woden Town Centre Master Plan (2004) and preparation of a Master Plan for the Mawson Group Centre and Athllon Drive to occur in 2013 (the 'parent projects'). The Master Plans will inform the development of ACT Government Territory Plan Precinct Codes, guiding land use and providing development controls for these Centres.

1.2 Purpose and Structure of this Report

This report provides a progress update relating to the tasks undertaken for phase 4 of the overall project plan prepared by the project team and approved by ESDD in response to the study brief.

The report is structured to align with the key tasks and deliverables set out in the project plan as follows:

• Section 2: Socio-Economic Profiles (refer task 4.1 of project plan); • Section 3: Projected Socio-Economic Profiles (refer task 4.2 of project plan); • Section 4: Demand Analysis including Desired Standards of Service for community

facilities (refer tasks 4.3 to 4.5 of project plan); and • Section 5: Demand Analysis including Desired Standards of Service for sport and

recreation facilities (refer tasks 4.3 to 4.5 of project plan).




2 Socio-Economic Profiles

2.1 Study Areas A demographic analysis has been undertaken for the following study areas:

• Australian Capital Territory (Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) ASGS SA4 8011);

• Woden Valley/Weston Creek Districts (ASGS 5A3 80109 and SA3 80108);

• Woden Valley District (ASGS SA3 80109);

• Phillip (Woden Town Centre) (ASGS SA2 801091109); and

• Mawson Group Centre Catchment (ASGS SA1 — Mawson 801091106, Farrer 801091101, Torrens 801091110, Isaacs 801091104 and Pearce 801091108).

Figure 1 shows the geographic areas used in this analysis and Appendix A provides a summary table of key demographic indicators for each study area as well as comparative data for the whole of Australia.

Figure 1: Areas for the Demographic Analysis t•q:01.ht-S..!1t.h,

CAP.T.TAI tiNTICIt)

,

ittAitIU FOrirsit$T

,

tift4t1;,11

Qt•Ctittl5

400.01

eztr14 WODEN VALLEYmais

FlEll HILL

lis,:sks&ARRI■tt Dnit,tirir

nigrt W W I MINN

WESTON CREEK . vIW ' •

- inAuNc WAIVA4AVA

Philip

ck-Lcr,

I The ABS recently updated statistical boundaries to the Australian Statistical Geography Standard (ASGS). The smallest geographic area for which statistics are made available is called a statistical area level 1 (SA1), and these are aggregated to provide data for larger areas (SA2-SA4). In order to be clear about the areas being examined, the statistical area numbers have been included here.




Time series data published by ABS after the 2006 and 2011 Censuses of Population and Housing ('the Censuses'), encompassing the years 1996, 2001, 2006 and 2011, are used in this analysis. Between 2006 and 2011 there was a change in geographical boundaries used in the Census and therefore data for the combined Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District areas from the 2006 time series profile (data for 1996) will not be directly comparable to data from the 2011 time series profile (data for 2001, 2006 and 2011), however all other areas are comparable. It is also considered adequate for the purposes of general comparison of socio-economic

characteristics.

The time series data is based on place of enumeration2, whereas other data in this section is based on place of usual residence3 and population estimations as estimated resident population (ERP)4. The most appropriate data has been used in the demographic profile however this does mean that data which is not always directly comparable is included. This is simply a result of the way in which data is provided by ABS and is not considered to affect the analysis. The source and type of data used has been noted throughout.

The Molonglo Valley district is located immediately north of Weston Creek, south of the district of Belconnen and west of the Tuggeranong Parkway. The valley is currently being prepared for Greenfield development by the ACT Government over a 30 year timeframe in three (3) stages, with Stage 1 already under construction, Stage 2 currently being planned and Stage 3 yet to be fully investigated. Although the Molonglo Valley district will be a growth area over the next 20 years, the current population of the area is very small. The Molonglo district could not be isolated from much larger areas using the smallest geographic area available in the 2011 Census. A single statistical area (SA1) that includes the future Molonglo district, also included large areas to the west of the ACT, and therefore an accurate measure of the current population in Molonglo could not be achieved. However even these much larger areas had small populations — around 500 people in total. The statistical areas and their populations were:

• Statistical Area (Level 1) 8102801 (59.9 sq kms) -27 people; and

• Statistical Area (Level 1) 8102701 (485.3 sq kms) -489 people.

The Molonglo district has therefore been excluded from this demographic analysis.

2 The place where a person is counted on Census Night (ABS 2011). 3 The place where a person usually lives. It may or may not be the place where they are counted on Census Night (ABS 2011). 4 The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of population, and is based on the concept of usual residence. ERP "...refers to all people, regardless of nationality, citizenship or legal status, who usually live in Australia, with the exception of foreign diplomatic personnel and their families. The ERP includes usual residents who are overseas for less than 12 months and excludes overseas visitors who are in Australia for less then 12 months." (ABS 2011)




Directorate (ESDO) WAM CSR Facility Study

2.2 Australian Capital Territory (ACT)5

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the ACT at June 30 2011 was 367,752 people (ABS 2012c). At the 2011 Census, the population based on place of usual residence was recorded as being 356,586 people (ABS 2012a).

The ACT had a similar age breakdown to Australia in 2011, with slightly higher proportions of

young adults (20-39 years of age) and lower proportions of older people (over 55 years of age),

see Figure 2. The median age for the ACT population was 34 years, compared with 37 years for Australia (ABS 2012a).

Figure 2: Age Structure, ACT (blue), Australia (outline), 2011

95+ Males 80-84 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 ' 15-19 10-14

5-9 0-4

ii [

LI Ii 5% 3% 1% 1% 3%

Females

5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B04]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

The proportion of children (0-14 years of age) decreased quite significantly in the ACT between 1996 and 2011, from 23 per cent to 19 per cent (ABS 2012b). The proportion of the population in the 55-64 years and 65 years and older age groups increased from around 7 per cent in 1996, to above 10 per cent in 2011 (see Table 1 and Figure 3).

5 Some demographic information is available on the area termed 'Canberra + 1' which has been assumed as the catchment area for the highest (non-national) level of CSR facilities in the study area. This is available from 'Canberra Plus 1' — Recent Population Trends, prepared by the ACT Demographer, Economic, Regional and Planning Policy, Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate, April 2012. However the ACT area comprises the largest share of this population (77% in 2011) and the majority of growth (71.7% in the last decade) and has subsequently been used as an indicator of the demographic profile of this catchment area due to the availability of full Census information.





Table 1: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011

1 Age Group. ' 1996 2001 . ,

2006 2011

0-14 67,459 23% 65,577 21% 63,129 19% 66,911 19%

15-24 51,787 17% 49,856 16% 51,520 16% 54,901 15°k

25-34 49,293 17% 48,782 16% 50,279 15% 58,118 16%

35-44 48,163 16% 48,582 16% 49,214 15% 53,133 15%

45-54 39,888 13% 45,268 15% 46,357 14% 48,259 14%

55-64 19,532 7% 25,444 8% 33,784 10% 38,435 11%

65+ 21,053 7% 25,675 8% 30,698 9% 37,134 10%

Total 297,175 100% 309,184 100% 324,981 100% 356,891, 100%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Figure 3: Population by Age Group, ACT, 1996-2011

0. a.

80,000 -

70,000 -60,000

50,000 -

40,000 -

30,000 -

20,000

10,000

0

1996 e 2 0 0 1 2006 • 2011


Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders There were approximately 5,150 people who identified as being Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander people in the ACT at the time of the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). The number and proportion of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people has steadily increased in the ACT since '1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b); however this may be due to increased reporting.

Table 2: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, ACT, 1996-2011 IM-' 09611EN tiMpoiNfin =poop infiligolli

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

2,899 1.0% ' 3,576 1,1% 3,967 1.2% 5,239 1.5%'

,

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP TO I]; ABS 2007 [TSP T01]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Ethnicity There were 41,663 people born overseas in non-English speaking countries living in the ACT in 2011 (ABS 2012a), comparable to the proportion for Australia as a whole (11.7% compared to 11.6 per cent for Australia). The most common of these included 1.8% from China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan), 1.6% from India (1.6%) and 0.8% from Vietnam (ABS 2012a).

The number and proportion of people in this group has increased since 1996, quite substantially between 2006 and 2011. During this time period, the number of people born overseas in non-English

speaking countries has increased from 31,712 to 41,663, or from 9.8 per cent to 11.7 per cent of the ACT population (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 3: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, ACT, 1996-2011 2006

Born overseas in non-English speaking country

28,937 9.7% 28,842 9.3% 31,712 9.8% 41,663 11.7%


Household Structure Combined data for families and households6 shows that the ACT had a similar household and family structure to Australia, with slightly higher proportions of couple families with children, and group households, and slightly lower proportions of other household types (ABS 2012a) (see Table 4 and Figure 4).

Table 4: Household and Family Summary, ACT, 2011 J-lougellold.,arnl.Fmily„Snmmary ',' ,"ACT' Australia

., Total private occupied dwellings 129,425 l i s a f2-.

Couple family with children 32.9% 31.9%

Couple family without children 26.7% 27.1%

Lone Person Households 23.4% 24.3%

One parent family 10.3% 11.3%

Group Households 5.6% 4.1%

Other family type 1.1% 1.2%

Source: ABS 2012 [BCP B25,830];

6 Data for households and families have been combined by assuming that the proportions of each type of the additional family in a multiple family household is the same as the proportions for total families. The number of multiple family households is relatively small, and therefore this assumption should not adversely impact the statistics.




Figure 4: Household and Family Types, ACT, 2011 ACT

Group Other family Households type

One parent family

Lone Person Households

Couple family with children

Couple family without Children

Australia

D r o o p Other family Households 'We

f a r * Alit. One parent



Couple family without children


Time series data shows that the proportion of couple families with children in the ACT has decreased quite substantially since 1996, from 38.5 per cent of the population in 1996, to 33.2 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of couple families without children has increased quite substantially from 22.2 per cent to 26.5 per cent. The change in the proportions of other household and family types has not been as significant over this time period (see Table 5).

Table 5: Household and Family Types, ACT, 1996-2011 rH o t - i P gil ir9t7tun a rinill 2006

Couple family with children 40,133 38.5% 39,246 35.6% 39,584 33.9% 42,972 33.2%

Couple family without children 23,085 22.2% 26,742 24.2% 30,011 25.7% .34,358 26.5%

Lone person households 22,353 21.5% 25,516 23.1% 27,119 23.2% 30,248 23.4%

One parent family 11,412 11.0% 12,338 11.2% 12,563 10.7% 13,195 10.2%

Group households 5,937 5.7% 5,224 4.7% 6,293 5.4% 7,198 5.6%.

Other family type 1,191 1.1% 1;282 1.2% 1,346 1.2% 1,454 1.1%

Total 104,111 100.0% 110,348 100.0% 116,916 100.0% 129,425 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T143; ABS 2007 [TSP T141, Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type o f the primaty family is included.

Income The ACT had higher median incomes compared to Australia (see Figure 5). The median weekly individual income was $918, compared to $577 for Australia, the median weekly household income was $2,277, compared to $1,481 for Australia, and the median weekly family income was $1,920, compared to $1,234 for Australia (ABS 2012a).




Figure 5: Median income, ACT and Australia

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

re ACT WAustralia

Medan Individual Income Median Family Income Median Household Income (weekly) (weekly) (weekly)


2.3 Woden Valley District

The Woden Valley district includes the suburbs of Curtin, Hughes, Lyons, Phillip, Garran, Chifley, O'Malley, Pearce, Torrens, Mawson, Farrer and Isaacs.

The estimated resident population of the Woden Valley district at June 30 2011 (preliminary revised) was 33,887 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence at the 2011 Census was 32,958 people (ABS 2012a). The district makes up approximately 9.2 per cent of the total ACT population.

Age The median age of the Woden Valley district population was 40 years at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). This was older than the median age for the ACT at 34 years.

The age structure was quite flat (see




Figure 6), with a relatively consistent proportion of the population in each age group from 0-4 years to 50-54 years, and then decreasing for each age group to 85+ years. Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley district has significantly lower proportions of people 20-24 years, 25-29 years and 30-34 years, and higher proportions of people in the age groups from 65-85+ years (ABS 2012a).




Figure 6: Age structure, Woden Valley District (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

86+1 Males

80-84

75-79 I

70-74

65-69

60-64 I

55-59

50-54

45-49

40-44

35-39 ! 30-34 r, 25-29

I r-20-24

I

15-19

10-14 1

5-9 ,1

0-4 1

5%

1 1.

Females

3% 1% 1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 804]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

Since 1996, the population of the Woden Valley district has increased by around 1,500 people (based on place of enumeration) (ABS 2007; 2012b). The numbers of people in the 45-54

years, 55-64 years and 65+ years have increased, while the numbers of people in all other age groups have declined over the past 15 years (see Table 6 and



Directorate (ESDD) VVAM CSR Facility Study

Figure 7).

Table 6: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 Age, Group

1996 2001 2006 2011

0-14 5,729 18% 5,653 18% 5,431 17% 5,634 17%

15-24 4,668 15% 4,221 13% 4,160 13% 4,119 12%

25-34 4,831 15% 4,218 13% 4,159 13% 4,354 13%

35-44 4,643 15% 4,790 15% 4,734 15% 4,611 14%

45-54 4,619 15% 4,450 14% 4,498 14% 4,759 14%

55-64 3,415 11% 3,669 12% 3,719 12% 3,678 11%

65+ 3,558 11% 4,335 14% 5,235 16% 5,862 18%

Total 31,463 100% 31,336 100% 31,936 100% 33,017 100%

Source: A B S 2012b [TSP T03]; A B S 2007 [TSP T031; Note: B a s e d on Place o f Enumeration




Figure 7: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011

7,000

6,000

5,000

5 4,000

a 3,000

2,000

1,000

1996 n2001 . 2 0 0 6 •2011

0-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-54 Year

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 LISP T03j; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders In 2011, around 360 people identified as being Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander, which

was equivalent to 1.1 per cent of the population at that time (ABS 2012a). Since 1996, the number of Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander people counted in the region on Census night has been variable, ranging from around 280 to 380 people (ABS 2007; 2012b). This group has generally made up around one (1) per cent of the population since 1996.

Table 7: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 1996 2006

Aboriginal and Torres Strait 281 0.9% 334 1.1% 285 0.9% 379 1.1% Islander

Source: ABS 2012b ITSP T011; ABS 2007 ITSP T011; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 4,600 people in the Woden Valley district were born overseas in non-English speaking countries (ABS 2012a), or 14.0 per cent of the population. This was a high proportion compared to the ACT, at 11.7 per cent. India (3.1%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (1.3%) and Sri Lanka (1.1%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

The number of people born overseas in non-English speaking countries increased significantly between 2006 and 2011, from around 3,590 people to around 4,620 people (ABS 2007; 2012b). Between 1996 and 2006, the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds was relatively unchanged (see Table 8).





Table 8: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011

, • -..:;I: -.• • 1996 2001 2006


3,611 11.5% 3,317 10.6% 3,592 11.2% 4,621 14.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T081; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Household Structure Two-thirds (66.7%) of all households in the district were family households in 2011, which was slightly lower than the proportion for the ACT at 71.1 per cent (ABS 2012a). Around 28.5 per cent of households were lone person households, and the remaining 4.8 per cent of households were group households.

Table 9: Household Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Household Summary , Woden Valley

District =

ACT

.• ,

Total Households 12 964 129,425

Family Households 66.7% 71.1%



TOTAL '-,,:i 100.0% 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B30];

Of the 8,738 families in the district, 41.4 per cent were couple families without children, which was a higher proportion than for the ACT at 37.6 per cent (see Table 10) (ABS 2012a).

Table 10: Family Summary, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Family Summary VVoden Valley District

ACT

Total Families 8 738 , 93 394,





TOTAL 100.0% 100.9%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25];




Combining data for families and households', the Woden Valley district had a higher proportion of lone person households compared to the ACT. In Woden Valley, 28.5 per cent of households were lone person households, compared to 23.4 per cent for the ACT (ABS 2012a). The Woden Valley district also had slightly lower proportions of couple families with children, and one parent families (see Table 11). These figures are shown graphically in Figure 8 below.

Table 11: Household and Family Summary Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

' Household and Family Summary - -

Illi.ciCleii. VaIleif' : . District

. .AC'T '

Total prwate Occupied dwellings . 12,964' 129,425







Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25,830];

Figure 8: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Woden Valley District

Group Other family Households VP.

One parent family




ACT


One parent family



Couple family valhout children


Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of family households with children decreased in the Woden Valley district, while the number and proportion of family households without children increased8(ABS 2007; 2012b).

7 Data for households and families have been combined by assuming that the proportions of each type of the additional family in a multiple family household is the same as the proportions for total families. The number of multiple family households is relatively small, and therefore this assumption should not adversely impact the statistics. 8 In the time series data, only the family type of the primary family is included in the data, a slightly different methodology than that applied above.




Table 12: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley District, 1996-2011 HousetiiiryilaZ 1996 2001,

, 2006


Couple family without children 3,131 25.2% 3,367 27.3% 3,443 27.6% 3,561 27.5%

Lone person households _ 3,572 28.7% 3,606 29.2% 3,579 28.7% 3,692 28.5%'


Group households 634 5.1% 564 4.6% 576 4.6% 623, 4.8%

Other family type 142 1.1% 128 1.0% 150 1.2% 126 1.0%

Total 12,432 100.0% 12,346 100.0% 12,480 100.0% 12,965. 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure The majority of dwellings in the Woden Valley district were separate houses. Of the 12,965 private occupied dwellings counted in the 2011 Census, 68.0 per cent were separate houses, semi-detached dwellings made up 13.4 per cent of the total, and flats, units and apartments made up 18.6 per cent (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, there was a slightly lower proportion of separate houses (72.8 per cent), and a higher proportion of flats, units and apartments (12.4 per cent).

Figure 9: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Wodon Valley District

Rats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 13.4%

Other Dwelling,

0,0%

Separate House, 68.0%

Semi-detached

14.5%

ACT

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 31];

In 2011, 36.5 per cent of dwellings in the Woden Valley district were fully owned, a higher proportion than for the ACT at 28.4 per cent. Dwellings being purchased made up 29.3 per cent, and dwellings being rented made up 32.1 per cent, compared to 38.9 per cent and 30.6 per cent for the ACT.

Income The median weekly individual income in the Woden Valley district was $948, the median weekly family income was $2,390 and the median weekly household income was $1,824 (ABS 2012a). These were similar figures to the ACT, but higher than incomes for Australia (see




Figure 10).




Figure 10: Median Income, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

• o d e n Valley District EJ ACT ti Australia

Median Individual Income Median Family Income (weekly) (weekly)

Medan Household Income (weekly)


Employment At the time of the 2011 census, there were 22,194 people working in the Woden Valley district. This number had increased on previous census years. Of these workers a large proportion did not reside in the Woden Valley district (78.4 per cent), which equates to approximately 17,400 workers in 2011.

In 2011, one third of all employed persons in the district were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 14 per cent in health care and social assistance and 10 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services industries (ABS 2012a). The higher proportion of residents working in the public administration and safety and health care and social assistance industries are likely to be related to the number of government offices and The Canberra Hospital located in the district. The proportion of workers employed in these top three industries has increased since 1996 (see Table 13) (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 13: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley, 1996-2011 InOustry,2•LEI_I=771.1=Mrient

-, • e 4=3:::.; ' Public administration and safety 4,407 27.7% 4,210 26.8% 5,169 31.6% 5,584 32.4%

Health care and social assistance 1,623 10.2% 1;754 ' 11.2% 1,946 11.9% 2,422 14.1%

Professional, scientific and technical services

1,280 8.1% 1,649 ' 10.5% 1,642 10.0% 1,740 10.1%

Education and training 1,680 10.6% 1,555 9.9% 1,443 8.8% 1,384 8.0%

Retail trade 1,154 7.3% 1,252 8.0%- 1,274 7.8% 1,229 7.1%

Accommodation and food services 861 5.4% ' 859 5.5% 883 5.4% 944 5.5%

Construction 658 4.1% 588 3.7% 672 • 4.1% 837 4.9%

Other services 596 3.8% 463 2.9% 515 3.1% 499 2.9%

Administrative and support services

316 2.0% 449 2.9% 349 2.1% 363 2.1%

Manufacturing 416 2.6% 446 2.8% 367 2.2% 321 1.9%

Information media and telecommunications

394 2.5% 475 3.0% 362 2.2% 292 1.7%

Transport, postal and warehousing 421 2.7% 366 2.3% 315 1.9% 283 1.6%

Financial and insurance services 364 2.3% 344 2.2% 275 1.7% 258




I t i c = 7 - 4 . E r T M m e r = i t 11011IXI 2006

Rental, hiring and real estate services

257 1.6% 294 1.9% 249 1.5% 257 1.5%

Arts and recreation services 256 1.6% 263 1.7% 257 1.6% 253 1.5%

Wholesale trade 300 1.9% 244 1.6% 208 1.3% 191 1.1%

Electricity, gas, water and waste services

49 0.3% 75 0.5% 78 0.5% 82 0.5%

Agriculture, forestry and fishing 59 0.4% 51 0.3% 57 0.3% 44 0.3%

Mining 6 0.0% 9 0.1% 4 0.0% 6 0.0%

Total 15,884 100.0% 15,695 100.0% 16,367 100.0% 17,233 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T331; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; Based on ANZSIC industry classifications;

On the night of the 2011 Census, the overall unemployment rate was reported to be 3.3 per cent (3.7% for men, and 2.9% for women), while the overall labour force participation rate was 65.2 per cent (69.1% for men, and 61.6% for women) (see Table 14) (ABS 2012a). The participation rate for women has increased by around two percentage points in the last 10 years (ABS 2012b). This may also reflect increases in hospital employment.

Table 14: Labour Force, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Household and Family Summary Woden Valley District ACT

Labour force participants 17,834 65.2% 202,876 69.9%

Employed persons (part time) 4,628 26.0% 50,947 25.1%

Employed persons (all) 17,240 96.7% 195,618 96.4%

Unemployed persons 589 3.3% 7,258 3.6%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B37]; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence;

For the June quarter 2012, Small Area Labour Force9 data estimates there were 524 unemployed people in the Woden Valley district and a workforce of 19,890 people (DEEWR 2012), which equates to a very low unemployment rate of 2.6 per cent. The highest unemployment rate of statistical local areas (SLAs) in the Woden Valley district was 3.5 per cent in Chifley, Lyons and Phillip, however even this rate is considered very low.

Education In the Woden Valley district, 73.5 per cent of the population over 15 years of age and no longer attending school had completed Year 12 (or equivalent). This was a higher proportion than for the ACT (69.1%) and Australia (49.2%) (ABS 2012a).

9 Small Area Labour Force data from the Federal Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations (DEEWR) is compiled from ABS Labour Force Survey data by Labour Force Region, Census data by Statistical Local Area and Centrelink data by postcode. The data exhibits considerable variability and is therefore smoothed over four quarters.




Of the population 15 years of age and older, 69.2 per cent had achieved a non-school qualification, including 15.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 26.0 per cent with a bachelor degree, 9.2 per cent with a diploma, and 10.8 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley District had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 15).

Table 15: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 ' Qualification Woden Valley District

_ ACT

Post Graduate (Post Bachelor Degree) 3,002 15.6% 25,686 12.7%

Bachelor Degree 7,115 26.0% 61,830 21.3%

Diploma or Advanced Diploma 2,515 9.2% 26,047 9.0%

Certificate (I, II, Ill, or IV) 2,960 10.8% 39,034 13.4%

Non-school qualification 18,941 69.2% 187,169 64.5%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP Be10]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage The Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.

SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage scores were published at the statistical local area level, and not for statistical subdivisions. The statistical local areas which make up the Woden Valley were all in the 9th or 10th decile of relative disadvantage except Lyons which was part of the 7th decile (ABS 2008). This ranking suggests that the level of disadvantage was low relative compared to other areas in Australia.

2.4 Woden Valley District and Weston Creek District

The Weston Creek district is located to the immediate west of the Woden Valley district and includes the suburbs of Duffy, Holder, Weston, Rivett, Stirling, Waramanga, Chapman and Fisher. Demographic data for the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts has been combined by the consultant in this section.

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts at June 30 2011 was 57,105 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence at the 2011 Census was 55,704 people (ABS 2012a). The combined area makes up approximately 15.5 per cent of the total ACT population.

Age The combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek district had a median age of 40.0 years at the last Census. This was much higher than the median age for the ACT at 34.0 years (ABS 2012a).




The age structure of the combined region (see Figure 11 below) shows that, compared to the ACT, it had lower proportions of people in young adult age groups (15-40 years of age) and higher proportions of people in older age groups (60+) (ABS 2012a).

Figure 11: Age structure, Woden Valley and Weston Creek (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

85+ Males

80-84

75-79

70-74

65-69

60-64

55-59

50-54

45-49

40-44

35-39

30-34

25-29

20-24

15-19

10-14

5-9

0-4 Fri

5% 3%

I 1 I I

.1 I

Femalesj

1:

Ti 1 % 1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012 [BCP B041; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

The proportion of the population aged 65 years and over increased substantially in the past 15 years, from 10 per cent in 1996, to 17 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of young people, aged 15-24 years, decreased from 16 per cent to 12 per cent during this time period (see Table 16 and




Figure 12)

Table 16: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

, Age Group 1996 2001 2006 2011

0-14 10,263 19% 9,745 18% 9,293 17% 10,007 18%

15-24 8,687 16% 7,261 14% 6,781 13% 6,499 12%

25-34 7,912 14% 7,296 14% 6,986 13% 7,013 13%

35-44 7,987 15% 7,862 15% 7,850 15% 8,085 15%

45-54 9,012 16% 8,202 15% 7,439 14% 7,657 14%

55-64 5,516 10% 6,410 12% 6,903 13% 6,424 12%

65+ 5,513 10% 6,776 13% 8,112 15% 9,535 17%

Total 54,890 100% 53,552 100% 53,364 100% 55,220 100%

Source: ABS 2012 ITSP TON; ABS 2007 [TSP TON; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Figure 12: Population by Age Group, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

o.

12,000 —

10,000 --

8,000 --

6,000 —

4,000 —

2000 —

0 —

1996 la 2001 • 2006 im 2011

0-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 Year

45-54 55-64 65+

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T031; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders There were 645 Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander people in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area in 2011 (ABS 2012a). This was 1.2 per cent of the total population of the area. This proportion has been quite consistent during the past 15 years (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 17: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

2006



Ethnicity Approximately 6,500 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area, or 11.6 per cent of the total population (ABS 2012a), similar to the ACT as a whole. India (2.2%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (1.1%) and Germany (0.9%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Since 1996, the number of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has increased from 5,564 people in 1996, to 6,452 people in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 18: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011


5,564 10.1% 5,110 9.5% 5,256 9.8% 6,452 11.7%

Source; ABS 2012 [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




Household Structure The proportion of lone person households in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area was 26.8 per cent in 2011, compared to 23.4 per cent for the ACT (ABS 2012a). The proportion of couple families without children was 27.9 per cent, which was slightly higher than the proportion for the ACT, at 26.7 per cent. The proportions of couple families with children, one parent families and group households was slightly lower than the proportions for the ACT (see Table 19 and Figure 13).

Table 19: Household and Family Summary, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

Household and Family Summary VVoden Valley

District

VVoden Valley and Weston

Creek ACT

Total private occupied dwellings 12,964, 21,587 . ,

129;425 -

Couple family with children 29.6% 30.9% 32.9%

Couple family without children 27.6% 27.9% 26.7%

Lone Person Households 28.5% 26.8% 23.4%

One parent family 8.6% 9.3% 10.3%

Group Households 4.8% 4.2% 5.6%

Other family type 1.0% 0.9% 1.1%

Source: ABS 2012 IBCP B25,8301;

Figure 13: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, and ACT, 2011 Woden Valley District

Group Othef Dts1P/ Households ',Pe

One p r y nt Al



Couple family without chitdren

Woden Valley and Weston Creek

ACT







Time series data suggests that the proportion of lone person households has increased slightly since 1996, from 25.5 per cent to 26.8 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of couple families without children also increased, from 24.6 per cent in 1996 to 27.8 per cent in 2011. The proportion of couple families with children decreased from 34.4 per cent in 1996 to 31.1 per cent in 2011.

Table 20: Household and Family Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011

, Household S u r = m a r Wiffilly 1996 2006



Lone person households 5,357 25.5% 5,590 26.7% 5,585 26.7% 5,779 26.8%


Group households 1,006 4.8% 808 3.9% 845 4.0% 905 4.2%


Total 20,979 100.0% 20,906 100.0% 20,904 100.0% 21,586 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012 [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type o f the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure Approximately 74 per cent of dwellings in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek area are separate houses (ABS 2012a). A higher proportion of homes in the Weston Creek area are separate houses (83.2%) compared to Woden Valley (68.0%). Semi-detached dwellings made

up 13.3 per cent of the combined area, and attached dwellings made up 12.6 per cent.

Figure 14: Dwelling Types, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 13.3%


Flats, units other Dwelling,

apartments, g00% 12.6%


ACT

Flats, units other & Dwelling

apartments, 02% 12.4%

Semi-611'4tac615h%negd,

Separate. House, 72.8%


At the 2011 Census, 37.1 per cent of dwellings were fully owned, 32.5 per cent were being purchased and 28.3 per cent were being rented (ABS 2012a). The proportion of dwellings which

were fully purchased was high compared to the ACT and Australia, at 28.4 per cent and 32.1

per cent respectively.

Income Median incomes are not available for amalgamated regions.

Page 24 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd. Strategic Leisure Group.



Employment In 2011, one third of all employed persons in the combined area were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 11.3 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services and 9.5 per cent in health care and social assistance industries (ABS 2012a). The proportion of workers employed in these top three industries has increased since 1996 (see Table 21) (ABS 2007; 2012b). The proportion of the labour force employed in education and training has decreased 1.7 percentage points since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 21: Industry of Employment, Woden Valley and Weston Creek, 1996-2011 1 [ M / t r y of EMIITIOyr"wrl'leot*,73:14'*

6, 199i A 2001 2006 2011

Public administration and safety 7,828 27.5% 7,279 _

26.5% 8,785 31.4% 9,431 32.8%

Health care and social assistance 2,752 9.7% 2,855 ,

10,4% 3,093 11.0% 3,624 ' 12.6%

Professional, scientific and technical services

2,244 7.9% 2,877 10.5% 2,753 9.8% 2,887 10.1%

.. Education and training 2,924 10.3% 2,771 10.1% 2,613 9.3% 2,490,

. 8.7%

Retail trade 2,249 7.9% 2,291 8.3% 2,218 7.9% 2,025 .

7.1%

Construction 1,149 4.0% 1,118 4.1% 1,296 4.6% 1,533 5.3%

Accommodation and food services 1,612 5.7% 1,543. 5.6% 1,450 5.2% 1,439 , 5.0%

Other services 1,117 3.9% 902 3.3% 901 3.2% 848 3.0%

Administrative and support services

576 2.0% 813 3.0% 649 2.3% 636 2.2%

Manufacturing 742 2.6% 845 3.1% 670 2.4% 544. 1.9%

Transport, postal and warehousing 843 3.0% 680 2.5% 578 2.1% 503 1.8%

Information media and telecommunications

701 2.5% 772 2.8% 564 2.0% 491 1.7%

Arts and recreation services 476 1.7% 456 1.7% 455 1.6% 452 1.6%

Financial and insurance services 599 2.1% 576 2.1% 458 1.6% 443 1.5%

Rental, hiring and real estate services

437 1.5% 463 .1.7% 396 1.4% 398 1.4%

Wholesale trade 548 1.9% 455 1.7% 351 1.3% 308 ,

1.1%

Electricity, gas, water and waste services

95 0.3% 155 0.6% 151 0.5% 180 0.6%

Agriculture, forestry and fishing 120 0.4% 95 0.3% 99 0.4% 68 0.2%

Mining 13 0.0% 9 0.0% 7 0.0% 10' 0.0% 'Tothl. 28,426 160.8% ' 27,493 100.0% 27,991 100.0% 28,712 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T33]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration;

The overall unemployment rate for the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area was calculated to be 3.2 per cent (3.5% for men, and 2.9% for women) and the overall labour force participation rate was 65.4 per cent (69.5% for men, and 61.6% for women) (see Table 22) (ABS 2012a).




Table 22: Labour Force, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

• Household and Family Summary Woden Valley and , . , ._ , Weston Creek District ACT





Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B37]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

At the June quarter 2012, the unemployment rate in the Weston Creek district was 2.8 per cent (DEEWR 2012), which was similar to the unemployment rate in the Woden Valley district.

Education Of the population over 15 years of age and no longer attending school, 71.8 per cent had completed Year 12 (or equivalent), which was a high proportion compared to the ACT (69.1%) and Australia (49.2%) (ABS 2012a).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 68.0 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 14.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 24.6 per cent with a bachelor degree, 9.5 per cent with a diploma, and 11.8 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, the Woden Valley District had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 23).

Table 23: Non-school qualification, Woden Valley and Weston Creek and ACT, 2011

qiialifiC itiiin . ;:.;. . ,

Wriideii Valley ' and .tiee'bitrici' tniefeirii ii

,,..„,..,..„. ,.. ACT z .


Bachelor Degree 11,261 24.6% 61,830 21.3%





SE1FA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013.

In 2006, the statistical local areas which make up the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts

were all in the 9th or 10th decile of relative disadvantage except Lyons and Rivett which were ranked in the 7th and 8th decile respectively (ABS 2008). This ranking suggests that the level of disadvantage was low relative compared to other areas in Australia.




2.5 Woden Town Centre The Woden Town Centre is located in the centre of the Woden Valley district, within the suburb of Phillip. Data for the suburb of Phillip are used in this analysis as the most appropriate for the Woden Town Centre. A map showing the areas of Woden Town Centre and the suburb of Phillip is included below (Figure 15).

Figure 15: Woden Town Centre and Phillip

3:‘...,\1),% LYON$1■ ' 7 .

‘.1 ' woaen ,,1

i - '1 r Town Centret.-, IAMANGA

I 6111[FLEyo.) i r i ,

:,.,. ' - - '''' / \ ■') ri ,J.,' - .

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of Phillip at June 30 2011 was 2,161 people (ABS 2012c) and the population based on place of usual residence was 2,082 people (ABS 2012a)1°. The suburb of Phillip makes up approximately 6.4 per cent of the Woden Valley district. The residential area to the south east of the suburb", known as Swinger Hill Estate, which is not part of the Woden Town Centre had a population of 784 people in 2011 (ABS 2012a).

Age At the 2011 Census, the median age of the population in the suburb of Phillip was 32 years, which was substantially younger than the median age of the Woden Valley district at 40 years, and younger than the broader ACT population at 34 years (ABS 2012a). The age structure of Phillip was quite different to the ACT, with high proportions of people in the 25-29, 30-34, and 35-39 year age groups. The proportion of children was very low compared to the ACT.

IS Note that care should be exercised in relying on small area data. 11 The following statistical areas (SA1) were used for this area: 8110902 and 8110905.




Figure 16: Age structure, Phillip (blue) and ACT (outline), 2011

85+1 Males 80-64 !

75-79

70-74 !

65-69

60-64 !

55-59

50-54 !

45-49 1 40-44 35-39

30-34

25-29 !

20-24

15-19 !

10-14 !

5-9 ! 0-4 1,

11%

[

Females

6% 1% 4% 9%

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 804]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence

Since 1996, the number of people counted in Phillip has increased by 446, or around 25 per cent (ABS 2007; 2012b). The numbers of people in most age groups have increased across this period, however, the number of people in the 15-24 year age group decreased quite substantially from around 490 people in 1996 (29% of the population), to around 265 people in 2011 (13% of the population) (see Table 24 and Figure 17). The number and proportion of older people (65 years of age and over) have also increased during this time, although they still only make up a relatively small proportion of the total population, at 8 per cent (compared to Woden Valley district, for example, at 18 per cent).

Table 24: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011 ) W G i O l i V -:. 96; 2001 '2 '1. 2006 ' - 201 ''

0-14 80 5% 129 8% 121 6% 200 9%

15-24 489 29% 320 19% 411 21% 264 13%

25-34 582 35% 513 30% 556 28% 674 32%

35-44 224 13% 276, 16% 310 16% 353 17%

45-54 145 9% 240 14% 228 12% 254 12%

55-64 90 5% 122 7% 191 10% 192 9%

65+ 55 3% 87 5% 163 8% 174 8%

Total 1,665 100% 1,687 100% 1,980 100% 2,111 100%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration




COO 2006


Figure 17: Population by Age Group, Phillip (suburb), 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T03]; ABS 2007 [TSP T031; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders In 2011, around 31 people identified as being Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, which was equivalent to 1.5 per cent of the population of Phillip at the time (ABS 2012a). The proportion of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people has been quite variable since 1996, possibly due to the small number of people involved (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 25: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Phil ip, 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP TO1]; ABS 2007 [TSP T01]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 550 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries according to the results of the 2011 Census. This number of people was equivalent to 26.3 per cent of the population of Phillip, which was a relatively high proportion compared to the Woden Valley district (14.0%) and the ACT (11.7%) (ABS 2012a). India (12.4%), Philippines (2.7%), China (excluding special administrative regions and Taiwan) (2.3%) and Sri Lanka (1.4%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Times series data shows that the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has grown significantly in the suburb of Phillip. In 1996, this group made up 9.9 per cent of the total population, grew steadily to 13.1 per cent of the population in 2006, and made up 25.6 per cent of the population in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).





Table 26: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Phillip, 1996-2011

. 1996 2006


166 9.9% 202 11.9% 259 13.1% 541 25.6%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Household Structure In 2011, Phillip had very low proportions of couple families with children and one parent families, and high proportions of lone person households and group households, compared to both the Woden Valley district and the ACT (ABS 2012a). Lone person households made up almost half of all households.

Table 27: Household and Family Summary Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

• , .' ' ' . . Household and Family Summary

. , . . . . , , Phillip

'

VvOa'A'" Valley

District ACT

'Total private occupied dwell ings, _

i 1 6e1, . 444 . 129,,i25 .

Couple family with children 11.9% 29.6% 32.9%

Couple family without children 25.7% 27.6% 26.7%

Lone Person Households 46.7% 28.5% 23.4%

One parent family 5.4% 8.6% 10.3%

Group Households 9.0% 4.8% 5.6%

Other family type 1.4% 1.0% 1.1%


Figure 18: Household and Family Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011 Phillip

Couple Family without children

WodenValley District

PCT

Other firmly Group

Households typo

"="41



11111%

• i Couple family

,

41111011°

,.,

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B25,B30];




The proportion of lone person households has slightly decreased since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b). In 1996, 48.2 per cent of all households were lone person households, and in 2001 this household type peaked at 53.3 per cent. Since 1996, there has been an increase in the number and proportion of couple families with children, increasing from around 55 households and 5.7 per cent of all households in 1996, to around 133 households and 12.2 per cent of households in 2011 (see Table 28).

Table 28: Household and Family Types, Phillip, 1996-2011 HousohOld Sta=111Ennaly

Couple family with children 55 5.7% 52 5.5% 71 7.0% 133 12.2%

Couple family without children 216 22.4% 211 22.4% 251 24.8% 277 25.3%

Lone person households 465 48.2% 503 53.3% 492 48.6% 510' 46.6%

One parent family 59 6.1% 64 6.8% 55 5.4% 61 5.6%

Group households 151 15.7% 99 10.5% 116 11.5% 95. 8.7%


Total 964 100.0% 944 100.0% 1,012 100.0% 1,094 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 [TSP T14]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.

Dwelling Structure and Tenure There were large proportions of flats, units and apartments and semi-detached dwellings in Phillip in 2011 (ABS 2012a). Of the 1,095 private occupied dwellings, 52.7 per cent were flats, units and apartments, and 45.1 per cent were semi-detached dwellings. Only 2.2 per cent of private occupied dwellings were separate houses, which was a significantly lower proportion than for the Woden Valley district, at 68.0 per cent, and the ACT, at 72.8 per cent.

Figure 19: Dwelling Types, Phillip, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Flats, units

apartments, 52.7%

Phillip

Other Dwelling, Separate

0.0% I-louse, 2.2%

Semi-detached

Dwelling, 45.1%

Flats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Woden Valtay District

Other Dwelling,

0.0%

detld

Dwelling, _Amid 13.4%






The majority of dwellings (58.8%) in the suburb were being rented, and most of these (58.3% of those being rented) were being rented through a real estate agent. This was a high proportion of rented dwellings, compared to the Woden Valley district (32.1%) and the ACT (30.6%). Other forms of tenure, including dwellings fully owned and being purchased, made up a lower proportion of the total dwelling stock.

Income In 2011, the median individual income in Phillip was $1,079 per week, the median family income was $2,018 per week and the median household income was $1,589 per week. The median individual income was higher than for Woden Valley and ACT, but the median family and household incomes were slightly lower (see Figure 20). The median incomes for Phillip were well above the median incomes for Australia.

Figure 20: Median Income, Phillip, Woden Valley District, ACT and Australia, 2011

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

le Phillip 2 Woden Valley District QACT oAustralia

Median Individual Income Median Family Income (weekly) (weekly)

Medan Household Income (weekly)

Source: ABS 2012a [BCP B02]; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence

Employment In 2011, 35.6 per cent of all employed persons in Phillip were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 21.6 per cent in health care and social assistance industries and 8.8 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services (ABS 2012a). The higher proportion of residents working in the public administration and safety and health care and social assistance industries is likely to be related to the number of government offices and the Canberra Hospital located in, and adjacent to, the town centre.



Directorate (ESDD) \NAM CSR Facility Study

The proportion of workers employed in the health care and social assistance industry has increased substantially in Phillip between 1996 and 2011 (see Table 29), while the proportion employed in education and training has decreased by 3.0 percentage points since 1996 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 29: Industry of Employment, Phillip, 1996-2011 In=lstry,SEllur-F2-PromMIUMnent 1996 ' . A % E n

. -006 . -130011`•"7

Public administration & safety 428 33.6% 450 37.4% 486 36.4% 507 ' 35.8%

Health care & social assistance 144 11.3% 144 12.0% 211 15.8% 305 21.5%

Professional, scientific & technical services

115 9.0% 123 10.2% 140 10.5% 127 9.0%

Accommodation & food services 90 7.1% 66. 5.5% 54 4.0% 82 5.8%

Retail trade 79 6.2% 68 5.7% 89 6.7% „78 5.5%

Education & training 103 8.1% 84 7.0% 80 6.0% 72 5.1%

Other services 44 3.5% 28 2.3% 35 2.6% 41 2.9%

Construction 33 2.6% 17 1.4% 30 2.2% 40 2.8%

Financial & insurance services 31 2.4% 37 3.1% 21 1.6% 21 1.5%

Rental, hiring & real estate services

21 1.6% 19 1.6% 12 0.9% 21 1.5%

Transport, postal & warehousing 30 2.4% 27 2.2% 15 1.1% 20 1.4%

Administrative & support services 18 1.4% 28 2.3% 35 2.6% 19 1.3%

Arts & recreation services 24 1.9% 19 1.6% 27 2.0% 17 1.2%

Information media & telecommunications

24 1.9% 32 2.7% 18 1.3% 16 1.1%

Manufacturing 30 2.4% 23 1.9% 22 1.6% 13 0.9%

Electricity, gas, water & waste services

4 0.3% 8 0.7% 10 0.7% 5 0.4%

Mining 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 4 0.3%

Wholesale trade 26 2.0% 14 1.2% 16 1.2% 4 0.3%

Agriculture, forestry & fishing 3 0.2% 3 0.2% 14 1.0% 0 0.0%

Total 1,274 100.0% 1,203 100.0% 1,336 100.0% 1,418 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T33]; ABS 2007 [TSP T33]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration;

The unemployment rate for Phillip was 3,5 per cent (4.2% for men, and 2.9% for women) and the labour force participation rate was 76.4 per cent (77.4% for men, and 75.4% for women) (see Table 30) (ABS 2012a).

Table 30: Labour Force, Phillip and ACT, 2011 Household and Family Summary - . Phillip

, - ACT


Employed persons (part time) 259 18.05 50,947 25.1%







The unemployment rate in Phillip was 3.5 per cent in the June quarter 2012, according to Small Area Labour Markets estimates (DEEWR 2012) which was very low compared to the national rate, but not as low as other suburbs in Woden Valley.

Education Nearly 80 per cent of the population (over the age of 15 years and no longer at school) had completed Year 12 (or equivalent) at the time of 2011 Census (78.7%), while 12.3 per cent had completed Year 11 or Year 10. The proportion of the population which had completed Year 12 (78.7%) in Phillip was higher than the proportion for the ACT (69.1%), and much higher than the proportion for Australia (49.2%).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 76.2 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 14.6 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 32.9 per cent with a bachelor degree, 10.8 per cent with a diploma, and 10.3 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, Phillip had higher proportions of adults with bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 31).

Table 31: Non-school qualification, Phillip and ACT, 2011 Qualification

• Phillip , "

ACT --,

Post Graduate (Post Bachelor Degree) 274 14.6% 25,686 12.7%

Bachelor Degree 619 32.9% 61,830 21.3%

Diploma or Advanced Diploma 204 10.8% 26,047 9.0%

Certificate (I, II, Ill, or IV) 194 10.3% 39,034 13.4%


Source: ABS 2012a 1BCP B401; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence;

SEIFA The Socio-Economic Indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.

SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage score for the SLA of Phillip (which corresponds with the SA2 of Phillip) was 1,071 and this put the SLA in the 9th decile of Australia and the 5th decile of the ACT. In 2001, the score for Phillip was 1,105. Although SEIFA scores cannot be analysed longitudinally, it is clear that the suburb was not disadvantaged in 2006 or 2001, relative to other areas of Australia.




2.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment The Mawson group centre is located in the suburb of Mawson just south of the VVoden Town Centre. The catchment area for this group centre has been identified as including the suburbs of Mawson, Farrer, Torrens, Isaacs and Pearce (see Figure 21). This is a custom defined area, and as such, data for the individual suburbs has been amalgamated by the consultant team.

The estimated resident population (preliminary revised) of the Mawson group centre catchment at June 30 2011 was 13,778 people and made up 40.7 per cent of the Woden Valley district (ABS 2012c). Based on place of usual residence at the time of the Census, the population was 13,460 people (ABS 2012d).

Figure 21: Mawson Group Centre and Catchment

LYONst

:NG1t, CHIFLEYAI, t fl-'\

6) :I 1 j\

'r

1

• • : r '

- s ",01tilAL_LEY.

.'fr-A.,„•,•',,t.,-1 'r.11/1a' vvion-';.)'

GrOtip Centre (with AthlIon tri,Dri;6'Cor-i".(CI'Or){„ I

'' \'', .';.)"" ' ISAACS

:' ' . , -,' •-.. ; ,';' I I

Mawsen Group c •:,- •,./--, • ,t,-,..4.- ce...ntre Catchment, _ ,....,;.„,.....::::;,.t 1:1,/,.• .?,.:: 11) '.,'-,-•,.,) -2;,../ \'‘ --NJ , ?,, , _

TORlipS

r, N'Hit

• \ •

Age A median age for the combined area was 41 years at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012d). This was older than the median age for the ACT at 34 years (ABS 2012a).

Compared to the Woden Valley district, the Mawson group centre catchment had lower proportions of people in the 25-39 year age groups, and higher proportions of people in the 10- 19 years age groups and older age groups (55+ years) (ABS 2012d).




Figure 22: Age structure, Mawson Group Centre Catchment (blue) and Woden Valley District (outline), 2011

86+ Males

80-84

75-79

70-74, I .

65-69

60-64 1

55-59

50-54 41

45-49 I

40-44

35-39

30-34 I

25-29 I

20-24

15-19

10-14

5-9

0-4

5% 3% 1%

1

11 1,

Females

11 iii

1

1% 3% 5%

Source: ABS 2012d; Note: Based on Place o f Usual Residence

Since 1996, the population of the area has been quite steady. During this period, the number and proportion of younger people (aged 0-14, 15-24, and 25-34 years) has declined, and the number and proportion of older people (65+) has increased. The proportion of people 65 years of age and older has increased from 11 per cent in 1996 to 19 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b).

Table 32: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 AO aiiitip

,.;

1666 2001 -=

200 6 . ..... ..

2011' :

0-14 2,469 19% 2,457 19% 2,342 18% 2,227 17%

15-24 1,949 15% 1,780 14% 1,669 13% 1,728 13%

25-34 1,762 13% 1,528 12% 1,451 11% 1,429 11%

35-44 1,872 14% 1,952 15% 1,872 14% 1,742 13%

45-54 2,194 17% 1,909 15% 1,887 14% 1,955 15%

55-64 1,415 11% 1,648 13% 1,675 13% 1,585 12%

65+ 1,461 11% 1,797 14% 2,144 16% 2,441 19%

Total 13.022 100% 13,071 100% 13,040 100% 13,107 100% Source: ABS 2012b ITSP T031; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration


Strategic Leisure Group,



Figure 23: Population by Age Group, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T031; ABS 2007 [TSP T03]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander In 2011, around 129 people identified as being an Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander, which was equivalent to 1.0 per cent of the population at the time (ABS 2012a). Data since 1996 is included in Table 33 below.

Table 33: Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

. 1996 .-. 2001rk. -.ECI3 M . . . .

, Aboriginal and Torres Strait 104 0.8% 119 0.9% 70 0.5% 131 1.0% Islander

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP TO1]; ABS 2007 [TSP TO1]; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration

Ethnicity Approximately 1,720 people were born overseas in non-English speaking countries in the Mawson group centre catchment area (ABS 2012a), or 12.8 per cent of the population. This was slightly higher than the proportion for the ACT, at 11.7 per cent. Italy (1.1%), Germany (1.0%) and Sri Lanka (0.9%) were the most common non-English speaking countries of birth (ABS 2012a).

Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of people from non-English speaking backgrounds has increased slightly from around 10.8 per cent of the population in 1996 to 12.9 per cent in 2011 (ABS 2007; 2012b) (Table 34).




Table 34: People born overseas in non-English speaking countries, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011

. 2006


1,428 10.8% 1,432 10.9% 1,546 11.8% 1,712 12.9%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T08]; ABS 2007 [TSP T08]; Note: Based on Place o f Enumeration

Household Structure Combined data for families and households suggests that the area has slightly higher proportions of couple families without children and lone person households compared to the ACT (see Table 35 and Figure 24) and lower proportions of one parent families and group households (ABS 2012a).

Table 35: Household and Family Summary, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

■ , ,

Household and Family Summary '

Mawson . , ,

Group Centre Catchment

,

ACT

. Total private ,occupied dwellings 6-223 : 129,425







Source: ABS 2012a [BCP 825,830]





Figure 24: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

! D a w s o n G r o u p C e n t r e CatChment

Group Other family Households tYPe

One parent family


Couple fondly with children


W o d e n V a l l e y District

Group Other fan* Households 'We

One



Couple family without chadren

ACT

Group Other famibr

Households "

0

nfe4e*

kik





Table 36 below shows household and family types for the Mawson Group Centre catchment between 1996 and 2011. The total number of households has increased since 1996, however the proportion of each household type has remained relatively stable (ABS 2007; ABS 2012b).

Table 36: Household and Family Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, 1996-2011 plousphold Utv.-nary

'.5 M X , ,t. .„ 2006 2011



Lone person households 1,214 23.4% ' 1,338 25.0% 1,302 24.4% 1,311 24.4%

One parent family 448 8.6% 457 8.6% 441 8.3% 462 8.6%

Group households 201 3.9% 217 4.1% 170 3.2% 203 3.8%


_Total 5,182 100.0% 5,342 ,

100.06/0 5,334 100.0% 5,369 100-.0%

Source: ABS 2012b [TSP T14]; ABS 2007 ITSP T141; Note: Based on Place of Enumeration; In multiple family households, only the family type of the primary family is included.




Dwelling Structure and Tenure Nearly three-quarters (73.6%) of occupied dwellings in the area were separate houses at the 2011 Census (ABS 2012a). Semi-detached dwellings made up 14.6 per cent of all dwellings and attached dwellings made up 11.7 per cent.

Figure 25: Dwelling Types, Mawson Group Centre Catchment, Woden Valley District and ACT, 2011

Mawson Group Centre Catchment

Flats, units mot

apartments, Dwelling,

0.0% 11.7%

. 14.6%

Semi-detached

Owetl

WodenValley District

Flats, units

apartments, 18.6%

Other Dwelling,

0.0%

detached

1111110 Sern

Dwelling, 13.4%


Semi-detached

Dwelling, 14.5%

Flats, units a

apartments, 12.4%

ACT

Other Dwelling,

0.2%



In 2011, 40.0 per cent of dwellings in the Mawson Group Centre catchment were fully owned, a higher proportion than for the ACT at 28.4 per cent. Dwellings being purchased made up 30.4 per cent, and dwellings being rented made up 27.2 per cent, compared to 38.9 per cent and 30.6 per cent for the ACT respectively.

Income Median incomes are not available for amalgamated regions.

Employment In 2011, 32.0 per cent of all employed persons in the Mawson Group Centre catchment were employed in the public administration and safety industry, followed by 12.2 per cent in health care and social assistance industries and 10.1 per cent in professional, scientific and technical services (ABS 2012a).




The unemployment rate for the Mawson Group Centre catchment was 3.4 per cent (3.4% for both men and women) and the labour force participation rate was 64.5 per cent (68.7% for men, and 60.7% for women) (see Table 37) (ABS 2012a).

Table 37: Labour Force, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011 ‘, Household and Family Summary

,

Mawson Group . Centre Catchment ACT





Source: ABS 2012a IBCP B37]; Note: Based on Place of Usual Residence;

The Mawson group centre catchment had an unemployment rate of 2.7 per cent in the June quarter 2012 (DEEWR 2012).

Education At the last Census, 73.2 per cent of the population over the age of 15 years and no longer attending school had completed Year 12 (or equivalent). This was a higher proportion than for the ACT (69.1%) but similar to the rate for Woden Valley district (73.5%) (ABS 2012a).

Of the population 15 years of age and older, 79.7 per cent had completed a non-school qualification, including 17.1 per cent with a postgraduate qualification, 28.8 per cent with a bachelor degree, 11.6 per cent with a diploma, and 13.7 per cent with a certificate (ABS 2012a). Compared to the ACT, Phillip had higher proportions of adults with diploma, bachelor and postgraduate qualifications (see Table 15).

Table 38: Non-school qualification, Mawson Group Centre Catchment and ACT, 2011

Qualification ,

, . Mawson Group Centre C Catchment

, . ACT


Bachelor Degree 2,708 28.8% 61,830 21.3%





SEIFA Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage The Socio-Economic indexes for Areas (SEIFA) Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage measures the social and economic conditions of areas across Australia based on income, employment, education and other indicators.




SEIFA data for the 2011 Census is scheduled to be released by the ABS on 28 March 2013. In 2006, the suburbs of Farrer, Isaacs, Mawson, Pearce and Torrens were all in the 9th or 10th decile of Australia for relative disadvantage and therefore were not considered to be disadvantaged compared to other areas of Australia (ABS 2008).

2.7 Summary of Findings

2.7.1 ACT

• The median age of the ACT population (34 years) was lower than that for Australia (37 years), with higher proportions of young adults and lower proportions of older people.

• Over the past 15 years, while the number of people in most age groups had increased, the number (and proportion) of children (0-14 years of age) had decreased.

• There was a similar, but increasing, proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in the ACT compared to Australia.

• The proportion of couple families with children had declined between 1996 and 2011 in the ACT, while the number of couple families without children and lone person households had increased.

• The population of the ACT had relatively high incomes compared to Australia; this was true for individuals, families and households.

2.7.2 W o d e n Valley District

• The median age of the Woden Valley district population was higher (40 years) than the median age for the ACT (34 years).

• The number of older people in the district had increased between 1996 and 2011(45 years and older) while the number of people in younger age groups had been decreasing (0-34 years). People 65 years of age and older accounted for 18 per cent of the population in 2011.

• There was a higher proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in Woden Valley (14.0%) compared to the ACT (11.7%).

• The number of people born overseas in non-English speaking countries increased significantly between 2006 and 2011.

• There was a higher proportion of lone person households in the Woden Valley district compared to the ACT, a slightly higher proportion of couple families without children, and lower proportions of other household types.

• The number and proportion of couple families with children decreased between 1996 and 2006 but increased to 2011. The proportion of lone person households was quite consistent during this period, while the number and proportion of couple families without children increased.

• A larger proportion of dwellings in the Woden Valley were fully owned compared to the ACT, and a smaller proportion were being purchased.

• Median weekly incomes of the Woden Valley district population were similar to incomes for the ACT, but higher than for Australia.

• Unemployment was very low in the suburbs of the Woden Valley.

• The population is not considered to be disadvantaged compared to other areas of Australia.




2.7.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek Districts

• The inclusion of the Weston Creek district data, with the existing Woden Valley profile, did not significantly change the age structure. The median age of the combined district was 40 years.

• In the combined region the number and proportion of older people increased significantly between 1996 and 2011.

• There was a significantly lower proportion of people born in non-English speaking countries in Weston Creek at 8.2 per cent than for the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area (11.6 per cent).

• The proportion of couple families without children increased between 1996 and 2011, while the proportion of couple families with children decreased.

• There was a higher proportion of separate houses in Weston Creek compared to Woden Valley.

• The unemployment rate was very low in the Weston Creek district.


2.7.4 Woden Town Centre

• The median age of the population was substantially lower than the median age for the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The age structure of Phillip was quite different to the ACT, with high proportions of people in the 25-29, 30-34, and 35-39 year age groups. The proportion of children was very low compared to the ACT.

• Between 1996 and 2011, the number and proportion of young people (15-24 years) decreased substantially.

• A large proportion of the population of Phillip were born in non-English speaking countries. Between 1996 and 2011, the proportion has increased from 10 per cent to 26 per cent.

• In 2011, Phillip had very low proportions of couple families with children and one parent families, and high proportions of lone person households and group households, compared to both the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The proportion of couple families with children in Phillip increased between 1996 and 2011, but still made up only 12 per cent of all households. The proportion of lone person households was relatively consistent at around 50 per cent during this period.

• Flats, units and apartments and semi-detached dwellings made up 98 per cent of all dwellings, which was a significantly higher proportion of these types of dwellings compared to other areas.

• The majority of dwellings were being rented, at 59 per cent, much higher than for the Woden Valley district and the ACT.

• The median incomes were generally lower than for the Woden Valley and ACT.





2.7.6 Mawson Group Centre Catchment

• The median age of the Mawson group centre catchment was 41 years at 2011, which was older than the median age for the Woden Valley district, Weston Creek district and the ACT.

• Compared to the Woden Valley district, the Mawson group centre catchment had lower proportions of people in the 25-39 year age groups, and higher proportions of people in the 10-19 years age groups and older age groups (55+ years).

• The number and proportion of couple families with children in the Mawson group centre catchment decreased between 1996 and 2011, while the proportion of couple families without children and long person households increased.

• A relatively high proportion (40.0%) of dwellings in the Mawson Group Centre catchment - were fully owned in 2011.

• The unemployment rate was very low.




ACT Government, Environment and • Sustainable Development


3 Projected Soda-Economic Profiles 3.1 Growth Scenarios Future socio-economic scenario profiles for the respective study areas were developed to coincide with the population thresholds of present day (as at 2012), and at an additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 people in the Town Centre.

Due to difficulties predicting the timing of these thresholds being reached, two growth scenarios were developed by ESDD — a high development demand scenario where the threshold of an additional 10,000 people in the town centre would be reached by 2021 (in 9 years), and a low development demand scenario where this threshold would not be reached until 2052.

It should be noted that the demand for development and therefore population growth may be extremely variable, and no significance should be placed on this indicative timing. It is provided for the purposes of projecting demographic characteristics for the purpose of this study only.

3.2 Study Areas To assist in understanding the potential future population of the study areas, projected socio-economic

profiles were developed for:

• The Woden Town Centre; and

• The Woden Valley District.

Projected socio-economic profiles for the Weston Creek district and Molonglo Valley district prepared by others were also reviewed as it is recognised that:

• Weston Creek forms part of the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district, and

• Molonglo residents are considered likely to utilise some CSR facilities in the Woden Valley district prior to facilities in that district being fully developed.

The profiles for the Weston Creek district and Molonglo Valley district below are a summary of the findings of the Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012). The full report should be referred to for an explanation of the methodology used to create the profiles, and the detailed results.




3.3 Woden Town Centre and Woden Valley District

3.3.1 Approach

The Belconnen district commenced settlement in 1967 not long after the Woden Valley/Weston Creek was developed. More recently, the Belconnen town centre went through a phase of redevelopment and renewal, which is considered similar to the process of redevelopment being planned for the Woden Town Centre. Based on consultation with ESDD and the CMCD. Belconnen was identified as the most suitable town centre comparison for the purpose of developing socio-economic projections for the Woden Town Centre.

In order to identify when redevelopment began in Belconnen, the dwelling profile from the 1996, 2001, 2006 and 2011 censuses have been analysed. This data is shown in Table 39 below. Between 2006 and 2011, there was a large increase in the number of attached and semi-detached

dwellings in Belconnen. It is assumed that this change reflects the beginning of the renewal of the area.

In order to develop a projected socio-economic profile of the Woden Valley district as redevelopment occurs, the changes that have taken place in the demographic profile of Belconnen have been analysed and similar patterns of change applied.

Table 39: Dwelling types, Belconnen (suburb12), 1996-2011 Dwelling type

1996 2001 2006 2011

Number of

dwellings

Number of

dwellings

Change in number over

previous Census

Number of

dwellings


previous Census

Number of

dwellings


previous Census

Separate house

13 31 18 124 93 98 -26

Semi- detached, row or terrace house, townhouse etc

675 717 42 655 -62 896 241

Flat, unit or apartment

554 574 20 718 144 1,144 426

Other dwelling

3 0 -3 3 3 o -3

Dwelling structure not stated

9 9 0 0 -9 0

In order to provide a future socio-economic profile of the Woden Valley district, the change in demographic characteristics which occurred in the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 has been applied to the 'incoming' population of the suburb of Phillip (representing the Woden Town Centre) and the Woden Valley district. The incoming' population is a term used to

12 The suburb of Belconnen is considered to most closely align with the area of the Belconnen Town Centre.




describe people moving to the region due to the urban intensification and is expected to be quite different to the current population, in terms of their demographic characteristics.

The approach taken to develop the projected socio-economic profiles differs depending on the characteristic being considered, and therefore, for each indicator, or group of indicators, the approach taken is described separately.

3.3.2 Projected Age and Sex Profile

Woden Town Centre The projected age and sex profile of the 'incoming' population is assumed to be the same as the profile for the 'incoming' population of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011. The projected age profile of the 'incoming' population is shown in Table 40 below. The data suggests this incoming population may be made up of a higher a proportion of people aged between 25-34 years, slightly higher proportions of young people, and lower proportions of older age groups.

Table 40: Projected Age profile, 'incoming' population compared to current population in Phillip (suburb) Age Group

- 2011 — Current

Situation' Projected age

profile of Incoming

p'qiulation' ,

0-14 197 9.5% 11.0% 15-24 268 12.9% 11.9% 25-34 688 33.0% 51.0% 35-44 352 16.9% 11.9% 45-54 241 11.6% 7.5% 55-64 165 7.9% 3.3% 65+ 172 8.3% 3.4%

Total 2,083 100% 100.0%

Source: ABS 2012a IBCP B04]; Consultant projections;

For the projections of age and sex, it is assumed that the 5,000 population threshold will be reached in 2016 and the 10,000 population threshold will be reached in 2021 which is consistent with the high development demand scenario. This assumption was necessary to account for the ageing of the existing population in the Woden Valley district according to projections by the Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate (CMCD), and to account for ageing and births of the incoming population over the 10 year period. A breakdown for the 2,500 population threshold is not presented in this profile as the threshold was projected to occur in 2014, which is an intercensal period and it is expected that limited change will occur during this period.

For the suburb of Phillip, ageing of the 'existing' population cannot be taken into account in this analysis as age and sex projections are not available at the suburb level from the CMCD. The results below therefore assume no change to the 'existing' population of Phillip (see Table 41). The large proportion of people in the 25-34 year age group is partly a reflection of the projected age profile of the incoming population, and the existing high proportions of people in this age group in Phillip based on the 2011 census results.





Table 41: Projected Age profile, Phillip including 'incoming' population Age Group 2011 -Current :

.Situation ,

Including Additional 5,000 people - 2016

Including . AciditiOnal10;ocio

, pet5iile, 2021

0-14 197 9.5% 746 10.5% 2,298 17.6%

15-24 268 12.9% 865 112% 1,057 8.1%

25-34 688 33.0% 3,236 45.7% 4,952 37.9%

35-44 352 16.9% 949 13.4% 2,516 19.2%

45-54 241 11.6% 614 8.7% 1,121 8.6%

55-64 165 7.9% 330 4.7% 506 3.9%

65+ 172 8.3% 343 4.8% 630 4.8% Total 2,083 100% 7,083 100.0% 13,081 100.0%

Source: Consultant projections;

Woden Valley District For the Woden Valley district, the same 'incoming' population is considered. Changes to the size and demographics of the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district can be estimated from the CMCD projections. The age profile of the Woden Valley district is included in Table 42 and Table 43, and shown graphically in Figure 26,

Table 42: Projected Age profile, Woden Valley district Age Group 2011 ;4 Current '

SittietiOn, .

InCluiting Ads:ltd.:ail; ' 5,000 PeoPle',720,16";,;

TlifalUctinVAdditionaG „:10,000 peopli:-7;'2021,„

0-14 5,610 17.0% 5,699 14.8% 7,001 15.7% 15-24 4,124 12.5% 5,347 13.9% 5,489 12.3% 25-34 4,293 13.0% 7,448 19.3% 9,514 21.3% 35-44 4,608 14.0% 4,697 12.2% 6,414 14.4% 45-54 4,801 14.6% 4,973 12.9% 4,880 10.9% 55-64 3,635 11.0% 4,115 10.7% 4,391 9.8% 65+ 5,887 17.9% 6,321 16.4% 6,908 15.5% Total 32,958 100.0% 38,600 100.0% 44,598 100.0%


Table 43: Projected Age profile, Younger age groups, Woden Valley district :4°66:90Ciii •.) '20.11::°=.`cifiteiit

' ,Situation•:;iii:CtilattiMptialfill:

ii5,000 peop16:20:16„: '"iii-ClikitiCipOitiOiiiiA :10,000 people,2q21L

0-4 1,774 5.4% 1,946 5.0% 3,094 6.9% 5-9 1,881 5.7% 1,908 4,9% 2,054 4.6% 10-14 1,955 5.9% 1845 4.8% 1,853 4.2% 15-19 1,983 6.0% 2,447 6.3% 2,292 5.1%





Figure 26: Age and Sex profile projected (blue) and existing (outline), 2021, Woden Valley district

85+ I Males [

80-84 E 75-79 1 I.

70-74 1 I

65-69 1 [ 1 60-64 I

, I l

55-59 50-541 1 i ' • 45-49 I

40-44 I 1

35-39 30-34 i

25-29 ,,

I • • , ,

20-24 'l I •

15-19i [ l 10-14

5-9 l l I I 0-41 ,

. L 7% 5% 3% 1%

I ;

Females

I I

1% 3% 5% 7%


This projected age and sex profile (blue) shows a large increase in the number and proportion of people between 20-34 years of age and 0-4 years, and a decrease in the proportion of people in most other age groups. For this community, sport and recreation facilities study, the number of people in each of these age groups is an important consideration when planning specific types of facilities.

Data Assumptions The results of this projected profile are based on a variety of assumptions. Different assumptions would affect the outcome. This profile demonstrates only what might occur if the projected 'incoming' population, attracted by new higher density developments and urban renewal in the study area, attracts a similar demographic profile to that represented by the change in the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011. The assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• The demographic change which occurred in Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 has been used to make assumptions about the 'incoming' population in the Woden Town Centre. However, the demographic change which occurred in Belconnen during this period is also attributable to the ageing of the population which remained in the suburb, births and deaths, and people who moved out of the area, and not exclusively due to the new population attracted by urban intensification. This approach is considered appropriate for the purpose of this report;

• It is assumed that the change which occurred between 2006 and 2011 in Belconnen will continue in the same way for the projected additional population in Woden Town Centre (represented by the population threshold scenarios), irrespective of when this growth will occur;





• The demographic change in the 'existing' population of Phillip is not taken into account in the presentation of data for Phillip (i.e. no population growth or decline, and no demographic change is assumed).

• For reasons stated earlier, the demographic change in the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district is considered based on the projections of age provided by CMCD13.

• The 'incoming' population was aged between 2016 and 2021, and fertility rates for females at individual year ages in Australia were used to estimate the number of births during this period. The additional births were in addition to the population threshold scenarios so the final population numbers are slightly higher than the 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 population thresholds.

• The projections of males and females provided by CMCD were not used in this analysis

as the figures were disaggregated from age groups. Instead the breakdown of males and females in each age group was estimated according to the 2011 Census results, that is, if 49 per cent of 0-4 year olds were female in the Census result, this same proportion was applied to the CMCD projections for this age group. These proportions

were therefore constant for all of the projection years;

• Between the two Census years (2006 and 2011), a large retirement village was built in Belconnen (IRT Kangara Waters), which may not necessarily occur in Phillip and the Woden Valley district. This small area could not be excluded from the analysis therefore the number of older people (over 55 years of age) may be slightly higher than would be expected in the study areas.

• The CMCD projections used to project change in the 'existing' population of the Woden Valley district was not available at the suburb level, therefore the projections for the whole of the Woden Valley have been used. These projections include assumptions about growth and demographic change in the suburb of Phillip, which have also been factored into the growth projection scenarios; and

• It is assumed that all of the population growth represented in the population threshold scenarios, occurs in the suburb of Phillip.

It is suggested that the scenarios be redeveloped with refined assumptions when the planning of the WAM study area is more advanced and specific development opportunities have been confirmed.

3.3.3 Projected Dwellings / Households

Projected Dwelling Profile Assumptions about the development of higher density dwellings in the WAM study area were provided by ESDD. The tables below show the dwelling profile of the suburb of Phillip and the Woden Valley district if these assumptions are applied to the current dwelling profile. The low growth and high growth scenarios are based on slightly different assumptions which are explained below.

13 I t i s to be noted that the age based projections provided by CMCD for Woden Valley do not sum to equal the projected total population for the Woden Valley used in this analysis. The age projections were used in this analysis, not the total figure.




Table 44: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, Low development demand ' Dwelling.' Type "

2011 Current .: Situation' .

IriclUdingAdditional, ,,- 2 500 jieEijile:

Including.: Addiiion'il,5,06 . PPle

InClUdingAdditicinal 10 000 Peple-Separate

House 24 2.20% 24 0.9% 24 0.6% 24 °

0.3%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 494 45.10% 697 26.6% 901 21.7% 1,307 18.2%

Flats, units & apartments 577 52.70% 1898 72.5% 3,219 77.7% 5,862 81.5%

Other Dwelli ng

0 0.00% 0 ao% o 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total. 1,095 100% 2,619 . 100.0% 4,144 100:0% 7,1991 100.0% Source: ESDD projections;

Table 45: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, Low development demand ,Dwelling , Type

*2011_7 Current ,Situation Including Additional Z500 061)16 , Including

Additional S;otio people

Including Additional • - 10,000 people

Separate House 8,815 68.00% 8,815 60.9% 8,815 55.1% 8,815 46.2%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 1,736 13.40% 1,939 13.4% 2,143 13.4% 2,549 13.4%

Flats, units & apartments 2,411 18.60% 3,732 25.8% 5,053 31.6% 7,696 40.4%

Other Dw elling 0 0.00% 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total 12,962 .100.00% 14,486 100.0% 16,011 100.0% 19,060 100.0% Source: ESDD projections;

Table 46: Projected Dwelling profile, Phillip, High development demand Dwelling Type .

2011 - Current Situation

Including Additional 2,500 people

,

Including Additional 5,000. people

Including Additional 10,600 people Separate House 24 2.20% 24 0.9% 24 0.6% 24 0.3%

Semi-detached

Dwelling 494 45.10% 623 23.8%

.

752 18.1% 1,010 14.0%

Flats, units & apartments 577 52.70% 1,986 75.8% 3,396 81.9% 6,215'

, 86.4%

Other Dwelli ng

0 0.00% 0.0% 0 0.0% 0.0%

Total - 1,095 100W, z,33, 100.5% :4;172 100.7% 7,248 : - 100.8% . Source: ESDD projections;





Table 47: Projected Dwelling profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand Dwelling

1.-610j :.. :20;11.-ciiii:eii

' '',SittigticTil 1 tiyCludiiig AcrditiCiiiiiiii •,;,.." 2,500'PeOX :

InrcItiClin'g ';: Addit ional 5,000 :

, people

liiCliiiiinagIdditiOn*` 10;000 people

Separate House 8,815 68.00% 8,815 60.9% 8,815 55.1% 8,815 46.2%

. Semi-detached

Dwelling 1,736 13.40% 1,865 12.9% 1,994 12.5% 2,252 11.8%

Flats, units & apartments 2,411 18.60% 3,820 26.4% 5,230 32.7% 8,049 42.2%

Other Dwelling 0 0.00% 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0%

Total 12,962 100.00% 14,500 100.1% 16,039 100.2% 19,115 100.3%

Source: ESDD projections;

The projections show that there will be a very significant change in the dwelling profile, with the proportion of flats, units and apartments in Phillip increasing from 52.7% of total dwellings in 2011, to either 81.5 per cent under the low development demand scenario, or 86.4 per cent at the 10,000 population threshold. This will also significantly alter the balance of the proportion of flats, units and apartments to separate houses across the Woden Valley district as a whole such that separate houses will only slightly exceed flats, units and apartments,

Data Assumptions The assumptions and limitations of this analysis include:

• The development activity projections provided by the ACT government, assume: - For the low development demand scenario, that growth in the supply for

attached and semi-detached housing will continue as it has in 2012.

- For the high development demand scenario, that the number of development applications currently with the government, will be delivered over the next three (3) years and this level of development will continue.

- That the occupancy ratio for attached dwellings will continue at 1.6 people per dwelling and the occupancy ratio for semi-detached dwellings will continue at 1.9 people per dwelling.

• The development activity projections suggest that no additional separate houses or dwellings classified as 'other dwelling types' will be built in the WAM study area.

• This projected profile assumes that the current level of development activity will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

• The dwelling projections for the WAM study area have been fully attributed to the current dwelling profile in the suburb of Phillip. It is therefore assumed that this growth will occur only in Phillip.

• The change in the dwelling profile of the other suburbs of Woden Valley is not considered in this analysis.

The high development demand scenario is considered for projections of households. The tinneframe for the low development demand scenario extends to 2052 which was considered beyond the time period to reasonably project population and housing characteristics.




Projected Household Profile The propensity for specific types of households to live in particular types of dwellings is considered in order to project the household type profile of the future population. The dwelling profile from above has been combined with the household type by dwelling type cross tabulation of the incoming' population of the suburb of Belconnen between 2006 and 2011 to provide this indicative information.

Table 48: Household profile, Phil ip, High development demand Dwelling Type

.. '

.2011 7 Current . number of households


... ,

. Including ' Additional 5,000

' people



130 11.9% 295 11.2% 460 11.0% 790 10.9%

Couple family with no children

280 25.7% 945 35.9% 1,610 38.6% 2,940 40.6%

Lone person households

509 46.7% 1,090 41.4% 1,670 40.1% 2,831 . 39.1%

One parent families

59 5.4% 81 3.1% 103 2.5% 147 2.0%

Group households 98 9.0% 204 7.8% 310 7.4% 522 7.2%


Total 1,091 100.0% 2,629 100.0% 4,168 100.0% 7,244 100.0%

Source: ACT Government projections; Consultant projections;

Table 49: Household profile, Woden Valley District, High development demand 'Dwelling Type .2011 7 Current

number of households

: Including Additional 2,500 people

Including Additional 5,006

people

Including Additional . 10,09 06016


3,832 29.6% 3,997 27.6% 4,162 25.9% 4,491 23.5%

Couple family with no children

3,579 27.6% 4,244 29.3% 4,909 30.6% 6,239 32.6%

Lone person households

3,694 28.5% 4,275 29.5% 4,855 30.3% 6,016 31.5%

One parent families

1,114 8.6% 1,136 7.8% 1,157 7.2% 1,201 6.3%

Group households 621 4.8% 727 5.0% 833 5.2% 1,045 5.5%


Total ' 12964 100.0% 14,502 100.00/ 16,041 100.0% 19,117 100.0%

Source: ACT Government projections; Consultant project'ons;

For the suburb of Phillip, the projections suggest a large increase in the number of couple families without children and lone person households. In respect of lone person households, the number is projected to increase by 2,322 households, however, the proportion of lone person households is actually projected to decrease. This is partly due to the impact of a large incoming population on a comparatively small existing population base (i.e. 1,091 households were counted in 2011 in the suburb of Phillip.




For the Woden Valley district, the number and proportion of couple families without children and lone person households are projected to increase. The number of couple families with children are projected to increased by over 2,500 household and the number of lone person households increased by over 2,300 households.

Data Assumptions Assumptions and limitations of this approach:

• This analysis assumes there is no change in the 'existing' households of the Woden Valley district. The only change taken into account is the change associated with the incoming population.

• The dwelling projections for the WAM study area have been fully attributed to the current household profile in the suburb of Phillip. It is therefore assumed that this growth will occur only in Phillip.

3.3,4 Projected Income, Workforce and Unemployment

Projected Income Profile Individual income and unemployment rates are very difficult to project into the future. These statistics are determined by a variety of macro and micro-economic factors which is beyond the scope of this project.

To provide some indication of the future income and unemployment situation in the Woden Valley district, the current breakdown of individual incomes and unemployment rates (as per the 2011 census results) has been applied to the population thresholds to show the resulting number of people who would be unemployed or on low incomes. Table 50 shows the results of this analysis.

Based on this approach, the number of individuals on low incomes ($0-399 / week") would increase from 6,828 people in 2011, to 9,843 people if the population were to increase by 10,000 people. While the number of individuals on lower incomes ($0-1,000 / week15) would increase from 13,516 people in 2011, to 19,483 people if the population were to increase by 10,000 people.

Table 50: Projected Income profile, Woden Valley District

13,6FidnalIncomef. Level (week . • :p11:=----,q91-1-!..-p.--t-T,. : - Situation . In-C,IirdinfAilditio-nal ..1 2,160`6e651V-'

.

inclUCling . : • Additional ^^ -Ai..is.,..al 5,000 - . PeOPle.1'

:tn'C.IUitini,cAilctt !anal , . 10,000ipeople...

-

Negative/Nil income 1,809 7.0% 2,084 7.0% 2,259 7.0% 2,608 7.0% $1-$199 1,698 6.6% 1,956 6.6% 2,120 6.6% 2,448 6.6% $200-$299 1,508 5.8% 1,737 5.8% 1,883 5.8%2 174 , 5.8% $300-$399 1,813 7.0% 2,089 7.0% 2,264 7.0% 2,613 7.0% $4004599 2,202 8.5% 2,537 8.5% 2,749 8.5% 3,174 8.5% $600-$799 2,302 8.9% 2,652 8.9% 2,874 8.9% 3,318 8.9% $800-$999 2,184 8.4% 2,516 8.4% 2,727 8.4% 3,148 8.4%

14 i This s an arbitrary amalgamation of income levels for individuals on lower incomes.

15

As above.




Personal Income . , Levet /Week ' - 2011- Current

Situation ln6luding Additional

2500 people

, .

Including,, Additional 5,000.

.. , peopl'• - e _.


. $1,000-$1,249 2,640 10.2% 3,041 10.2% 3,296 10.2% 3,806 10.2% $1,25041,499 2,342 9.0% 2,698 9.0% 2,924 9.0% 3,376 9.0% $1,500-$1,999 3,368 13.0% 3,880 13.0% 4205, 13.0% 4,855 13.0% $2,000 or more 4,046 15.6% 4,661 15.6% 5,052 15.6% 5,832 15.6% Personal not stated

income 1,440 5.3% 1,572 5.3% 1,703 5.3% 1,966 5.3%

Total 27,352 100.0% 29,852 100.0% 32,352 100.0% 37,352 100.0%

Source: Consultant projectOns;

Assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• This analysis excludes the effect of changing economic conditions and population characteristics which would affect income.

• It is assumed that the current personal income breakdown of the total population will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

Workforce The total projected number of people living in Phillip who are employed may increase from 1,388 in 2011 to over 8,000 people in 2021 with additional population growth of 10,000 people. This assumes that the proportion of the total population who are employed will remain at 66.7 per cent, as it was in 2011.

The total number of people living in the Woden Valley district who are employed is projected to increase from 17,240 in 2011 to 23,998 people with additional population growth of 10,000 people. This assumes that the proportion of the total population who are employed will increase from the current level of 52 per cent to 55 per cent in 2021. This increase in the proportion of people employed is assumed as the 'incoming' population is expected to be young adults, a group which have a higher rate of employment than other age groups. The rate of employment for the 'incoming' population is taken from the proportion for the suburb of. Phillip.

There were 22,194 people working16 in the Woden Valley district at the 2011 Census and this number had increased on previous Census numbers. If the growth in the workforce continues as it did between 2001 and 2011, there may be 25,000 people working in the district in 2021.

In order to consider the additional demand on CSR facilities from people who work in the district but do not live there, projections for this group have also been developed using two slightly different methodologies:

• The first method projects forward the total workforce of the area to 2021 based on the employment trend between 2001 and 2011. This figure is then adjusted to only include the proportion of the workforce who live outside the area (as demand generated by

16 This section describes the total number of people who worked in the district, rather than the total number of people who lived in the district and were employed.





.i.y0ii:;! ' nifeitiiiill : mellicia 2- 2011 17,445 14,326

2016 18,288 15,653

2021 18,965 16,797

those working and living in the area has already been taken into account through the population projections.

• The second method estimates the total workforce of the ACT to 2021 based on CMCD population projections for the ACT to 2021 and the current proportion of the population who are employed. This figure is then adjusted to only take into account the proportion of the workforce of the ACT who work in the area being considered (for the reason stated above).

The results of these two methods are included below for the Woden Valley district, and the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. These methodologies have limitations as they assume the continuation of current trends.

For the purpose of this study, the results of the first method have been used for the demand analysis on the basis that the total workforce is larger using this method and it is presumed that total employment in the district is likely to be at the higher end of the estimates as a result of the master planning exercise. The number of people working in the Woden Town Centre may be determined by a range of economic factors and the availability of commercial space. It is therefore recommended that the figures below should not be relied upon and that an analysis of economic conditions, commercial activity and planning strategies be undertaken to estimate the likely future workforce in the area.

Table 51: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021

Yei i , : ' ' ' ' Method 1 " ',nnethiid 2 2011 17,399 15,374

2016 18,423 16,647

2021 19,599 17,757


Table 52: Projected workforce who work in Woden Valley or Weston Creek district but live elsewhere, 2011-2021


Unemployment If the unemployment rate (and the workforce participation rate) was to remain unchanged into the future, the number of unemployed people in the Woden Valley district would increase to 670 people, when the population reaches 42,958 people.




Table 53: Projected income profile, Woden Valley District Measure 2011,—

Current Situation

Including Additional

.2,500 people

Including s Additional

5,000 people,

Including Additional

„.10,000,peOpie

Unemployed 524 (a) 541 579 656 Labour Force Participants 19,890 (a) 20,812 22,279 25,214 Unemployment rate 2.6% (a) 2.6% 2.6% 2.6% Labour Force Participation Rate 59% 59% 59% 59% Population 32,958 (b) 35,458 37,958 42,958

Source: a. DEEWR 2012; b. ABS 2012a; Consultant projections;

Data Assumptions Assumptions and limitations of this approach include:

• This analysis excludes the effect of changing economic conditions and population characteristics which would affect unemployment and labour force participation. It is assumed that the current unemployment and labour force participation rate will continue in a straight line (linear progression) into the future until the population threshold is reached.

• The numbers of unemployed and labour force participants used in this analysis relate to the June quarter 2012 however the total population is at the 2011 Census.

3.4 Weston Creek District

The Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012) suggests that:

• The Weston Creek population will continue to age, with the number of people aged 65- 74 increasing by 5.8 per cent, and the number of 75-84 year olds increasing by 4.5 per cent between 2006 and 2021.

• The proportion of the population aged over 65 years is projected to be approximately 23 per cent in 2021. The proportion of the population in other age groups (0-19 years, 20- 44 years and 45-64 years) are all expected to decrease.

• There will be more couple families with children, fewer couple families without children and an increase in the number of group households to 2021.

• The number of attached dwellings (flats, units or apartments) being rented is forecast to increase by 23.1 per cent over the 2006 figure by 2021. Overall, the number of dwellings being rented is forecast to increase, while the number of dwellings being purchased is expected to decrease.

• The average household income is forecast to continue to increase to $2,049 per week in 2021 (not considering inflation).




3.5 Molonglo Valley District The Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study (Urbis 2012) suggests that:

• The incoming population in the Molonglo Valley district is projected to have high proportions of younger people, with approximately 15 per cent of the population being made up of 0-4 year olds and 16 per cent between the ages of 5-14 years, when population Threshold 1 of 5,000 additional residents is reached17. These proportions decrease to 8 per cent and 13 per cent, respectively, by the time Threshold 3 is reached (additional 20,000 people in the Molonglo Valley district). The proportion of the population projected to be over 65 years of age was just 5 per cent of the population (for threshold 1 and 2, and 7% for threshold 3).

• Young singles and couple households are expected to make up large proportions of the incoming population.

• Large proportions of households are expected to be couple families with children (31.7%), couple families without children (29.7%) and lone person households (25.6%). These proportions are similar or slightly higher than the proportions for the ACT and the Weston Creek district. The proportion of one parent families (5.8%) is expected to be much lower than the proportion for the ACT (10.9%).

• A more culturally diverse population is expected in the Molonglo Valley than in Weston Creek or the ACT.

• When the additional 20,000 population threshold is reached, up to 72 per cent of the apartments in the Molonglo Valley may be rented, while 52 per cent of semi-detached dwellings may be rented.

• The proportion of the population projected to require assistance is low compared to other areas of the ACT, which reflects the younger age profile.

17 Thresholds 1, 2 and 3 relate to additional populations of 5,000, 10,000 and 20,000 people residing in the Molonglo Valley and relate to the years 2015, 2016 and 2021 respectively but would depend on development activity.




4 Demand Analysis - Community Facilities

4.1 Projecting Future Needs

4.1.1 Overview o f Demand Methodology

This section presents an analysis of the potential demand for community facilities for the existing and potential future community in the WAM study area and surrounds. 'Demand' is defined as the expressed, theoretical and assessed needs of a community. It is noted that expressed needs alone are not always assessed as a 'need' as the needs expressed by individuals will differ. A demand analysis collectively assesses the current and future needs for community facilities in the area and determines the potential surplus or shortfall in provision of facilities against the existing 'supply' or provision of facilities of different types.

Scenarios of urban intensification of the WAM study area have been considered based on this process. The existing, proposed and committed community facilities which will serve the increase in population and workforce of the WAM study area and (in some instances) surrounding areas in the future, have been compared with 'benchmark' standards developed for the study.

These benchmarks have been derived from the 'South East Queensland (SEQ) Regional Plan Implementation Guideline No 5 Social Infrastructure Planning' (or "Social Infrastructure Guidelines") prepared by the Queensland Office of Urban Management (OUM) in 2007. These benchmarks provide standard ratios for the provision of different types of community facilities based on a target population threshold, which are widely used to guide planning for the provision of community facilities throughout Australia. It is however necessary to adapt these benchmarks to local situations and models of community facilities used. The resultant 'Desired Standards of Service' developed, which represent a target level of supply or provision for the study area, are further discussed in Sections 4.1.2 and 4.1.3.

Before reviewing the demand analysis, it is important to note the following key points relating to benchmarking, data assumptions and the assessment undertaken:

• While benchmarks provide a guide to the suggested number and type of community facilities which may be required, they are only one factor in determining the need for new facilities. Recommended provision is also based on local consultation and other data sources to confirm and validate detailed needs. Other factors that need to be considered include demography, capacity of existing facilities, social and economic disadvantage and other local issues.

• Benchmarks should not be considered a minimum standard of provision to be provided by any agency, nor should they be considered binding or lead to the expectation that a level of provision of such facilities will be provided. They are simply used as a theoretical starting point for determining what social infrastructure facility needs might be present in a community.

• Benchmarks have been converted to locally applicable desired standards of services (DSS) (outlined in section 4.1.2 below), based on best practice guidelines, previous work undertaken by the consultant team, consultation with government and community providers, and existing rates of provision. However, even these are considered only one




indicator of need, and the methodology synthesises the outcomes of the benchmarking process with a range of other information sources arising from the study.

4.1.2 Development o f Desired Standards o f Service (DSS)

Desired standards of service (DSS) for the provision of community facilities have been prepared by the consultant team for the purpose of this study. In order to establish the DSS to be applied to each community facility type, a variety of information has been sourced including information from consultation with facility providers, existing rates of provision and best practice guidelines. This information has been synthesised into a DSS considered appropriate for this study by the consultant team in consultation with the ESDD.

The table in Appendix B provides a summary of the background information used to determine the DSS. The outcome of this review of information is the recommended DSS to be applied for the purpose of this study, as shown in Table 60 below.

Table 54: Desired Standards of Service (DSS) — Community Facilities CSR Facility Type Recommended DSS to be

AppliedWAM—'ESR,Study R o e Hierarchy,of Provision"

General Community Spaces

Meeting Room Local 1 facility per 2,500 population =

1: 2,500

Licensed Club Sub-district 1:5,000

Religious Facility Sub-district 1:2,000

Neighbourhood Hall Sub-district 1:10,000

Community Centre Sub-district 1:20,000

Community Hub District 1:60,000

Cultural Facilities

Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre Sub-district 1:30,000

Creative and Performing Arts Centre District 1:60,000

Library District 1:60,000

Convention and Exhibition Centre Regional 1:150,000

Arts Hub/Arts Precinct Regional 1:500,000

Performing Arts Centre Sub-Regional 1:200,000

18 Regional — defined as ACT plus one hour (not specifically served by any one centre). Catchment size is approximately 480,000 population. Sub-regional — defined as catchments informally dividing the region for the purposes of community facility provision. Catchment size may vary. District — defined as the catchment of a town (typically served by the town centres of Woden, Belconnen, Tuggeranong, Gungahlin and CBD/Civic). Catchment size is usually approximately 50-80,000 population. Sub-district — defined as the catchment of multi-suburbs (typically served by a Group Centre). Catchment size is usually approximately 20-30,000 population. Local — defined as the catchment of a suburb (typically served by a Local Centre). Catchment size is usually approximately 2-5,000 population.




CSR•Facility Type Recommended DSS to be Applied ir-w-Am--a-SR. Study

R • e CI Hierarchy.of

VV Provision"

Educational Facilities

Preschool Local 1:5,000

Government Primary School Local 1:7,500

Non-Government Primary School Local 1:5,000

Government High School Sub-district 1:20,000

Non-Government High School Sub-district 1:60,000

Government Secondary College District 1:30,000

Non-Government Secondary College District 1:30,000

Early Childhood School District 1:60,000

Adult/Community Education Centre District 1:30,000

Special school District 1:60,000

Institute of Technology (CIT) campus District 1:60,000

University Regional 1:150,000

Health Facilities

GP Medical Centre Sub-district 1:4,000

GP Super Clinic District 1:60,000

Medical Specialist Centre District 1:1,160

Community Health Centre District 1:60,000

Enhanced Community Health Centre Sub-regional 1:200,000

Tertiary Hospital Regional 1:150,000

General Hospital (acute) Regional

General Hospital (non-acute) Regional


Police Station District 1:60,000

Ambulance Station District 1:60,000

Fire and Rescue Station District 1:60,000

Multi-Use Emergency Services Facility District 1:60,000

Youth Justice Centre Regional 1: 500,000

Correctional Centre Regional 1: 500,000

Courthouse Regional 1:500,000

Targeted Facilities - Children

Long Day (Child Care) Centre Sub-district 1:4,000

Child and Family Centre Sub-District 1:60,000

Targeted Facilities - Young People , Youth Centre District 1:60,000

Targeted Facilities - Aged People and People with a Disability

Retirement Village Sub-district TBD

Residential Care Accommodation - High care Sub-district 42 High Care places per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age

44 Low Care places per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age

27 Aged Care packages per 1,000 pop 70+ years of age





CSRfacility type RetOintilendedi Hierarchytof Provision!'

Re0OrilthendeclIDSSeto be ApplgiteWAM CSR Study

Residential Care Accommodation — Low care Sub-district As above

Aged Day Care Centre District 1:60,000

Senior Citizen's Club District 1:60,000

Cemetery/Crematorium

Cemetery Sub-Regional 1:200,000

Crematorium Sub-Regional 1:200,000

4.1.3 Applying the DSS to Population Projections

The DSS outlined in the table above have been applied to the current and projected population for the below listed geographic areas, taking into account the level in the hierarchy of each facility type. The geographic areas and population projections applied to the DSS for each facility in the hierarchy are as follows:

• Woden Valley District: all facilities including the hierarchy provision levels of local, sub-district, district level, sub-regional and regional facilities have been benchmarked

against the three population threshold scenarios (additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 residents in the Woden Town Centre);

• Combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek District: district facilities have been benchmarked against the three population threshold scenarios (additional 2,500, 5,000 and 10,000 residents in the Woden Town Centre); and

• Canberra + 1: only the sub-regional and regional facilities have been benchmarked against CMCD population projections at 5 year intervals to 2031.

4.2 Factors Likely to Influence Demand

For the purpose of the analysis of demand for community facilities, a broad range of factors likely to influence demand have been considered including:

• projected population growth;

• changes in demographic characteristics of the 'future population' and how they compare or differ to current or historical trends and patterns;

• the large number work workers that come (and will continue) to enter the district for work and the impact they may have on demand for particular community facilities;

• the socio-economic profile of the community;

• the hierarchy and service catchment relevant to each facility type;

• new and emerging models of CSR facility provision specific to the ACT;

• current and projected community needs;

• the capacity of existing community infrastructure; and

• changes in the dwelling profile (particularly an increase in medium/higher density residential accommodation).




These considerations have been taken into account through the various study phases and tasks and the outcomes of the assessment are described in the demand analysis provided in section 4.3.

Components of the study that have informed the assessment demand and the resulting demand analysis include.

• Review of background literature relevant to community facility provision in the ACT;

• Engagement with Directorate and community sector stakeholders through workshops, one-on-one interviews, phone interviews and proformas;

• Development of a model of community facility provision specific to the study area (i.e. classifications and definitions of community facilities);

• Audit of existing community facilities specific to the study area and surrounds;

• Comparison of the existing rate of CSR facility provision in Woden Valley compared to that in Gungahlin, Belconnen and Tuggeranong;

• Analysis of three (3) national and international case studies with the view to identify learnings relating to community facility provision that can be applied to the WAM study area;

• Preparation of historical and projected demographic profiles; and

• Development and application of Desired Standards of Service (DSS) specific to the Woden Valley.

The implications and findings that have been identified as a result of the above tasks have been used to inform the analysis of demand for community facilities in the WAM study area. Section 4.3 provides the outcomes of the analysis by community facility type.




4.3 Demand Analysis General Community Facilities

Meeting Room: L o c a l l e v e l s p a c e s a v a i l a b l e f o r p e o p l e t o m e e t a n d u s e f o r community

ac t i v i t i es , w i t h o r w i t h o u t a f e e . T h e s e a r e n o t n o r m a l l y a s t a n d a l o n e fac i l i t y , b u t m o r e commonly

p a r t o f a n o t h e r facility.

Current Provision: T h e a u d i t i d e n t i f i e d s e v e n ( 7 ) m e e t i n g r o o m s in t h e W A M s t u d y a r e a , a n d t w e l v e ( 1 2 ) i n t o t a l in

t h e W o d e n V a l l e y d is t r i c t . M e e t i n g r o o m s w e r e g e n e r a l l y l o c a t e d at:

• C o m m u n i t y c e n t r e s , i n c l u d i n g t h e W o d e n C o m m u n i t y C e n t r e , a n d P e a r c e Community

Centre;

• C o m m u n i t y h u b s , i n c l u d i n g t h e C h i f l e y R e g i o n a l C o m m u n i t y Hub;

• L i b r a r i e s , i n c l u d i n g t h e W o d e n T o w n C e n t r e l i b ra ry ; and

• L i c e n s e d c l u b s , i n c l u d i n g t h e C a n b e r r a S o u t h e r n C r o s s C l u b , W o d e n H e l l e n i c Club,

F e d e r a l G o l f C l u b a n d A u s t r i a n - A u s t r a l i a n C l u b Inc.

O f t h e t w e l v e ( 1 2 ) m e e t i n g r o o m s in t o t a l in t h e W o d e n V a l l e y d is t r i c t , f o u r (4 ) w e r e l o c a t e d in

t h e M a w s o n G r o u p C e n t r e catchment.

Benchmarked The

Current According

meeting

slight

study

benchmarking

Needs: a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e D S S s h o w s t h e following:

a

Local

Meeting Room

DSS: 1 2 , 5 0 0 - 1 facility per 2,500 people C i t l i i r r i e i t i r

, , m r e n t e, numtieCy facil it ies 'k

;:7-2-(ii-23

' ,Fp4 l.ntiofs a0:‘'.

Fi"OfeCiariiegit:i 9laiicqgceraris p,pu- ,

1-07(6,.i.._ii„I, suliiri -Ccirrentl? 4.

.

'$iritriiiit e: f§,urplint ;Add:110,000

pop • ,4.1-eg-dim

' - - - 4 ' ,,.'27-5-, ox

r -POTP.le ,-A-dem •-•:1. *2,..90,4

i,PePplq

m r i x i i , -'.- oco,000

iRg..91#9.- WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

7 2.1 3.1 4.1 6.1 4.9 0.9


4 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 -1.6 -1.6

Woden Valley District 12 13.7 14.7 15.7 17.7 -1.7 -5.7

Needs t o t h e b e n c h m a r k i n g o f c o m m u n i t y f ac i l i t i es a g a i n s t t h e D S S , t h e c u r r e n t p r o v i s i o n of

r o o m s i s f a i r l y a p p r o p r i a t e f o r W o d e n V a l l e y d i s t r i c t a s a w h o l e . H o w e v e r , t h e r e is

u n d e r p r o v i s i o n o f m e e t i n g s p a c e s in t h e M a w s o n g r o u p c e n t r e c a t c h m e n t a n d t h e WAM

a r e a i s w e l l o v e r p r o v i d e d . T h i s m a y i n d i c a t e t h e r o l e o f t h e t o w n c e n t r e , w i t h the

s h o w i n g t h a t m e e t i n g r o o m fac i l i t i es a r e v e r y c e n t r a l i s e d in n a t u r e , w i t h 7 o u t of

19 Shortfall / Surplus — A positive number represents a surplus / overprovision compared to the specified DSS, and a negative number (shown in red) represents a shortfall / underprovision compared to the specified DSS.




Meeting Room: Local level spaces available for people to meet and use for community activities, with or without a fee. These are not normally a standalone facility, but more commonly part of another facility.

the 12 identified facilities being located in the WAM study area.

The higher level of expressed need for community spaces from consultation (discussed below) compared with the results of benchmarking may also be a result of the working population in the Woden Valley who reside in other districts and therefore are not taken into account in the benchnnarking analysis.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, the Woden Valley district as a whole would need five (5) to six (6) additional facilities, with at least one (1) of these facilities benchmarking as being required in the southern half of the district, that is, in the Mawson Group Centre catchment.

Identified Needs: The need for additional meeting rooms within the WAM study area was an issue that was raised during many of the consultation activities, and was discussed in the literature reviewed as part of this study.

Consultation suggested that there is high demand for community facilities, such as meeting rooms to be located in the town centre, close to public transport and attractive as a functional and flexible space that the broader community can use. It was also the view of participants that meeting rooms should be part of community centres and hubs that offer kitchen facilities, breakout spaces, offices, and inexpensive activities, whilst being both multipurpose and cost effective.

The preservation of existing facilities was a high priority of both consultation participants and key policy documents reviewed. The need for low cost meeting spaces was a major concern. Woden Community Services in particular remarked during consultation that they require more space for meeting rooms within their facility.

Recommendations arising from the literature review and consultation process also emphasise the redesign of facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: The current provision of meeting rooms is focused in the WAM study area, although the level of provision in Mawson Group Centre catchment appears to be a little lower than anticipated.

The provision of meeting rooms will need to keep pace with population and workforce growth, especially in the Woden Town Centre. It is recommended that another two (2) to three (3) additional meeting rooms should be provided in ACT Government community facilities (existing or future) to ensure their adequacy with the increase in population in the WAM study area. One should be provided in Mawson Group Centre if possible.




Meeting Room: Local level spaces available for people to meet and use for community activities, with or without a fee. These are not normally a standalone facility, but more commonly part of another facility.

Other opportunities, as below, should be taken to encourage the provision of meeting facilities and spaces in private development. However as the affordability and accessibility of these cannot be assured long term, the initial provision by Government should be ensured.

Opportunities for Delivery: The Community and Recreation Facilities Location Guidelines General Code (Dec 2011) of the Territory Plan (June 2012) states that, 'the efficient use o f land must also be maximised by guaranteeing accessibility and convenience to users through the clustering o f related facilities and encouraging shared uses.' The ACT Planning Strategy prioritises the identification of 'mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities, during masterplanning processes.' Meeting rooms are a small scale community facility that may be easily incorporated into existing facilities and other mixed use developments, particularly higher density development.

The opportunity should also be taken to incorporate meeting room facilities that are available to all community members in the provision of any new facility, including libraries, community centres, community hubs, creative and performing arts centres etc.

During the course of consultation with government agencies it was also identified that there are around 18 rooms which can be used by the community in the Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located near Athllon Drive. However these rooms are unable to be provided for free, as the issue is the need for cost recovery. The suggestion was made that the ACT Government could consider cost recovery for operating costs while providing a community facility at low capital cost. Increased awareness of the availability of these rooms to the public could also increase their utilisation.




Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces ,for worship. Facilities may also be used for non-religious activities (e.g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

Current Provision: The audit identified 24 religious facilities in the Woden Valley district. These primarily included Christian churches, however a number of other religious facilities were also recorded in the district including a Hindu temple.

Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

Subdistrict.

Religious Facility

DSS: 1:2,000 - 1 facility per 2,000 people Catchments

- i Current ridailier

, . 2012 ,. Ooo. I.' ,

PrOjeCted Need = , PoOb atiOliScena'ri4:.! , Shortfall/ Surplus -;.

„Shortfall!, ,.

Siniiliii' of . : - no of . ' Wile" Puriii.t ' A04

facilities . faC. Add.'

, 1:! . 1 . . 0 . i ,

'people.,- - .4, 5,000,ki,

0:0I5le ,

Ackr " 10,000 -: li61314:.

16,000 -r .poo,T,

WAM Study Area 5 2.6 3.8 5.1 7.6 2.4 -2.6 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 10 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 3.0 3.0 Catchment Woden Valley District 24 17.2

_ 18.4 19.7 22.2 6.9 1.9

Current Needs The current number of religious facilities is above the need suggested by benchmarks. This is true for the WAM study area and the Mawson Group Centre catchment as well as the Woden Valley district as a whole.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by an additional 10,000 people, the current provision of religious facilities would still be considered appropriate based on benchmarks for the Mawson Group Centre catchment and the Woden Valley district. However, this does not take into account the mix of religions practiced in the catchments. Benchmarks suggest that an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities would however be required in the WAM study area. At that time there would still be a surplus of three facilities in the Mawson Group Centre catchment.

Identified Needs: The need for additional religious facilities was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

However, during consultation with various community service providers, it was noted that several church facilities located in Woden are used on the weekend for church activities, but are left idle during the week. Hence, the opportunity for greater use of these facilities was identified. For example, the Anglican Church on Petheridge Street, Pearce was redeveloped approximately 4 years ago and it now includes a large kitchen space. This would make it ideal





Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces for worship. Facilities may also be used for non religious activities (e .g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

for community group meetings and events.

Recommended Provision: The benchmarking analysis suggested that if the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities would be required in the WAM study area. However it was noted that at that time there would still be a surplus of three facilities in the Mawson Group Centre catchment. This means that capacity would be available in other facilities in the WAM study area but that residents of the town centre may need to travel to reach these.

It needs to be considered that some religious facilities are quite land consuming, particularly the so-called 'mega-churches', or sometimes mega-temples or mega-mosques, that have been identified in the ACTPLA Research Paper Future Planning For Religious Community in the ACT (2009) in contrast to traditional, smaller places of worship in local areas, such as parishes. 'Mega-churches' are usually defined in the literature as places of worship with weekly attendances of over 2000 people. The vast majority of these churches are evangelical, or orientated towards the conversion of previously non-Christian people, or reviving the faith of people who already identify as Christians. Most are linked to the Pentecostal or Baptist movements.

The Research Paper noted that identification with the traditional Christian denominations has notably decreased despite the total population of the Territory growing by approximately 25,000 people over the last census decade. Low and declining rates of attendance in the Christian denominations also contrast with markedly higher rates of weekly attendance at places of worship among certain Pentecostal and other generally conservative churches.

At the same time, there have been notable increases in identification with the non-Christian religious groupings, reflecting recent patterns of immigration into Australia. The reporting in Sections 2.3 and 2.5 of the most common non-English speaking countries of birth being India, China and Sri Lanka (ABS 2012a) suggests demand for non-Christian denominational religious facilities. While Mawson currently has more religious facilities than could be anticipated, these may or may not cater for the needs of future residents in this regard.

It is consequently possible that the need will arise for larger churches of non-Christian religion in the future; however research from the United States reported in the Research Paper suggests that most mega-churches are located in suburban areas. A trend in Australia is the use of other community facilities such as community centres, halls and meeting rooms for religious services.

Hence despite the decline in religious identification, religious groups will still need to be planned for. Pluralisation, through individual choices and immigration, could be expected to promote further diversity, while the rise of `mega'-places of worship may occur.

It would appear that the possible demand for an additional two (2) to three (3) facilities should




Religious Facility: A church or other community space providing one or more meeting spaces for worship. Facilities may also be used for non-religious activities (e.g. social, educational and recreational activities) either exclusively by a congregation or hired by the general community.

be allowed for in or around the Woden Town Centre if the town centre population were to grow by an additional 10,000 people.

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified.

Page 69 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd,




Licensed Club: A licensed club under the Liquor Act 2010 operated by a community or sporting group for hospitality purposes.

Current Provision: The audit identified six (6) licensed clubs in the Woden Valley district. These include:

• Canberra Southern Cross Club;

• Slovenian Australian Association of Canberra Inc.;

• Woden Hellenic Club;

• Federal Golf Club;

• Woden Tradesmen's Union Club;

• Mawson Club; and

• Austrian-Australian Club Inc.


-; Sub-district . . .._ .. . Licensed Club

DSS 1:5,000 — 1 facility per 5,000 people 'CitiliMeriti 1:.:itiiiFiA-tli i;-20:12 ''' 4. ' atiijegairtiget,„ 1,:StiOitfal 14 ,t.,1:SliOtiltV

77Tcr'irl: ; r';..iir.1.4ercifj, i po i n , ',Population Scenarioslk1 ' Surplus ,,,,Surplus,r7:,: 1 Galities ,' f'ircilif Rpl-------- ,-,3, ,,,,, a r r e n t ' Ty!tdd..t.:.'

4 , Ad .d.

L'w2;500 gi:- ,,ie5,000,..4

;:r,.:i.:dg.4 t., 10,000 ,,

' ,10,0001Pop,

, :1).9P131Pz: "I PP9Pk! f.P.P.PP.le, .

.,,

WAM Study Area 6 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.0 3.0 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 2 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 -0.8 -0.8 Catchment Woden Valley District 7 6.9 7.4 7.9 8.9 0.1 -1.9

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the Woden Valley district is currently appropriately provided with licensed clubs. There are, however, more clubs in the WAM study area than might be anticipated, suggesting that the town centre performs a role in providing these. The current shortfall of one (1) club at Mawson reflects the recent closure of the Serbian Club.

Future Needs If the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 5,000 people, an additional one (1) licensed club would be needed in the Woden Valley District, If the population increased by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) licensed clubs would be needed across the Woden Valley with one (1) of these currently required in Mawson.

Identified Needs: During consultation with Arts ACT, it was noted that clubs play a key role in providing locations for social interaction and places for people to gather. They made particular mention of the Southern Cross Club and the Hellenic Club (both located in Woden) and the Viking Club





(located in Tugeranong).

One of the priorities of the ACT Planning Strategy is to identify mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities. It is understood that licensed clubs may be easily integrated into mixed use developments.

The need for additional licensed clubs was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: The benchmarking analysis suggested that if the population of the WAM study area were to grow by 10,000 people, an additional two (2) licensed clubs would be needed. These could be located anywhere in the Woden Valley district, preferably with one in Mawson; however the trend tends to be toward the development of a hospitality industry based2° 'night-time economy' (NTE) (ACTPLA Research Paper Planning for Night-time Economies) in commercial centres. In particular Civic, Manuka, Dickson, and Kingston were identified as major hubs of hospitality industry venues. The research paper also found that the Weston Creek District contained significant numbers of hospitality venues. Partly because of planning restrictions on drink establishments and licensed clubs, most local centres were found to be less prominent as sites of NTE.

The licensed club sector, while also present in many other cities, is relatively prominent within Canberra economic and community life (Planning for Night-time Economies). Following the end of World War Two, the NSW government sought to reform the sale of alcohol through adopting the legal form of the upper/middle class men's club as its preferred model in liberalising liquor licensing. This model also came to be adopted in the ACT, with the number of clubs in Canberra growing from 1 in 1944 to 64 licensed club venues in 2008 across Canberra (Planning for Night-time

Economies).

Planning for Night-time Economies reports that among the various categories of things respondents liked about clubs, 69% nominated their role as places for dining and drinking and 60% nominated their role as a meeting place for friends. Other research has long found that clubs are very widely patronised by the Canberra community and, as such they are important community facilities which also need to be provided for in planning town centres.

Clubs are often the first large NTE businesses (other than restaurants and takeaways) to establish in new greenfield areas, as has been seen in Gungahlin, possibly partly due to the ability of clubs to subsidise food and drink prices through gaming revenue.

Planning for Night-time Economies Research Paper concludes that Canberra's commercial

20 Encompasses venues where the primary activities are the service of food and drink — such as restaurants, pubs, cafes, and bars - and those that cross-over with entertainment-orientated venues, such as licensed clubs that offer both food and live music performances.





centres are the sites of distinctive and widely patronised NTE venues. Such venues add greatly to the liveability of the city 'after dark' and, as elsewhere, are sites where play, socialisation and encounter take place.

Woden Town Centre currently appears to play a relatively low key role in this night-time economy. In 2009 there were 14 restaurants, clubs, drink establishments and cafes in Woden Town Centre together with a multi-screen cinema complex. It is considered that an additional two clubs, with at least one (1) in the Woden Town Centre, would be a desirable addition with the increase of 10,000 people.

The addition of at least one further club in the Woden Town Centre could assist in creating more of a night-time economy than currently exists, help to create a safer centre after dark and serve the needs of the wider district catchment.




Directorate (ESIDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Neighbourhood Hall: A building, essentially a hall, providing meeting and recreational space to meet the needs of residents of local suburbs. Some have storage space and kitchen facilities. Used by the local community for dances, exhibitions and other functions.

Current Provision: The audit identified three (3) halls in the Woden Valley district, which are the Torrens Community Hall in Torrens and two (2) at the Woden Seniors Club in Phillip.

Benchmarked The

Current The appropriate Centre anticipated.

Future If Mawson/Phillip be

Needs: application of the DSS shows the following:

Sub district Neighbourhood Hall

DSS 1:10,000 — 1 facility per 10,000 people Catchments Current

number of facilities

"2012 pop. / no Of fac.

Projected Need --'''- Population Scenarios

, '

Shortfall/ Surplus — Current "

* Shortfall!, ,Surplus — ' ' 'Add:

- 0 000 1 ' pop

Add . 2500 people

, .

Add , . _ - o,000 people'

Add . 10,000 ,

people ,

WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

2 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.5 0.5


1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 -0.4 -0.4


Needs current provision of three (3) neighbourhood halls in the VVoden Valley district is

according to benchmarks, as is one (1) neighbourhood hall in the Mawson Group catchment. The provision of 2 neighbourhood halls in the WAM study area is above that

Needs the population were to increase by 10,000 people in the WAM study area, the provision in

would still be appropriate. An additional one (1) facility would be anticipated to provided in the Woden Valley district.

Identified Needs: Consultation with service providers has indicated there is high demand for community facilities, such as neighbourhood halls. It was noted that these facilities need to be close to public transport, accessible, well designed, functional and flexible for the broader community to use. The facilities need to have adequate car parking and storage capacity. The preservation of existing facilities was also a high priority of both consultation participants and key policy documents reviewed.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 noted that a number of facilities lack the flexibility to adapt to changing demographics and needs, with extensive upgrades and redevelopment required. The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.20) support this statement, claiming that planning policies for community facilities should encourage multiple use and





Neighbourhood Hall: A building, essentially a hall, providing meeting and recreational space to meet the needs of residents of local suburbs. Some have storage space and kitchen facilities. Used by the local community for dances, exhibitions and other functions.

flexible design to allow for changing needs. However, the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also notes that purpose built spaces are still required for those service providers that have specific needs and for whom adaptation of general purpose spaces can be difficult.

Consultation for the current study supported this finding from the literature, indicating that the re-use of disused school buildings is not always appropriate and that more built for purpose facilities are required. During consultation, the grouping of common activities, services and groups in facilities was offered as a design solution, rather than trying to design for all purposes.

Neighbourhood halls play the role of low cost meeting spaces, however, most individuals noted that there were not enough halls in the WAM study area and there was a strong perceived need for a hall in Woden Valley District, preferably in the Woden Town Centre.

One of the key strategies of the Canberra Social Plan 2011 is the provision of new neighbourhood halls. The Canberra Plan also prioritises the identification and planning for services for future growth areas and recommends redesigning facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: Benchmarks suggest that up to an additional one (1) neighbourhood hall would be anticipated to be provided in the Woden Valley district. It would appear that this facility would be provided in Woden Town Centre.

It is apparent from the benchmarking and the consultation that the halls provided by the Woden Seniors Club are critical to the appropriate provision of halls in the Woden Town Centre. Should these be relocated, then benchmarks confirm that they would require replacement in the town centre for the supply to remain adequate for the projected population increase. The low cost to hire these facilities is also an important factor in their accessibility.

It is recommended that. one (1) to two (2) neighbourhood halls in Woden Town Centre be provided as part of a multipurpose community centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified, however it is desirable that one (1) — two (2) halls be included in the redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre should this facility be retained in Woden Town Centre.




Community Centre: Large multi-purpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typically comprise halls, meeting rooms, child care services and other support services and community group office accommodation.

Current Provision: The audit identified one (1) community centres in the Woden Valley district, being:

Woden Community Centre — this facility is tenanted by the Woden Community Services and Lollipop's Children Centre. The Woden Community Services provide a wide range of whole of life cycle services including children's service, a family day care scheme, school aged programs, child, youth and family programs, disability services, community access for elderly people, a mental health program, housing support, volunteer recruitment and training, settlement program for volunteers, Home and Community Care, a community bus, coordination of the Woden Valley Festival, management of the ACT operations of 'The Big Issue' magazine and a bushfire response program (social support for affected individuals).

While Pearce Community Centre is known as such, it is a previous school facility which is tenanted by community organisations. Hence while not a 'new model' hub, it is considered that this facility acts more in the capacity of a community hub than a community centre and it has been counted accordingly.


. .uti-ciOnOt Community Centre

DSS 1:20,000 — 1 facility per 20,000 people

Catchments . ,. : Current 2012 , Projected Need - . „ , ,

Shortfall/ ' Shortfall/ - number :- :=1.76f 7:', pop. /

' no of : ,- •, : p,cipu ationAcenarios

. Sitrpitia. Current ' .

„StiieliiS . Add:, ' ' Add '.` ::,:Add *1110,s f4..: Add

"*2-,500 '... • ''5,1:10(i.' :`,..10,00.0": , ,10;000 •

, PaCiPle:,1' PeiiPle:; ,::'Fie.OPle 1.361)

WAM Study Area 1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.7 0.2 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 -0.7 -0.7 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 -0.7 -1.2

Current Needs The number of community centres in the Woden Valley district is underprovided by close to one (1) centre according to benchmarks.

Future Needs If the population in the Woden Valley were to increase by 5,000 people, a second community centre would benchmark as required. An increase of a further 5,000 people (a total of 10,000) would not trigger the need for a further facility beyond the first.

Identified Needs: Located in the Woden Town Centre, the Woden Community Centre, overseen by Woden




Community Centre: Large multi-purpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typiaally comprise halls, meeting rooms, Child care services and Other support services and community group office accommodation.

Community Services (WCS), has currently outgrown its existing location, due to an increasing level of service provision. A community hub has long been planned to replace this 30 year old facility but has not occurred. The existing centre has a number of access issues and general upgrades are required. During consultation with WCS, it was noted that they are currently at capacity and have been consistently asking for additional space for a significant period of time.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 states that the affordability of facilities and public indemnity fees are a significant barrier to the community sector in undertaking the provision of services and facilities. Low cost meeting spaces in community centres and office spaces for community groups were also identified as appropriate and necessary within town centres. Woden Community Centre operates several outreach programs from alternative locations because of the financial pressure placed upon them by high rental rates of premises, in addition to the aforementioned access issues and need for the general upgrades.

The Canberra Plan 2008 also noted that one of the key challenges for providing facilities was lowering the costs for service delivery by those organisations utilising such facilities.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 notes that a number of existing facilities lack the flexibility to adapt to changing demographics and needs, with extensive upgrades and redevelopment required. It suggests that community facilities should be multipurpose, cost effective and offer inexpensive activities.

The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.20) support this statement, claiming that planning policies for community facilities should encourage multiple use and flexible design to allow for changing needs. During consultation, the grouping of common activities, services and groups in facilities was offered as a design solution, rather than trying to design for all purposes. However, the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also notes that purpose built spaces are still required for those service providers that have specific needs and for whom adaptation of general purpose spaces can be difficult.

Consultation with a number of service providers indicated that storage space is in high demand and often under supplied within community facilities generally. The need for adequate parking was also noted. During consultation with local service providers, it was noted that the management of multi-use spaces such as community centres can often prove challenging; by renting spaces out for certain periods (e.g. if rented for a 1 hour period other groups requiring a 3-4 hour block may be prevented from using the facility), cost effectiveness is often removed or significantly reduced, limiting the efficient use of these spaces in the process.

Participants from both government directorates and local service providers also noted that it appears to be a continuous cycle of 'keeping up.' Community Centres have been established in




Community Centre: Large multipurpose building offering a broad range of activities for a wide age group. Typically comprise halls, meeting rooms, child care services and other support services and community group office accommodation.

the past, however, demand has not decreased and a significant gap between supply and demand is still evident. This is especially true with regard to the provision of facilities for those at either end of the age spectrum; a dual population creates several challenges for providing appropriate services and facilities to a community.

The ACT Planning Strategy prioritises the identification of mixed use development opportunities to incorporate community facilities. It considers that community centres are ideal locations for a number of community service providers to be co-located with other necessary services, such as retail and commercial premises. The ACT Planning Strategy also identifies as a short term action, the need to prepare a Community Facilities Strategic Plan to support an estimated future population of 453,000 people in the ACT by 2030.

The Canberra Social Plan 2011 identifies the better coordination and planning of infrastructure and services as one of the key strategies to be implemented by the ACT Government. It also emphasises the importance of investing in community infrastructure that promotes connection and diverse activities, such as Regional Community Centres2' providing long term tenancies for over 40 community organisations.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 details specific strategies to be undertaken within the next five years, including the finalisation of a community facilities asset management strategy, to be completed within two years. The ACT Government will also maintain a program of community facility audits within the same timeframe, whilst upgrading accommodation for community service providers over the next five years.

During the same period, the government will assist the existing community centres in Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Belconnen districts to respond to location pressures and changing demands. Significantly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the existing Woden Community Centre will undergo refurbishment and redesign between 2012-2014 to become a regional community centre. It will house the Woden Community Services Association, as well as Lollipop Children's Centre and Woden Senior's Club.

Recommendations have also been made for the colocation of compatible facilities and redesign of existing facilities to improve safety and access.

Recommended Provision: The 2012-13 ACT Budget provided $550,000 for a feasibility study and forward design for a new facility to service the Woden Valley region. This study is looking at the possibility of co-locating a community centre, childcare centre and senior's centre in a new complex to replace Woden

21 In this report, these facilities equate to a 'Community Hub' (see following section) which has been classified as a 'District' level facility i.e. one would serve Woden Valley/Weston Creek catchment; one would serve Belconnen district, one would serve Tuggeranong, one would serve Gungahlin and possibly one would serve Molonglo in the future.





Community Service's existing premises in Phillip. The collocated Lollipop Children's Centre and the adjoining Woden Senior's Club are also experiencing high levels of demand for the services they provide and need more space. At the time of writing, a the CSD was writing a request for tender for a consultant to undertake this study.

The new complex is anticipated to cater for the increasing demand for services in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek areas, as well as possibly the growing population in the newly developing Molonglo Valley region until such time as a community centre is built in that district. As such, the preferred location of the facilities in Woden or Weston Creek has not been determined.

The redevelopment of the Woden Town Centre and additional population of 10,000 people in the town centre will increase the rationale for location of these facilities in Woden. A place of some kind for the community to meet is considered a basic prerequisite for community development. A facility such as a community centre can provide a sense of identification with an area and help to develop a sense of community in a number of ways, an important one being to provide a place where shared activities can be carried out in the locality. Local activities also help create a social focus, a sense of belonging to, and responsibility for, an area that can support community well being and safety. Public space and facilities where people meet and gather both informally and formally are necessary to engender shared interest and identity. A facility such as this can both provide a home for existing groups and encourage the formation of new groups.

The type of facility envisaged by the above description can be a facility managed by one organisation but must be the province of all community members (i.e. there should be multipurpose use of the facilities rather than spaces let out permanently to a number of individual groups or organisations). It also should be seen as a focus of the community with freedom of entry and exit, a place to go for information and a 'soft entry'22 to assistance of all types, and spaces for leisure and informal gathering rather than merely the formal hiring of rooms or halls. The 'Roundhouse' discussed in the case study undertaken for False Creek North (refer to the Phase 2 Narrative Report) provides an excellent example of the role this type of facility can play.

As discussed in other sections, the case studies showed that this type of facility can also act as 'magnet infrastructure' to encourage development demand in an area.

For these reasons it is recommended that the redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre should occur as a multipurpose district level community centre serving Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. It is noted that stages 1 and 2 of the Molonglo Valley Greenfield development appear to be adequately planned with community activity centres to meet their

22 Initial contact or access not requiring a formal referral or appointment.





needs.

Opportunities for Delivery: It is possible that the redevelopment of Woden Community Centre at a sub-district level could occur on its existing site, however it is considered unlikely that the site would be large enough for a district level facility. No other specific opportunities have been identified, however mixed use development opportunities incorporating community facilities should be sought in accordance with the ACT Planning Strategy.

It is possible that community uses such as this could be included in any redevelopment of the CaIlam Offices, and indeed that the CaIlam Offices could provide the type of 'landmark' community facility which is recommended.




Community Hub: A facility containing space for (regional) community and government service providers. Commonly utilise surplus schools. May include meeting rooms of individual organisations available for hire for general community use.

Current Provision: There were two (2) community hubs identified in the Woden Valley district:

Chifley Regional Community Hub — this utilises the former Melrose Primary School. The following services are run from the hub, which has a health focus:

• Chifley Health and Wellbeing Centre;

• Australian Diabetes Educators Association Ltd;

• Nutrition Australia;

• Anglicare Canberra Goulburn (The Junction Youth Health Service);

• Mental Health Foundation;

• Australian Breastfeeding Association;

• Asthma Foundation;

• Neurospace;

• Australian Council State School Organisations Incorporated;

• YMCA;

• Warehouse Circus Incorporated;

• Autism Asperger ACT Inc.; and

• Sids and Kids ACT.

Pearce Community Centre — as discussed above, this facility is considered to act as a community hub, although not redeveloped as one. Organisations based at and services run from the Pearce Community Centre include:

• SHOUT Office (Self Help Organisations United Together - disability services and support organisations), including:

o Prostate Cancer Support Group; o Parkinson's ACT; o Autism Asperger ACT; o Arthritis ACT; o Asthma Foundation of ACT; and o People with Disabilities ACT;

• Kidsafe Centre (community advisory service); • Superannuated Commonwealth Offices Association (Federal Council) Inc.; • ACT ME/Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Society; • Friends of Brain Injured Children ACT; • Yoga classes; • Sparkles Dance Studio; • Communities@Work; • ACT Post-Polio Support Group; and • Advocacy for Inclusion.




Community Hub: A facility containing space for (regional) community and government service providers. Commonly utilise surplus schools. May include meeting rooms of individual , organisations available for hire for general community use

There is an additional community hub located in the Weston Creek district. The Weston Community Hub, located on the site of the former Weston Primary School provides accommodation for:

• ACT Council of Social Service Inc.; • Woden Community Service Inc.; • Communities at Work; • Toora Women Inc.; • Good Environment Choice — Australia; • Sustainable Population Australia; • Woden Community Service Incorporated; • Parentline ACT Inc.; • Association of Parents & Friends of ACT Schools Inc.; • Good Environmental Services; and • Australia21.


en : . b + 1 3 7 1 4 1 1 r f i r M g r n i E r i g E b Y 4 5 , .4141.t i .., - r -

;,,,4,;.1311 Community Hub

DSS: 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people . Citaibianta = -- Current -

. nun ibed i

.

':, 2012 t•-- i, PCOp:=-/

-

PrOjeCted-Ne-edl' :,POiiiilatiiiiri Scenarios ,,

:Shortfall! .: ,SUfPliii-,:7;

,Shortfall!SUIPtaki'-i:,

:fiailitiei no of fac. . : - .-. Add2500

5,000 -10,000. -

cidie'reP ::4A-eici.,-..1 10,909

.. - PeOPl'e, ; people , '.', people

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.8 Catchment Woden Valley District 2 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 1.4 1.3

Woden Valley and Weston 3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 2.0 1.9 Creek

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the current provision of community hubs is more than adequate for the population in the Woden Valley district. It is also higher than would be anticipated in the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district, which has three (3) facilities, whereas one might be anticipated to serve the combined district.

Future Needs The current provision in Woden Valley district is also appropriate when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people is taken into account. It remains well above that anticipated for the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district.





Identified Needs: The Community Services Directorate (CSD) own several large and multi-tenanted sites within the ACT. These facilities are identified for the purposes of facility provision planning as community hubs, with separate not-for-profit organisations operating out of the space. Rent is paid to the CSD (as a commercial land lord), however the CSD cover all operational costs, capital works and maintenance for the facilities. The smallest hub operated by the CSD contains five tenants, whilst the largest houses 20 tenants (similar to the Chifley Regional Community Hub in Woden).

The demand for community facility spaces in the ACT is very high, with the CSD waiting list currently occupied by 120-170 organisations, with a range of facility / space size demands. Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD) has a similar list, with some groups waiting for more than a decade.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 noted that the affordability of facilities and public indemnity fees are a significant barrier to the community sector in undertaking the provision of services and facilities

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 included a program to upgrade accommodation for community service providers over the next five years. The plan determined that surplus schools currently being used by community organisations should continue to be utilised in this manner. A process of consultation undertaken by the ACT Government in 2008 had identified that this was considered a suitable use of eight surplus school sites by the community.

A subsequent Regional Community Facilities and Neighbourhood Halls Project (2008) was carried out by the ACT Government. This included the refurbishment of schools located in Cook, Weston, Chifley and Holt for community hubs designed to meet the needs of community organisations within Canberra and to provide meeting and recreation space to residents of local areas.

The Cook Community Hub was the first of the four Hubs to be fully tenanted and operational. The Chifley Community Hub (in the Woden Valley district) was determined to have a health focus, although the primary tenant is the YMCA. There was considered to be insufficient space within the former school building to establish a neighbourhood hall within this hub. It is noted that these hubs can provide space for organisations which serve either a subregional or even a regional community.

Recommended Provision: The model of providing community hubs is a unique and very valuable one which should take pressure off the provision of affordable office space for community organisations throughout Canberra.

The provision of community hubs in the study area appears high at the present time which is





probably linked to the location of Woden as a geographic centre of Canberra from which a much wider catchment area can be served. The current provision is therefore also more than adequate for the projected future population increase. The provision of meeting space for the community not provided for in these hubs appears to be a more significant need.




Cultural Facilities

One of the objectives of the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 is to ensure that "all Canberrans can participate in the city's cultural and social life." The Social Sustainability Strategic Directions of the Territory Plan (section 1.18) also state that, "provision will be made for a comprehensive

range o f readily accessible community, cultural, sporting and recreational facilities, distributed according to varying needs o f different localities and population groups."

, Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

Current Provision: A community arts centre or community theatre is often a private or community based facility generally providing for amateur performance and rehearsal or local visual arts workshops, exhibition or studios. There were no community arts centres or community theatres identified in the Woden Valley district. 23


8Ubldi§triCt ,

Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre DSS 1 30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

• ifiliiii—eligr ''''' - .

r'ell'ireit7. number,z,

, O11:1:::

facilities -, ,,' : • ,,,,.. :

Y;20127 :,' pop, :‘' no'ò

ac ,

.s' .,1,CiajeCie-d-Weed . ,

opulation Scenarios .•:.. TSIZiffilli Surplus -', ...: 'Current :',

1Siiiiiifilli 7 Surplus r y .7.1Aile . A 7

, -,--- -6.:Z500it Sel;r4,3

-d-.- 452000.e, 1 PRSTIf.'i' .,,IPP.913re.Z.


0 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 -0.2 -0.5


0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5


Current Needs Benchmarks suggest that one (1) community arts centre or community theatre would currently be anticipated to be provided in the Woden Valley district. This would be expected to be located in the Woden Town Centre, to serve the district as a whole.

Future Needs Taking into account projected population growth of 10,000 people, an additional half facility

23 A similar facility in Belconnen might be considered to be The Community Theatre, located in the Belconnen Community Centre. The theatre has 145 seats and is air-conditioned and heated. Theatre hire is inexpensive, providing wide community access and enhancing its capacity to realise its vision of a connected, active and strong community. There is also an art room for community access and a community art gallery available for hire. The focus is on presenting work by local and emerging artists and arts groups.




Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

would be required in the Woden Valley district, in addition to the one facility mentioned above. The lower levels of population increase would make little difference to the current need for this facility.

Identified Needs: Consultation with Arts ACT confirmed that there are very few cultural facilities located within the study area, with the exception of The Warehouse Circus. This facility is located within the Chifley Health and Wellness Club (a former primary school), as is the Young Women's Christian Association (YWCA). The Warehouse Circus is a community based organisation that engages with young people interested in circus performance and often undertakes outreach performances at events such as Floriade. As such it is a fairly specialised rather than general cultural facility.

Arts ACT also noted that the performance facilities at Erindale College in Tuggeranong are open to community groups. Kulture Break, a not-for-profit creative arts organisation for young people, is one such group that frequently uses this facility. Although Erindale College is located outside of the WAM study area (approximately 7knn south of Mawson), it services a group of suburbs, potentially including both Torrens and Farrer, which are part of Woden Valley. During consultation with Arts ACT, it was indicated that the anticipated population threshold of 10,000 people for the WAM study area was not a significant increase that would substantiate the need for more facilities. Furthermore, it was suggested that urban infill will increase the number of working age households and couples without children. It is considered that these residents will be able to travel to other districts to access facilities.

An additional outcome of the consultation was the understanding that a policy needs to be developed to facilitate the shared use of school facilities with community groups. This may particularly apply to this level facility. Consideration will need to be made surrounding the implications for schools, including administration and resources for facility management.

During consultation activities, emerging needs for the WAM study area were identified, including providing affordable access to facilities and ensuring that performance spaces for youth are available.

A $9.35 million state-of-the-art Performing Arts Centre at Canberra College in Woden Town Centre has recently opened with a 180-seat performance theatre, a dance studio, a music studio with two practice rooms, a drama studio, a loading dock and front-of-house facilities. This is not currently not open to the public. However, Arts ACT believe that there is no need to duplicate this facility, as while there are no current plans to open the facility to the broader public it is anticipated that it may become available for community use at some point in the future.

Recommended Provision: The WAM study area requires improved access to a community arts centre/community theatre.




Community Arts Centre/ Community Theatre: A facility which provides space for holding auditions, rehearsals, plays and performances for community groups, as well as spaces for artists and art development projects (e.g. craft workshops, rehearsal spaces).

This need will increase with long term redevelopment of the town centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: Access to a community arts centre/community theatre may be able to occur through negotiation of use of school / college (e.g. Canberra College) performance space.




Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groUps, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Current Provision: No district level creative and performing arts centres were identified in the Woden Valley or Weston Creek district24.


34 1/:,:'., _

z r , , , g , : : : , A-,_lirsTr16..i.,::., ,.: 'Jell: . : --V '

Creative and Performing Arts Centre DSS 1:60,000 – 1 facility per 60,000 people

' Catchments' Current ' number o f

. facilities • '

-" 2012 = POO. L he of

ac

'-' Projected Need -- ' population, Sceneries

;StiOrifill/ ' SUrpltie''.7.

. Current , .: -

-' Shortfall! ' Surpltis'-'-

Add.' • - - 10,000 — ,

..., .Add.... ,'• - - ; ; ' 2,600

, . people;

Add. • - - - 5,000

. _ - people , Add. , 't ; , 10,000,

, . people


0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -1.1

Current Needs Benchmarks currently do not suggest the need for a facility in the Woden Valley district, however when the Weston Creek population is considered, a facility benchmarks as required for the combined district. Future Needs

One (1) facility is currently needed for the combined district. If the population grows to include an additional 10,000 people in the WAM study area, it will only marginally increase this existing need.

Identified Needs: The existing Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located near Athllon Drive (the corner of Hindmarsh Drive and Ainsworth Street) facilitates a range of cultural and performance activities. This facility includes a film and television school and has extended opening hours. Its

24 An example of a district level creative and performing arts centre is the Belconnen Arts Centre. The purpose built spaces within Belconnen Arts Centre are available for both regular and occasional hire. They include a main gallery; two creative workshops suitable for large art and craft classes; three creative studios for artists to utilise in the administration and the creation of new works; a meeting room and arts lounge; a dance studio available for dance and movement classes; an outdoor gallery for sculptors and installation artists (also used for events); and a foyer space for community exhibitions, major events, celebrations, launches and concerts.





Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groups, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Music Industry Centre, a custom-designed venue, provides cabaret style tables, chairs, couches and bean bags to watch entertainment, while music and media students provide sound, lighting, video and management of an event, providing learning experiences with professional performers.

During consultation activities, an arts centre inclusive of a dance space was one of the emerging needs identified for the WAM study area.

The Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden Community Facility Needs Assessment 2004 — Report for Stage 2 identified several gaps in service and facility provision in 2004. This included a lack of arts and cultural facilities. This report also notes that the community felt as though there were insufficient entertainment facilities located within 3-5 kilometres of Woden Town Centre. One of the recommendations of this study was to consider the potential role of an arts facility in Woden.

Arts ACT's have identified that it is currently intended that any future arts facilities will be located to the west of Woden, within Molonglo Valley and potentially Weston Creek. This is largely because, as a higher order facility with a wide catchment area, residents can be expected to travel further to access the services they offer. Accordingly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies the Molonglo Arts Centre as planned infrastructure to be established within the next ten years.

Recommended Provision: Arts ACT's current intentions are that a creative and performing arts facility will be provided in Molonglo Valley within the next ten (10) years. This is anticipated to serve Molonglo Valley, Weston Creek and areas further afield such as Woden Valley district, however consultation has long identified a long standing lack of arts and cultural facilities in Woden Valley district.

Public access to the Performing Arts Centre at Canberra College would provide access to performance facilities, a dance studio, a music studio with two practice rooms and a drama studio. Visual arts needs would however remain unmet.

The redevelopment of Woden Town Centre is an excellent opportunity to provide a Visual Arts Centre and could provide benefits in terms of stimulating development demand. Consideration might therefore be given to such a facility.

Opportunities for Delivery: If provided in the Woden Town Centre a Creative Arts Centre could provide a key landmark building similar to the Belconnen Arts Centre. The case studies undertaken as part of this study have shown that such buildings can act as 'magnet infrastructure' for redevelopment, which may assist the redevelopment of the town centre. Consideration of a Visual Arts Centre as well as an outdoor sculpture garden could be included in any redevelopment of the CaIlam Offices.




Creative and Performing Arts Centre: A centre providing facilities for a range of creative arts and cultural activities. Facilities may include a theatre, galleries, dance studio, creative workshops for visual arts and craft, studios for multi-media or other arts practitioners and groups, meeting rooms suitable also for training workshops, classes and presentations.

Additionally, strong support has been provided through consultation for space for community events and markets. The Farmer's Market is particular was identified as in urgent need of a new location. Consideration could be given to the creation of a community arts precinct in this area, which includes space and provision (e.g. suitable power) for these types of uses.




'Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge. Current Provision:

The Woden Library was identified as being located within the district — the ACT Heritage Library is co-located with this facility and is not benchmarked as a separate facility because of its special purpose. Two mobile library buses also operate in the southern part of Canberra. Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

, District

Library DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people

, . Catchments 'cii'iiiiii ' ';'`,'201-2 .15F6-gigkiree'd ,-,. 'Si-i-qtfaTil/:, 7SttCafilla - number , .. pop. / PopuIatron,Snarios.1: 50Tpliii7= ' ;:'97iipluect;‘.

-, of,. .' facilities :- no of

ac --

- -.- : Z500 ";;• ,-„....,.....--4,-.,„ people;

.1e-As-cici74,- .fe-------J- i', 5,000%.: F,:i*-......--...i, ? people,.;

Add.--- - '.- 10,000 - -....,---...,,t people,;,,

--., Current .', •

:"?.■Fictill-.:!' .16063


Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and Weston 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Creek

Current Needs

The table suggests that the current provision of library facilities in the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek district is in accordance with the adopted benchmark of essentially one per district catchment (in this case a small catchment of 60,000 people).

Future Needs

A population increase of 10,000 people or less would make little difference to the requirement for one library facility (i.e. one facility would still be appropriate). Identified Needs:

The WAM study area includes two libraries - Woden Library and the ACT Heritage Library, located on the first floor of the public library building. The facilities have a total gross floor area (GFA) of 2,169m2, with approximately one quarter of this area reserved for the heritage library and approximately 40m2 being subleased by ACT archives. Hence the area available for general public library purposes is approximately 1,585m2.

The ACT Heritage Library helps tell the stories of Canberra and its people. It collects, preserves, promotes and provides access to documents that record the lives of Canberrans at home and in the wider community. The collection contains books, maps, photographs, newspapers, ephemera, and records of local organisations and individuals. As such, it plays an important role in preserving and making available the heritage of Canberra, and serves an ACT




Library: A facility, offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

and wider role.

It was noted during stakeholder consultation that the Woden Library is the busiest library in the ACT, largely because it also services the community of Weston Creek district, is accessible via an arterial road network and is located near a major bus terminal. It also includes larger spaces for recreation and a meeting room. This meeting room can be booked by library members and community groups. Woden Library currently accepts approximately 1,000 people through its doors every day, with figures showing the number of book loans steadily increasing, along with the use of the virtual library system. In general, people throughout the ACT are accessing their local libraries more frequently.

The WAM study area is served by two mobile library buses, which cover the southern part of the ACT.

Libraries ACT additionally provides a home library service for elderly, disabled, housebound and chronically ill residents. During consultation, it was identified that one of the key reasons for utilising this service is the lack of parking and poor access available at the libraries and in particular the Woden Library.

Several current and emerging issues and needs were also identified in relation to the current library service available in Woden. More specifically, the need for more manageable library spaces, including meeting rooms, was a significant issue. However, 2011/2012 Woden library meeting room utilisation data shows that these areas are used just 44 hours out of the month. As noted above, access to Woden Library was highlighted as a key concern, including parking and general accessibility to the building. Although the library is located in close proximity to a major bus terminal, poor public transport during the weekends contributes to accessibility issues during these periods.

Due to the increasing popularity of the Woden Library, refurbishment of the existing facility is required to increase its capacity. Both the public library and heritage library are located within a heritage building, which is challenging for the future expansion and refurbishment of these facilities. The use of the children's library services offered by the public library has also grown and TAMSD (Libraries ACT) have suggested the additional demand could support a dedicated children's library in Woden.

Floor Space Requirements The most applicable guidelines for determination of library floor space in the ACT are considered to be those used in NSW. The State Library of New South Wales (NSW) developed the 'People Places' document, a guide to determining benchmarking standards for the provision of public library buildings. These guidelines, unlike most others, include an allowance for non-resident

workforce using a library, and have also proved relatively reliable and realistic in estimating floor space.




Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

The NSW State Library identifies that, when using population based benchmarking calculations, the total gross floor area (GFA) for a library which provides main services for a region, must be determined using both a local area factor (LAF) and if relevant, a central area factor (CAF) for central library functions. The equation provided within the guideline is as follows:

GFA = (LAF + CAF) x 1.2

In the case of Woden Library, the CAF factor is not deemed relevant as it services a district area function rather than a central area function. The LAF is determined by dividing the projected local resident population and the non-resident workforce by 1,000 and then multiplying this figure by the building area factor (BAF) as follows:

LAF = (proiected local resident population and non-resident workforce) x BAF 1000

The BAF for a population between 65,001-100,000 people is 31m2. Therefore, the present population of 57,750 people in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek combined district and non-resident

workforce of 17,445 people (total of 75,195 people) require approximately 2,331m2 of library space (see table below).

JQ Additional 5,000 population

Additional 10,000 population

Population 57,750 62,750 67,750

Non-resident workforce 17,445 18,288 18,965

Required library space 2,331m2 2,516m2 2,692m2

Shortfall (based on 1,585m2 746m2 931m2 1,107m2

Woden Library)

For an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre and a non-resident workforce of 18,965 people, 2,692m2 of total library floor area should be available according to this benchmark

Based on the above calculations and standards, the Woden Library requires 2,331m2 of library floor space to service the existing residential population of the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district plus non-resident workers (not factoring in any demand from other districts). The current total floor area of the Woden library (excluding the heritage library and archives area) is approximately 1,585m2suggesting a current shortfall of 746m2.

Should the population of Woden increase by an additional 10,000 people, it is estimated that there will be a need for an additional 1,106m2 of library floor space (over the next 10 years under the high development demand scenario).





Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and engagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, Creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

It would therefore appear that the existing Woden Library floor space may not be sufficient to meet the needs of the existing and projected population (both residents and non-residential workforce). The ACT Heritage Library and ACT archives together provide approximately 583m2,

so by themselves could not fully meet this need if added to the general public library space.

Added to this is the possibility that Molonglo residents will need to-use Woden Library, particularly in the early stages of growth, but if a library is not provided in Molonglo, then also longer term. A library is not planned at the current time. Should Molonglo residents also need to use Woden Library, by 2021 under the high population threshold scenario, then an additional 620m2 library space will be required, bringing the total additional amount required to 1,726m2. This would result in a major library building of 3,312m2. New Library Models Consideration needs to be given to the best model of providing this floor space. Current research and literature considers the question of whether libraries will still in fact be required in the future. Studies from overseas suggest that it is a time of radical change for libraries, but the latest technological developments can "transform libraries into next generation resource centres and major places for gathering knowledge" and that "the best libraries are showing they can provide a range of services, from helping people find a job to being a meeting place for clubs and groups" (Hitchcock, 2011). As such, the future of the library is seen by many observers as a 'community focal point' or 'gathering point' (Sutter, 2009).

One of the challenges identified by the Canberra Plan 2008 is to increase the use of public libraries and it was noted by TAMSD that this is already occurring. E-resources are becoming increasingly popular in the ACT, including online resources for children and adults, E-books, E-audio

books and music download program. Mobile library buses and home library visits also provide an essential service for those residents that cannot easily access a library centre, including the elderly, disabled and those that are temporarily incapacitated. However, as detailed above, library visitor numbers are increasing in Woden, demonstrating an increasing demand for physical library floor space and improved/expanded facilities into the future to meet these demands.

Strategies to be implemented under the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 include improving library services that are tailored to changing community needs. It is understood that the heritage listing




Library: A facility offering a range of literary and artistic materials and information delivery services which seeks to inspire lifelong learning and endagement of the community with the history of the region, innovative ideas, creative people and a wealth of knowledge.

of the Woden Library structure places limitations on the expansion of facilities to create more capacity, and on physical refurbishments and renovations of the building. This brings its own challenges in terms of creating more modern leisure spaces in line with the current trends of libraries to become community hubs. The space currently occupied by the Heritage Library and ACT archives, if vacated, would only partially meet existing, not future need.

Recommended Provision: It would appear from the benchmarking analysis that Woden Valley/Weston Creek are appropriately served by one public library facility well into the future. However the existing Woden Library floor space does not appear sufficient to meet the needs of the existing and projected population (both residents and non-residential workforce).

It is estimated that the current and future shortfall of library floor space is 746m2 for the existing population and 1,107m2 for an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre.. Should the population of Molonglo by 2021 also use the Woden Library, then the shortfall would be even greater (1,726m2) and a major library building of 3,312m2 would be required. It may be difficult to accommodate a facility of this size in Woden Town Centre, and consequently it is suggested that Molonglo may be better served by a shopfront library at this time.

It is also clear that the Woden Library is in need of refurbishment to meet modern standards, and that there are currently reported to be some issues in relation to disability access, and this needs to be factored into decision-making about the need for a new library building versus upgrading of the existing building.









Performing Arts Centre: A large multi-purpose performance space supporting a wide range of performing art forms such as dance, music and theatre.

Current Provision: Three (3) regional level performing arts centres have been identified in the Canberra region:

e Canberra Theatre Centre the Canberra Theatre, located in Civic, is a proscenium arch theatre seating 1244 patrons in one raked tier. It opened in June 1965 and has since maintained its reputation as the premier performing arts venue in Canberra. Canberra

- Theatre has- housed major presenting-companies such as-The Australian • Opera and Sydney Dance Company, as well as international acts, comedy, popular music and family entertainment. The centre also offers a number of spaces that may be hired out for private use, including a studio (large enough for 140 people), playhouse and theatre; and

• Royal Theatre — this is the main theatre of the National Convention Centre. It is the largest multi-function tiered-seating theatre in Canberra. Features include a flat floor section in front of the large stage, backstage support rooms and an audiovisual control room. Many set up configurations are possible. The tiered section of the theatre has a capacity of 1710 people in performance configuration, with a further 750 possible on flat floored seating, giving a total capacity of 2460 patrons. The theatre is used for regional and national touring events and concerts, as well as convention purposes. There are also four (4) theatrettes in the complex, with the largest able to accommodate 300 people; and

• Llewellyn Hall at ANU — Llewellyn Hall is the ANU School of Music's main concert hall and is one of the finest acoustic venues in Australia. It can seat 1440 patrons. It is home to the Canberra Symphony, Canberra Choral Society and Canberra Community Orchestra, as well as hosting tours including Musica Viva and The Australian Chamber Orchestra. The Australian Youth Orchestra Camp and several international artists and acts have also been hosted by the hall. The School of Music is centrally located on the western side of Canberra City within the campus of The Australian National University. Concerts also take place in the Larry Sitsky Recital Room or the Band Room.


Performing Arts Centre


Catchments Current number of facilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

Shortfall/ Surplus -

2031 2016 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + thr 3 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 0.6 0.1





Performing Arts Centre: A large multi-purpose performance space supporting a wide range of performing art forms such as dance, music and theatre.

Catchments Current

. iiiierdie6 . . o f ' ' , . faiiit

2012 ,:.: iiiip. ),

no of .

:. Projected Need pAiiijiiii**Ce4r1O„ ,; --

:, .,sisql(11:7:` * . .'Current

':1"'StiOrtfall/ . 4 Si-10:4 7.7

Add : 10,00 '64 Add

2500 . iie6life,

Add exbo

: fieejila-

Add mom

' people' Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 0.3

,

0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

Current Needs According to benchmarks, the current provision of regional level performing arts centres is appropriate.

Future Needs Projected population growth in the Canberra region to 2031 suggests that the provision of three existing centres will remain appropriate.

Identified Needs: Canberra currently boasts three regional level performing arts centres which are all located in or around the city centre.

During consultation with Arts ACT, it was indicated that the anticipated population threshold of 10,000 people for the WAM study area was not a significant increase to substantiate the need for more facilities. Furthermore, it was suggested that urban infill will increase the number of working age households and couples without children. It is considered that these residents will be able to travel to other districts including Civic, to see a show.'

Some of the challenges associated with the provision of community facilities, as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include increasing participation in the arts. The priorities of this plan are to improve access to the arts for disabled community members and develop arts precincts.

Recommended Provision: Were the population to increase by an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre, it is considered that an additional regional level performing arts centre would still not be required in the WAM study area.




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for tonvention, meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

Current Provision: One major convention and exhibition centre and four smaller venues were identified in Canberra and local government areas within a one hour drive of Canberra. These facilities were:

• National Convention Centre Canberra (major facility) — the NCCC is an ACT Government owned asset managed by a third party. The facility includes the Royal Theatre, four theatrettes, exhibition hall, gallery rooms, ballroom and main foyer;

• Exhibition Park in Canberra — offers a range of pavilions and rooms, as well as outdoor areas. The main Budawang Building is a large flexible space for exhibitions, conferences and events, and has been used for expos, dinners, conferences, fairs and shows;

• Australian Institute of Sport (AIS) Arena — has a capacity of up to 2,500 guests and has been used for concerts, exhibitions and trade shows. The facility also includes a number of additional rooms and small theatrette;

• Green Hills Centre — has three large conference halls (50-180 seats each) and ten individual meeting rooms and is located in a rural setting; and

• Southern Cross Events Centre (part of Canberra Southern Cross Club in Woden Town Centre) — offers a large ballroom with three (3) smaller dining rooms.


- It4jtoiT4

Convention and Exhibition Centre

DSS 1150,000 - 1 facility per 150,000 people ." - iriCh"riTerlie771.'7'

r . '67ZiWe'n-et77. '727451-17 •., 7q:47Sre7Fed"NelLik LShortfall/ k.„Stortfall!.,

numerecof:, 'frCiiitres ;''',T 2016 202 417 510167 rioS1'7,'.. Yeurplus

- ' PSurplirs%'"

kAawit k..6.,,-‘t r &curre06,..t2p1.,,,„

Canberra + ihr s 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 1.8 1.1

' C a t c h m e n t s + ' ' ' ' . Curreni7 ,

201271 OTOTATeittleall K,,,:s f i n a l I/7 p ho rtfal If , ,-

?!;nurrilrerofg 4,r,:---,•-:-----4,,-

: fafacilities.,-,,,,? pop. /

' no of PopUlaliarScenario§ 'f.STlus

TC urrent ; i a d e l 0;000 , Add2 3FAckfT ;4, Add If"-

• fac. ----- 4-0.----,44 v sq,' --iii - -''' op - , •,.,. . . ;12,500 ii,129,04 i9A.0,009..;

, 134,91:0, EICT.911!9.,: iMP:01:49,,

Woden Valley and 1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of convention and exhibition centres in the Canberra+1 area appears adequate according to benchmarks. The Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district catchment does not warrant the provision of such a facility.

Future Needs The current number of facilities would also be adequate for the combined district catchment if




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for convention, meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

the study area population were to increase by 10,000 people.

Identified Needs: The need for a further convention centre has been the subject of investigation by tourism and economic interests in Canberra and the ACT Government (see below).

The National Convention Centre Canberra (NCCC) opened in 1989 and a reportedly much needed $30m refurbishment was completed in October 2007 (after being closed for parts of 2006 until October 2007). While the refurbishment has greatly enhanced the quality of the facility the capacities have not changed (limited to an estimated largest multifaceted conference capacity of 2000+ delegates) and a report by the Canberra Convention Bureau suggests that the facility lacks enough space to accommodate larger conferences (with medium to larger exhibitions) or more than one multifaceted average size conference (500-600 people) at a time.

Capacity constraints are said to result in relatively low economies of scale compared to other Australian conference facilities and therefore the facility is less price competitive. During high demand conference months, the facility cannot maximise opportunity resulting in a reported loss of potential business to the city (Major Australian Convention Centres Comparison Report, Canberra Convention Bureau, January 2012).

The development of an international quality convention venue was recognised as an important need for the ACT through the 'Australia Forum', a project initiated by the Canberra Business Council with the support of the ACT Government (Australia Forum Overview 2011). A Scoping Study by Ernst & Young and Cox and a vision document have been prepared and are summarised in the overview document. The scoping study found that:

• Large meetings of international and national importance, such as CHOGM and the G20 cannot be held in Canberra due to the lack of a sufficiently large, high quality, secure venue that can be locked down without disrupting the city, as well as a lack of sufficient accommodation of a suitably high standard;

• A range of other identified governmental meetings (in trade, defence and other sectors), could or would be held in Canberra if appropriate facilities were available;

• Many associations and corporates are not currently considering Canberra as a potential destination due to the current lack of an appropriate venue, particularly events attracting more than 250 delegates;

• Most government agencies, associations, and corporate would seek to hold additional events in the National Capital if more suitable facilities were available; and

• There is likely to be a significant increase in the demand for events from both the Federal Government and the corporate sector.

Several sites have been closely examined, within walking distance to the city centre and a preferred lakefront site identified in West Basin. Criteria for selection included:




Convention and Exhibition Centre: A large centre purpose-built for convention; meetings and events offering conference facilities, exhibition halls and function rooms.

• The iconic nature of the site being very appropriate for a national institution;

• High level security arrangements for international leaders meetings and other events; • The opportunity to deliver National and Territory planning objectives for West Basin;

and

• An important link established between the city and Lake Burley Griffin.

Recommended Provision: There is no identified need for an additional convention and exhibition centre within the WAM study area and the study area does not meet the criteria identified for a facility of this type.




Arts Hub/Arts Precinct: A precinct providing a focal point for the local arts community, potentially including colocation of arts organisations, arts centres and shared exhibition Space.

Current Provision: One (1) arts hub has been identified in the Canberra region. This is:

• Kingston Visual Arts Hub — this facility currently includes the Canberra Glassworks, Old Bus Depot Markets and Megalo Print Studio. Redevelopment of the Kingston Foreshore is proposed to add such facilities as an outdoor cinema, fashion design centre, night markets, seasonal sculpture exhibits and the colocation of several arts organisations which are currently scattered around Canberra, in this area.

Benchmarked The

Current Benchmarks population ACT

Future The


ittatjt.lio Arts Hub/Arts Precinct

DSS 1:500,000 — 1 facility per 500,000 people Catchments • ,Current

inl i i ibarof -' facilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ ' 'Surplus = . , Current

Shortfall/ Surplus=,

2031 2016 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

, Catchments ' ' ,

Current - 1 ninfitier of . • facilities

_ ' 2012 ;

'OP: / no OW. • - ,

Projected Need - ,

Population Scenarios - --tio'rtf6111'

'Siiiiiliii-=-: Current

'; Sha"rtfall/T `Siiiii4rs-,-..

Add: 10 000 POP' Add.

2,500 people

• Add. 5,000

people : -Add. . 10,000

, people


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Needs suggest that the current number of arts hubs is adequate for the existing

of Canberra. This facility is anticipated to draw people and visitors from all over the and beyond, and hence it would not be anticipated to be provided on a district level.

Needs current provision appears adequate for the projected population growth to 2031.

Identified Needs: Some of the challenges associated with the provision of community facilities, as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include increasing participation in the arts and increasing investment in public art and festivals. The priorities of this plan are to improve access to the arts for disabled community members and develop arts precincts.

The recommended precinct has been identified in a highly visible and central location which will act as a regional facility.

Recommended Provision: There is no identified need for an arts hub/arts precinct within the WAM study area, and the WAM study area does not meet the criteria identified for a facility of this type.




Educational Facilities

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is "to ensure that all Canberrans are able to reap the benefits of a high-quality education supported by a culture of excellence in teaching, (and) that lifelong learning opportunities are available to all."

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 also seeks to ensure that, "all Canberrans benefit from a quality education."

The operational plan (2012) prepared by the Environment and Training Directorate (ETD) seeks to ensure that student's academic, social, emotional and physical needs are met by ensuring all ACT public schools provide positive and success-oriented learning environments.

Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years Of age before April 30th•

Current Provision: There were nine (9) preschools identified in the Woden Valley district, all of which are public:

• Chifley Preschool;

• Curtin North Preschool;

• Curtin South Preschool;

• Farrer Preschool;

• Garran Preschool;

• Hughes Preschool;

• Mawson Preschool;

• Pearce Preschool; and

• Torrens Preschool.

Benchmarked The


Local

Preschool


ckaiiiieriti Current , number ■,,00f - facilities

z, ',

op

,--KizLi ',,

1.,OleCt.i.khee'c p Scenario P p o .

S iiiitfisl l'a w 5 i i i i —

Current iwy

TS IFFifil I./7 keiguìiirus

" A d . 1%000 pop t

fpeciplek

A d. 5,000

, people

A—d-d:, :10,000 people


1 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.0 -2.0


4 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 1.2 1.2

Woden Valley District 9 6.9 7.4 7.9 8.9 2.1 0.1

Page 102 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd.




Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30111.

Current Needs Benchmarks suggest that seven (7) preschool facilities could be expected to be provided in the Woden Valley District. However there are currently nine (9) facilities located in the area. Only one of these is located in the WAM study area, hence the level of provision does not appear to be associated with the district role of the town centre. There are however more preschools servicing the Mawson Group Centre catchment than would be anticipated (four (4) compared with the three (3) according to benchmarking).

Future Needs If the population of the Woden Valley were to increase by 10,000 people, the current level of provision for the district as a whole would remain appropriate. The 1NAM study area, however, would be underserviced by half a centre at a population increase of 2,500 people, one centre at a population increase of 5,000 people, and two centres at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Identified Needs: One of the priorities of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to provide 44 schools that are each delivering 15 hours of preschool education per week.

The need for additional or improved preschool facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

CONFIDENTIAL Note: The following information is confidential and is not for public release.

As at August 2012, total capacity of the nine government preschools in Woden Valley was 440, while the total number of enrolments was 317. The preschools that have capacity are Curtin North, Curtin South, Farrer, Pearce, Chifley and Torrens. It is noted that the Garran Preschool is the most strained in terms of capacity, possibly given its location near The Canberra Hospital precinct.

Noting the capacity pressures on the Garran Preschool, a phone interview was undertaken on the 15 November, which identified that:

e As at 09-11.12, the current pre-school enrolment figures sit at 51(25 in one group and 26 in another), however, the capacity of the preschool is 44 students.

• Next year, they will be permitted to have 25 students per group, as long as the students reside within the Priority Placement Area (PPA).

e From 2013, the capacity of the preschool will be increased to 50 students as long as the students are within the PPA.

e Current capacity issues relate to students being accepted from outside the Priority Placement Area and having to accept siblings of current students.





Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30th•

According to the schools enrolment figures, 40% of students come from outside the PPA. This is largely because workers at the Canberra Hospital often come from overseas or interstate and when they first arrive in Canberra, buy houses close to the hospital for convenience. They then enrol their children in the nearest school (Garran) because they are given 'resident status' and

are counted as part of the PPA group. After 6 months or so, when they are more familiar with the area and have purchased a car, many workers then move to other areas. However, their children are still enrolled at the school and are then classified as out of area children. This has influenced the seemingly high percentage of out of area students attending the school.

Consultation with the ETD has indicated that the decommissioning of approximately 22 schools in 2006 was unpalatable for the majority of the community and is still quite contentious. In some instances, this has meant that pre-schools that have remained viable have been kept open, while the adjoining school has been decommissioned (such as the Weston Preschool). This

can mean that families have to send their children to schools located outside of their local area when they reach primary school age.

Recommended Provision: The DSS recommended for preschools reflects the likelihood that the proportion of children of preschool age in the Woden Valley district will be less than that for growth areas (e.g. Molonglo), or even in the short term at least, for maturing areas. The projected population profiles of Woden Valley district, including incoming residents developed in Section 3, suggest that the proportion of children aged 0 to 4 years will remain similar to the current situation where a relatively low 5.0 per cent of the population in 2016 and 6.9 per cent of the population in 2021 are in this age bracket (refer to Section 3). This can be compared with Molonglo Valley district, for instance, which is projected to have between 8 per cent and 15 per cent of the population made up of 0-4 year olds.

ETD plan for the provision of preschools and primary schools on the basis of enrolment projection modelling, comprising a pupil generation model (on the suburb basis) and a retention model (on transition points). Planning commences for a preschool/primary school once 400 students are generated from one suburb. It is noted that ETD have found it necessary to close some primary schools on the basis of viability, including Weston Primary School, but to retain the preschool, which means that three preschools feed into one primary school (as noted above). No additional stand alone primary schools are likely to be provided in the ACT under the current model of provision.

The analysis by DSS suggests that with the projected increase in population in the WAM study area, the current overall provision of preschools should be appropriate in the longer term. The benchmarking process is however unable to consider the distribution of these within the various suburbs in the Mawson Group Centre catchment, and it may be that some preschools in outer suburbs become unviable (as the population ages), while two additional preschools may eventually be required by residents in Woden Town Centre.




Preschool: A facility co-located with a primary school providing a single year, non-compulsory, sessional preschool program operating 15 hours per week for children who are aged 4, or will be 4 years of age before April 30th.

The benchmarking suggests:

• One additional preschool in the WAM study area at a population increase of 5,000 people; and

• One further additional preschool in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

These needs may be able to be accommodated in pre-schools in surrounding suburbs. However this will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis by ETD through their modeling analyses. It is also evident that additional pressure is being placed on preschool needs by The Canberra Hospital. The recommended provision is therefore to monitor need, but to potentially, plan to accommodate demand generated by new residents and workers at the hospital equivalent to two additional preschools in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Opportunities for Provision: Opportunities should be taken in the redevelopment process for identifying sites suitable for preschools in Woden Town Centre. These preschools could be associated with private sector higher density development, or with non-government school development. Additionally, there may be opportunities to increase the capacity of existing government preschools.




Primary School: A faCility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school). Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

Current Provision: Six (6) government primary schools and five (5) non-government primary schools were identified in the Woden Valley district. There were:

Government:

• Curtin Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Farrer Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Garran Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Hughes Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Mawson Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

• Torrens Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6)

Non-government:

• Holy Trinity Primary School (Primary only) (Catholic systemic school)

• St Peter and Paul's Primary School (kindergarten — Yr 6) (Catholic systemic school)

• Canberra Christian School (Prep — Yr 6) (independent school)

• Sacred Heart Primary School (Primary only) (Catholic systemic school)

• Marist College (Yr 4 — Yr 12) (independent school)


Local

Government Primary School DSS 17,500 — 1 facility per 7,500 people

Catchments Current 201271 . iProjected Need -; ,

:.shOiifall/ r'....stiiiiifalIC number of :4 pop17) PiglaikitsTerlaTiO'i s-''ul:piii;,!'. ,.,:siriiiiiis

,rfiCiiiii;s; no of .- - Current .-r4cici:".:

... , .1.:- ' An ,., c '

,„'Adca H-4., ..---1., 2,50o.,,,1 , _,:A

4,-.----------e 7,s,000l ,.1?, 4,- ---- - tp,octc.

, .10 000 pop

' '.,,,.. , IpeoPI§1 1,13.9.PPIgl 4TP_VPI.P.1, , WAM Study Area 1 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 0.3 -1.0 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre 3 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.1 1.1 Catchment





, P r i m a r y S c h o o l : A facility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school).

, Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

Current Currently, higher school). further schools

Future With benchmarks accordance in

Two study

Local

a

Non-Government Primary School

DSS 1:5,000 — 1 facility per 5,000 people25

: Catchments :. ,

. Current,; number of , f01'6iii4ei

, : 2 0 24 . ::. Obi I ; 1.°.°761111 -,f,pE!':''

, PdcifeCied tsie6ii :,., :.: 0 6 pLij O F S'eFiii 0 s.. ,..Shdrtfill/;, .

-siiiii_ F.16' , 614.1.014:

-

-.§ricSitfailk 's iiiriliTI; :

::•Adei'''''. 1660o

• pop

•.' Ail-CC:1

zsoci:ft ikoi'ile.,

'Ad :

?Scioci iireViiie

' ' Add.:

':1(1,00fi pe'ojile',


1 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 0.0 -2.0


3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 0.2 0.2


Needs benchmarks suggest that the provision of government primary schools is slightly

than would be anticipated on the basis of the DSS for the district as a whole (one However the provision of non-government primary schools benchmarks as requiring

two (2) primary schools. The provision of both government and non-government primary combined for the WAM study area is largely in accordance with benchmarks.

Needs population growth of 10,000 people, one (1) additional government primary school

as required for the WAM study area, while the provision across the district is in with the existing number of schools. As with preschools, this reflects some change

the location of demand within the district.

(2) additional non-government primary schools also benchmark as required in the WAM

area when the population growth reaches 10,000 additional people.

I d e n t i f i e d Needs:

Government Schools During consultation activities, the Education and Training Directorate (ETD) identified that there

are currently no plans for new public primary schools in Woden and no applications have been made for private primary schools in the area, The focus for the ETD at present is on managing enrolment and students attending schools outside their Priority Placement Areas (PPAs), as well as improving existing infrastructure where required. Transportable buildings (i.e. demountables) are also being considered as an option for those schools that may require a slight increase in existing capacity. An ongoing issue for the ACT government is determining appropriate uses of decommissioned school sites. Potential solutions include community facilities, open space and recreation and residential development.

25 Note that Non-Government primary schools have an existing higher rate of provision in Woden Valley (approximately 1: 4,900) than Government primary schools. The DSS used for Non-Government schools reflects the high number of existing schools. This is likely to be related to its central, transport accessible position and historical decisions.




Primary School: A facility providing primary education (usually combined with pre-school). Preschool to year 6 (P-6) or year 7 of school or Preschool to year 10 of school (P-10).

It is noted that in December 2006, the ACT Government announced closure of 23 schools under its Towards 2020: Renewing our Schools strategy. Of the twenty three (23) schools six were retained for specific uses and seventeen (17) were transferred to Territory and Municipal Services (TAMS) to determine their future use. Two of these facilities are located within the study area, including the Melrose (Chifley) Primary School and North Curtin Primary School.

Since 2006, each of the four decommissioned schools located within the Woden Valley district has undergone redevelopment. The Melrose (Chifley) Primary School is now the Chifley Regional Community Hub, a regional community centre that accommodates various community service providers (see Community Hub). The Pearce Primary School was decommissioned in 1988 and its students were sent to the Chifley Primary School site, which was renamed the Melrose Primary School. The former Pearce Primary School site is now the Pearce Community Centre (see Community Centre).

Additionally, the former North Curtin Primary School is now occupied by Teddy Bears Childcare Centre (see long day (child care) centre) and the Emergency Service Headquarters for the ambulatory service.

Rivett Primary School in the Weston Creek district is now occupied by the Noahs Ark Resource Centre (a family and community centre) and the Shepherd Centre, which provides speech, hearing and language therapy for deaf and hearing impaired children. The site also includes a community park and seventy three (73) two and three bedroom units that are managed by the Housing and Community Services sector of the Community Services Directorate (CDS). These units are identified as Older Supportive Community Housing, which are essentially public housing tenancies for individuals over 65 years of age.

In the adjoining Weston Creek district, the Weston Primary School has been redeveloped as the Weston Community Hub (see Community Hub). It is managed by ACTCOSS and includes a neighbourhood hall and fourteen (14) tenancy spaces for community organisations.

Government and Non-Government The Canberra Plan 2008 prioritises the support of school renewal and infrastructure improvement programs. Similarly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 strategies (relating to all public schools) include the upgrade of lighting and fire safety in all schools (over the next two years), installation and upgrade of lifts in multi-storey schools (within five years), establishing specialist language centres at public schools (also within five years) and upgrading school car parking areas (over the next ten years). This plan also supports the flexible use of schools through the colocation and provision of common facilities, such as child and family services, performing arts centres and sports facilities. The infrastructure plan specifically identifies the refurbishment of the Torrens and Hughes Primary Schools in the Woden Valley district as planned infrastructure projects with a two year timeframe.





The need for additional or improved primary school facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: As with preschools, the benchmarking suggests the possibility of some dislocation of demand as outer areas of the Woden Valley mature over time, and new residents settle in Woden Town





Centre. This will need to be considered on a case-by-case basis by ETD through their modeling analyses.

At the present time, the benchmarking suggests that there may be a requirement for:

• One additional government primary school in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people;

• - One additional non-government primary schoolin the WAM Study-area at a popufatiorr increase of 5,000 people; and

• One further additional non-government primary school in the WAM study area at a population increase of 10,000 people.

Consideration of the number of children likely to be generated by development (refer to section 3) suggests that there will be an increase in the existing number of children, however, this is considered unlikely to be in sufficient numbers to generate the enrolments required by ETD to trigger the provision of a new school in the short to medium terms. In addition, it is understood that current enrolments are falling in many surrounding schools. Furthermore, it is considered that there are opportunities for expansion of existing schools (as opposed to building new facilities) if required, given that the current enrolment levels of all existing schools are well below ETD's maximum desirable capacity of 700 students.

It would consequently appear that children from Phillip may need to attend one of three or four schools in surrounding suburbs, which will help to bolster enrolments in some of these schools.

Consultation also suggests that non-government schools are much more likely to locate in growth areas, like Molonglo, than Woden Valley. Land availability would also be likely to preclude this occurring.




High' School : A.faallity providing the firSt'fotinyea' es of secondary education (Year,S,7=.10)'

Current Provision: The audit identified two (2) government high schools and one (1) non-government high school in the Woden Valley district.

Government:

• Melrose High School — located in the suburb of Pearce, the Melrose High School has a Priority Placement Area (PPA) which covers the southern half of the Woden Valley _ . _ _. . ._ . . . . . _. . _ . district, including Chifley, Pearce, Torrens, Mawson, Farrer, O'Malley, Isaacs and part

of Phillip. • Alfred Deakin High School — although located outside of the Woden Valley district, as

defined in this study, Alfred Deakin High has a Priority Placement Area which includes Curtin, Lyons, Garran, Hughes and parts of Phillip, as well as suburbs outside the Woden Valley district. It is not included in the audit of facilities spreadsheet for this reason, but has been included in the benchnnarking.

Non-government:

• Marist College (Yr 7-10) — located in the suburb of Pearce in the south of the district. This school is boys only. There are no Non-Government high schools for girls in the Woden Valley District.


Sub district ' Government High School


.Catchments ,Current number '

of facilities

2012 . pop. / ho of ' fae,

Projected Need - PopU atiiirf Scenarios Shortfall/ SiiiiilUi — Currentr

Shortfall/ : ,Surplus — A d 10000

pop Add. 2,506

people •

' -Add. 5,000

, people :

'Add. 10,000 people


o 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 -0.3 -0.8


1 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.3 0.3

Woden Valley District 2 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.2 0.3 -0.2

Suh;cliStrict

Non-Government High School DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people26

Catchments ciiii.eni j r ipmber, `

'2012' pop/

-:1:)rojecieci KleO'd -

Population Scenarios I diiciiitalli

Surplus— ,

'-'6,h-oi-if.aie

Surplus—of '

facilities , . .

'n9 of ;fac.' ' 'Add: '

2,500 ipeople.

Add: i 5,000 ' -,

tpsOple,

Add. 10,000

„geoplei

Current' : . Add. 10,000

,

26 Non-Government high schoo ls have a rate o f provision in W o d e n Val ley lower than Government high

schools. This is on a pa r w i th o the r districts in the ACT.




High School: A facility providing the first four years of secondary education (Yeal's 7=10)_

, . - - - WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.8 Catchment

Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 1

Current Needs According to the benchmarking results, the current need for government high schools is being met by the two high schools in the district. The need for non-government high schools is also currently being met, although the existing school is boys only27. While there are no high schools in the WAM study area itself, this would not necessarily be expected.

Future Needs No additional government high schools would be needed with projected population growth. The current number of non-government high schools is also sufficient for the projected population. The location of a high school in the WAM study area would be even less appropriate with high density redevelopment.

Identified Needs: As detailed previously, during consultation activities the Education and Training Directorate (ETD) identified that there are currently no plans for new public high schools in Woden and no applications have been made for new private high schools in the area. Improvements are currently being considered for Melrose High School to maintain its enrolments. It is also noted that a Preschool to year 2 of schooling (P-2) facility is available in Lyons for Woden Town Centre residents.

Within a two year time frame, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 seeks to establish trade training centres within several high schools. It has not been determined whether Melrose High School or Alfred Deakin High School will be selected for these centres.

The need for additional or improved high school facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

27 It would be anticipated within the DSS that a non-government high school for girls only would be located in another district (i.e. the DSS does not alter regardless of whether the school is single sex or co-ed).




High School: A facility providing the first four years of secondary education (Years 7-10)

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further need for either government or non-government high schools in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase considering the only slight increase in school aged children (see section 3) under the population threshold scenarios over the next 10 (ten) years. Furthermore, an increase in demand (up to 296 students) can currently be accommodated within existing capacity at the two (2) government high schools.

It would appear desirable that measures are taken to increase enrolments at Melrose High School to meet future needs from the WAM study area. This could possibly occur through its nomination and upgrading as a trade trading centre, with the possibility of closer linkages between CIT and Melrose High School.




Secondary College: A facility providing the last two years of secondary education (Yr 11-12).

Current Provision: The audit identified one (1) government secondary college and one (1) non-government secondary college in the Woden Valley district catchment. These are:

• Canberra College (Woden Campus); and • Marist College (Yr 11-12).

A non-government secondary college is also located in the Weston Creek district. -This is the Orana Rudolph Steiner School. The Weston Creek campus of the Canberra College is not included in this analysis as it provides education specifically to young people with children.


District

Government Secondary College

DSS 1:30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments Current number

of facilities

2012 pop.! no of fec.

Projected Need - Population Scenarios

. Shortfall/ Surplus -

, . Shortfall/ Surplus --

Add. -.-. - 1u , 000 pop

Add. 2500

people

Add. 5,000

peoPle

Add. 10,000 people

Current

VVAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.8 0.5


o 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5

Woden Valley District 1 1.1 1.2 ' 1.3 1.5 -0.1 -0.5


1 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 -0.9 -1.3

District

Non-Government Secondary College

DSS 1.30,000 - 1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments Current number

2012 pop.!

Pro'ected Need - Population Scenarios

Shortfall/ Surplus -

Current

Shortfall/ Surplus-Add.

10,000 pop of

facilities no of fac. Add.

2,500 people

Add. 5,000

people

Add. 10,000 people


o 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 -0.2 -0.5


1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5



2 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 0.1 -0.3

Current Needs The current provision of government and non-government secondary colleges is appropriate for the population in the Woden Valley district according to the benchmarking analysis. For the





combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area the benchmarking analysis suggests a current need of a nearly one college. While there are no high schools in the WAM study area itself, this would not necessarily be expected.

Future Needs Even if the population in the Woden Valley district grows by 10,000 people, the current provision will continue to be appropriate. When the Woden Valley district and Weston Creek district are considered together, an additional government secondary college may be required to serve this catchment even at the lowest level of increase (2,500 people). - . Identified Needs: The ETD noted during consultation that Weston Creek district currently does not have its own College but feeds into those available in Woden Valley district.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies the establishment of Trade Training Centres at Colleges across the ACT as a key strategy to be implemented over the next two years. It has not been determined whether Canberra College (Woden Campus) will be selected for these centres. Further planned infrastructure for the same period includes a new facility to support the Canberra College Cares Program (Weston Campus) and a new performing arts theatre at Canberra College (the latter now constructed).

The need for additional or improved secondary college facilities within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.






Recommended Provision: The need for a further secondary college will need to be considered by ETD through their modeling analyses.

At the present time, the benchmarking and enrolment capacity (which is currently exceeded by 57 students) suggests that there may be a requirement for:

• One additional government secondary college in the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district catchment at a population increase of 2,500 people.

The need for an additional facility is supported by ETD's maximum desired facility enrolments of 1,000 enrolments for government secondary colleges (current enrolments at the Canberra College total 969 students).

This could be a government or non-government secondary college.

Opportunities for Delivery: It is considered that such a facility is likely to be accommodated out of WAM study area because of limited land availability, and possibly in the Weston Creek district catchment. No specific opportunities have currently been identified.




Early Childhood School: A facility combining early childhood centre and primary school (Birth-8 (Yr 2)).

Current Provision: The Lyons Early Childhood School offers child care and preschool programs, as well as Kindergarten, Year 1 and Year 2, and is the only Early Childhood School located in the Woden Valley district. This facility was previously a primary school before transitioning to an Early Childhood School in 2009.

The

Current According is

Future Future

Benchmarked Needs: application of the DSS shows the following: .

District Early Childhood School

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

‘

Current number of

, facilities

2012 pop. / no of fac.

Projected Need - Populatiori.Scenarios

Shortfall! ' Surplus —' Current

,

'Shortfall/ Surplus

1 — Add. 10,000

pop, Add. 2,500

people

Add. 5,000

people

Add. 10,000 people


0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs

to benchmarks, the current provision of Early Childhood Schools is appropriate. This true for both Woden Valley, and the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district.

Needs

population growth is not expected to trigger the need for an additional facility.

Identified Needs: Access to early childhood development programs, fostering the transition between home to school and care facilities is a key focus of the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014.

Early childhood schools are a relatively new model developed by the ACT Government. The first four (4) Early Childhood Schools opened in 2009 and are located at Narrabundah, Isabella Plains, Lyons and Scullin (Southern Cross). The schools are a highly successful model of early years learning that are considered to provide children with the best start to their early development and education. Evidence from research into early childhood development, changing social structures, economics and the role of schools provided a strong case for using existing school sites as hubs for the creation of these integrated services for children (birth to 8) and their families.

Three elements form the core of the model for Early Childhood Schools:





Early Childhood School: A facility combining early childhood centre and primary school (Birth-8 (Yr 2)).

e high quality learning;

O integrated service delivery with links to services from different government and community agencies (for example, education, child care and health programs); and

• family support and participation.

Opportunities to forge links with the early childhood courses at Canberra Institute of Technology and University of Canberra, for example in staff recruitment and parenting education, have been successful. In-addifion, Successful partnerships with local colleges offer students apprenticeship placements at the Early Childhood Schools in courses relevant to children's services.

The ACT Early Childhood Schools have become hubs or integrated services centres for children from birth to 8 years, which are attractive to many families who live and work in the regions where they are located. It is noted that an Early Childhood School is planned for Molonglo in a 10 year time frame possibly collocated with a library and college.

The need for additional child care facilities within the WAM study area was an issue raised during consultation with both local community facility providers and government directorate representatives. No specific reference was made to early childhood schools.

Recommended Provision: At the present time there are relatively few Early Childhood Schools in the ACT; however it is anticipated that these will expand over time with the success of the model. It would not be anticipated in the short to medium term that any further provision would be made in the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district. It is noted that an early childhood school is planned in Molonglo.





Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community, education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning

, institution.

Current Provision: There was one adult/community education centre identified in time the audit was undertaken:

• Centre for Adult Community Education (ACE) at (Woden Campus);

• CIT Solution's Centre for Adult Community Education

I t

is also noted that there is a campus at the Weston Campus "Brain Gym".

the Woden Valley district at the

CIT Solutions, Canberra College

(ACE) at W o d e n C I T Campus.

of Canberra College, the Weston

Benchmarked The

Current Benchmarks

Woden benchmarks.

Future If would


Affitiniar77;?;4:‘::,;- ..,715=5121101g-ir-iCjii4MKIMBRANGEMEINMMORM Adult/Community Education Centre

DSS 1:30,000 —1 facility per 30,000 people

Catchments r

curriril:

niithb6r of facilities

'

. 2012 :. POP „/ ,

no of -

tic.

: Projected Need - ,.:, Population $:O.enarios

Shortfall!! Siiipliii'• Current' -

,

Stiiiitfallls ,.-§-aroas

' A d d . '

10000 , pop.,

Add 2500

; people ,

Add ,

5,000 ,, People '

Add _ , '

1u,000

, people

, WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 1.8 1.5


o 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 -0.5 -0.5



3 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.3 1.1 0.7

Needs s u g g e s t

the current provision of two adult / community education centres in the Valley district, and three centres in the combined district is more than anticipated by

Needs 1

the population in the Woden Valley were to increase by 10,000 people, no further facilities benchmark as required.

Identified Needs: The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 states that lifelong learning opportunities should be available to all. An overarching objective supported by the ACT Government is to increase the proportion of adults with post-school qualifications.




Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning institution.

The CIT Solution's Centre for Adult Community Education (ACE) runs a program of evening adult education classes at Woden CIT Campus. Courses include:

• Music;

• Craft;

• Computing;

• Interior Design;

• Languages.

ACE is also now offering a variety of short courses at the Canberra College (Woden Campus) outside of college operating hours, to take advantage of the college's facilities and location, including courses in:

• Photography;

• Languages;

• Cooking;

• Yoga;

• Art.

The Weston Brain Gym is an Adult and Community Education (ACE) program which runs about 60 affordable classes each term during the day from Monday to Thursday, both during the day and in the evenings. Courses are held in a diverse range of areas such as:

• Computing;

• Art;

• Crafts;

• Health;

• Fitness;

• Languages.

The Brain Gym started as the Stirling College Brain Gym. After Stirling College amalgamated with Phillip College in 1997 forming the Canberra College with Weston and Phillip Campuses, each campus ran a successful Brain Gym program for several years. At the end of 2008 the Woden and Weston Brain Gyms were once more amalgamated, with:

• Evening classes held at the Woden Campus, Launceston Street, Phillip; and

• Morning and day classes remaining at the Weston Campus, Fremantle Drive, Weston.

The need for additional or improved adult/community education centres within the WAM study

area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in

Page 120 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, ACT Government, Environment and Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Sustainable Development Strategic Leisure Group. Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Adult/Community Education Centre: A facility providing life-long learning options through an adult community education program. May be provided through a vocational or tertiary learning institution.

the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further need for adult education facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase.




Special school: Specialist schools providing education for students with a disability.

Current Provision: There were two (2) special schools identified in the Woden Valley district which were:

• The Malkara Special School in Garran — an ACT government preschool and primary school for students who have moderate to severe intellectual disabilities;

• The Woden School — an ACT government school for students in Years 7-12 with an intellectual disability or complex physical disability

The above two facilities cater to different age groups (primary and secondary) and therefore for the purpose of the benchmarking, the facilities have been counted as one facility.

The Hospital: Special School offers kindergarten to year 12 education to children in long-term care at The Canberra Hospital. The school is not necessarily for disabled children, and therefore is not included in the benchmarking, but provides an education program to students who cannot attend classes.


District

Special school

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people CrgiCiiMeriig ': Current - .,,,i5r6f§-0.6-0-iga:,:, ,Shortfall! f:Sliaifilli „

number o f „ .:.:, qUitliei,:.

: 1:22pi;!,;.;

no of ,- ••• • .: :

copulation Scenerige, ',S..urpla —''', ::plirent

'

?.§..Filici.' i.iNdd':_

•.„ , 4

AcIli i;,; TrAnifd, • Kia.:,,,

fac• —,560: ,„.„._. z: %,,qo,000 • , 243 K5,000 0,00.9:: o q OFP*1 1:.P.9Plq.0, 14:.67.4P.IP,

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3 (Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment


Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of special schools in the Woden Valley is above that suggested by the benchmarking analysis, however, it is at the level suggested by benchmarks when the population of the Weston Creek district is included in the analysis.

Future Needs The current provision will continue to be appropriate based on benchmarks with the additional population projected.

Identified Needs: The Education and Training Directorate Operational Plan 2012 seeks to build excellence in disability education.




Special school: Specialist schools providing education for students with a disability.

The need for additional or improved special schools within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for additional special schools in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. However ETD should continue to assess these needs on an overall demand basis.




Institute of Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vocational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

Current Provision: There is one Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) campus located in Phillip in the Woden Valley district.

There are currently 5 CIT facilities across the ACT that provide educational services, which are located at:

_ . 1. Haydon Drive, Bruce 2. Constitution Ave, Reid 3. Canberra Ave, Fyshwick 4. Ainsworth Street , Woden 5. Sutton Road Training Facility (earth moving facilities only)

In addition to the above 5 facilities, there are also 2 learning centres (outreach, drop-in centres) located at Gungahlin and Tuggeranong. These facilities are smaller and provide online classes and flexible learning, as well as some classroom-based classes.

Note: the Woden campus was previously called the Southside Campus but has recently been renamed the Woden Campus.

Benchmarked The

Current One Woden Creek

Future The


District , .

Institute o f Technology (CIT) campus


Catchments Current number of facilities

2012 pop.! no of fac.

Projected Need - Population Scenarios

Shortfall/ Surplus — Current

Shortfall/ Surplus —

Add. 10,000

pop

Add . 2,500 people

Add . 5,000 people

Add. 10,000 people


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs current campus of the CIT is considered appropriate for the current population of the

Valley district, as well as the combined population of the Woden Valley and Weston districts.

Needs current provision is considered appropriate based on benchmarks with the additional




Institute of .Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vobational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

population projected.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) provides specialised learning opportunities at the Woden campus. CIT are also the custodians of a child care centre on Easty Street, Phillip (Block 2, Section 80).

Existing service levels provided at the facility are considered to be adequate by government directorate representatives and community service providers consulted as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: The provision of one facility to serve the combined district catchment of Woden Valley and Weston Creek would appear appropriate on the basis of benchmarks compared to other districts of Canberra. Option 3 would therefore not appear the preferred option on the basis of benchmarks alone unless a new learning centre is provided within the district.

The addition of up to 10,000 additional people in the district in close proximity to the Phillip campus would also reinforce the desirability of retaining a facility in this location. The demographic projections for the incoming population, with a projected population of people aged 25-34 of up to 37.9 per cent in Phillip and 21.3 per cent across the whole Woden Valley district, support the need for a full campus in the vicinity of the Woden Town Centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: The first and second options presented by CIT representatives are to either retain and maintain the existing campus infrastructure; or to retain the campus and redevelop the site. Guidance will be required on the preferred option and site (if relocated) by government.




Institute of Technology (CIT) campus: A government institute providing vocational education and training from certificate to degree level and including a range of flexible learning options.

If government opts to go with Option 3, it would be necessary to provide a learning centre and the most appropriate location would be closer to the Woden Town Centre. Consideration could be given to providing a joint facility with a new Woden Library.





University: A n Australian Government o r privately funded tertiary education facility.

Current Provision: Four universities were identified in the Canberra region, being:

• T h e University o f Canberra;

• T h e Australian National University;

• T h e Australian Catholic University; and

• T h e Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA).

There is also a specialised theological campus o f Charles S tud University. This w a s established

in 1998 to house the Austral ian Centre for Christ ianity and Culture, a joint initiative between the

University and the Anglican Diocese o f Canberra and Goulburn. It has not been included in the

benchnnarking analysis due to its special ised nature.

Benchmarked Needs: T h e application o f the DSS shows the following:'

A- tErig .4 _ —

University DSS 1:150,000 - 1 facility per 150,000 people

Catchments' * °

Current number of

2011 Projected Need _ - , ....

Shortfall/ suiRiiis :

Shortfall/ saiiikii--

facilities 2016 2021 2026 2031 ,

Current' ' 2031 Canberra + 1hr 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 -0.2 -0.9

' Catchments ,

Current 2012 Projected Need - ' Shortfall! ' Shortfall/ 'Surplus number of p&p. / Population Scenarios Surplus 7 7

facilities no of - Add .

Add . ' . Add Current

, . Add. 10,000

,-, 'ac' 2500 5,000 10,000 pop people people people

Woden Valley and o 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 -0.4 -0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs T h e current provision o f university facilit ies appears appropriate based on the benchmarking

analysis, albeit one o f the universities is relatively small (900 students at the Austral ian Catholic

University).

Future Needs T o 2031, the benchnnarking analysis suggests that this number o f universit ies will remain

appropriate.

Identified Needs: T h e main campus of the Austral ian National University is located on 145 hectares o f land in

Acton close to the city centre. It houses approximately 16,700 students. T h e University of

Canberra has a 120 hectare site at Bruce, and ove r 12,000 students. A D F A plays a specialised

role in training defence force personnel on a site in the Canberra suburb o f Campbel l , adjacent

to the Royal Military College, Duntroon. T h e academic program is run b y the University o f New




University: An Australian Government or privately funded tertiary education facility.

South Wales. The Australian Catholic University is a much smaller university, located on a site at Watson.

The need for additional or expanded universities within the ACT was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional university in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity would preclude its location in this area.



Directorate (ES DO) WAM CSR Facility Study

Health Facilities

GP Medical Centre: A medical surgery providing ongoing comprehensive healthcare

Current Provision: There were eleven (11) General Practice (GP) Medical Centres identified in the Woden Valley district.

Benchmarked The

Current The Valley average Services, 11A.4)), workload depending variability Woden that district

Future Benchmarks the further


Subldiitrict

GP Medical Centre


Catchments Current , number Of

facilities ,

201-2 POP. / no Of

Projected Need -. Population Scenarios . Shortfall/

Surplus 7 Current'

Shortfall/ Surplus

- '7"Add:' , ' - 1000 ,0 pop

, - , 2,500 , people

,

Ad d. . ; 5,000 people

M d . ,10,000 people


3 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.8 1.7 -0.8


4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.5 0.5

Woden Valley District 11 8.6 9.2 9.8 11.1 2.4 -0.1

Needs current provision of GP Medical Centres appears more than adequate across the Woden

District according to benchmarks. The benchmarks were calculated on the basis of the number of GPs per 100,000 population in the ACT (based on Report on Government 2012 (Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision, Table

converted to the average size of a medical centre in capital cities (2.6 full-time equivalent (FWE) GPs per medical centre). Some variation may therefore occur

on the size of individual practices. However, it is considered that the greatest is likely to occur because of the location of The Canberra Hospital adjacent to the

Town Centre, and also the workforce of Woden Town Centre. It is consequently noted each of the WAM study area, the Mawson Group Centre catchment and the Woden Valley

benchmark as having a higher provision of GP Medical Centres than anticipated.

Needs suggest that there would be a requirement for 1 additional GP Medical Centre in

WAM study area as a result of an additional population increase of 10,000 people, but no centres required for the Woden Valley district as a whole.

Identified Needs: The ACT has been noted to be a growing community with young families and chronic GP shortage28. The Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 confirms that the ACT is experiencing a shortage of GPs which is causing unique pressures on the existing ACT workforce. In 2010-11, the national average for full time workforce equivalent (FWE) GPs per 100,000 population was

28 http://www.alp.org.au/federal-government/news/gp-super-clinic-for-the-act/




GP Medical Centre: A medical surgery providing ongoing comprehensive healthcare

89.5. However, the ACT rate was much lower, at 65.4 per 100,000 (Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 citing Report on Government Services 2012, Table 11A.4). This means the ACT is approximately 84 full-time GPs short of what might be expected based on the national urban

average.

Compared to the ACT average, the current provision of GP Medical Centres appears relatively high in the study area, and the need for additional or improved GP Medical Centres within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities. Nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

It would appear clear that this level of provision may be influenced by workforce in the Woden Town Centre. Preliminary workforce projections (including both part-time and full-time employment) undertaken for this study (refer to section 3.5.4) suggest that there may be an increase of 2,200 or 2,380 people working in the Woden Valley who reside in other districts over a ten year period to 2021.

Recommended Provision: It is difficult to predict the future need for additional medical centres in the WAM study area because of the existing high level of provision. However, allowing for the fact that current centres are clearly based on a viable market share, the approach can be taken that an additional number of centres should be allowed for in the WAM study area relative to the incoming population of 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 additional residents. This would suggest an increase in the requirement for GP services for the WAM study area of 1.3 centres for 5,000 people or 2.5 centres for 10,000 people.

The increase of projected future workers will also increase this requirement for GP services. No benchmarking data is known on the number of additional medical centres likely to be required for additional workers who live outside the area. However if 40% of these used medical services in the town centre, then it would generate a need for an additional 0.1 of a centre in the first 5

years and 0.6 of a centre within 10 years based on the high development demand scenario.

It is consequently suggested that there could be a further requirement for up to an additional 1 GP Medical Centres in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase to 5,000 people (plus an additional 1,024 workers from outside the district) and a further 3 GP Medical Centres for a population increase to 10,000 people (plus an additional 2,160 workers from outside the district), based on the high development demand scenario. Further demand

may also occur as a result of expansion of the hospital precinct, but this cannot be quantified.

Opportunities for Delivery: The above GP Medical Centres would be desirably provided within the Woden Town Centre. Opportunities exist in the redevelopment of office space and on the ground floor of mixed use buildings to establish such centres in the redevelopment process.




'GP Super Clinic: A medical centre providing after hours GP services and access to coordinated health care services. Support general practitioners, nurses, visiting medical specialists and allied health professionals to work together, generally in a single location.

Current Provision: There were no GP Super Clinics identified in the Woden Valley district, or the Weston Creek district.

Benchmarked The

Current A analysis, Weston

Future If Super


. . . . r O s t i o r a

GP Super Clinic

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

'

Current number of facilities

2012 pep. / , no of

. , 'ac'

Projected Need - Population Scenarios - - -

, Shortfall! Surplus — Current

Shortfall/ Surplus — ' Add. 10,000 pop

A. . ' Add -- 2 ,00 ' -people

Add . &ow ,-; people

Add mo 10,000 ' people ,


o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7


o 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -to -1.1

Needs GP Super Clinic is not triggered in the Woden Valley district according to the benchmarking

however a need is triggered when the combined population of the Woden Valley and Creek districts is considered.

Needs the population of the Woden Valley increased by up to 10,000 people, the need for a GP

Clinic would not be significantly further increased.

Identified Needs: The need for a GP Super Clinic that would bulk bill was raised during consultation with community based service providers, however, no locations were suggested for the possible establishment of such a facility. The service providers particularly noted that the clinic would be needed when the population increases by 10,000 people.

Recommended Provision: The concept of GP Super Clinics is relatively new and their roll-out across Australia has been relatively slow. More than 60 GP Super Clinics are proposed around the country. At the present time there is only one GP Super Clinic proposed in the ACT, although it is envisaged as providing services in both the north and south of Canberra through a 'Hub and Spoke' model. Ochre Health has been chosen to establish and operate the ACT GP Super Clinic.

Ochre Health will build 2 new medical centres in the North of Canberra and incorporate its





GP Super Clinic: A medical centre providing after hours GP services and access to coordinated health care services. Support general practitioners, nurses, visiting medical specialists and allied health professionals to work together, generally in a single location.

current medical centre in Calwell as part of a Hub and Spoke Model. The main site will be situated on the University of Canberra campus adjacent to Ginninderra Drive and will focus on training and professional development of current and future health practitioners as well as a large integrated primary care centre.

The GP Super Clinic will occupy the first 2 floors of a 4 story building that will house training facilities for the University's Faculty of Health and other health related organisations. The GP Super Clinic will also provide pharmacy, pathology and imaging on site, and form part of a 'health hub' created by its recent identification as the preferred site for the ACT's new sub-acute hospital and as the home for a new National e-Health Living Laboratory. The Bruce site will be opened in late 2013.

A second hub site will be built in the new suburb of Casey to provide integrated primary care services to the new growth suburbs in the north west of Canberra. The Casey site will be opened in early 2013.

The proposed GP Super Clinic is proposed to help take pressure off The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department and provide important and much needed health services, especially after hours, for local families29.

It is envisaged that in the longer term the model of GP Super Clinics will be further extended. While it is possible that the model will be sub-regional, it would appear desirable in the longer term that each district catchment is served by a GP Super Clinic, and to this end, one GP Super Clinic is recommended in the longer term in the Woden Valley district. This could also conceivably serve the Molonglo district in the early stages of its development. In the longer term, a further GP Super Clinic could be considered at Molonglo.

Opportunities for Delivery: At the present time there is no GP Super Clinic proposed in the southern part of the ACT. Woden Town Centre would provide a central location for this and also assist in achieving the goal of taking pressure off The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department. A suitable site, possibly related to the hospital, might be identified for this longer term facility.

29 http://www.alp.org.aufiederal-government/news/gp-super-clinic-for-the-act/




Medical Specialist Centre: A facility providing office and clinical space for a group of medical specialists and possibly diagnostic services and ancillary allied health services.

Current Provision: The audit identified two (2) medical specialist centres; the Brindabella Specialist Centre , and the Woden Valley Specialist Centre, both located in Garran. There appear other specialists in various rooms in the area.

Although not falling under the definition of a specialist medical centre, the WAM study area does include a Forensic Medical Centre (a morgue). In accordance with the Infrastructure Plan 2011- 2021, the new Phillip Forensic Medical Centre is due for completion within two years.

The Brindabella Specialist Centre hosts a range of specialists offering expertise in the areas of anaesthesia, general medicine, geriatrics, gastroenterology, geriatrics, radiology and vascular surgery. A pathology collection centre, Capital Pathology, also operates from the centre.

The Woden Specialist Centre includes specialists in anaesthesia, general medicine and otorhinolaryngology.

Benchmarked Needs: Medical Specialist Centres were not able to be benchmarked due to lack of data which allowed identification of the number of individual specialists in the Woden Valley district. While ABS 2011 Census Place of Work data allows determination that there are a total of 272 medical specialists working in Woden statistical area, many of these will work in The Canberra Hospital. Data was also not found which allowed determination of an 'average' number of specialists per medical centre.

Identified Needs: It is apparent that some specialists operate out of hospitals and others from medical specialist centres or individual 'rooms'. Currently there are two medical specialist centres identified that were located in Woden Valley. No medical specialists were identified in Weston Creek statistical area. Given that The Canberra Hospital is a regional facility, patients from around the ACT and beyond would be expected to access specialists here and in surrounding areas, as well as residents from the Woden Valley district or combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district.

It is therefore difficult to determine, using the results of the benchmarking analysis, if the number of medical specialist centres in the Woden Valley district would be adequate for the district population.

Like GP's, the approach can be taken that an additional number of specialists will be required in relative to the incoming population of 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 additional residents. The ACT average in 2010-11 for full time workforce equivalent (FWE) Medical Specialists, was 92 per 100,000 population, which equates to 1:1,087 (ABS 2008, Selected Health Occupations: Australia, 2006).

This would suggest an increase in the requirement for Medical Specialists for the WAM study area of 2 for 2,500 people, 4-5 for 5,000 people or 9 for 10,000 people. Again some of these




Medical Specialist Centre: A facility providing office and clinical space for a group of medical specialists and possibly diagnostic services and ancillary allied health services.

would be located with The Canberra Hospital. However it could be assumed that ongoing development and expansion of the hospital will require additional medical specialists and that many of these will seek private rooms in the area. It is therefore difficult to determine the future need for medical specialist centres in the Woden Valley given the hospital located in the district.

The need for medical specialist centres within the WAM study area was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: It is not possible to make a definitive recommendation on the basis of the information available. However on the basis of the numbers of additional specialists likely to be needed, it is suggested that at least one more large specialist centre will be required.

Opportunities for Delivery: A further Medical Specialist Centre on or in the vicinity of the hospital would appear appropriate.




COTtufmtlitYkHe.alth .cOliteof A facility,. PrOyiding a range a t CommUnity,13àseclihealtirserviC,es,',

including health prOhlOtiOn,- hibternal'and'Ohild health; Mehte) health Orkl-Cdiinseling-S'erviCeS.,

Current Provision: T h e Phillip Health Centre is located in Phillip in the Woden Town Centre.

Benchmarked The

•

Current The

benchmarking

Valley

Future The

projected

Needs: application o f the D S S shows the following:

to

- ,,,.. .,..

istri6

Community Health Centre DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people

- , (Catchments 7 ..

(CUrrerit, . snUiiilier cif ' . 'facilities

. /2-0-122, ■p0.r/ .

' no of' 'fa9'.

'fitcliOted'We'clPepulation-Sderiaries .ghortfallii Surplus -4 °Putierit

:t- 11P....4.0-11P -tiiiiiltis

*- -Add 1609 6, '

, - - Wdd.

: ,2,500 , people

Add. ' Ono ,,

• people

' 'Add. 1 10,O10000'

, PkOPle


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


0 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs current provision o f one communi ty health centre is considered appropriate according

to serve the Woden Val ley district, and also the combined population o f Woden

and Wes ton Creek.

Needs current provision o f one communi ty health centre should also be appropriate fo r the

additional population.

Identified Needs: The Phillip Communi ty Health Centre is a communi ty health centre serving the W A M s tudy area and the W o d e n Val ley/Weston Creek districts. T h e services are provided at the facil ity include:

• A C T diabetes service;

e ambulatory nursing clinic;

• Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (eating disorders);

• communi ty nurses;

• counsell ing services for children, adolescents and adults;

• Dental Clinic and dental services;

• dietician/nutritionist;

• fami ly doctor;

• immunisation;

• information and referrals;




Community Health Centre: A faCility providing a range of community based health ServiCeS, including health PrOniOtion, maternal and Child health; Fmental health and counseling serviceS.

• Maternal and Child Health Clinic (drop in clinics held on a weekly schedule in facilities around Canberra); and

• Physiotherapy.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011— 2021 indicates that the current Health Centre network across the ACT is 'being expanded to meet growing demand with a new centre to be built in Gungahlin, the replacement of the Belconnen Centre with a larger facility, and expanded facilities at Tuggerahong'-. The plan also idehtifieS- that the i'eplaaemeht of the Phillip Health Centre- is planned.

The HD has advised that the Government has commenced a program of redevelopment of health facilities to ensure that health services are able to meet growing demand and to provide services in the most appropriate locations in the future. In the case of community health services in Woden Valley this will mean an expansion of current services as well as the addition of new services, including some such as Renal Dialysis that are currently provided from hospital sites.

Early planning has resulted in a recommendation to ACT Government that the new centre be built in a new location because of the costs and difficulties associated with building the significantly enlarged centre on the current site. Potential sites close to The Canberra Hospital have been recommended as more suitable. A process of developing design options for those sites has commenced. Further planning and design will not progress until community consultation has been undertaken on the recommended design options. The construction of an enhanced Phillip Community Health Centre is not funded for design or construction at this time.

The Queen Elizabeth II Family Centre in Curtin provides residential primary health care and parenting programs for families with young children experiencing difficulties in postnatal and early childhood periods. QEII is the tertiary service of ACT Health's primary health service, the Child Youth & Womens Health Program. Furthermore, the Melrose Primary School site at Chifley, currently part-tenanted by the YMCA and other community groups, is proposed to become a health and well-being hub.




Community Health Centre: A facility providing a range of community based health services, including health promotion, maternal and child health, mental health and counseling services.

Recommended Provision:

Expansion of community health services in Woden Valley may require consideration by the ACT Government of a new location because of the costs and difficulties associated with building the significantly enlarged centre on the current Phillip Community Health Centre site.

There would be no further requirements for an additional Community Health Centre in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. However it is noted that current forward planning in Molonglo provides for the delivery of community health services as outreach services from existing community health centres at Belconnen and Phillip rather than a major new facility to serve the Molonglo population.

Should the Phillip Health Centre be upgraded to an Enhanced Community Health Centre, this would be expected to serve a much larger population catchment and could suitably include the requirements of Molonglo (see following section).




Enhanced Community Health Centre: In addition to general community health services including health promotion and child and family and antenatal services, these centres provide

more specialised clinical services such as renal dialysis and are a health hub for programs and activities aimed at assisting clients to manage chronic conditions in the community.

Current Provision: There is currently no enhanced community health centre in the southern sub-region of Canberra.

Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS- shows the following:

Sillafegiiiiia

Enhanced Community Health Centre


Catchments Current number offacilities

2011 Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

' Shbrtfall/ Surplus -

2031 2016' 2021 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 1.0 -1.9

Current Needs According to the benchmarking analysis, an additional facility could currently be anticipated to be provided in the Canberra region at the present time.

Future Needs By 2031, two (2) additional facilities could be anticipated.

Identified Needs: The Belconnen Enhanced Community Health Centre is the only Enhanced Community Health Centre currently provided in the Canberra region. The facility is under construction and will provide services in physiotherapy, nutrition, child health, sexual health, dental services, community based nursing and allied health services as well as, alcohol and drug counselling, diabetes and mental health services. It will act as a healthcare hub for the northern sub-region of Canberra.

An Enhanced Community Health Centre is proposed within, or adjacent to, the WAM study area to serve the southern sub-region of Canberra. An increased population in the study area focussed in the Woden Town Centre, as well as an increase in the population of Molonglo by approximately 20,000 people by 2031, will further reinforce the need for and location of this facility.

Longer term, it may be appropriate for a third facility to be centrally provided in accordance with the three health districts of Canberra.

An issue with the existing and proposed health centre that was raised through consultation with service providers is poor accessibility. It was considered that along with the library and senior citizens centre, the existing Phillips Community Health Centre is not easily accessible and people currently have to catch cabs due to lack of available parking. Public transport was





Enhanced Community Health Centre: In addition to general community health services including health promotion and child and family and antenatal services, these centres provide, more specialised clinical services such as renal dialysis and are a health hub for programs and activities aimed at assisting clients to manage chronic conditions in the community.

considered to be problematic.

Recommended Provision: Development of an Enhanced Community Health Centre in or adjacent to Woden Town Centre.

Opportunities for Delivery: A site accessible to public transport is highly desirable. Some issues have arisen in relation to the proximity of the current Community Health Centre and the library. A site in the vicinity of the hospital may be preferable if issues relating to accessibility can be resolved.




PUblic Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

Current Provision: Three types of public hospital were identified in the Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017:

Tertiary Hospital: A major teaching and referral health care institution providing a comprehensive range of services such as acute inpatient care in medical, surgical, maternity and paediatric services (including neonatal intensive care), overnight and day services, and outpatient treatmerit. A range-of allied, niedidal, sulgical," preventative, diagnostic and treatment services are also provided in association with day patient and overnight hospital stays.

General Hospital (acute): A general hospital providing a broad range of acute care, including inpatient, outpatient and emergency department services.

General Hospital (non-acute): A general hospital offering a range of goal oriented interventions aimed at assessing and managing often complex conditions to maximise independence and quality of life for people with disabling conditions, including rehabilitation, aged care and mental health services.

Tertiary Hospital The Canberra Hospital is the only tertiary hospital in the Canberra region. It is the largest public hospital in the region and provides emergency department services, general and specialist care to a population of over 500,000 from the ACT and surrounding region. Canberra Hospital is the major trauma referral centre for the region and delivers a comprehensive range of services. These include acute inpatient care in medical, surgical, maternity and paediatric services (including neonatal intensive care and the Canberra Midwifery Program), overnight and day services, and outpatient treatment. Canberra Hospital is a teaching hospital of the University of Canberra and the Australian National University Medial School and is affiliated with a range of other tertiary institutions. The National Capital Private Hospital is collocated with The Canberra Hospital.

The Canberra Hospital is located adjoining the WAM study area to the east on Yannba Drive, Garran.

General Hospital (acute) The audit identified one (1) public acute hospital in the Canberra region:

• Calvary Hospital - a public hospital at Bruce co-located with Calvary Private Hospital. Services provided include an emergency department and a range of inpatient and outpatient services;

The Calvary John James Hospital is the largest acute private hospital in the ACT, located in Deakin. Its services include maternity, rehabilitation, operating theatre, surgery and allied health.




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes ernergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

General Hospital (non-acute) No non-acute public hospitals were identified in the Canberra region. However the University of Canberra Public Hospital is currently under construction on the University's Bruce campus. This non-acute public hospital has been included in the benchmarking analysis below.


, - iztsneirsi Hospital

DSS 1:150,000 — 1 facility per 150,000 people Catchments

. COI-rent

number of - 2011 . , . , - Projected Need

. Shortfall! Surplus

Shortfall! Surplus - 2016 2021 2026 2031 facilities Current 2031.

Canberra + 1hr 3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.7 3.9 -0.2 -0.9

C'atetiiilen'tS ' ' Current : r

2012'''' ,PfOje'iieii Need '=" -:-siiiirtfitl/ 'Shortfall/ iiiiiiiicai, of

'. faCiiiti 6i ",. -.:. riiiii:f I !i: no of , 66 .. i

-

R6iilulatiOkS4nari6s - s-Oiliii..,; 'Clirrefit :

siiillus -, '. 2 Add. „ 1',- 0000-, , Add

- 2 500 Add. . ,- ' '6 000 ;

- . .

Add. 10 000

, people

. ' people - . - people Pop

Woden Valley and 1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.5 Weston Creek

Current Needs According to benchnnarking, the current rate of provision in the Canberra region is adequate.

Future Needs After 2031, a further additional hospital may be required according to benchmarks. However any such determination would be required to be made on the much more detailed modeling and analysis undertaken by HD. For the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek area, the current provision of 1 hospital is adequate for the additional population.

Identified Needs: The ACT Government currently provides public hospital services at Canberra Hospital and Calvary Hospital. These public hospitals provide a comprehensive range of acute care, including inpatient, outpatient and emergency department services. The key strategic indicator for acute services is to deliver timely access to effective and safe hospital care.

More than 95 percent of ACT residents requiring public hospital services have their needs met by Calvary or Canberra Hospital (ACT Government Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012 — 2017). The majority of patients referred interstate require specialised high cost, low volume services, such as organ transplantations, unable to be sustained by the population of the ACT and region.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to ensure that "all Canberrans have timely access to acute and primary health care and that health care focuses on early




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes

emergency clinical Care and treatment for the ill or injured.

intervention and prevention and is grounded in the principles of well-being and safe and respectful patient care." The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 also states that all Canberrans should have timely access to primary and acute health care. Some of the key challenges associated with providing tertiary level health care, • as identified by the Canberra Plan 2008, include shortening waiting times, improving satisfaction in health care, Emergency Department

access blocks, reducing overnight hospital bed occupancy rates and extended elective surgery waiting times.

As outlined above, The Canberra Hospital. provides a comprehensive range of acute health services. In addition to these services, The Canberra Hospital includes a new Adult Mental Health Unit (opened in April 2010) and is currently undergoing the opening of stage one of a new women and children's unit. Work for stage two of the women and children's unit is soon to

commence and involves the refurbishment of the existing maternity building.

A Mental Health Assessment Unit within The Canberra Hospital Emergency Department has been operational since 2010. In addition, planning for the new Adolescent and Young Adult Mental Health Inpatient Unit is well underway with tenders out for the design of the 20 bed facility.

The Canberra Hospital ACT Walk-In Centre was also constructed in 2010. This facility enables

nurses and reception staff to provide publicly funded advice and treatment for people with minor injuries/illness.

The Youth Health Our Priority: Ready for the Future document identifies several new developments and expansions of the Canberra Hospital over the period 2008 - 2022, some of which have already been completed.This includes:

• Women and Children's Hospital - colocation at Canberra Hospital (paediatric unit, maternity services, neonatal intensive care unit, gynaecology, fetal medicine and specialised outpatient services) (stage one complete);

• A new mental health precinct (now complete) including:

- a new Adult Mental Health Unit including a secure unit;

- Mental Heath Assessment Unit;

- Adolescent and Young Adult Mental Health Inpatient Unit;

• Administration precinct; education, training and research precinct, including the Skills Development Centre (adjacent to ANU Medical School)

• Integrated Cancer Care Centre (construction commenced)

• Engineering infrastructure, refurbishment of clinical services expansion and decanting;

• Multi-storey car parking precincts (northern and southern) (now complete);

• Medi-hotel and ambulatory care precinct (providing alternative accommodation for patients and families and including a conference centre and child care facilities);

• Education training and research precinct;

• Diagnostic and Interventional Precinct; and

• Acute Inpatient Care Precinct (include emergency, ICU/HDU, CCU, medical imaging,

Page 142 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd,




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient,,inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

operating theatres).

During consultation with the Health Directorate, it was noted that the significant planned expansion of The Canberra Hospital will generate increased needs for child care facilities, aged day care facilities, schools and housing options for workers (both during construction and for health care providers) and their families.

The Draft Clinical Services Plan 2012-2017 identifies that Calvary Hospital will maintain its role into the near future as a level 4 acute general hospital offering a small number of level 5 services where appropriate, such as delivering obstetric services. One of the priorities of the Canberra Plan 2008 was to undertake the expansion of the intensive and coronary care units at Calvary Hospital, which has recently been completed. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies increasing bed capacity at the Calvary Hospital and the investigation of options for a Mental Health Assessment Service within the Emergency Department of Calvary Hospital as some of its key priorities. The Calvary Hospital will also include an ICU/HDY/CCU Facility. An acute day hospital (including 8 adult places and 6 senior places) has also been proposed in an undisclosed location.

The ACT's first general non-acute hospital, the University of Canberra Public Hospital, is currently being constructed and is due for completion in 2017. The hospital is located on the University of Canberra site on the northwest of the Bruce campus.

During consultation and through the literature review, a number of issues and needs associated with the provision of non-acute care were identified. This included providing appropriate care for mental health patients and reducing average stay lengths for acute rehabilitation care. The Access Health Healthcare (2007) document highlighted the need to double treatment spaces in mental health beds and non-acute beds, with the number of admissions to facilities catering for these needs expected to double by 2022.

Mental health care is a key focus for hospitals that provide non-acute services. As indicated by the Mental Health Services Plan 2009 — 2014 (2009) mental health needs of the community need to be met by a comprehensive network of services that are complementary, integrated, provide early and ongoing support, easily accessible and available to individuals within a variety of age groups. The Your Health — Our Priority Stages 1 and 2 document identifies one of its main priorities for 2008-2022 as providing timely access to care, aged care, mental health services and chronic disease management.

Other priorities of the ACT Government are to develop care coordination and service collaboration mechanisms, as well as extending services for all individuals, including crisis assessment services. Extending rehabilitation and ongoing recovery support services is also a key priority.

Recommended Provision: The ACT Government Clinical Services Plan 2012 — 2017, Draft for Consultation prepared by




, Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

the Health Directorate (HD) provides a blueprint for the future provision of health services to the ACT for the next five (5) years, and a Health Infrastructure Program (HIP) which identifies the additional facilities required to respond to increased demand.

Over the life of the plan, health services will be delivered within a framework including:

• Canberra Hospital as the tertiary referral hospital for the ACT and South East NSW;

• Calvary Hospital maintaining its role as a Level 4 acute general hospital offering a number of Level 5 services where appropriate, such as in delivering obstetric services;

• Queen Elizabeth II Family Centre providing a residential program for families with young children experiencing difficulties in the postnatal and early childhood periods;

• A network of Enhanced Community Health Centres, Community Health Centres, Walk-in Centres (initially at the Canberra Hospital and progressively into the community) and

outreach centres (such as Child and Family Centres), from which specific services are delivered;

• Other public health, community and non-Government services.

Most importantly, a new sub-acute hospital is being designed on the north side of Canberra and is planned to be operational in 2017. While the role of the new hospital will be the subject of further planning, hospital services will be delivered within the levels of specialty and acuity agreed for each hospital. Services will be established on the basis of need, projected demand, and sustainability. This means that services will not be duplicated at each hospital where demand, safety and quality of care do not support the need to do so.

The benchmarking analysis suggests that a further general hospital may be required after 2031. Demand projections were undertaken by HD to inform the expected bed numbers for different types of services within the ACT's public hospitals to 2021/22. The projected bed numbers indicated a growth of 557 beds required to that time which will be met under the HIP. Expansion of existing hospitals beyond that time may allow the timing of a fourth hospital to be delayed, depending on expansion capabilities. However it is noted that ACT public sector health services are responsible for providing tertiary referral services to South East NSW, the estimated current and future population of which, together with the ACT population, is higher than the 'Canberra plus one' catchment used in the benchmarking.

It may therefore be that a fourth public hospital should be considered after 2031 to complement the existing framework, possibly a southern or central sub-regional sub-acute hospital in the light of issues relating to the management of non-acute and sub-acute patients — usually elderly with multiple chronic diseases — within the acute hospital sector. However this is based on a broad indicative assessment only and will need to be subject to the detailed modeling of the HD and future scenarios of service development in the ACT.

Opportunities for Delivery: It would appear that there may be a further requirement for an additional hospital to serve the ACT and surrounds within the next 20 years. While consideration could be given to this in the




Public Hospital: A public health care facility that provides day patient, inpatient and sometimes emergency clinical care and treatment for the ill or injured.

Woden Valley district, the land consuming nature of the use is such that it would most likely be precluded from the WAM study area. It is understood that a site in Bruce, Belconnen has been recently selected for the additional hospital.





Police Station: A station for the purposes of providing policing services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one police station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district.

It is noted that the Woden Town Centre also contains premises for the Phillip Forensic Medical Centre (morgue) and the Woden SES Base. Both are new modern facilities, with the state of the art morgue opened only in 2011.


: District

Police Station

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people i t a i i i i i i i t i . , ... dLiiieie7 : l o i fg 770iOj : W 4 4 0 0 0 : ;;,Stiiiitfill/J ,,' s lib-it-fit ii

, number of faculties :

- :::::•:,,, i

ppp. V ) no of.

-,c ac'

R.071.0.f.i4A4,000 .

SiqIya4.,='- Current l

;:Surplus-':Adcl: : , .,., - , - oOdo.: '

Cle1.1,;: tfl: 2,60-0‘t,.

' ';4-d-i(„ , :.:5,0-0-0:.::

:::'i-Asild. i. '.'::' 10006

,P.97.4!6:: '.1i7.4.:4.1,i ,.

'I.S.'oli!0:: pop




Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 al Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one police station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchnnarking.

Future Needs The current provision of one station should also be appropriate for the projected additional population.

Identified Needs: The existing police station in Woden Valley district is situated on Callam Street, Phillip. The Woden police station is a recently constructed building on a large, prominent site in the town centre. It was specifically designed to provide a base for policing services to the district well into the 21st century. It is a state of the art facility which incorporates the many operational, security, surveillance and environmental features consistent with the provision of effective and timely policing services to the Woden community.

During consultation, participants from the Emergency Services Agency (ESA), within the Justice and Community Safety Directorate (JACSD), identified the assessment of emergency services as an emerging need for the WAM study area, Additional needs include the review of strategic locations for police services and access and response times for all emergency service providers. Several existing facilities also require refurbishment.




Police Station: A station for the purposes of providing policing services.

The Emergency Services Agency Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy (2010) identified population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the study area) as two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. This relates to both access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access), expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land) and natural increases in crime rates and general volatility due to residents living in closer proximity to an increasing number of other people.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies several key objectives, including ensuring that the 'ACT is a fair and safe place to live' and that `Canberrans benefit from living in a community that is safe, inclusive and respectful, where 'all can participate in community life.' The Canberra Plan 2008 further states that 'all Canberrans (should) enjoy the benefits of living in a community that is safe, socially inclusive and respectful of human rights.'

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies several planned infrastructure upgrades to be undertaken within the next 5-10 years. More specifically, police station upgrades throughout the ACT are to occur in the next 5 years, whilst further upgrades and maintenance to these facilities is scheduled for the next 10 years. The plan also identifies strategies to protect and support women and children suffering from violence, a key concern raised within the documentation.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional police station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase. It is noted that all emergency services are planning to collocate on a site in Molonglo to serve that catchment.




Ambulance Station: A station for the purposes of providing ambulance services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one ambulance station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district. It is located on Hindmarsh Drive within the WAM study area. Benchmarked Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

District Ambulance Station

DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people ItFTirtatchriiiiiii7 Cu7rent-20-1-2 ProjeWi4ilecM-').V* siZtfalliv Siiiirtf,__.allq

t 'tc

number of .s, facilities

A.

' .

pop. ," no of ,.;

fac

- 4 Population Scenario's. Suzplus — ''Surplu

Add "C*1-07600

, • —

Ac-,-,-d 2,56-0

, Faa.

' 5,000 ..,Aqiii . ' 10,66o - Current

04

:'-A,175.0 13.9.91ft P9PRIPJ WAM Study Area 1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7 (Mawson+Phillip) Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2 Catchment Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one ambulance station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchnnarking.


Identified Needs: The existing ambulance station located in the study area is situated on Hindmarsh Drive. The ESA has identified that there are several sites within the ACT, including the facility in the WAM study area, that require refurbishment.

The ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy. identifies that existing ambulance stations do not take into account future needs of the surrounding community. As with all emergency services, population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the study area) are identified as two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. The ageing population of the WAM study area will also result in an increase in health related hazards and risks that have some implication for ambulance services.

The objectives of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy include incorporating flexibility into the design of facilities, whilst the development of design guidelines for best practice results and the colocation of facilities (where appropriate) is also recommended. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies commencement of a standardised design of future

Page 148 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Ambulance Station: A station for the purposes of providing ambulance services.

Emergency Services Authority Stations as a priority strategy for implementation within the next two years.

Support for the cofocation of facilities and the use of stations for other purposes was supported through consultation with ESA. Consultation outcomes also indicate that if the station were relocated, a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive would be preferred.

A major upgrade of the Woden Ambulance Station is planned for 2015-2017, as part of Phase 4 of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy.

Recommended Provision: An upgrade for Woden Ambulance Station is already planned. This upgrade should take into account the projected intensification in the Woden Town Centre.

There appears to be no further requirement for an additional ambulance station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional residential population increase. Further information will need to be considered by ESA in relation to commercial development when known.

Opportunities for Delivery: During consultation, the ESA noted that the existing fire and ambulance stations located in the WAM study area may be relocated to another location in the study area as a co-located facility (i.e. an Emergency Services Facility co-locating more than one police or emergency service). The preferred location at the time of writing was a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive, however, other options are being considered.

In any relocation it will be necessary to take into account access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access) and expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land). Consideration could be made of an accessible site within, or adjoining the WAM study area should an appropriate site be identified in the planning process.





' Fire and Rescue Station: A station for the purposes of providing fire and rescue services.

Current Provision: The audit identified one fire and rescue station in the suburb of Phillip in the Woden Valley district.


4...''' Digtrict ,

- :... • .

F i re a n d R e s c u e Station


-"'bitiii-raFfit '.7..euTro7C' 7.-'2012>n 1%..1076Iggiii•liVeadA f§iiciietfii0 Shall;

' n u m b e r of : pop. /0-, - P o p u l a t i o n Scenarios!, S u r p l u s — Surplus

-; kr:—....7----0.-4 „..fac4lifies, .i

, • : i:. ,.

-„,........7-4,.. , - no of....: ,

fac c tt rrC,nt

.

474da.

10 000.'"""'

ypo -

4 ■d d IT 2 , 5 0 0 A,11.

people

77-Ailt17; t 5,09.0.i.s

--'AcTd .i,,10,004.)„,;,.. ..i?e'.c.iiii




Woden Valley and 1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1 Weston Creek

Current Needs The current provision of one fire and rescue station for both the district of Woden Valley and the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district is appropriate according to benchmarking.


Identified Needs: The Woden Fire Station is located on Hindmarsh Drive and the State Emergency Services (SES) base is situated on Parramatta Street in Phillip. The WAM study area is also home to the Woden Community Service - Bushfire response program. This is a rural pilot program for those affected by the bushfires of 2003, which provides social support for individuals still being affected by the disaster.

During consultation, the ESA identified the exploration of emerging services as an emerging need for the WAM study area. Additional needs include the review of strategic locations for fire services and access and response times for all emergency service providers. The inclusion of education and training facilities at the Woden Fire Station was also raised. The intention is that these should be available to the public.

Like police and ambulance, the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy identifies that existing ambulance stations do not take into account future needs of the surrounding community. Population growth and an increasingly urban form (not unlike the situation in the




Fire and Rescue Station: A station for the purposes of providing fire and rescue services.

study area) are two factors that inherently increase risks and hazards within a community. Climate change is also resulting in a less stable environment that is more prone to natural hazards.

The objectives of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy include incorporating flexibility into the design of facilities, whilst the development of design guidelines for best practice results and the colocation of facilities (where appropriate) is also recommended. The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies commencement of a standardised design of future Emergency Services Authority Stations as a priority strategy for implementation within the next two years.

A major upgrade of the Phillip Fire Station and a minor upgrade of the Woden SES base are planned for 2015-2017, as part of Phase 4 of the ESA Station Upgrade and Relocation Strategy.

Consultation outcomes also indicate that if the station were relocated, a location further north near Phillip Oval and possibly along Melrose Drive would be more appropriate than the existing site. However other options are being considered.

Recommended Provision: An upgrade for Woden Fire and Rescue Station is already planned. This upgrade should take into account the projected intensified population in Woden Town Centre, and also the potential increase in workforce and commercial development.

There appears to be no further requirement for an additional fire and rescue station in the WAM study area as a result of the additional residential population increase. Further information will need to be considered by emergency services in relation to commercial development when known.

Opportunities for Delivery: During consultation, the ESA noted that the existing fire and ambulance stations located in the WAM study area may be relocated to another location in the study area as a co-located facility i.e. an Emergency Services Facility co-locating more than one police or emergency service.

In any relocation it will be necessary to take into account access issues (facilities being closed out by development and unable to easily respond to hazards/situations because of poor access) and expansion problems (being unable to expand due to a lack of nearby available land). Consideration could be made of an accessible site within or adjoining the WAM study area should an appropriate site be identified in the planning process.




Youth Justice Centre: A custodial facility for young offenders in some cases up to the age of 21.

Current Provision: There is one youth justice centre in the Canberra region. This is the Bimberi Youth Justice Centre located in the suburb of Mitchell in the north of the region. The facility provides detention facilities for up to 40 young people aged from 10-18 years (and can accommodate young people up to 21 years).

Identified Needs The application of the DSS shows the following:

rt4171Wit Youth Justice Centre


Ck6iiiiiiiiii: ' '

,„...4_ . Current'' iiiiitie;f r,fi:Cilitiess, ,

,L , . ,05:A#6-d.rNisiir .. ,.;$6'.aiito-/: 'Surplus - kozirirrai Isii&i.tiv:

6 Sriiilis -A, ,,..._ ..... 4kiv. r26-16:7! 1 '2021g Ir2031:

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 11 1.2 o -0.2

Ceil'hiiigiti' •'.0iiiii-Q, .iriirniallgi 6-'n i I ities , , „

•A ,

20122.4.: ,Iiii0/3„,, r'' no o f ,-,'

, 1,,,,

' .1:?Fejeaellygdvyf iShirrifin/ 'Surplus'— VOT-iiiiiq Surplus --I Ad 10,000

pop 77--- - •Add. 2,500 tipeople,s•

--- Add 5 000 people

f Add. 10 000 people Current


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Current Needs The current provision of one youth justice centre for the Canberra region is considered to be appropriate for the population based on benchmarking.

Future Needs No additional youth justice centres are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The need for an additional youth justice centre was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for an additional youth justice centre in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity. It is considered that other locational criteria would preclude its location in this area.

Page 152

Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group. ACT Government, Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Correctional Centre: A complex containing a Periodic Detention Centre (prison) for persons who are sentenced to full-time imprisonment and remand, and other correctional functions.

Current Provision: One (1) correctional facility was identified in the Canberra region. The Alexander Maconachie Centre has a capacity of 300 people and includes a medical centre, crisis support unit and transitional release centre.

The Symonston Correctional Centre is included in the audit but not considered to be a correctional centre for the purposes of benchnnarking, given that it provides periodic detention and is a centre for community service work.

Benchmarked The

Current The appropriate

Future No


_ iwittiwil Correctional Centre

DSS 1:500,000 – 1 facility per 500,000 people Catchments -

' Current nu Mbe i of

, , , facilities

2011 , Projected Need Shortfall/ Surplus - Current

,

Shortfall/ Surplus - - 2031 2016 2021 ' 2026 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

Catchments . , ,

Current number of facilities

2012 ,

, pop : / no of ; 6 , .

. -

Projected Need - Populationi Scenarios Shortfall/ Surplus – Current

‘

Shortfall/ SUiplUg'–

_ Add 10000 , — ' pop

Add . . , 2500

people , .. Add

5,000 people

- Add . 10 ,000 , people


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Needs current provision of one correctional facility for the Canberra region is considered

based on the benchmarking analysis.

Needs additional correctional centres are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The Alexander Maconochie Centre (AMC) is a relatively new facility that was opened in 2008. Remand and sentenced prisoners from low to high security classifications are accommodated. The AMC is an open campus style design with accommodation units around a central facilities area (or a Town Square). Included within the AMC are a health building, an education and programs building, an admissions building and a visits centre.

Approximately 50% of the accommodation is in 5 bedroom cottages. There are no female cells. The self-contained cottages are for lower security detainees. They are designed to enable detainees to develop and practice living skills.




Correctional Centre: A complex containing a Periodic Detention Centre (prison) for persons who are sentenced to full-time imprisonment and remand, and other correctional functions.

The Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the Alexander Maconochie Centre will be subject to a review of future accommodation requirements within the next two years. A needs assessment of additional facilities at the centre will also be undertaken within five years.

Recommended Provision: There would be no further requirement for any additional correctional facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase, and the land consuming nature of the activity. It is considered that other locational criteria would preclude its location in this area.




Courthouse: A facility for ACT. Government Courts, encompassing a Magistrates Court (which :includes the ACT Coroners Court), the ACT Children's Court, and the ACT Supreme Court.

Current Provision: The audit identified two ACT Government courts in the Canberra region, being the:

• ACT Magistrates Court - includes the ACT Coroners Court and the ACT Children's Court; and

• ACT Supreme Court.

These are collocated on a site at 4-6 Knowles Place, Civic. The complex has been benchmarked as one facility.


- - - - -- c 10 - _ Courthouse


' Catchments . Current— niniiii-Wiii facilities ' ,

2011 Projected Need V

-Shortfall/ ,Surplus -, kdiferzii!j,

Shortfall/ :Surplus 7 A-A?-2014,-:, 2010. 2021 2026 , 2031

Canberra + 1hr 1 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 0.0 -0.2

Catchments Current riiiiiibei of faCilities,.

- 2012. ' 040.: /

7Pir6jede_iff•fee'd 27

, Population cenirios

StiVilfallr ' §U'riiiiig' , : CiiiiYiit 4.;

'Slitii-tfill/ Srliiiiiii', &Add::;

. 10;-006:-• I no of '

tt,;-'Add - ,:-,e; .7 - '2,50

,. 46°ii.0

;., t,,,

Add: .,6;13-00 ' .4kel'aii!6 .i

r , ,I.. • .:',,10,00(Y • 'POO!


o 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 -0.1 -0.1

Current Needs The current provision of one court complex is considered appropriate according to benchmarks.

Future Needs No additional courthouses are required to 2031 according to the benchmarking analysis.

Identified Needs: The need for additional court houses was not raised as an issue during any of the consultation activities, nor was it discussed in the key literature reviewed as part of this study.

Recommended Provision: There appears to be no further requirement for any additional court facilities in the WAM study area as a result of the additional population increase.




Targeted Facilities — Children

Long Day (Child Care) Centre: A licensed child care service providing long day care for at least 48 weeks of the year, usually from babies to school age infants.

Current Provision: The audit identified twelve (12) long day child care centres in the Woden Valley district:

• Teddy Bears Child Care Centre (Curtin) - 88 licences places; • Peter Pan Early Learning (Curtin) — 80 licences places;

• Holy Trinity Early Learning Centre (Curtin) — 60 licences places;

• Goodstart Learning Centre (Garran) - 68 licences places;

• Woden Valley Child Care Centre (Garren) - 94 licences places;

• Goodstart Learning Centre (Isaacs) - 84 licences places;

• Lyons Children's Centre (Lyons) - 60 licences places;

• Jenny Wren Child Care Centre (Mawson) - 90 licences places;

• Chinese-Australian Early Childhood Centre (Mawson) -46 licences places;

• Lollipop Children's Centre (Phillip) - 60 licences places;

• Precious Momentz Childhood Learning and Development Centre (Phillip) - 80 licences places;

• Woden Early Childhood Centre (Phillip) — 61 licences places.

Benchmarked The

Current The relatively benchmarks appears

Future It the to


to

if

Sub district '

Long Day (Child Care) Centre

DSS 1:4,000 — 1 facility per 4,000 people :Catchments

‘:

tipliFienTi, number o f ' facilitiee.

, : i i - i i i 41 :, Pop..7i! •,'' ho of,-,4-

•

r ' :OFOreCteki:Eed ' topulairoli.S.clerfatiOS.;4,

,i;;SliOittifit'l SU:43MT'

.

t

u !rent •

Is l i a i i i i IP Surpluf.

tipiAdclit,

I.p,o0p0 0 , ,, Add.

443,50op0z,,,,,

Vel

r ;yid:, Ae,ibi'.

r'Aazi..M.

i,-.me .

people


5 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.8 3.7 1.2


3 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 -0.5 -0.5


Needs current provision of long day child care centres in the Woden Valley district appears

high according to benchmarks. This is due to an apparent overprovision relative in the town centre. The level of provision in the Mawson Group Centre catchment

relatively appropriate.

Needs also appears on the basis of benchmarking that the provision of facilities will be appropriate

population of the Woden Valley district increases by up to 10,000 people. This also applies the other two catchment levels.





Identified Needs: The ACTPLA Research Paper, Childcare Centres in the ACT — 2009 identifies trends in child care provision, including how many children attend centres, where centres are located and the future demand for these centres. It found that there has been a steady increase in the number of licensed long day care centres and licensed places in the ACT from 1998-2009.

ESDD's Factsheet 5 Childcare Centres in the ACT— Long Day Care Profile also noted that this increase continued through to 2011. Data provided in the reports shows that the average size of centres has increased over that time, from just on 50 in 1998 to over 60 in 2011 (based on average number of places per centre). At the time the fact sheet was published (2011), there were 123 centres with 7,400 places across the ACT (Factsheet 5, 2011). It is also notable that the ACT is distinct in having 66 per cent of children in community-based centres compared with a national average of 32 per cent. In addition, child care providers in the ACT charge the highest average prices for their services across Australian jurisdictions.

Childcare Centres in the ACT— 2009 notes that demand for child care depends on a number of factors: birth rates and migration patterns; social norms around the raising of children; labour force participation rates and patterns of employment (particularly among women); unemployment rates; and the monetary cost of child care. In predicting the future child care needs of Canberra it considers:

• continuing growth in the Territory's 0-4 population through to 2032 (and beyond);

• the increase in female labour force participation, especially among women with children aged 0-4; and

• population and labour force characteristics which promote a high use of child care in the ACT compared with other states and territories (noting ACT has the highest percentage of children aged 0-12 using some form of child care).

The report consequently concludes that there is likely to be increased demand for child care as the Territory's 0-4 population grows, and increasing numbers of women participate in the labour force over the long term. Other factors not directly considered here, such as changing social norms, levels of Commonwealth child care benefits, patterns of economic development, and family composition, are also considered likely to stimulate demand growth.

The benchmarking for the study area and Woden Valley district as a whole shows that demand for child care centres should be adequate for existing and projected population growth. Childcare Centres in the ACT — 2009 confirms that Woden has a high level of provision. However consultation has reflected different results. Community based service providers and Government Directorates have highlighted that there is already pressure on existing child care centres in the area to cope with demand and through future development and intensification of the area, this pressure will only increase.

Another important factor to consider which is not reflected by benchmarking is the demand for child care in or near the Woden Town Centre from residents outside the study area. Consultation has shown that parents are inclined to take their children to child care centres, on their way to or, close to their workplace. Therefore demand can come from outside the study





area. An example of this is the demand for childcare for workers at The Canberra Hospital. Likewise Childcare Centres in the ACT— 2009 considers the current high level of provision to be associated with employment in Phillip. It also considers that future provision is likely to be workplace-based, or in association with the Early Childhood School (Lyons).

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2 — Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden in 2004 identified that one of the major gaps in services and facility provision within the study area concerned child care facilities and placements. Meeting the needs of a younger population, at the same time as meeting the needs of the existing ageing population, was also raised as key consideration for future planning. The Canberra Plan 2008 also identifies one of the key challenges as increasing and improving child care services. It also prioritises the integration of early childhood services.

During consultation sessions, both the Territory and Municipal Services Directorate (TAMSD) Property Group and the Community Services Directorate (CSD) highlighted a strong demand for facilities for community services, particularly child care centres, in Woden. It is largely assumed this is because Woden is geographically the centre of Canberra. It was also noted that the development of Molonglo will place additional pressure on child care centres and youth facilities in Woden, as they are geographically more accessible than areas to the north of Molonglo that may also provide these services.

The ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 identifies the development of services, programs and environments that support children's optimal development and enhance the capacity of parental, family and community bodies as one of its key objectives. At a city wide scale, it is also the intent of the Canberra Plan 2008 to increase and improve early child care services.

With regard to planned infrastructure and facilities, the Infrastructure Plan 2011 - 2021 identifies that a new CC Cares Program for young mothers will be established at the facility at Canberra College (Weston Campus) over the next five years. Furthermore, the existing Lollipop Children's Centre located in Woden Town Centre will be redeveloped as part of the large scale redevelopment of the Woden Community Centre to become a Regional Community Centre.

As at 7 November 2012, there were no vacancies registered on the Care for Kids website (careforkids.com.au) for the eleven (11) child care centres listed for the Woden Valley district, indicating a tight child care market

Recommended Provision: As at 7 November 2012, there were no vacancies registered on the Care for Kids website (careforkids.com.au) for the eleven (11) child care centres listed for the Woden Valley district. In addition, consultation with the Holy Trinity Early Learning Centre also indicated that centre is operating at capacity and rarely has any vacancies.

In 2011 the ratio of child care places across the ACT was 1 place for every 3.2 children aged 0- 4 years (based on 24,150 children aged 0-4 years and 7,400 child care places). Applying the same ratio to the Woden Valley, the following number of child care places would be expected over the next 10 years based on a high development demand scenario:





• An additional 5,000 people by 2016: the projected 1,946 children aged 0-4 years would require a minimum of 608 places.

• An additional 10,000 people by 2021: the projected 3,094 children aged 0-4 years would require a minimum of 967 places.

Based on the current supply of child care places (871 places) it would appear that an additional 96 places would be required under the high development demand scenario by 2021, which could be accommodated within two (2) small or one (1) large child care centre.

These results differ from the reported existing shortfall in child care places, indicating that the workforce in the Woden Valley is placing significant strain on local child care services. Approximately 78% of the current workforce employed within the Woden Valley live in other districts and therefore are not captured under the benchmarking results. The projected increase in the workforce is also likely to place additional demand on these types of facilities.

As The Canberra Hospital has one of the main worker populations in the area, it is recommended that a work based child care centre should be investigated as one of the required centres which particularly suits the needs and hours of shift workers.

Opportunities for Delivery: The Lollipop Children's Centre is intended to be redeveloped as part of a Regional Community Centre in Woden. However the location of the new facility has not yet been determined. Should this facility be removed from the Woden Town Centre, it would appear that increased strain will be placed on existing child care facilities, and on workers in and around the town centre. It is consequently recommended that this centre is replaced in Woden Town Centre, possibly with an increased number of places.

However, innovative solutions are sought for the provision of these centres. The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2 undertaken in 2004 for the areas of Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong highlights the potential for surplus schools to continue to be used for community facilities, including child care centres. The colocation of compatible facilities is also encouraged in this report.

The Environment and Sustainable Development Directorate also drew attention during consultation to the importance of providing child care centres in necessary locations in creative ways (where required). For example, providing child care centres on the ground floor level of buildings located in centres is difficult. An innovative solution would be to place these facilities on the third, fourth or even roof levels of commercial buildings, to be used by workers also housed in the same building.

A work based centre at The Canberra Hospital would be best located on the hospital site for ease of access to children.

The Canberra Institute of Technology already houses a child care centre, however, there is the potential for these services to be expanded.





No other specific opportunities have currently been identified.





Child and Family Centre: A centre containing publically funded programs for prevention and early intervention (including support for parents and carers, maternal and child health nurses, playgroups, therapy, physiotherapy, childhood immunisations, parenting information, counselling,- nutrition).

Current Provision: There were no child and family centre facilities identified in the Woden Valley district, nor in the Weston Creek district.

Benchmarked The

Current The Woden need

Future If would Weston


Dak..04, Child and Family Centre

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people 'Catchments Current

number 'Of

, facilities :,

'

2012 pop, / no of 'fac.

Projected Need L '

Population Scenarios - -

' Shortfall! SiiiiiliiS-= Current

Shortfall/ SUiPlUS'

, - Add.'

P60.4''''' Add 4500

, people . _

Add

, 5,000 , people . . .

i Add 10,000 people

. WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

o 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 -1.0 -1.1

Needs benchmarking suggests there is not a current need for a child and family centre in the

Valley district. If the population of the Weston Creek district is taken into account, a for one (1) facility is benchnnarked as required.

Needs the population of the Woden Valley district increased by 10,000 people, no additional facilities

benchmark as required in the Woden Valley district or the combined Woden Valley and Creek districts beyond that identified above.

Identified Needs: Child and Family Centres are a relatively new 'one-stop-shop' model of service delivery developed by CSD to provide a range of services to children and families, with a focus on early intervention and prevention in the early years of life. The centres offer maternal and child health services, therapy services, counselling, family support, groups and community development programs. Three such centres have currently been developed in Canberra — in Gungahlin, Tuggeranong and West Belconnen.3°

The consultation and literature supports the findings of the benchmarking. Both the Canberra

30 (http://www.dhcs.act.gov.au/ocyfs/childandfamilycentres/current_news).




Child and Family Centre: A centre containing publically funded programs for prevention and early intervention (including support for parents and carers, maternal and child health nurses, playgroups, therapy, physiotherapy, childhood immunisations, parenting information,

_ counselling, nutrition).

Plan and the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 seek to improve the health services available to children and families. Other literature such as the ACT Children's Plan 2010-2014 and the Canberra Social Plan 2011 also highlights the government's intent for investment in early childhood infrastructure.

In addition, the Children's Health Plan identifies a need for partnerships between Child, Youth and Women's Health Programs and the Child and Family Centres for the provision of maternal and child health services within the centres.

The possible future need for a Child and Family Centre in Woden Valley was identified through consultation with directorates.

Recommended Provision: The outcomes of the benchmarking and literature review suggest a Child and Family Centre is currently required in the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. This facility would meet the needs of the population as it grows by an additional 10,000 people in the WAM study

area. This facility could also serve the early stages of development of Molonglo.

At the present time it is noted that a Child and Family Centre is proposed in the Molonglo Stage 2 Group Centre. It is likely that a much higher proportion of young children will occur in Molonglo than in Woden Valley/Weston Creek, at approximately 15% of the population at a 5,000 population threshold, decreasing to 8% at a 20,000 population threshold for Molonglo, compared with a fairly steady 6% in Woden Valley/Weston Creek. At 2021 this equates to approximately 1,600 children aged 0-4 in Molonglo compared to over 4,000 in Woden Valley/Weston Creek, assuming the population threshold scenario of an additional 10,000 population in Woden Town Centre is reached by 2021. However, by full development (55,000 people) in Molonglo, there would be a similar number of children aged 0-4 to currently as in Woden Valley/Weston Creek.

Further consideration needs to be given to the most appropriate location for a Child and Family Centre to potentially serve all three areas (Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Molonglo) in the shorter term.






Targeted Facilities - Y o u n g People

YOuth Centrei'A dedicated facility or drOp in Centre offering a range of services and programs for young people.

Current Provision: Woden District Youth Centre is the only youth centre located in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts and is managed by the Woden Community Service. The youth centre is located on Callam Street, Phillip..

The centre offers programs for people aged 12-25 years including:

• Information and referral services; • Youth engagement; • Child and youth case management; • Outreach; • Big Bent (event); • Coaching for volunteers; • Free meals on Friday evenings; and • Loan clothing for interviews.

The facilities and equipment available at the centre include:

• A kitchen with a commercial oven and cool room; • A band room with the capacity to accommodate 230 people; • A jamming room with instruments; • Showering facilities; and • Recreational facilities,

Benchmarked The


Youth Centre DSS 1:60,000 — 1 facility per 60,000 people

Catchments .

,

,Current snaintie-i'of . fa.cilities'

. „2012

' Of): i - no of f .'PF..'

'FiRifeCied Need - , .- PepdlatinISCeriarios ' Shortfall!

''S`tieltii===' -: Current .,

:,;Sh'iiittallP, ''.'S:tiVpiti"i'.'

z,Add.,1,‘ 10,00,0 , pop ,

Add.. 2500 .POOPIO

.

Adir.:-`,' .5,000,,--, pedjile,,,

'' Add. 10,000

.. people WAM Study Area (Mawson+Phillip)

o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Woden Valley District 1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.3 Woden Valley and Weston Creek

1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1




Youth Centre: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of services and programs for young people.

Current Needs The current provision of one youth centre appears appropriate for the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district population.

Future Needs The current provision is considered likely to remain appropriate based on benchmarks when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM study area is taken into account.

Identified Needs: Existing needs and issues identified by the ACT Young People's Plan 2009-2014, which may be of relevance to the provision of youth centres in the Woden Valley include:

• Mental health issues;

• Risk behavior;

• Specific groups prone to vulnerability that need focused support (disabled, diverse sexual orientation, etc.);

• Limited awareness of services and facilities and how to access them;

• Provision of opportunities to participate in training, education and employment; and

• A desire for a sense of belonging, feeling safer in the community and knowing about local culture.

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2— Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden (2004) for the Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong areas identifies meeting the needs of a dual population (with a high percentage of both young and elderly people) as one of the key emerging issues within the study area. The report also identified that the existing youth centre in Woden Town Centre was not sufficient to accommodate the needs of different groups of young people.

Community service providers within the study area identified that being able to meet the current and emerging needs of youth through low cost activities was one of their major concerns.

Since March 2012 the Woden Youth Centre has reduced its hours of operation of its drop-in

space as a result of the new Child, Youth and Family Services Framework for the South / Weston Network. The four programs included in the framework for locally based services are Group Programs, Network Coordination, Case Management and most significantly, Youth Engagement Services. The framework provides the context for the youth and family support services funded through the CSD's Office of Children, Youth and Family Services (OCYFS). Consultation with the facility manager for the purpose of this study indicated that the drop-in space is now open 2 days / nights per week and it is generally accessed by 10-15 young people each afternoon. This is a reduction from the 30-40 young people who used to access the centre when it was open 5 days / nights per week prior to March 2012.

Note: The centre still provides a range of social and recreational centre and community based activities from 12-5:30pm, Monday to Friday, during school holiday periods. The community supported respite (CSR) area of the youth services program also provides centre based and





community focused support services during the week, from 9am-4pm.

The conceptual model for the framework is the Public Health Model. The Public Health Model is characterised by three levels — primary, secondary and tertiary — that together represent the full range of supports and services that work towards the shared outcome of protecting children and young people and supporting them to achieve their potential.

Participation in the framework has brought significant changes to the youth services sector across the Weston and South Canberra region.

The Woden Youth Centre services young people from Yass and Belconnen, however, it was indicated through consultation that it was more about the connection to the space than the service catchment (hence young people may travel further than the district to access a space they feel connected to). The focus of the facility is now on youth bands and in particular, heavy metal bands.

Hence while the number of facilities provided in Woden Town Centre may be appropriate based on population growth estimates, it would appear that the services available may not be meeting the needs of young people within the study area.

The Community Facility Needs Assessment Report for Stage 2— Tuggeranong, Weston Creek and Woden (2004) similarly considered that targeted youth facilities, other than a youth centre, may be necessary to support the positive growth and development of youth within the study area. Such facilities may provide particular services or programs that are relevant to specific groups within the youth community. One on one consultation with government directorates identified that youth support in the form of outreach, rather than centres, would be more beneficial to support youth development.

The objectives of the Young People's Plan are to:

• Guide policy development and service delivery for young people in the ACT by government and non-government agencies;

• Encourage young people to contribute and participate in family, community and social life;

• Provide young people with equitable access to information and services;

• Proactively support vulnerable young people;

• Ensure that policies and services for young people are evidence based, regularly evaluated and responsive to emerging needs and trends;

• Increased community participation rates;

• Assist participation in education, training and employment;

• Assist with life transitions (access to support and information);

• Improved rates of early identification of vulnerable young people; and

• Increase information available to youth about rights.

These objectives highlight the need for youth to be actively engaged, so as to provide effective outreach services and identify vulnerable youth within the study area. Targeted youth programs





and recreational facilities for youth within the community also provide opportunities for delivery.

At present, there are no broad strategies or planning infrastructure targeted at the youth population of the study area. Recommended Provision: Based on the results of the benchmarking, literature review and consultation outcomes it would appear that one youth centre is adequate to meet the current needs of the combined Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts. This is also considered appropriate to meet the needs of the future population (if it increases by an additional 10,000 people) and to fulfil some early needs from Molonglo. It is however noted that a youth centre is planned in Molonglo, possibly co-located

with outdoor recreational space.

Although assessment of youth services is not included in the scope of this study, it would appear based on the reduction in the number of young people accessing the centre that the opening hours of the centre may need to be reviewed, and potentially, the services that can be provided.

In addition, it was noted during the consultant team's visit that access between the Woden Youth Centre and the Woden Town Centre needs to be improved to provide better linkages to the town centre, better quality surfaces to footpaths and pavements and improved safety for young people crossing Callam Street, Phillip.

Opportunities for Delivery: Further consultation with young people during the Woden Town Centre Master Plan process could identify the best way to meet the needs of young people in Woden. Consideration should be given to the relationship of the existing Woden Youth Centre to any redevelopment of the Callam Offices.




Targeted Facilities — Aged People and People with a Disability

Retirement Village: Premises where older or retired people live, or will live, in independent living units or serviced units, under a retirement village scheme.

Current Provision: As at the 24 October 2012, the audit identified the following retirement villages along with the number of units (including independent living units and serviced units) and residents for each (obtained through phone calls to each retirement village):

• Goodwin Retirement Village, Ferrer: 137 units and 119 residents;

• Mandir Ashram Retirement Village (under construction): 78 units and 0 residents;

• Southern Cross Ozanam Village, Garran: 104 units and 109 residents;

• St Andrew's village (self-care Villas): 176 units and 162 residents; and

• RFBI Canberra Masonic Home, Pearce: 137 units and 130 residents.

Mandir Ashram will be purpose built specifically for independent living, with this being the only unit option available. This village is presently being built and as such is unoccupied presently. The other 4 facilities include a mix of independent living units and serviced units.

The Southern Cross Ozanam village has more people living in independent living units than the number of units available (39 people living in 34 units), The other 4 villages have equal or less, which suggests their independent living units are all occupied by (and possibly purpose built for) one person. This may be relate to the age and nature of these units, which were often typically designed for sole use.

Benchmarked Needs: Retirement villages are classified by the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) as private dwellings and separate information on the number of persons living in these is not available to determine benchmarks. Therefore, there is very little data to accurately compare the average utilisation of these types of aged specific dwelling stock including retirement village accommodation and residential parks, and thereby the housing choices that older people have made.

The Productivity Commission, in their report — Caring for Older Australians (2011) recognises that retirement villages (referring to independent and assisted living units) are playing an increasingly important role in accommodating older Australians. A housing survey undertaken by Grant Thornton Australia for the Retirement Village Association (RVA) in 2011 found that there are approximately 1,850 retirement villages in Australia, accommodating around 138,000 people. It noted that penetration rates for retirement villages as an accommodation solution for seniors are still quite low, with just over 5% (5.3%) of Australians over the age of 65 occupying villages, although this has been increasing. It found that in other developed countries, like the US, over 10% of the population aged over 65 live in retirement villages. Many industry leaders subsequently believe that there is an opportunity for 'exponential growth' in the sector in Australia beyond natural demographic shifts.

For the purpose of this study benchmarks of 6% and 8% of the population aged 65 years and





over have been adopted to reflect the options of a steady increasing growth trend and a higher growth trend over the next ten (10) years. Clearly the trend line that occurs will depend on adequate numbers of retirement villages units being provided in the marketplace, and also possibly the availability of new dwelling types which will be attractive to older people.

The table below shows projections of the total number of people in the Woden Valley within this

age group; the current number of residents in the Woden Valley in retirement villages; and the benchmarking results when the 6% and 8% benchmarks are applied for the years 2016 and 2021.

Woden Valley District — Benchmarking of Retirement Village Accommodation Year Population

Aged 65+ Years

cnTTfl R L . eto-o' l ia verageRatio

S- 17:-.-- Surplus number Of

residents gigus:A isms gun,

Current -2011

(ABS census data)

5,887 520 353 470 167 50

Projected - 2016

(Consultant projections under high development demand scenario)

6,321 520 379 505 141 15

Projected - 2021

Consultant projections under high development demand scenario)

6,908 520 414 552 106 -32

Current Needs The benchnnarking results indicate that the current provision of independent living units and serviced units in the Woden Valley district provides for significantly more than 5.3% of the population aged 65 and over in the district.

Future Needs The benchmarking results show that this current provision would continue to be appropriate for the growing population when it reaches an additional 10,000 people if a benchmark of 6% of is applied. It would no longer be adequate should 8% of the population aged 65 and over, under high development demand scenario, chose to live in retirement village accommodation.

Identified Needs: The type of retirement village accommodation that is considered in this study includes:

• Independent Living Units (ILUs) (or 'self-care), often traditionally in the form of villas; and

• Assisted (or supported) living units, usually in apartments. Units that are described as "assisted living units" or "serviced apartments" provide the highest level of independent

care.

The critical difference between Retirement Village accommodation and Residential Aged Care

Page 168 Bucldey Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.




accommodation is that places in 'Residential Aged Care' accommodation are funded and licensed by the Australian Government under the Aged Care Act 1997, and entry to residential aged care is subject to an ACAT assessment which evaluates how well an individual is coping with daily living activities and their own care, and determines which services they may be eligible for. Entry into a retirement village is by personal choice, and therefore the attractiveness of the accommodation is a factor in determining demand.

The Canberra Plan 2008 recognises that the population of Canberra is ageing faster than any other jurisdiction in Australia. In response to this trend, the ACT Government is looking at the impact of the ageing population on the economy and in all areas of service delivery, including health services, aged care and accommodation. The ACT Government is also examining factors such as wider employment opportunities for older people, more flexible work practices and the potential availability of a wider pool of volunteers able to participate in all areas of the community and economy.

In addition, the Canberra Plan 2008 supports an ongoing strategy of supplying land for aged care accommodation in continuing to provide for the ageing community (building on the work already done under the Building Our Ageing Community Strategy 2003). Through this process a wider range of building sites is being identified to encourage a variety of aged accommodation, including independent living and ageing in place.

Furthermore, the plan provides support for the modification of properties to allow public housing tenants to remain in place as they age, and partnering with the private sector in joint venture redevelopments that include supported aged care accommodation. The strategy outlined under The Canberra Plan is reflected in the priorities of the ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011- 2021. In addition, it supports a broader range of accommodation types and price points for elderly residents in response to growing demand and an ageing population.

A strategy of the ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan 2007 is to identify development sites for a mix of housing developments including the provision of affordable aged housing. Building on the Phase 1 report, the ACT Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 2 identifies the following strategies to respond to the growing need for housing for the elderly:

• Increase public and community housing properties appropriate for ageing tenants (assist public housing and low income renters);

• Flexible market response to demand for affordable aged accommodation to assist middle income older residents (in particular renters);

• Greater diversity and choice of affordable housing in existing suburbs and greenfield locations; and

• Universal design that is flexible and responsive to changing needs (ageing in place) becomes mainstream.

Through consultation activities for the purpose of this study, representatives from Government





Directorates and service providers identified that housing for the elderly needs to be affordable and accessible. One participant indicated that the price of ILUs is expensive in the ACT (reportedly close to the average price of development in the surrounding area). Accordingly, it was noted that there is a need for affordable aged accommodation in locations where people can walk in safety. Consultation participants thought that high density living is not appropriate for the aged, however, smaller dwellings in the town centre would be appropriate for older people looking to downsize.

Whilst there is the need to house a growing ageing population, there is also a need to improve the elderly's access to services and facilities, particularly within centres where the greatest range of services and facilities are located.

Recommended Provision: The literature and demographic trends indicate that the ageing of the ACT population will present significant challenges for the ACT Government and the broader community into the future. The benchmarking results suggest that the current provision of retirement village accommodation in the Woden Valley district is sufficient to meet the needs of the current population and this will continue to be the case as the population grows by an additional 10,000 people if the same rate of utilisation of retirement villages occurs. However it is very likely that the trends toward demand for increased retirement village accommodation will increase along with national averages. Whether this demand can be met will depend on the ability of the market to introduce new forms and models of retirement living.

In respect of housing for older people more generally, further research may be required to identify appropriate models of accommodation for older people in the ACT (i.e. in the private housing market) within a high density urban environment in response to the reported demand from older residents wanting to down size and move into the town centre. Similar research is undertaken in other places (e.g. South East Queensland) with interesting results. A recent study In fill Development for Older Australians in South East Queensland (Baldwin, Osborne and Smith, 2012) found that dwelling design needs to be responsive, flexible, and 'universal' to support 'ageing in neighbourhood'. A spectrum of infill options which responds to the diverse range of needs and preferences of individuals, at an appropriate density for the neighbourhood, was seen to be required over time, and could be accommodated in a neighbourhood that is transitioning to a somewhat higher density (Baldwin et al 2012).

A range of design solutions were tested by the study to ascertain how older people could be accommodated in infill areas of communities in ways that are liveable, sustainable and affordable. These included single level 'backyard' infill, a version of 'secondary dwellings', and a range of two to six storey developments in different settings.

The research found that participants were resoundingly against living in high rise developments, but indicated that two storey terrace housing and four storey apartments might appeal, providing they did not comprise a large number of units and had sufficient private outdoor space as well as access to outdoor green spaces, both shared on-site and in nearby public parks. Participants




Retirement Village:. Premises where older or retired people live, or will five, in independent living units or serviced units, under a retirement village scheme.

strongly objected to buildings over 5-6 storeys high (perhaps due to the lack of familiarity with living in such spaces) and generally favoured complexes of 12 to 25 units, designed to ensure privacy yet knowing your neighbours (2012).

These results may or may not apply in the ACT. The study did find a marked difference in housing preferences and amenity drivers between metropolitan Brisbane and the Sunshine Coast, and noted that how the 'ageing in neighbourhood' concept is applied is likely to differ in each location.

Added to this is the influence of the 'baby boomers31'. Literature32 strongly suggests that baby boomers will not continue the trend of moving into conventional retirement accommodation (nursing homes etc) — at least not until other housing options become untenable; hence there is likely to be a growing demand for more diverse housing choices for older people. Another study into the housing preferences of baby boomers33 found that one in five Baby Boomers are likely to require affordable rental accommodation as they get older. Affordable housing options will also need to include public and social housing forms.

The projected Woden Valley district population profile recognises that older people may seek accommodation types that could be provided in the town centre, and development to date suggests that the development industry considers there to be a market for high rise residential accommodation in the Woden Town Centre.

In accordance with the priorities of the ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021, a broader range of accommodation types and price points for elderly residents, including affordable aged housing, and new models such as Apartments for Life, should be provided. Subject to further research, it may be appropriate that housing for older people is considered comprising two storey terrace housing and four storey apartments with sufficient private outdoor space as well as access to outdoor green spaces, both shared on-site and in nearby public parks.


31 Defined by ABS as those born between 1946 and 1965 inclusive 32

e.g. Beer A and Faulkner D. (2009); Faulkner, D., Tully, S., Baker, E., and Beer, A. 2007 and Murray (2007) 33 Fujitsu Australia and New Zealand (2007)




, Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either high care (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged

• care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Current Provision: The audit identified the follows providers of residential accommodation and community care packages34 in the Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts:

Woden Valley:

• Brindabella Gardens Hostel, Curtin — 60 Low Care Beds

• Brindabella Gardens Nursing Home, Curtin — 52 High Care Beds

• Goodwin Farrer (George SauteIle House), Farrer —64 Low Care Beds

• Goodwin Outreach (CACPS), Farrer — 162 Community Care Places

• Goodwin Outreach (EACH Dementia), Farrer —25 Community Care Places (EACH Dementia)

• Goodwin Outreach (EACH), Farrer — 35 Community Care Places (EACH)

• Southern Cross Ozanam Apartments, Garran — 70 Low Care Beds

• St Andrew's Village Hostel, Hughes — 176 Low Care Beds

Weston Creek:

• Adria Village, Stirling — 8 High Care Beds, 34 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Ageing South Eastern Region, Mirinjani Community Care, Weston — 15 Community Care Places (EACH Dementia)

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Eabrai Lodge Special Care Hostel, Weston — 12 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Mirinjani Nursing Home, Weston — 108 High Care Beds and 16 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village, Mirinjani Retirement Hoste, Weston — 62 Low Care Beds

• Uniting Church in Australia, Mirinjani Retirement Village, Weston — 85 Community Care Places

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Village, Weston - 85 Community Care Places (EACH)

The total number of low and high care residential places in Woden Valley and Weston Creek as well as the number of community aged care packages, are provided in the table below.

34 I t is noted that community care packages can be delivered to residents in these districts from providers in other districts.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden Valley and Weston Creek — Current Residential Care Accommodation

rommiriii Care LowC7ar'r' Bs 'HigliCare Beds

Woden Valley 222 370 52 Weston Creek 185 90 108 Woden Valley! Weston Creek

407 460 160

Benchmarked Needs: The current national targets for provision of aged care stand at 113 residential aged care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age. This has slowly increased at various times over the last decade but has not been changed since 2007. The places are targeted by the Australian Government to be comprised as follows:

• 42 high care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age; • 44 low care places per 1,000 population over 70 years of age; • 27 Community Aged Care Packages per 1,000 population over 70 years of age.

Comparison of the provision in Woden Valley and Weston Creek district to the national targets is provided in the following table for the current (2011) population aged over 70 years (4,150 people) and the 2016 and 2021 populations over 70 years projected under the high development demand scenarios.

Comparison to National Target Ratios, Woden Valley district, Woden Valley /VVeston Creek districts and ACT, 2011, 2016 and 2021

Woden Valley district (high development demand scenario)

Population 70+ years

Currant ProvIslOn Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall / Surplus in Woden .--P---i, ' Valley district

Low Care 13Zds

High Care Beds

CO munity —R- --o. Care Places

Low Care Beds

High Care ens

Community —.. . -- Care Plac,es

L w Care Ei e7di -`

High - Care

13-ed s

Comrnunity — Care Places

,

2011 4,150 370 52 222 183 174 112 187 -122 110

2016 4,553 370 52 222 200 191 123 170 -139 99

2021 5,074 370 52 222 223 213 137 147 -161 85




R e s i d e n t i a l C a r e A c c o m m o d a t i o n ( H i g h , L o w C a r e o r a c o m b i n a t i o n o f H i g h / L o w C a r e ) : A

facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care (formerly called nursing homes) or l ow care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged

care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden Valley / Weston Creek District (high development demand scenario)

Population 70+ years

Current.Provisiori Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall / Surplus in Woden Valley district

Care Beds

Community Places Care

Beds

High - Care

Beds

Community Care Places

High Care Beds

Community Care Places

Low Care Beds

High Care Beds

2011 6,650 460 160 407 293 279 180 167 -119 227

2016 7,653 460 160 407 337 321 207 123 -161 200

2021 8,874 460 160 407 390 373 240 70 -213 167

ACT (CMCD projections)

Population 70+ Current Provision.

Community Care fiii7es

Required to Meet Federal, Target

Shortfall / Surplus in

2011 26,000 1,082 702 380

2016 32,150 1,082 868.05 214

2021 41,500 1,082 1120.5 -39

Source: Department of Health and Ageing Service Lists available at: http://www.health.qov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/aqeinp-rescare-servlist-download.htm

Current Needs The analysis indicates that the current overall provision for Woden Valley district is in fact above the national target for residential care places and packages as a whole, as is the Woden Valley/Weston Creek district and the ACT. Disaggregating the provision however, the supply of high care beds is below the national target ratio for all three comparative areas.

Future Needs By 2016 and 2021, under the high development demand scenario, the shortfall in the number of high

care beds would be even greater if no additional places were provided. By 2021, the ACT would require additional community care packages (39), to meet the current national ratios.

Additionally, the government has indicated that revised benchmarks are anticipated under their Living

Longer, Living Better reform package (2012), that targets a ratio of 125 places for every 1,000 people aged over 70 years and over, by 2021-22. The tables below shows the results if this ratio is adopted.



Directorate (ESDD)WAM CSR Facility Study

Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment.

Woden (high development demand scenario)

Population Current Provision

Required to Meet Federal

Shortfall I Surplus in Woden Valley district

Target

2021 5,074 644 634 10

Woden Valley! Weston Creek (high development demand scenario)

opulation Current Provision

I

Required to Meet Federal Target

Shortfall! Surplus In Wirociert ValliTdistrict

2021 8,874 1027 1109 -82

ACT (CMCD Projections)

,

Population Provision

.

Required to Meet Federal

J",-----.J, Shortfall / Surplus in VVoden Valley district

Target

2021 41,500 3,113 5188 -2075

These tables suggest that by 2021 the overall provision of aged care beds and packages will be on par with demand in Woden Valley district, however there will be a shortfall of 82 places or packages in Woden Valley/Weston Creek districts, and an undersupply of 2,075 places/packages for the ACT as a whole.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 recognises that the population of Canberra is ageing faster than any other jurisdiction in Australia. In response to this trend, the ACT Government is looking at the impact of the ageing population on the economy and in all areas of service delivery, including health services, aged care and accommodation. The ACT Government is also examining factors such as wider employment opportunities for older people, more flexible work practices and the potential availability of a wider pool of volunteers able to participate in all areas of the community and economy.

Whilst there is the need to house a growing ageing population, there is also a need to improve the elderly's access to services and facilities, particularly within centres where the greatest range of services and facilities are located. This also needs to be considered in the development of the district as a whole, particularly if a substantial amount of the district population will be 65+ years of age.

It is recognised in the Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 3 that as the Territory's population ages,




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged


it will be necessary to provide an increased supply of affordable accommodation for the aged (including supportive housing and residential care accommodation). The action plan states that there is considerable interest among some lessees in developing supportive housing on their underutilised

or surplus community facility land. Furthermore, the ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing 2010-2014 identifies the importance of locating residential care facilities and older people's housing in areas that

are close to services and the rest of the community.

Specific strategies and recommendations for addressing the affordable housing needs of older Canberrans is contained in the Affordable Housing Action Plan Phase 2. This action plan built on the previous success of the Building for our Ageing Community by attempting to remove some of the obstacles to the supply of residential aged care accommodation in the ACT. Building for our Ageing Community placed an emphasis on establishing a rolling program of aged persons' accommodation sites, and on identifying and removing unnecessary delays in projects for aged accommodation by streamlining planning approval process. The action plan recommended the continuation of the strategy by identifying appropriate development sites throughout Canberra to facilitate a mix of housing developments that enhance the provision of affordable aged housing.

The strategies included in the action plan focus on addressing the housing needs of older Canberrans

across a range of income groups and relate to:

• Increasing the supply and flexibility of public and community housing;

• Encouraging investment in affordable retirement villages;

• Increasing options for affordable housing in existing suburbs;

• Mainstreaming universal design to meet future demand;

• Improving home assessments and modifications;

• Providing better support for older Canberrans living independently and establishing a Community Access Network pilot project; and

• Encouraging private investment in flexible housing options such as apartments for life.

Consultation for this study identified that housing for the elderly needs to be affordable and accessible. It was noted that there is a need for affordable aged accommodation in locations where people can walk in safety.

Recommended Provision: Many additional factors other than population over 70 years are considered by the Australian Government in allocating aged care places, such as information on perceived demand and service

gaps provided by Aged Care Assessment Teams, ethnic communities, Aged Care Queensland, etc; SEIFA indices (areas of lower advantage tend to have higher residential aged care demand); an examination of indigenous, ethnic and pensioner statistics; and information from hospitals and Home and Community Care programmes, among other factors.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged care places are funded and licensed by the National Government under the Aged Care Act, 1997, and entry to residential care is subject to an Aged Care Assessment Team (ACAT) assessment:

However in general it would appear that the level of provision is currently relatively good in the Woden Valley district, Woden Valley/Weston Creek districts and ACT. Strong future growth will however increase requirements for places and packages.

It is also important to consider the implications of the Productivity Commission report. Caring for Older Australians (2011) found that Australia's aged care system is not well placed to meet the challenges ahead and fundamental reforms are needed, including to the provision of accommodation. The Federal Government has responded through Living Longer Living Better (2012), which provides an aged care reform package comprising $3.7 billion over five years, however it appears generally considered that the reforms are not as progressive as those recommended by the Productivity Commission, or those required to address the challenges with which the industry is faced. This means that future trends in aged care are at present unclear.

Of particular significance to this study, limits on the number of residential places (e.g. bed licences) and aged care packages would be phased out (over a five year transition period), while distinctions between residential low and high care and between ordinary and extra service status would be removed. In doing this, the Productivity Commission recognised that the boundaries between levels of care had already been blurred by the policy of 'ageing in place' introduced by the Federal Government in 2003 (Grant Thornton 2011c).

Industry observers (Grant Thornton 2011c and 2012) consider that some of the implications of the Productivity report may be that:

• The creation of a responsive and competitive market that will require providers to change their business models and will test management skills;

• Increased levels of investment and greater levels of service innovation, including overseas competitors;

• Greater flexibility for consumers to exercise their preferences for care services and greater choice in the setting in which they receive care;

• A wide mix of innovative and hybrid models, with no one model satisfying all needs;

• High care residential aged care facilities are likely to become very much end-of-life facilities, average entry age is anticipated to be late and stays relatively short;

• Residential aged care facilities may become efficient and effective 'hubs' for servicing broader communities with a range of facilities and services;

• The line between residential aged care, community care and retirement living is likely to become increasingly blurred as residents seek to fulfil their service needs and preferences;

• Improved access to capital may prompt the upgrading of many existing older facilities.




Residential Care Accommodation (High, Low Care or a combination of High/Low Care): A facility providing residential accommodation and support to older people or people with disabilities who

can no longer remain in their own home. Services provided in residential care homes may be either 'high care' (formerly called nursing homes) or low care' (formerly called hostels). Residential aged


Given the current state of flux of the industry, it is difficult to make more detailed recommendations. Woden Valley and Weston Creek districts have clearly acted somewhat as a hub for residential aged

care facilities. However it would appear that in the future demand for the current type of facility may change. Redevelopment on existing sites should be promoted to meet newly emerging needs. However at the present time, it is not anticipated form the available data that further aged care places/packages should be required as a result of the population increase projected in the WAM study

area.




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, eldeq and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities.

Current Provision: No aged day care centres were identified in the Woden Valley district, however two facilities were identified in the Weston Creek district. These facilities were:

• Burrangiri Aged Day Care Centre — offers emergency short-term residential respite (between 7-15 days) for frail aged people, when their carer or caring support systems are in crisis, as well as day respite; and

• Uniting Care Mirinjani Retirement Village Day Care Centre — collocated with a retirement village, the day care centre offers respite for the frail, aged, those with a diagnosis of dementia or those who are socially isolated.


,.•Y ., , . 'rz.::; iN. -2 f fk i sa ra f f i - , - -

A g e d D a y C a r e Centre

DSS 1:60,000 - 1 facility per 60,000 people Catchments

.

Current 2012 P r o j e c t e d Need ; ': shOit6iir Sliat611/ - n'iiriif,i6i Of

facilities , piiii: / . n o o f .'

,i7Opi,liflOri S c e n a r i o s

,

S i i i i i i t i s —

Current .

Siiiii1US'

, - .

:"Add::

. , , , „ . - - ,

; A',", A,, muu:,:.,

2,606.` < p.,.uu,:-4.,

oop,;. A d d 1 . 0 , 0 0 0

: ..a...,:

P."1! peojile. ' people. jieoPlet,, ....&

WAM Study Area o 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 -0.1 -0.3

(Mawson+Phillip)

Mawson Group Centre o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2

Catchment Woden Valley District o 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 -0.6 -0.7

Woden Valley and 2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9

Weston Creek

Current Needs The current population in the Woden Valley does not trigger the need for an aged day care centre. However, the facilities in the Weston Creek district provide one more centre than would be anticipated by benchmarks for the combined Woden Valley/Weston Creek district.

Future Needs According to benchmarks, the level of provision is likely to remain high for the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek area when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM study area is taken into account. At this time, a facility will be near-triggered for the Woden Valley district alone.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 identifies the provision of appropriate facilities for older residents as one of the key challenges associated with planning for the future population of the study area. The ACT Planning Strategy further identifies dealing with an ageing population as the most significant issue. The Community Facility Needs Assessment undertaken in 2004 for the Woden




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, elderly and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities.

Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong area also identifies meeting the needs of a dual population (increasing numbers of both young and elderly residents) and improving accessibility issues for facilities as concerns particularly significant in the study area.

The ACT Chief Ministers and Cabinet Directorate (CMCD) has identified several policy implications of an ageing population, within the context of the Population Ageing in the ACT—Issues

and Analysis paper produced in 2010. This includes the ongoing inclusion of older people in community life, so as to reduce the potential for social isolation (to which older people are more susceptible), assistance for carers and volunteering. Aged day care centres are a significant way to provide carers with some relief and enable volunteers to fulfil an important role in the community. Additionally, Woden Community Services identified during a one-on-one consultation session that ageing populations place increasing demands on home and community care services. They also highlighted that community access for elderly residents is an important consideration within the Woden Valley.

The lack of an aged day care centre in Woden was identified by representatives at the Government Directorate workshop as a significant gap in the provision of facilities for older people in the Woden Valley district.

Consultation with the Health Directorate indicated that The Canberra Hospital has identified there is a considerable need for aged day care in the study area. In particular, many workers, especially females, find it harder to enter or remain in the workforce as their parents get older. There is a need for some form of supervisory care for elderly residents that do not require a high level of care or removal from their homes. The idea of a senior centre or elderly day care centre could be considered as a means for monitoring and ensuring seniors look after themselves during the day, while allowing their primary carers to remain in employment.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to, 'ensure that all Canberrans are able to fully participate in community life and that the most vulnerable in our community are respected and supported.' The priorities of the plan are to provide integrated primary care, early intervention and prevention, in the form of appropriate facilities for an ageing population.

The Education and Training Directorate noted during consultation that flexible use of schools needs to be considered and that schools (past their enrolment peak, or those that have been decommissioned), should be used for, or collocated with, aged care facilities.

Recommended Provision: Whilst the benchmarking shows sufficient facilities are provided within the Woden Valley/Weston Creek combined district based on population growth alone, the ageing population, the potential for an increase in incoming aged population during redevelopment and consultation suggests additional facilities may be needed. The additional need generated by Canberra Hospital workers and potentially other workers in the town centre supports the provision of an aged day care centre in Woden Town Centre.




Aged Day Care Centre: A centre providing day respite care and activities for those who are frail, elderly and/or living with dementia, and people with disabilities:

Opportunities for Delivery: No specific opportunities have currently been identified, however, in general, colocation of aged day care facilities within schools should be considered further.




, Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

Current Provision: One senior citizen's club was identified in the Woden Valley district:

• Woden Senior's Club.

In addition, the Canberra Tamil Senior Citizen's Hall was identified which undertakes cultural and social activities for its members, participates in the Community Housing Scheme, includes a meeting room and library and runs indoor games and discussion groups). This was not included

as it is not open to the general public.

Benchmarked

The

Current Benchmarks for Creek

Future The benchmarks study

Needs:

application of the DSS shows the following:

on

District

Senior Citizen's Club

DSS 1:60,000 – 1 facility per 60,000 people

, 'calEtiliiVnii

,A -diiiiViii7. ' numberof

- facilities

4772012

po , no of,-.

fac.

'

P4pFO• j,e7co,..e...d.- d- - a . l a t i n Scenarios

7 * . c r . 6 . . t f i I I,

Suplus– Current

i),

8-• 1- - -1 . i t—uis l .17?0gT

Su.p-,

10,000 pop

'A' 2500

people 5000.

people

. A 10,600 people


1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.9 0.7


o 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -0.2 -0.2



1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 0.0 -0.1

Needs suggest that the current number of senior citizen's clubs is more than appropriate

both the population of Woden Valley district, and the combined Woden Valley / Weston district.

Needs current provision of one (1) centre is considered likely to remain appropriate based

when the additional projected population growth of 10,000 people in the WAM

area is taken into account.

Identified Needs: The Canberra Plan 2008 identifies the provision of appropriate facilities for older residents as one of the key challenges associated with planning for the future population of the study area. The ACT Planning Strategy further identifies dealing with an ageing population as the most significant issue. The Community Facility Needs Assessment undertaken in 2004 for the Woden Valley, Weston Creek and Tuggeranong area identified meeting the needs of a dual population

Page 182 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd.




Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

(increasing numbers of both young and elderly residents) and improving accessibility issues for facilities as concerns particularly significant in the study area.

The ACT Chief Minister's Department has also identified several policy implications of an ageing population, within the context of the Population Ageing in the ACT—Issues and Analysis paper produced in 2010. This includes the ongoing inclusion of older people in community life, so as to reduce the potential for social isolation (to which older people are more susceptible). Additionally, Woden Community Service highlighted during a consultation session that community access for elderly residents is an important consideration.

Senior Citizen's Clubs can provide leisure and recreation opportunities, information on services and activities and social interaction. Access to services is also an important consideration in locating any facilities for older people, including ancillary services such as a community bus on which they can be transported around town to run their errands.

A senior citizens centre could be considered as a means for monitoring and ensuring seniors look after themselves during the day, while allowing their primary carers to remain in employment.

One of the key objectives of the Canberra Plan 2008 is to, 'ensure that all Canberrans are able to fully participate in community life and that the most vulnerable in our community are respected and supported.' The priorities of the plan are to provide integrated primary care, early intervention and prevention, in the form of appropriate facilities for an ageing population.

The ACT Strategic Plan for Positive Ageing also identifies the following objectives, which are significant to the provision of clubs for senior citizen's:

• People in the ACT maintain their health and wellbeing across their lifespan to allow them to age positively and to actively participate in their community as they get older;

• Seniors use appropriate and accessible support services to assist them to maintain active and relatively independent lives; and

• People plan for their retirement and, once retired, continue to actively participate in our community through educational and recreational activities.

Broader strategies and concepts identified by the plan include encouraging senior citizens to actively participate in social inclusive events, such as those offered at a seniors club.

The Education and Training Directorate noted during consultation that flexible use of schools needs to be considered and that schools (past their enrolment peak, or those that have been decommissioned), should be used for, or collocated with, aged care facilities.

Whilst the benchmarking identifies that there is an appropriate number of senior citizen's clubs provided for within the combined Woden Valley / Weston Creek district, the literature and




Senior Citizen's Club: A dedicated facility or drop in centre offering a range of activities and social interaction for older people.

consultation has identified that this club may require upgrading and expansion to provide the necessary level of service to the community.

The Government Directorate and service provider workshops noted the importance of seniors' clubs to be integrated into the community rather than isolated. The workshop also discussed the need for a "Men's Shed" similar to Dickson and Tuggeranong where older men can socialise.

The ACT Government Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 highlights support for seniors' clubs under pressure (from an increasing demand for the services they provide), as a 5 year strategy. Significantly, the Infrastructure Plan 2011-2021 identifies that the existing Woden Community Centre will undergo refurbishment and redesign between 2012-2014 to become a regional community centre. It will house the Woden Senior's Club, as well as Lollipop Children's Centre and Woden Community Services Association. It is noted that a separate Senior's Club is proposed in Molonglo Stage 2 Group Centre.

Recommended Provision: The 2012-13 ACT Budget provided $550,000 for a feasibility study and forward design for a new community centre, childcare centre and senior's centre in a new complex to replace Woden Community Service's existing premises in Phillip. All three are understood to be experiencing high levels of demand for the services they provide and need more space. At the time of writing, a the CSD was writing a request for tender for a consultant to undertake this study. The preferred location of the facilities in Woden or Weston Creek has not been determined. Overall, the preferred location for a senior's centre is considered to be the most accessible centre, closer to the largest number of appropriate services and facilities (e.g. the library), and the centre to which most elderly people are likely to travel for other purposes (e.g. shopping or medical appointments). In this case, this is likely to be the Woden Town Centre. This enhances the opportunity for use of the club when visiting the town centre for other purposes.

The redevelopment of the Woden Town Centre and additional population of 10,000 people in the town centre, including a projected proportion of older people, further increases the rationale for location of these facilities in Woden.

Opportunities for Delivery: It appears that the current combined sites of the Woden Senior ClubNVoden Community Services/Lollipop Children's Centre is too small to accommodate all existing users unless a multi-storey building is constructed. No other specific opportunities in the WAM study area have currently been identified.




Cemeteries

CemeterylCrernatoritim: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or

:crematorium:

Current Provision: The audit identified two cemeteries and two crematoria in Canberra, the former being the Woden Cemetery and Gungahlin Cemetery, which both include crematoria.

Identified Needs: The application of the DSS shows the following:

ligtimmumminimpwLifroimi simpagoimmigims Cemetery

DSS 1 200,000— 1 facility per 200,000 people 'Catchments

.. Current number of

,. facilities ,',-:.,'' 2011-

' 'Projected Need ; - ' ' '

Shortfall/ =SUiPlUs .;

Current - =

Shortfall/ Surplus - -'- 2031 2016 : : 2021 2026' :, 2031 .

Canberra + 1hr 2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.0 -0.9

' Catchments .. ,

Current, neiiiber Of

,.:,-fiiiiiii-k-2, ' -

. 2012

, 04.),:. :Jiiii-of i

• fact " :

la:1'4466*f Neei0,:: ; - PoliOaticTif .C.'eniiii*': : " • —

. Shertfall/'' :.s170111=-. Y', Current

-

'Shortfall!' .: sabas ---'-Add.,.:' .10;00o P9P

. ,- :z

. 2,590 :: F.siTii_IA-:

., Add 5,000 :,:',.

": people .;.i;

.;.„..., . Md.. -,;;40,000

.: fl!.66116 l'" Woden Valley and Weston Creek

0 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

gigagigliwgimminimmomparmat Crematorium


Catchments - ' - Current ' i Of 2011 Projected Need . Shortfall/ ",-

=-.- ',Shortfall/ ., Surplus.- ' ::'r:*1

ntilidiei fa7CilitiaS"'" '(,).1,:.- ‘?,9-;?-1.'. . 'F:9” - ::?IT '

Surplus 'ddrre'hif

Canberra + ihr 2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.0 -0.9

Catchments '- : CLIO-1'0M' : rianitier of

2012 Pii.'i : .,' Projected Need : Population Scenarios

, Shortfall/ ,- :Surplus :Shortfall/. ', Surplus

: faoilihes:, - ,.• no._"Of ,- tic.. .v,- - - - . .. : Add

2560 .- people

• - -- , Add :.% 5 5,000. i: .: POTOPie

Add :": .1000 , people

. Current . ' Add ;.. . ' ,....— pop ,


0 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 -0.3 -0.3

Current Needs The current provision of cemeteries and crematoria is appropriate for the population of the Canberra region according to benchmarks.

Future Needs Benchmarks suggest that population growth to 2031 is likely to trigger the need for an additional cemetery and crematorium, which would be required shortly after the end of this 20 year time horizon.




Cemetery/Crematorium: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or crematorium.

Needs to Provision: The ACT Public Cemeteries Authority has identified the need for a new cemetery to cater for the future needs of the ACT. There are currently three cemeteries in the ACT — Gungahlin Cemetery, Woden Cemetery and a smaller cemetery in Hall. The cemetery in Hall, is a small rural headstone area which is mainly for the long time residents of the Hall region. It has therefore not been included in the benchmarking analysis.

The Woden Cemetery, located in the south of Canberra, will soon reach full capacity. There are approximately 1,500 burial allotments remaining and the average number of allotments occupied each year is 200. This means all available allotments are likely to be filled within eight years. Once the Woden Cemetery is at capacity, a new cemetery will be needed to service southern Canberra (Canberra Cemeteries 2010).

According to Canberra Cemeteries (2010), the demand for cremations is also increasing, with the potential demand for cremations to increase to up to 80% of all burials. Any plans for future burial facilities should take this emerging trend into consideration.

On 6 February 2009, the ACT Government agreed to a proposal from the Authority to explore the options in determining a site for a new cemetery in southern ACT. The ACT Government and project consultants have undertaken a community consultation program to gauge public opinion on the development of a new cemetery, its location and the services the community would want a cemetery to provide. One of the key findings of this study was that the majority of the community understood that a new cemetery was necessary in southern ACT and supported its development. However, concerns over the following issues were raised, with regards to the potential location and range of services offered at any future cemetery/crematorium:

• Environmental concerns surrounding crematorium and colocation with cemetery; • Impacts on residents, local businesses in relation to amenity and views; • Access from public transport and accessibility for disabled people;

• Distance to sensitive receptors;

• Requirements for religious groups (i.e. separate facilities are required for Muslims, as their religion prohibits cremation); and

• Heritage and cultural considerations.

While a number of sites in southern Canberra have been considered for a new cemetery in the ACT, one site has been assessed as the most suitable. This site is located on the southern side of the intersection of Mugga Lane and Long Gully Road (encompassing Block 1676 and parts of Block 1677 Tuggeranong District).

During consultation, the public highlighted the need for any future cemetery/crematorium to provide additional facilities, such as a full commercial kitchen, reception area, function centre and administration, to make the facility 'complete' and offer a more convenient service (Canberra Cemeteries 2010). A high priority for the community was for the facility to be a non-Page

186 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8, Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Cemetery/Crematorium: A place for the interment of the dead, serving cultural and religious purposes both at the time of passing and for families' future needs. May include a chapel and/or crematorium.

denominational building with sufficient capacity for a wide range of uses.

Recommended Provision: While a new cemetery site is required in southern Canberra, one of the criteria of location identified by the ACT Public Cemeteries Authority is that it should be suitably located in accordance with the following criteria:

• Suitable land classification under the Territory Plan (such as broad acre);

• Proximity to main roads;

• Able to accommodate a separate or large exit/entrance;

• Minimum site area of 40 hectares;

• Flat terrain;

• 20 metre buffer zone around burial areas; • Large traffic capacity;

• Consistent subsoil with no large areas comprised of rocks;

• Able to withstand rigorous mass soil movement;

• Outside 100 year flood zone; • Low water tables desirable; and

• Access to services, public transport and utilities.

The existing Woden Cemetery was established in 1936 and was closed in 1979. It was subsequently re-opened in March 1999 and an enclosed mausoleum was added in 2001. It is considered that a further location in the WAM study area would be unsuitable.




5 Demand Analysis — Sport and Recreation Facilities

5.1 Projecting Future Needs

5.1.1 Overview o f D e m a n d Methodology

Analysis of sport and recreation demand likely to be generated by population growth in the study area has been undertaken using the following approach:

• Review of current supply and adequacy.

• Development of a Desired Standard of Service (DSS) to be applied to the study area. • Consideration of the likely characteristics of the population at three population threshold

scenarios (an additional 2,000, +5,000 and +10,000 people in the Woden Town Centre).

• Consideration of the workforce likely to be accommodated in the study area. • Consideration of the timing involved in reaching the population threshold scenarios and the

characteristics of the surrounding population.

• Consideration of current trends in sport and recreation participation.

5.1.2 DSS a n d t h e A d e q u a c y o f Curren t Supply

The current supply of sport and recreation facilities in the study area must be considered in the context of the overall district (Woden Valley) and to some extent the combined catchment of Woden and Weston districts. With the exception of local parks and playgrounds, sport and recreation facilities tend to service larger catchments. In particular sporting participation is highly mobile across the city and locational choice may be driven by a number of factors including:

• Proximity of facility and ease of access. • Reputation and management of the sporting club involved.

• Lack of alternative facilities.

• Constraints on membership/ participation numbers at other sporting clubs.

• Price or cost of participation (such as membership fees).

• Timing of competition/ participation opportunities.

Therefore consideration of the current supply and any capacity within that supply to accommodate future demand needs to be undertaken within the context of the wider catchment and the level of demand being serviced.

Supply is assessed using a Desired Standard of Service (DSS) established for the study area. This standard has been developed specifically for use in Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre and has a focus on planning for higher density (or redeveloping/ intensifying) urban areas.

The DSS is described in the following table and a detailed version is included in Appendix B.

The following table summarises the adequacy of the current supply of sport and recreation facilities and the implications of applying the DSS to projected growth.




Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand Facility Type (and

.

Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban Intensification

Implications for WAM

, . ... Sports Fields'

Sub- Regional: Enclosed 1 facility :20 , 000— approx. 4 Ha

Supply is adequate for current population of Woden Valley and the combined Woden-Weston district. Supply is able to accommodate growth of around 20,000 in the combined Woden- Weston district Location of enclosed ovals within a town centre not essential but they should be easily accessible by public transport.

Ovals

District: District playing 1 district field complex per 17,000 (115 ha av size)

.

Supply is adequate for current population of Woden Valley with 32 Ha of District Playing Fields. Demand from +10,000 would require additional playing fields however these could be provided outside the study area. Improving supply by expansion or upgrading existing district playing fields within the study area could be complemented with additional supply of district or neighbourhood fields outside the study area.

Fields

Local: Neighbourhood Ovals 1 oval: 6000 (2.2 Ha) (provision could be met by school oval or CRIP)

Current supply is adequate for both Woden and combined Woden-Weston districts. Additional neighbourhood ovals would not need to be provided within the study area. However as identified above there may be some overall shortage of sporting fields which could be addressed with additional neighbourhood ovals or conversion of school ovals to community accessible playing fields.

Local: Informal Use Ovals Informal active recreation space (min 1 Ha) should be provided as part of other parkland for all neighbourhoods.

Current supply for Woden Valley is adequate. Accommodating growth of up to 10,000 within the study area would need to retain existing supply of parks and informal active spaces already provided within the study area.

Built Facilities

District and Club level: Outdoor Courts and Greens

5000m2 per 10,000 pop'n (i.e. space to provide 4.5 tennis courts, 0.5 bowls greens and 1.5 Netball courts

Currently there are no bowls greens or netball courts in the district but both are supplied immediately adjacent in Deakin. Tennis provision is considered low by Tennis ACT standards (1 court per 2450 residents exceeds their preferred supply rate of 1 court per 2000 residents). Provision of additional Tennis, Bowls and Netball opportunities would most effectively be through a club or sport managed facility and does not need to be located within the study area. Population growth of 10,000 would generate demand for additional supply which could not be accommodated with existing supply.

District: Indoor Sports Courts 1 multi- court facility per 60,000-75,000. (BBall, Vball, Futsal, I/Cricket) provided as part of minimum 3 court facility. 1 multi (10) court squash facility per 100,000

Current supply offers an old 3 court indoor facility which is privately owned and operated under lease by the Southern Cross Club. However this is located on commercial land, requires upgrading and is only leased (to SC Club) till 2015. Future Growth of up to 10,000 will generate additional demand for indoor court space. Existing supply has no additional capacity and has extremely uncertain longevity. It is desirable for an indoor sports centre to be located as part of the Town centre so it can benefit from public transport access as well as accommodate additional demand generated from the workforce entering the town centre each day.




Facility Type (and Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban Intensification

Implications for WAM v. .

Sub- Regional/ District: Pools and Aquatic centres

1 major facility per 60,000 to 100,000 persons - 1 program facility per 30,000 persons

The current privately owned and operated facility at Phillip lacks all year use (heating and enclosure) and is to some extent inadequate for current demand within the combined Woden-Weston district. A major aquatic facility accommodating program, lap and leisure uses would be desirable for the district particularly when considering demand from Weston Creek and the lack of other facilities in Woden Valley and Weston Creek district. The existing facility is on commercial land and has limited security in terms of ongoing provision. However the current Territory Plan — Town Centre Development Code (Dec 2011) requires any development on the site to retain a 50 m public pool and ice skating rink suitable for national ice hocky competition. It is anticipated that like indoor courts, location of an aquatic facility within the study area (and particularly within Woden Town Centre) would be a preferred outcome to ensure greater viability for the facility as well as catering to local residents and the daily workforce. Sport and Recreation Services are currently planning for development of an aquatic facility at Molonglo which when completed would assist in meeting demand, particularly from Weston Creek.

District: other indoor facilities Provisional recommendation of 1: 30,000 (1000 m2 GFA )

Current supply for both Woden and combined Woden- Weston district appears to be adequate with supply complemented by community halls/ centres and some school facilities. Additional population growth of 10,000 would create demand that may not be met by the existing supply. While not critical it is highly desirable that any additional supply be located in the town centre or groups centre to be easily accessible to residents of high density development. Any provision however should be as part of a larger multi-use facility.

V. • 76, ' ,"?..3, '"444,15A ' ' Public Parks — ._ ii% 17414

Sub-regional: Town Parks 1 Ha+ for every 50,-100,000 persons

Current supply is adequate for the existing population and growth of 10,000 residents.

District Parks 4-10 ha for every 25,-50,000 persons

The existing district park is the only supply for both combined Woden and Weston districts. The area available is sufficient for current demand. Accommodating future growth in demand (+10,000) in the study area will require retention and enhancement of the existing district park.

Local: Neighbourhood Parks 0.25-2 Ha- per neighbourhood. (1 Ha / 1000 persons) Residences should be able to access parkland within 400m safe walking.

Current supply is adequate and the proximity standard has mostly been achieved throughout VVoden Valley. Accommodating future growth in the study area does require localised provision to service new residents within the proximity standard of 400m. The provision of neighbourhood park opportunities can be achieved through district parkland within the proximity standard.

Local: Playgrounds Provision for WAM should focus on ensuring access to outdoor play spaces is available within 500m safe walking distance and that a diversity of ages are catered

Current supply in both Woden and the combined Woden-Weston districts exceeds the current standard of 1 playground

per 1000 residents. However proximity issues (500m safe walking) have not been tested. For residential growth in the study area it will be important that play opportunities are provided within the 500m radius.




Facility Type (and Recommended DSS for WAM/ urban intensification


for. Further, there needs to be a diversity of play events and settings so different age cohorts can be catered for. Expanding on the existing provisions within the district park would be a prudent approach, however where residential growth is planned for areas without safe walking access then additional playgrounds may be needed.

Activated Park Spaces

Community Gardens 1 per 30,000 persons (2,500- 5,000m2)-

Community gardens are normally provided in responses to community demand. There is no supply currently in Woden Valley and with an increased density planned for the study area it would be prudent to consider allocation of space for a future community garden. Location of the garden would ideally be associated with other community facilities or spaces such as community centres or active park spaces and should be easily accessible to pedestrians and cyclists from the high density areas.

District: Off Leash Areas 1 large fenced Off-leash facility per district (approx. 80,000 persons)

One facility exists servicing the comined Woden —Weston districts. However it is not close to the Woden Town centre and consideration of the needs of high density residents may mitigate for a second opportunity within a local distance (1 km). This could be either an unfenced or fenced opportunity.

Local: Off Leash Areas Provision of locally accessible (unfenced) off- leash areas provided within 1 km where no fenced off-leash

facility is provided

Locally accessible off- leash areas (either fenced or unfenced) should be considered for provision in the study area or within Woden Valley

District: Youth Spaces 1 district Youth Space with skate and or other active elements. per 17,000- 20,000 0-24 y.o.

Current supply is adequate. Accommodating new demand from residential growth in the study area could be serviced with enhancement of the existing facility in Eddison Park

District/District: Exercise Destination site as part of larger parkland offering a combination of static equipment and trails based exercise opportunity. 1 per 30,000

Opportunities supplied in Eddison Park and with established bikeways and pathways. Additional opportunities for self-directed exercise should be considered for provision within the study area to provide walk to/ run to/ ride to locations to service demand from population growth and the local workforce.

Sites- Active recreation nodes




5.2 Factors Likely to Influence the Demand

6.2.1 Trends Influencing Demand for Sport and Recreation Facilities

Industry trends

There are a range of trends in the sport and recreation industry in Australia which are relevant to planning for the Study Area:

Access

• The widespread adoption of 'access for all' principles in sports facility planning, design and construction has improved design of facilities particularly in respect to allowing for increased participation by older persons and those with mobility challenges.

• Many sports centres have now developed "modified programs" which allow for greater participation across the community. In particular programs at indoor, fitness and aquatic centres have been developed that increase opportunities for older people and those recovering from injury or surgery to be physically active.

• There has been general recognition by all levels of government that investment in accessible facilities and modified programs can have significant benefits for individuals and assist in preventing future health issues. This recognition has also transferred to some funding programs where activities with a contribution to preventative health have been subsidised.

Promotion of healthy lifestyles

• State and Federal Governments have increasingly recognised that encouraging healthy lifestyles relies on investment in urban infrastructure as well as development of appropriate programs.

• Individuals are far more aware of the need for physical activity and improved physical health and market demand for all hours access to opportunities and opportunities that suit diverse work patterns has been evident in the shifting operational structure and program base of the commercial gym and fitness industry.

• Participation in physical activity has been linked to the provision of safe, accessible and visually attractive sporting facilities, pathways and open spaces.

• The focus of concentration on health promotion and education has tended to be on children (obesity) and lifestyle related disease prevention (such as diabetes), However this focus is likely to broaden to include older adults and the prevention of increased morbidity related to our ageing population.

Facility development costs and aging infrastructure costs

• An issue facing many local governments is the age of their existing infrastructure and the need for refurbishment or replacement. For many local authorities there is limited access to capital and a highly constrained fiscal environment.

• Facility providers are finding many constraints to providing more sporting opportunities due to shortage of land, and limited resources.

• More resources are being directed towards improving the quality of sporting facilities and spaces to increase their use capacity, rather than developing new spaces and facilities.

• There is increased utilisation of public-private partnerships or reliance on community based organisations to develop and operate facilities.




• Greater diversity of program and activity opportunities is required for modern viable facilities and this means that single purpose style uses are declining. However finding land and capital to develop new multi-purpose facilities is problematic in many major cities and the redevelopment of existing facilities may not always be possible due to competing land demands or the constraints of the site.

• The shift from single-purpose or dedicated facilities towards shared or multi-use facilities has meant construction of multi-purpose sport/recreation complexes, combining facilities for indoor sport, weights and fitness training, swimming and other recreation activities. Such facilities are increasingly being funded and/or operated by the private sector. This results in less duplication of facilities, more sustainable assets in the longer term, and streamlined management.

• Sporting groups have become increasingly reliant on grant funding to undertake basic repairs and maintenance of facilities.

Insurance

• Increasing insurance premiums are a significant cost for sporting and organisations with impacts felt in both public liability and insurance of assets. The viability of the groups, and their ability to organise activities (particularly events) is being affected.

-rd • Increased use of public open space by .3 party providers (such as boot camp) has created a new area of uncertainty with the potential injury of participants who are being instructed by a personal trainer but are using public parks.

• Following recent natural disasters, insurance in some areas has become either unaffordable or unavailable.

'User pays'

• There has been increased pressure on budgets across local and state government and the operation of facilities is increasingly being pushed to recover operational cost.

• The pressure for cost recovery has seen an increase in pressures to charge users for traditionally free or low-cost subsidised services and facilities.

• The cost recovery push has also spread to community sport and recreation groups who are finding increasing pressures from local government to cover more of the cost to provide and maintain facilities.

Playing Field Demand and New Approaches to Provision

• In response to recent droughts and increasing demands for access to fields, options for improving the capacity of playing fields or finding new ways to provide playing surfaces have been explored in earnest.

• Solutions that have emerged include the increased provision of synthetic multipurpose fields and the provision of playing fields (either as grass or synthetic) on top of built structures such as carparks.

• The demand for access to fields and the increasing demand for social sport opportunities in "peak hours" means that lighting of playing fields has also become a high priority as lighting allows for increased utilisation of fields.

Safety and risk management

• The increasing awareness of "risk management" issues and the need for audits of facilities is increasing pressure on older facilities to close or be refurbished as a priority.

Page 193 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bhggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



• Budgeting for facilities is moving to a "whole-of-life" approach to asset management but this means new facilities are considered not just under the capital cost but the cost for the life of the facility.

• An increasing level of professionalism is required for the management of sporting activities, facilities and events due to risk management requirements.

• Considerations of safety of users and the public are becoming pivotal in design of spaces and facilities. In some instances, community perception rather than actual incidences of crime influence design. Most levels of government now require serious consideration of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles.

5.2.2 Trends influencing participation in sport

The following general trends are evident from demographic data, ABS reporting and studies undertaken for local governments in New South Wales and Queensland:

• The population is ageing and life expectancy is increasing. In 1982 the median age of Australians was 30 years. In 2011 it was 37 years. By 2020 it is projected to be 40 years.

• Changing patterns of work include more part time, shift and extended hours of working35. In addition "hours of work" are now spread across a far wider spectrum and include weekends and evenings. This shift in work participation means that there is a declining availability of "uncommitted time" and a greater importance on the quality of the leisure experience for those in full time employment. Other implications include:

- Decreased willingness to be part of a club and commit to volunteer roles

- Sporting competitions are increasingly being held on mid-week evenings under lights.

- Declining participation of late secondary and tertiary students aged 14+ on organised competitive sport but increased interest from this group in social sport.

- Decreasing volunteer participation as coaches, umpires and officials will have an impact on the costs of sport as services that were once provided voluntarily, such as umpiring games, may need to be paid for.

- The limited time available means there is an increasing leisure expectation of "instant gratification". In many cases the participants are willing to pay extra for the "pay play and away" more comodified form of sport and this has created increased opportunities for commercial provision of activities and sport.

• A strong perception that there are increased responsibilities and pressures on club administration roles due to increased legislative compliance and expectations from government, is driving away volunteers who are concerned that responsibilities are beyond their skills or that they may face complex legal issues.

35 ABS Australian Social Trends 2008 (Cat. No. 410202008)





5.2.3 Participation in exercise, recreation and sport

Australia

Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2011 (ERASS) data36 presents the following key findings in relation to participation in exercise, recreation and sport in Australia:

• An estimated 8.3 million persons aged 15 years and over participated at least three times per week (regular participation rate), on average, in physical activity. This equates to 47.7% of the population and represents an 8% increase from 2001.

• While females participated in physical activity more regularly than males, males participated for a longer duration.

• The top ten exercise, recreation and sport activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over are walking, aerobics/ fitness, swimming, cycling, running, golf, tennis, bushwalking, outdoor football and netball.

- Participation in aerobics/ fitness increased the most over the past ten years (110% increase since 2001). Participation in walking, outdoor football, running, and cycling also increased by large amounts.

- Since 2001 participation in swimming (decrease of 6%), tennis (decrease of 24%) and golf (decreased of 5%) decreased the most.

• 38.5% of the population regularly participated in non-organised physical activity (at least 3 times a week)

• Females had higher regular participation rates in non-organised physical activity (41.5%) than males (35.3%)

• 12.0% of the population regularly participated in organised physical activity (at least 3 times a week)

• The total participation rate in club-based physical activity was 24.9%, with a regular participation rate (at least 3 times per week) of 6.3%

• More men participated in regular club-based physical activity (7.9%) compared to women compared to (4.8%).

• The top ten club-based physical activities in 2010 were golf, outdoor football, tennis, Australian rules football, netball, outdoor cricket, lawn bowls, basketball, touch football, and martial arts.

- Of these top ten activities, martial arts (-44%) and tennis (-13%) had the greatest decline in participation between 2001 and 2010.

The following tables provide more detail.

36 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Annual Report. Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport 2010




Table 56: Top 20 Exercise, recreation & sport activities of Australians aged 15 years and older (by Age Cohorts) for 201037 Activity

Participation %

15-24 %

Age Group

45-54 55-64 % %

IMO Clb

Walking (other than bushwalking) 1 35.9 10.6 28.2 35.6 45.6 50.5 47.8

Aerobics/ fitness 2 23.5 24.9 29.3 26.7 23.2 18.9 16.6

Swimming 3 13.0 11.5 15.0 16.4 15.6 11.9 7.0

Cycling 4 11.9 7.9 14.3 18.7 15.4 9.8 4.1

Running 5 10.6 14.4 17.6 15.9 8.6 3.7 1.3

Golf 6 6.7 1.8 5.5 7.1 7.6 9.5 9.4

Tennis 7 6.0 7.7 5.9 7.0 5.5 5.4 4.2

Football (outdoor) =8 4.8 16.1 5.3 4.3 1.9 **0.3 **0.0

Walking (bush) .8 4.8 1.3 3.5 6.3 7.6 6.7 3.8

Netball 10 3.7 10.0 6.7 3.1 1.2 **0.2 **0.2

Basketball =11 3.5 11.8 4.6 2.6 "0.8 *0.4 **0.1

Yoga =11 3.5 2.8 4.5 3.8 4.1 3.6 2.0

Australian Rules football 13 3.3 10.9 4.3 2.4 1.4 "0.2

Cricket (outdoor) 14 3.2 7.1 5.5 3.2 2.0 *0.7 **0.2

Weight Training 15 2.9 3.5 4.6 3.2 2.5 2.3 1.3

Touch football 16 2.8 8.1 4.4 2.2 1.1 **0.3 .*0.0

Dancing 17 2.6 5.8 2.1 1.2 1.9 2.2 2.5

Fishing 18 2.2 *0•5 2.4 2.8 2.8 3.6 1.4

Martial Arts =19 2.1 3.7 2.9 1.6 1.0 1.4 2.0

Lawn Bowls =19 2.1 **0.2 *0.7 *0.6 1.1 2.9 7.5

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution. ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

37 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2010 Annual Report. 2011




Table 57: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australians aged 15 years and over (2001-2010)38

'ACTIVITY 2009 C M . - 2006 2005 004 2003

Rate cy.)

Rate ( %)

'Rate ' (%) :

Rate ' I%)

,

Rank (%)

r-s""""Rank 1111

tate (%) '

Rate (%)

Rate , (%) %) Rate VA)

Walking (other than bushwalking)

35.9 1 36.1 1 39.2 1 33.0 1 36.2 1 37.3 1 39 1 37.9 1 30.8 1 28.8 1

Aerobics/ fitness 23.5 2 22.9 2 23.5 2 20.2 2 19.2 2 18.5 2 17.1 2 16.0 2 14.6 3 13.0 3

Swimming 13.0 3 14.1 3 14.5 3 12.0 3 13.7 3 14.4 3 16.5 3 15.3 3 14.9 2 16.0 2

Cycling 11.9 4 11.1 4 11.6 4 9.7 4 10.2 4 10.3 4 10.5 4 9.4 4 9.3 4 9.5 4

Running 10.6 5 11.0 5 9.9 5 7.6 5 7.4 5 7.7 6 8.3 6 7.6 7 7.6 7 7.2 7

Golf 6.7 6 6.4 =6 7.1 6 5.6 8 6.8 7 7.1 7 7.9 7 8.2 6 8.7 5 8.2 6

Tennis 6.0 7 6.4 =6 6.8 7 5.8 6 6.9 6 7.8 5 8.4 5 9.0 5 8.2 6 9.2 5

Football (outdoor) 4.8 =8 5.1 8 5.2 9 4.2 9 4.2 9 3.8 9 4.2 9 4.3 9 4.5 9 3.7 10

Walking (bush) 4.8 =8 5.0 9 6.4 8 5.7 7 4.7 8 5.7 8 5.2 8 5.8 8 5.6 8 5.3 8

Netball 3.7 10 4.0 10 3.9 10 3.2 10 3.6 10 3.6 10 3.6 10 3.9 10 4.1 10 4.1 9

Basketball 3.5 =11 3.9 11 3.6 12 3.0 11 - - 3.5 11 3.2 =12 3.6 11 4.0 11 3.5 11

Yoga 3.5 =11 2.8 =14 3.2 =14 2.8 12 3.0 14 3.4 12 3.4 11 3.1 13 3.0 12 1.5 =23

Australian Football 3.3 13 2.8 =14 2.9 16 1.9 =15 2.7 15 3.4 =12 2.9 15 2.8 =14 2.5 13 2.3 17

Cricket (outdoor) 3.2 14 3.2 12 3.5 13 2.5 13 3.2 12 2.9 14 3.1 13 3.3 12 3.0 12 2.7 =13

Weight Training 2.9 15 2.9 13 3.7 11 2.1 14 3.1 13 2.0 =20 2.7 14 2.8 =14 2.2 18 2.9 12

Touch Football 2.8 16 2.2 =18 3.2 =14 2.3 13 2.4 =16 2.3 16 2.3 =17 2.3 =18 2.4 14 2.7 =13

Dancing 2.6 17 2.3 17 2.3 =17 1.8 18 2.4 16 2.2 =17 2.4 16 2.2 =21 2.1 =20 2.0 20

Fishing 2.2 18 2.2 =18 2.2 =19 1.6 19 2.1 =18 2.1 19 2.3 =17 2.6 16 2.3 =15 2.4 =15

Martial Arts 2.1 =19 1.8 22 2.2 =19 1.9 =15 1.8 22 2.0 =20 2.0 21 2.3 =18 2.1 =20 2.1 19

Lawn Bowls 2.1 =19 2.0 21 2.2 =19 1.4 22 2.1 =18 2.2 =17 2.3 =17 2.3 =18 2.3 =15 1.9 21

38 Australian Sports Commission. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2010 Annual Report. 2011




Australian Capital Territory

From ERASS data39, the top ten exercise, recreation and sport activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over are:

• Walking (41.2%)

• Aerobics/ fitness (26.9%)

• Cycling (19%)

• Swimming (14.6%) • Running (12.5%)

• Walking (bush) (7.9%)

• Football (outdoor) (7.3%)

• Tennis (5.9%)

• Golf (5.4%)

• Netball (4.5%)

Of the most popular activities, women have higher rates of participation in walking, aerobics/ fitness, netball and swimming, whereas men have higher rates of participation in cycling, golf, running, football (outdoor) and tennis. The table following outlines participation rates in further detail.

For Australian Capital Territory males aged 15 years and over the top 10 activities are:

• Walking (30.5%)

• Cycling (24.3%)

• Aerobics/fitness (22.5%)

• Running (15.3%)

• Swimming (12.5%)

• Football (outdoor) (10.8%)

• Golf (9.2%)


• Tennis (7.9%)

• Cricket (outdoor) (4.8%)

For Australian Capital Territory females aged 15 years and over the top 10 activities are:

• Walking (51.8%)

• Aerobics/fitness (31.3%)

• Swimming (16.7%)

• Cycling (13.8%)

• Running (9.7%)

• Netball (7.3%)


• Yoga (6.9%)

• Dancing (5.2%)

• Tennis (4.1%)

Note: participation trend fluctuations in organised sports have a tendency to be influenced by the Olympics (winter and summer) and the level of success of Australian athletes. Summer Olympics occurred 2001, 2004, 2008, 2012 and winter 2002, 2006, 2010.

The following tables provide more detail on participation in the ACT.

39 Australian Bureau of Statistics: Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Annual Report. (Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport) 2009 Page 198 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants,

Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 58: Participation rate (%) for the top 20 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory residents aged 15 years and over (2001-2010)° ACTIVITY 11111EMIIMI fillEOSAIN 2003 2002 2001

e (%)•..•

•.e (%)

e (%)

Rate (%) •

:

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)-H

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Ran k


41.2 1 41.8 1 42.4 1 38.2 1 41.6 1 40.8 1 44.8 1 41.6 1 33.8 1 31.4 1

Aerobics/ fitness 26.9 2 25.5 2 29.0 2 24.6 2 24.2 2 24.1 2 22.3 2 20.4 2 17.8 3 16.0

Cycling 19.0 3 16.8 3 18.2 3 16.1 3 16.9 3 17.4 3 16.2 4 17.3 3 15.5 4 14.8

Swimming 14.6 4 15.0 4 14.1 4 14.5 4 16.3 4 17.2 4 17.0 3 16.6 4 18.1 2 17.9

Running 12.5 5 11.1 5 12.6 5 11.2 5 0.3" - 9.6 5 10.4 5 11.5 5 8.1 =7 8.6

Walking (bush) 7.9 6 7.2 6 7.8 6 6.8 7 7.9 6 8.5 6 7.7 8 10.3 6 10.3 5 9.9 5

Football (outdoor) 7.3 7 6.0 9 6.4 9 5.5 9 0.3* - 5.8 =8 6.3 9 6.3 9 4.7 =9 4.2 11

Tennis 5.9 8 6.6 7 7.7 7 7.1 6 6.8 7 8.3 7 8.2 6 9.1 7 8.1 =7 8.4 7

Golf 5.4 9 6.2 8 7.0 8 6.2 8 0.7* - 5.8 =8 7.8 7 7.0 8 9.0 6 6.6 8

Netball 4.5 10 4.4 =10 3.8 13 3.3 12 0.8 - 3.8 =10 3.9 11 5.1 11 4.4 11 5.5 9

Yoga 3.8 11 3.0 16 4.2 12 3.0 13 2.9 =15 3.7 12 - - 2.9 17 2.6 =17 1.7 -

Dancing 3.3 12 3.2 15 2.9 =17 2.0 =18 2.1 20 2.8 14 2.8 15 2.1 - 2.6 =17 1.8 - Ice/snow sports 3.2 =13 2.5 18 2.9 =17 2.0 =18 2.4 18 2.4 =17 3.8 12 3.2 =14 3.3 13 3.3 =12

Weight training 3.2 =13 4.4 =10 4.9 10 2.8 14 4.1 11 2.5 =15 - 1 5.7 10 3.2 14 4.3 10

Football (indoor) 3.1 15 3.3 14 3.4 =15 3.9 10 6.4 9 3.8 =10 2.9 14 3.7 13 2.6 =17 2.4 16

Martial arts 2.9 16 2.3 19 2.0 20 2.3 17 4.3 10 3.6 13 1.9 =20 2.4 20 2.8 16 2.0 20

Basketball 2.7 17 3.4 13 3.7 14 2.4 16 2.9 =15 3.3 14 2.5 17 3.2 =14 4.7 =9 2.9 15

Cricket (outdoor) 2.6 18 2.7 17 3.4 =15 2.7 15 3.0 14 2.4 =17 3.0 13 3.2 =14 3.6 12 1.9 -

Canoeing/kayaking 2.4 19 2.0 20 1.8 - 1.5 - 0.7* - 1.3 - 0.6* - 1.0 -_ - 1.1

Australian rules football

2.1 20 1.3 . 1.0 - 1.3 19 1.2 - 1.7 1.8 - 1.8 . 1.4 - 1.0 -

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

40 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2008 Annual Report. 2010




Table 59: Top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities for Australian Capital Territory Men and Women aged 15 yrs and over (2010)" FEMALES - Participation Rate (%) &.Rank 11.MALESilliarticipatiork

CO

Walking 51.8% 1 30.5% 1

Aerobics/ fitness 31.3% 2 22.5% 3

Cycling 13.8% 4 24.3% 2

Swimming 16.7% 3 12.5% 5

Running 9.7% 5 15.3% 4

Walking (bush) 7.1% 7 8.8% - Football (outdoor) 4.0% .. 10.8% 6

Tennis 4.1% 10 7.9% 9

Golf 1.7% .. 9.2% 7

Netball 7.3% 6 1.7% -

41 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2008 Annual Report. 2010




Table 60: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Males aged 15 yrs and over (2001-2010)42

ACTIVIfY gIIMMNIMIMSIMMIINIMMIEA2EMr.gcgErn.fRMr(RV'kank ig1:-. '

2009 2008 BE-um 2006 IINEE=

(%) e

(%)

Ran k e

(%)

Ran k

Rate . (%) .

Rate (%)

kt-. ,

Ran k

Rate (%) l

s,-

Rate (%)

*-4. -

Rate (%)

Rate (%)

Rate (%)


30.5 1 31.6 1 29.8 1 28.6 1 32.2 1 28.2 1 31.8 1 30.8 1 23.0 1 20.7 1


Cycling 24.3 2 22.4 2 23.3 2 20.0 2 20.9 2 23.1 2 21.3 2 21.3 2 19.9 2 19.1 2

Swimming 12.5 5 13.2 5 13.2 5 12.1 5 15.1 4 16.6 4 14.9 4 14.4 4 16.8 3 17.0 3

Running 15.3 4 16.1 4 16.5 4 15.6 4 0.4* 1 12.9 5 14.1 5 14.3 5 10.6 7 11.5 5

Walking (bush) 8.8 - 9.0 =7 7.7 9 6.5 9 32.2 1 8.4 9 7.2 10 10.7 7 10.9 6 9.2 8

Football (outdoor) 10.8 6 9.0 =7 12.6 6 8.6 8 0.2* - 9.1 7 8.8 8 9.5 9 7.2 9 6.9 9

Tennis 7.9 9 7.2 9 8.8 8 9.3 7 7.8 9 10.1 6 9.8 7 12.0 6 10.1 8 10.1 7

Golf 9.2 7 10.0 6 12.6 6 10.3 6 0.9* - 8.9 8 14.0 6 10.6 8 14.9 4 11.9 4

Netball 1.7 - 1.3* - 0.9* 1 0.8* - 1.2* - 0.9* - 0.9* - 1.4* - 1.8* 1 1.3* - * Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

42 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2001-2010 Annual Reports.




Table 61: Participation rates in the top 10 exercise, recreation and sporting activities most frequently participated in by Australian Capital Territory Females aged 15 yrs and over (2001-2010)43

ACTIVITY FEMALES - Participation Rate (%) &On I i 2009 2008 2006 2004

Rate (%)

125131 %)

Rate (%)

Rate ()

ii:EI Rate (%)

Rate (%)

GeLD %) (%)

QM(V0) E Rate . (%)


51.8 1 51.6 1 54.5 1 47.4 1 50.6 1 53.2 1 57.6 1 52.3 1 44.4 1 41.9 1


Cycling 13.8 4 11.4 4 13.2 4 12.4 4 13.2 4 11.7 4 11.3 4 13.3 4 11.1 4 10.5 =4

Swimming 16.7 3 16.7 3 14.9 3 16.8 3 17.5 3 17.7 3 19.1 3 18.6 3 19.4 3 18.9 3

Running 9.7 5 6.2 6 8.9 5 6.9 5 0.1*" - 6.3 9 6.9 =6 8.7 =6 10.6 7 5.7 8

Walking (bush) 7.1 7 5.3 9 7.8 6 7.1 4 6.8 7 8.5 5 8.2 5 10.0 5 9.7 5 10.5 =4

Football (outdoor) 4.0 - 3.1 - 3.2 - 2.5 - 0.4* - 2.6 - 3.8 10 3.1 - 2.3 - 1.5* - Tennis 4.1 10 6.0 7 6.7 =8 4.9 8 5.8 8 6.7 6 6.7 8 6.3 8 6.2 7 6.8 7

Golf 1.7 - 2.4 _ 1.7 - 2.2 - 0.5" - 2.7 - 1.7* - 3.5 - 3.3 - 1.5* - Netball 7.3 6 7.5 5 6.5 =8 5.7 6 0.5* - 6.6 7 6.9 =6 8.7 =6 6.9 6 9.5 6

* Estimate has a relative standard error of between 25% and 50% and should be used with caution; ** Estimate has a relative standard error greater than 50% and is considered too unreliable for general use.

43 Australian Bureau of Statistics. Participation in Exercise, Recreation and Sport Survey 2001-2010 Annual Reports.




5.2.4 Implications o f Adult Participation Trends fo r Woden and Mawson Planning

Generally the trends indicate the following:

• Increasing preferences for social or consumer sports where no club membership and responsibilities apply. The emerging model is one of "Pay, Play and Away".

• Self-directed and exercise related activities are increasing in popularity as is participation in endurance sports such as triathlon.

• Tennis and Golf have shown declines in popularity. • Sports such as basketball and netball appear to be highly variable with some evidence

suggesting growth in these sports is due to increased offer of social competitions.

• Cricket is demonstrating a steady decline

• Football (Soccer) is consistently strong and has shown increase. One of the few organised club sports to show steady increase.

• There are indications that work related participation (e.g. lunch time competition and workplace teams in social competition) is increasing.

In regard to planning for the study area the following considerations emerge from the trend data:

• There is likely to be increased demand for social and "consumer" sport

• Access to facilities which can host social competition will be important

• Demand will be likely for opportunities to walk, run and cycle as well as other fitness related activity such as swimming and fitness gym and programs.

• Demand for gym, fitness, yoga style programs is likely to continue increasing.

• Population growth in the Woden Town Centre and Mawson Group Centre is unlikely to create a significant demand for field sports with the exception of Football (soccer).

• Having both increased day population (employees) and increased residential in the WAM study area means that demand for lunchtime and after work social competition is likely to increase. As is early morning/ before work programs targeting fitness.





Table 62: Adult Participation trends- ACT 2001-2010 (top 20)

au,„„ria._,,,,,m„722.0 PARTICIPAltEND 2006/744.202M Walking (other than bushwalking)

Static- - top activity Static- - top activity

Aerobics/ fitness Increased from 3'd to 2"" Static — 2nd highest

Cycling Increased from ath to 3rd Static 3rd highest

Swimming Decreased from 2"d to 4th Static — 4th

Running Increased from 8th to 5th Static 5th

Walking (bush) Decreased from 8t5 to 6th Static 6th

Football (outdoor) (Soccer) Increased to 7th from 11th Increased from 9 " to 7th

Tennis Decrease from 7th to 8th Decrease from 7" to 8th

Golf Decrease from 617th to 9th Decrease eh- to 9th

Netball Overall moved from 9th to 10th- but spent 02-04 in 11th place

Increased from 12" to 10"

Yoga Large increase from 17th in 2002 to 11th in 2010

Increased from 15th to 11th

Dancing Significant increase from 17th in 2002 to 12th in 2010

Major increase from 20th to 12th

Ice/snow sports Relatively static 12th in 2001 and 13" 2010

Declined in 05-09 down to 18th but returned in 2010 to 13th

Weight training Decline from 10" to 13th (equal with ice/snow)

Decline from 11th

Football (indoor) Small increase from 16th to 15th- Has fluctuated significantly.

Decline form 9th in 2006 to 15th.

Martial arts Increased from 20th to 16th Decline from 10th in 2006.

Basketball Decline from 15th to 17th (highly variable reached 9th in 2002)

Increased in 2008 and 2009 to 13th from 15" and declined again to 17" in 2010.

Cricket (outdoor) Steady decline from 12th in 2002 to 18th Decline from 14th to 18th

Canoeing/kayaking Participation increased- did not make top 20 until 2009

1 9 t h from 2oth in 2009

Australian rules football Increased- did not enter top 20 until 2007

Was 19" in 2007 now 20th

Source: ERASS 2011

5.2.5 Children's participation in Leisure and sport

This information has been summarised from the Australian Bureau of Statistics 'Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities' (April 2009: 4901.0) and Children's Participation in Sport and Leisure Time Activities 2000-2009 (Oct 2009: 4901.0.55.001)

Overall Leisure Participation

From ABS data it is estimated that for Australia:

• 63% of children participated in organised sport outside of school hours.

• 37% did not participate in any sport outside of school hours

• 33% only played one sport while 30% played two or more during the 12 months previous

• Participation was highest for 9-11 year olds at 68%.

44 Due to data issues in 2006 some sports have no participation rate for ACT. 2007 figures are used in replacement.





• 34% participated in organised cultural activities (playing instrument, singing, dancing, drama) outside of school hours.

• 71% of children attended a cultural venue or event outside of school hours

• 26% did not participate in any organised sport or cultural activities outside of school.

Trends in Participation

• Participation in organised sport did not increase significantly from 2003 (62%) to 2009 (63%)

• Following a six percentage point increase in the proportion of children who participated in bike riding between 2003 and 2006, there was a significant decline in this participation rate between 2006 and 2009 from 68% to 60%.

• The participation rate for organised cultural activities increased 4 percentage points to 34% from 2006 to 2009.

• The percentage of participants accessing the internet increased significantly from 64.9% in 2006 to 79.4% in 2009. And 46.7% in 2000.

Participation in Organised Sport

• In the 12 months to April 2009, an estimated 1.7 million (63%) children participated in sport outside of school hours, which had been organised by a school, club or association.

• Participation in organised sport did not increase significantly from 2003 (62%) to 2009 (63%)

• Boys had a higher participation rate in organised sport compared to girls overall (70% compared with 56%) and across all age groups, with the greatest difference being between 12 to 14 year olds (boys 74% compared with girls 55%).

Most Popular Sport & Cultural Activities

• Overall, the most popular sport and cultural activities were visiting a public library (51.6%), visiting a museum or art gallery (40.9%), attending a performing arts event (29.1%), followed by playing a musical instrument (20%), and swimming (19%).

• The most popular sport and cultural activities for boys were visiting a public library (52%), visiting a museum or art gallery (41%), attending a performing arts event (29%) , outdoor soccer (20%), swimming (17%), playing a musical instrument (19%) and Australian Rules Football (16%).

• The most popular sport and cultural activities for girls were public library (56%), visiting a museum or art gallery (42%), attending a performing arts event (38%), dancing (26%), playing a musical instrument (21%), swimming (20%) and netball (17%).

• The most popular sports participated in outside of school were: swimming (19%); Soccer (13%); AFL (9%). While this order of popularity was true for boys, for girls the top three were: Swimming (20%);Netball 17%) and Gymnastics (8%).

Participation by ACT Children In Organised Sport45 (inc School)

• Children in the Australian Capital Territory had the highest rate of participation in organised sport at 74%. This compares with the lowest rate of 61.1% in Tasmania. The participation rate across Australia was 70.4% and Queensland, New South Wales, Northern Territory and Tasmania all fell below this rate.

45 ABS data table 49010do015_200904 (for organised sport participation incl school)




Table 63: Participation in Organised Sport or Dancing for Children (aged 6-14) in 2009 MD• Total%

New South Wales 324.8 275.1 599.9 71.5 63.5 67.6

Victoria 247.6 228.2 475.8 73.0 70.9 72.0

Queensland 192.4 181.8 374.2 65.9 65.3 65.6

South Australia 68.7 68.1 136.8 69.7 72.2 70.9

Western Australia 105.7 92.9 198.6 73.2 68.7 71.0

Tasmania 19.9 19.2 39.2 60.5 61.8 61.1

Northern Territory 9.0 6.7 15.7 70.5 57.1 64.1

A.C.T. 15.2 15.8 30.9 71.5 76.5 74.0

Source: Australian Bureau o f Statistics 'Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities' (April 2009: 4901.0) and Children's Participation in Sport and Leisure Time Activities 2000-2009 (Oct 2009: 4901.0.55.001)

• While ACT had higher participation rates relative to other states the time spent participating was the lowest. For the 2 weeks prior to the survey only 28.4% (of those participating) spent more than 5 hours (in the 2 weeks) engaged in organised sport while the national figure was 37.9% with NT and NSW exceeding this figure.




Table 64: Participation rate (%) in Australia for the top selected organised cultural activities and organised sports most frequently participated in by children aged 5 to 14 years (2000, 2003, 2006, 2009)46

ACTIVIrl MI 2000

'Pa m a p_atiFiRate P a r t i c i p a i -Rate, Participation Rate (%) Participation Rate (%)

Organised Sport

Swimming 18.5 1 17.4 1 16.6 1 14.4 1

Soccer (outdoor) 13.2 2 13.2 2 13.4 2 11.4 2

Australian Rules Football 8.6 3 7.5 4 7.3 6 6.6 6

Netball 8.4 4 8.5 3 9.1 3 9.1 3

Tennis 7.9 5 7.3 5 8.6 4 8.5 4

Basketball 7.4 6 6.6 6 7.7 5 7.6 5

Martial Arts 5.7 7 4.5 8 4.9 8 4.0 8

Cricket (outdoor) 5.2 8 5.4 7 5.0 7 5.3 7

Gymnastics 4.6 9 3.5 10 3.5 10 0.9 11

Rugby League 3.6 10 4.2 9 2.9 11 3.6 10

Athletics/track & field 3.3 12 2.9 11 3.8 9 3.9 9

Organised Cultural Activities

Playing a musical instrument 19.7 1 19.5 1 16.8 1 17.9 1

Dancing 14.3 2 12.5 2 12.4 2 10.4 3

Singing 6.1 3 5.5 3 4.6 3 4.7 2

Drama 4.7 4 4.5 4 4.3 4 4.6 4

Attendance a t Cultural Venues and Events

Visited a public library 53.7 1 - - - - - - Visited museum or art gallery 41.3 2 - - - - - - Attended performing arts event 33.6 3 - - - - - -

46 ABS. Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009. Page 207 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants,

Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



6.2.6 T r e n d s Emerg ing in Chi ldren 's Part icipat ion (Australia)

The children's participation surveys provide limited comparisons between the states and territories. However, it is possible to identify national trends that are emerging:

• AFL appears to be increasing in popularity.

• Netball, Cricket, Tennis and Basketball are relatively static but maybe showing a slight decline.

• Athletics is indicating a stronger trend for declining participation.

• Swimming is static at number 1.

• Gymnastics has indicated an improving popularity.

• There are differences between male and female children with field sports dominating in the top 10 far more for male children.

Table 65: Gender breakdown of participation rates in the top 10 organised sports most frequently participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)47

ACTIVITY FEMALES Participation Glib

a 802E03

I ACTIVITY MALES Participation QM

(%)112arlb

2009 _ 2009

Rank 111 Rank

Swimming 19.8 1 Soccer (outdoor) 19.9 1

Netball 17.0 2 Swimming 17.2 2

Gymnastics 7.6 3 Australian Rules Football

16.0 3

Tennis 6.3 4 Cricket (outdoor) 9.7 4

Basketball 6.3 5 Tennis 9.4 5

Soccer (outdoor) 6.2 6 Basketball 8.5 6

Martial Arts 3.7 7 Martial Arts 7.5 7

Athletics/track and field

3.5 8 Rugby League 7.0 8

Hockey 2.4 9 Soccer (indoor) 4.3 9

Soccer (indoor) 1.3 10 Athletics/ track & field 3.0 10

47 ABS. Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009.

Page 208 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Briggs 8. Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Table 66: Gender breakdown of participation rates in organised cultural activities participated in by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)48

•FEMALIES Participation Rate (%)

3

.... 'ACTIVITY MALES '114,..i... Participation

(%) 3 2009 2009

Rank,

Dancing 26.3 1 Playing a musical instrument

18.7 1

Playing a musical instrument

20.7 2 Singing 3.1 2

Singing 9.2 3 Dancing 3.0 4

Drama 6.6 4 Drama 2.8 3

Table 67: Gender breakdown of attendance rates at cultural venues and events by Children aged 5 to 14 years (2009)48

pir6Mitr • X'

. . '

giiiAll:rs': Participation R6te

mmarnim

goilViti' 0-•

-

.,241..R. M ALES

, l i t . , .

articipation Rate , (%)

2009 2009

Visited public library 55.9 1 Visited public library 51.6 1

Visited museum or art gallery

41.8 2 Visited museum or art gallery

40.9 2

Attended performing arts event

38.3 3 Attended performing arts event

29.1 3

48 ABS Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009. 49 ABS Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities, October 2009.




5.3 Demand Analysis

Increased demand for sport and recreation facilities will flow from population growth within the study area as well as the surrounding district of Woden Valley and the adjacent Weston Creek catchment. Currently facilities in Woden such as the pool, service demand from both Woden and Weston. A second source of demand will arise from the workforce associated with the study area, particularly office, retail and health service employees. In addition the nature of demand will change over time as the relative proportion of age cohorts in the population changes over time.

The following section details the projected demand for activities has been projected using current participation statistics and consideration of broad facility needs. The demand modelling has been based around the use of the Desired Standard of Service and the projected population growth.

Due to the mobility of sporting participants and the variability of catchments demand from the Woden Valley district has been factored into the Demand Analysis Model.

Strategic Leisure Group has developed the Demand Analysis Model to provide two planning outcomes:

• A more quantitative means for establishing the actual range of sporting facilities required to meet community demand, and

• A predictive model for future provision planning.

The "model" uses statistical and other data and is based on:

• Statistical participation data from ERASS50 (ACT figures)

• Statistical participation data from the Children's Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities (Aust) survey undertaken every four years (April 2012 most recent)

• Calculations of the actual capacity of different facilities to accommodate users.

The structure allows the model to be calibrated for specific communities provided localised data is available. In the absence of localised data, territory-wide participation data and national participation data can be used to run the model. It should be noted the model is designed to complement other approaches and provide some "triangulation" of demand projections.

Projection method

The population data has to be calibrated for a community, this means entering in the child (under 15 years of age) and adult (15+) age cohort ratios and the total population then the participation data is entered based on available participation data for the age cohorts (see Table 68). Once calibrated, the projected population drives the model and provides the following:

• Estimated participation in different sports • Aggregated results for facility/ sport groupings

• Estimated use of facility types and facility groups

50 Exercise Recreation and Sport Survey- Standing Committee on Recreation and Sport- annual survey

Page 210 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, Bdggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Strategic Leisure Group.



Limitations and Constraints

The outputs of the model are broad and due to the variations in ERASS and Childrens Participation survey methodology and detail in data sets for individual communities the confidence in the outputs will vary. However the model works well in conjunction with other research methods and allows for comparison with other results (triangulation) as well as providing another perspective on predicting demand and facility needs.

The model if fully calibrated can be used to check adequacy of existing provision as well as land and facility types needed for future provision. However future trends in participation become increasingly uncertain over time. In other words, the further into the future predictions move - the less certain the possible outcome is, as too many variables affect participation choices.

Another issue is that current participation figures used to build the model may be impacted by a lack of certain facilities. For example; there may be significant latent demand for a facility or a particular activity due to a lack of appropriate or accessible facilities. As there is no way to participate, the current figures will identify a low participation rate for that particular activity and would then continue to support the notion that there is no requirement to cater for that demand. Comparison with regional or state figures is one way to identify this potential fault and some "interpretation" of data may be required to adjust the model in these instances.

The model has been designed to group or aggregate data to create a more robust result. This means that the output for "Field sports" or other groupings would indicate demand for a range of uses and a land need that applies to the "group" of field sports. This aggregated result is more useful given the uncertainty of future participation trends at an individual sport level.

For example - while we can be sure there will be continued participation in field sports we are less sure which particular sports will fuel that demand.

The model does provide more detail (i.e. per field sport type) but the level of confidence decreases as the query becomes more specific - this is due to the difficulties in getting refined data and the broad data sets currently available.

Variables

The model is adjusted with several variables including:

• Population cohorts are grouped into adults (15+ years of age) and child (under 15 years). The current percentage of each of these cohorts is used in future predictions unless specific projections have been provided. Junior participation is generally taken to be the under 15 cohort where sport specific data is provided that describes junior and senior numbers only.

• Participation data for the age cohorts is adjusted for each community and is usually based on a mix of community specific data and generalised data for the region or state often being the most recent ERASS data.

Issues with Modelling and Facility Type

One of the elements of modelling demand in this way is that assumptions must be made regarding the homogeneity of facilities. While the model attempts to deconstruct facilities to a level where




capacity can be effectively measured some assumptions are required to make the model workable with the level of data available.




6.3.3 Demand Analysis Model Output for Woden District

Table 68 Broad Demand Projections for population growth scenarios- annual participants (using ACT ERASS participation data 2011 and National Children's participation data 2012) Rikyityidemand reuMirdICiiiiIIIr3:47,10)1 Scen 1 E r . 3 6 , 10 42500 912.1 1111 30:01 W-00-01 4413021 1110-Lolog

Sports • -1

Adult PPN 1 child PFN Adult PliN

child F N 6,41.

Adu PIN

l child RPN :

Adu It PPN

child PPN

Total Participation- field sports 5,580 2,426 8,006 5,987 2,602 8,589 6,563 2,420 .8,982 7,320 2,893 10,213

Total Participation- Indoor courts

3,245 641 3,887 3,482 688 4,170 3,817 640 4,457 4,257 •765 5,022

Total Participation- outdoor courts

2,961 898 3,859 3,177 963 4,140 3,482 896 4,378 3,884 1,071 4,955

Total Participation- Greens Lawn Bowls

342 0 342 367 0 367 402 0 402 448 0 448

Total Participation- Other Indoor 12,213 1,539 13,753 13,103 1,652 14,755 14,364 1,536 15,900 16,021 1,836 17,857

Total Participation- Aquatic 4,470 1,055 5,525 4,795 1,132 5,928 5,257 1,053 6,310 5,863 1,259 7,122

Allowance for other and special sports

equest, archery, shooting, M7X, MTB etc

256 64 320 275 69 344 301 64 365 336 77 413

Beach River and Ocean Sports 1,509 111 1,620 1,619 119 1,738 1,775 111 1,885 1,979 132 2,111

Fishing 285 0 285 305 0 305 335 0 335 373 0 373

Cycling 5,409 17 5,427 5,803 19 5,822 6,362 17 6,379 7,096 21 7,116

Golf 1,537 47 1,584 1,649 50 1,699 1,808 47 1,855 2,017 56 2,072

Running and triath, x country 3,729 52 3,782 4,001 56 4,058 4,386 52 4,439 4,892 63 4,955

Walking (urban) 11,729 0 11,729 12,584 0 12,584 13,795 0 13,795 15,386 0 15,386

Bushwalking, climb, orient 2,249 0 2,249 2,413 0 2,413 2,645 0 2,645 2,950 0 2,950

Motor sport 26 17 43 27 19 46 30 17 48 34 21 54

Ice and snow sports 911 23 934 977 25 1,002 1,071 23 1,095 1,195 28 1,223

51 PPN = Partipication


• Strategic Leisure Group.



Activity d e m a r = = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IIIM Current 2012 34,300 empo 36,800 Mae 39,300 +5000 ens 44,300 +10000

Sports Adult PPN51 child.PPN Adult PPN

child PPN IMO Adult

ON child PPN

Adult PPN

child PPN kl,

Other organised (children only) 0 117 117 0 125 125 0 116 116 0 139 139

Total Participation-Other 27,641 449 28,090 29,655 482 30,137 32,509 448 32,957 36,258 536 36,794



Directorate (ESDD) \NAM CSR Facility Study

Data for individual sports should be used cautiously due to the uncertainties already discussed. The following section highlights some implications arising from the demand projection undertaken using the model.


The Demand Analysis Model provides several significant implications for planning sport and recreation facilities in the study area. However, data for individual sports should be used cautiously due to the uncertainties already discussed. The following section highlights some key implications arising from the demand projection undertaken using the model.

Field Sports:

At the highest growth threshold of an additional 10,000, growth in field sport participation is indicated at an additional 1740 adults and 468 youth (under 15) playing field sports. This total impact of more than 2200 additional players would be difficult to accommodate with the existing supply. Particularly with the evidence provided by the sporting clubs in the study area that demand for the existing fields already exceeds available hours.

Although different sport codes have varying capacities on their fields, each field regardless of sport will have peak demand hours which, according to the clubs currently using the fields in Phillip and Mawson, have little if any capacity left.

Based on the participation figures for individual sports it is projected the greatest growth will be in football (outdoor soccer) which is currently indicating 7.3% of adults participating in the sport and 14.3% of children. This could equate to an additional 800+ players. Other field sports indicating significant growth are AFL, Cricket and Touch all with around an additional 280 participants.

Indoor Court Sports

With growth of an additional 10,000 residents in the WAM study area (threshold 3), demand for indoor court sports is projected to increase by around 1100 participants. Of these the main growth would be: basketball (+328); Indoor Soccer (+294); Squash (+154) and indoor cricket (+127). Based on averaging out user numbers across several indoor court sports and an effective 51 hours of peak and shoulder use, a single indoor court could accommodate around 1122 users week (22 users per hour x 51 hours). For squash, as courts accommodate only a max of 4 users per hour, around 204 users per week can be accommodated on average for peak times.

For the total Woden Valley District population of 44,300 anticipated in 2021 (after growth of 10,000 residents in WAM) around 5000 indoor sports courts participants are predicted. This will create significant demand and suggests that a 3+ court indoor centre and squash facilities would be required to service the demand.

Outdoor Courts

Outdoor court demand in the study area was considered for Netball and Tennis. Both of these sports are likely to have strong growth in participation. The demand analysis model indicated that at threshold 3 (+10,000 residents in WAM) another 480+ netball players and 600+ tennis players would need to be accommodated. The ERASS statistics do not distinguish between netball played as




competitive sport for an association and netball played as a social sport at an indoor or outdoor centre. This makes it difficult to differentiate demand for outdoor and indoor courts. However the indications are clear that increased court space will be required.

The existing supply of tennis courts is limited and tennis courts, like squash, have lower capacity per court than sports such as basketball. Provision of additional tennis courts within the study area would be usefuL However for netball (as there are no netball courts within the study area) it would be preferable to allow for expansion of an existing hub of outdoor courts elsewhere (to accommodate association competition) and consider the social sport participation growth as contributing to demand for indoor courts within the study area.

Outdoor Greens- Lawn Bowls

Based on the current participation reported in ERASS the growth in demand for Lawn Bowls is only around 100 players. This would not justify any additional facilities.

Other Indoor

Other indoor includes a range of sports and activities. By far the largest single area of growth is the "aerobics/fitness/yoga/weights" sector which could see an additional 3000+ participants arising from population growth in the stady area of 10,000. This demand would be split across a range of activities and primarily is met by private gym/fitness providers and large centre managers. Other activities with significant growth indicated are martial arts (+323) and dancing (+462).

This projected growth does indicate additional facilities will be needed, or at the least additional floor space will be required at existing centres such as club Lime or the Southern Cross Club fitness centre. With growth anticipated as high density in the study area it would be very desirable for the gym/ fitness facilities to be located close to both the employment areas and the new residential development. This would suggest that allowing for some floorspace for such uses within Woden Town Centre and possibly Mawson Group Centre would be prudent.

Aquatic Facilities

Increased demand for aquatic sports is mostly projected to be around swimming, and it is likely that this will be swimming for fitness (i.e. lap swimming) rather than competitive swimming. An additional demand of nearly 1500 swimmers is predicted. This supports the need for a pool to be retained in the study area and as identified in the earlier review of facilities (Phase 3 report) the Phillip pool is a critical facility for the Woden —Weston combined district. With the town centre as an employment hub there is further justification to provide a facility in the Town Centre to accommodate before/lunch/after-work

exercise related recreation.

Other sports and activities

A range of other sports and activities (mostly outdoor with the exception of ice and snow sports) are also analysed in the model. Of these, a few are worth mentioning as they have a significant impact on planning for provision.




• By 2021 (after growth of 10,000 residents in WAM) around 15,386 people will be walking for their exercise (at least once a week) in the Woden Valley District. This represents an additional 3600+ from current numbers and means that the integration of pathways and pedestrian links will be critical. With typical durations ranging from 20 minutes to an hour this means that walking loops of up to 5 km with shorter loops of around 2 km should be provided.

• By 2021 around 7000 people will be cycling for their exercise at least once per week. This means around 1700 new riders will have taken to the bikeways and roads. Provision for these users will require further linkage to the main bikeway corridors and further provision of routes that offer circuits and safe cycling at speed.

• An additional 1100+ people will be running as part of their regular exercise or related to triathlon or cross country. The impacts of this demand means that nearly 5000 people in 2021 will be looking for somewhere safe to run. Running tracks and trails in parklands, wide shared use pathways and linear open space are all important considerations to provide for this activity.

• Growth of an additional 10,000 people in the Woden Valley district is expected to add another 488 golfers to the greens in Canberra and nearly 500 more will be involved in beach, river and ocean sports such as rowing and kayaking.

5.3.4 Demand generated from the Workforce

Woden Town Centre and the Mawson Group Centre will be employment nodes for the surrounding areas. It is anticipated that of the workforce based in the study area, a large proportion will be residents outside of Woden Valley District. This means that planning for sport and recreation provision will need to accommodate the additional demand that comes from this "daytime population". Demand analysis has been undertaken for this group using the following assumptions:

• ERASS participation rates were used to project relative rates of participation

• Only those sports/ activities likely to be undertaken before/ after work or during lunch were included (this means mostly social competition or self-directed activity)

• A rate of 10% of potential participation was adopted to project possible workforce participation52 (in other words of the proportion likely to participate in a particular activity on a regular basis it is assumed that 10% will do so within the Woden Valley District either before or after work or during their lunch break)

The potential participation from the workforce allows further analysis of likely facility demand as well as providing some indication of the number of users of more informal spaces such as open areas in parks, bikeways and outdoor exercise sites.

The following table summarises the results from the analysis:

52 No research data was found that indicated workforce sport and recreation activity participation rates for Canberra so an estimate was used

Page 217 Buckley Vann Town Planning Consultants, ACT Government, Environment and Briggs & Mortar Pty Ltd, Sustainable Development Strategic Leisure Group. Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSR Facility Study

Table 69 Possible participation rates in daytime sport and recreation activities among the Woden Valley workforce who are not residents of the Woden Valley Activitiiglikely to appealto—WakforCe (nonzrOsident yvorkforce,estitO ate)

2 01 _—_1 ).. ,.. (16,386) 2016

17,535) (18,678)

Athletics / track and field 10 11 11

Soccer (outdoor) 120 128 136

Touch football 49 53 56

Badminton 15 16 17

Basketball 44 47 50

Cricket (indoor) 23 25 26

Soccer (indoor) 51 54 58

Hockey (indoor) 13 14 15

Netball 74 79 84

Volleyball 13 14 15

squash/racquetball 28 30 32

Tennis 97 103 110

Martial Arts 48 51 54

Table Tennis 11 12 13

Dancing 54 58 62

aerobics/fit/yoga/ weights 555 594 633

Other indoor (Billiards, darts, ten pin, roller 18 19 21

Swimming 239 256 273

Water Polo 5 5 6

Aquarobics 13 14 15

cycling 311 333 355

running and triath, x country 215 230 245

walking (urban) 675 722 770

While these figures provide some indication. It must be noted that participation in many of these activities will be dependent on the programming of activity by sports centres and other providers. Activities such as swimming, running, walking, cycling and gym/ fitness are more likely to be self-directed.




5.3.5 Demand Indicated by the Proposed DSS Application to Growth Projections

Applying the proposed Desired Standards of Service (DSS) to the projected growth in the study area offers an indication of facility demand based on the DSS. This is a different approach to using the Demand Analysis Model which investigates participation numbers as opposed to Facility demand.

The implications of applying the proposed DSS is explored in Table 55: Sport and Recreation Facility DSS and Capacity of Current Supply to Accommodate Future Demand The DSS is based on current standards in use in the ACT and the analysis of current supply relative to populations. In addition the proposed DSS (see Table 70) has been refined to reflect its application in a redeveloping urban area where the predominant growth will be in higher density development.

The following table summarises the key facility issues arising from application of the proposed DSS to the projected growth scenarios of 2500, 5000 and 10,000.

Table 70: Sport and Recreation Facilities Needs Identified by Applying the Proposed DSS to Growth Scenarios 'Rate (1 per) Footprint ( h a ) C o m m e n t g l i v p h i = r o o INNE-71:----g,0Oammi N u pkg=m_cilim

Number of facilities

Number of facilities

=At) Number of facial-es

Sport's Fields' l000: .VV

1 5 ' overall spatial standard , Jor.fields x

' '13.:751 . 5 -

Enclosed Ovals 20000 4 0.5 0.13 1.00 0.25 2.00 0.50

District Playing Fields 17000 15 2.21 0.15 4.41 0.29 8.82 .

0.59

Neighbourhood Ovals/ or alternative CR1P, school)

6000 2.2 0.92 0.42 1.83 0.83 3.67 1.67

' Bildt' FaCilitiei" - '

Outdoor district courts (tennis, netball, bowls)

10000 0.5 combined area i.e. space to provide 4.5 tennis courts, 0.5 bowls greens and 1.5 Netball courts

0.13 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 1.00

Indoor courts-District (BB,VB, /C, Futs)

20000 0.1 Preferred rate of 60,000- 75000 persons to a 3 court indoor facility plus ancillary but excl parking-needing

abt 3000m2 GFA

0.01 0.13 0.03 0.25 0.05 0.50




Facility 1213:41011 Footprint (ha) Comment Plus zoo Plus 5,000 10,000 11::00 Number of Number of

facilities Number of facilities

Indoor courts (squash) 11000 0.1 Preferred approach a 10 court squash facility is per 100,000 (- multi district/ sub regional facility)

0.02 0.23 0.05 0.45 0.09 0.91

Aquatics- major 60000 0.15 catchment range 60- 100,000- major facil with leisure water

0.01 0.04 0.01 0.08 0.03 0.17

Aquatics - Program 30000 0.1 small program pool 25 m heated

0.01 0.08 0.02 0.17 0.03 0.33

..".", . 4 ..., 1:1,11 131j.S,, r,IS.S

Town parks 100000 1 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.10

District 50000 10 range is 25-50,000. size is 4-10 ha

0.50 0.05 1.00 0.10 2.00 0.20

Local 1000 1 size is range of .25-2 Ha - 400 m proximity standard

2.50 2.50 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00

Playground 1000 0.05 0.13 2.50 0.25 5.00 0.50 10.00

Community Gardens 30,000 .25-.5 Usually provided in response to community request

0.02- 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.08 0.33

Off Leash Areas (fenced) 80000 0.3 Unfenced areas provided at local (sub-district scale supplement fenced areas.

:0.01- 0.03 ,

0.02 0.06 0.04 0.13

Youth Space 60000 .25 Can also be provided at rate of 1 / 17000 0-24 year olds

0 01 . 0.04. . - .

.0.02 0.08 0.04 . 0.17

Active Recreation Node/ exercise site

30000 0.1 Provided in parkland .0.01 •0.08

0.02, 0.17 0.03 0.33



Directorate (ESDD) WAM CSIR Facility Study

At the maximum growth scenario of plus 10,000 people in the study area, the demand from those 10,000 indicated the following significant facility considerations53:

• An additional 15 Ha of sporting fields comprised of 1/2 an enclosed oval (2 ha), 8.8 Ha of District fields and 3.67 ha of Local fields (neighbourhood oval/ CRIP or School based community field);

• An additional 0.5 Ha for outdoor courts serving netball and tennis and bowls; • An additional squash court; • An additional 2 Ha of district parkland;

• An additional 10 Ha of local parks comprised of 10 sites;

• An additional 10 local play opportunities.

53 Note these indications are for the 10,000 additional only and are not an assessment of the overall provision needs or overall demand for the whole population.




6 Next Phases

As stated in Section 1, the primary purpose of this narrative report is to provide an update on the tasks undertaken to as part of the phase 4 scope of works and a description of the preliminary findings from the analysis.

As per the project plan, the next phase of the project (Phase 5: Issues Paper and Information Package) involves:

• Preparation of a draft issues paper that summarises key research findings from preceding phases of work;

• Preparation and delivery of an issues paper workshop with ACT Government Directorates;

• Preparation of a final issues paper incorporating feedback received during the ACT Government Directorate workshop and from the ESDD Project Manager and Project Steering Group;

• Preparation of an information package that summarises key research findings.

The first of these deliverables will be the draft issues paper to be provided to ESDD on 26 November 2012.




References

ACT Demographer (2012), Canberra Plus 1'— Recent Population Trends, Economic, Regional and Planning Policy, Chief Minister and Cabinet Directorate, April 2012.

ACT Health, ACT Government. 2012a. Clinical Sen/ices Plan 2012-2017 Draft for Consultation. Available at: http://www.health.act.gov.au/consumer-infornnation/communitV-consultation/clinical-services-plan-2012-2017-draft.

Accessed September 13, 2012.

Australia Forum Overview (2011), A centre for significant events, meetings and dialogue in the nation's capital. The home of democratic dialogue. Overview.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2007). Census of Population and Housing: Time Series Profile 2006: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Farrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2008). SE1FA: Socio-economic Indexes for Areas, 2006: Statistical Local Areas. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2011). Census Dictionary 2011, 2901.0 Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012a). 2011 Census of Population and Housing: Basic Community Profile 2011: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Ferrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012b). Census of Population and Housing: Time Series Profile 2011: Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Woden, Weston Creek, Phillip, Pearce, Mawson, Torrens, Farrer, Isaacs [data]. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012c). Regional Population Growth, Australia, 3218.0 Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2012d). Census of Population and Housing: TableBuilder Pro [Data] Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics.

Baldwin C., Osborne C. and Smith P. (2012) Infill Development for Older Australians in South East Queensland; An Analysis of the Preferences of Older Australians in an Urban Environment. Available at: http://www.usc.edu.au/seniorlivinq.

Beer A. and Faulkner D. (2009) 21st Century Housing Carers and Australia's Housing Future. AHURI Southern Research Centre.

Canberra Convention Bureau (2012), Major Australian Convention Centres Comparison Report, January 2012,


ACT Government, Environment and - Sustainable Development


Commonwealth Department of Health and Ageing (2012) Living Longer Living Better. Available at: http://www.health.qov.au/internet/publications/publishinq.nsf/Content/aqeinq-aqed-care-reform-measures-toc.

Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations (DEEWR) (Australian Government) (2012) Small Area Labour Markets (SALM) data. Available at: http://www.deewrgov.au/Imip/defaultaspx?LMIP/SALM

Faulkner, D., Tully, S., Baker, E., and Beer, A. 2007, Report on the Outcomes o f Focus Groups for the South Australian Ageing Atlas: Ageing and its Implications for Social and Planning Policy, prepared for Planning SA, April 2007. Available at: http://www.fli nders.ed u. a u/sabs/fih ure/completed-research-details.cfm

.

Fujitsu Australia and New Zealand (2007), A Generational Shift: The Next Wave o f Aged Care, October 2007.

Grant Thornton (2011c), Retirement Living. Industry Trends and Prospects. Prepared for the Retirement Villages Association. Available at: http://www.qrantthornton.com.au/Industry-specialisation/aqed

care.asp.

Grant Thornton (2012a), Caring for Older Australians. Available at http://vvww.grantthornton.com.au/Industry-specialisation/aqed care/productivity commission 2010/the report.asp.

Hitchcock, G. (2011), Libraries face a digital future, Guardian Government Computing, Available at: http://www.quardian.co.uk/qovernment-computinq-network/2011/nov/14/diqital-future-libraries-e-books

Accessed 24 October 2012.

Murray, S. (2007) Ageing o f the Aquarius, Report May/ June 2007. Available at: http://www.architecturemedia.com/aa/aaissue.php?article=12&issueid=200705&typeon=2

Productivity Commission (2011), Caring for Older Australians, Productivity Commission Inquiry Report, Overview and Volumes 1 and 2. Available at: http://www.pc.qov.au/ data/assets/pdf file/0004/110929/aqed-care-volume1.pdf.

Productivity Commission: Steering Committee for the Review of Government Service Provision (2012) Report o f Government Services 2012. Australian Government.

State Library of New South Wales (2005) People Places: A guide for public library buildings in New South Wales, Second Edition. Available at: http://www.sl.nsw.qov.au/services/public libraries/library mqt/lib management docs/peo pleplaces 2ndedition.pdf

Suttor, John D. (2009), The Future o f libraries, with or without books, Available online at: CNN Technology. Available at: http://articles.cnn.com/2009-09- 04/tech/future.library.technoloqy 1 metropolitan-library-librarians-books? s=PM:TECH. Accessed 24 October 2012.





Urbis (2012) Weston Creek/Molonglo Valley Transitional Impact Study: Narrative Report 2: Socio-economic Scenarios DRAFT— July 2012.


